Skip to main content

Full text of "Investigation of un-American propaganda activities in the United States. Hearings before a Special Committee on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives, Seventy-fifth Congress, third session-Seventy-eighth Congress, second session, on H. Res. 282, to investigate (l) the extent, character, and objects of un-American propaganda activities in the United States, (2) the diffusion within the United States of subversive and un-American propaganda that is instigated from foreign countries or of a domestic origin and attacks the principle of the form of government as guaranteed by our Constitution, and (3) all other questions in relation thereto that would aid Congress in any necessary remedial legislation"

See other formats


INVESTIGATION  OF  UN-AMERICAN 

PROPAGANDA  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


SPECIAL 

COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 

HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

SEVENTY-SEVENTH  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION  *         >  •  /    r^  1  ^ 

H.  Res.  282  p^r  h^ 

TO  INVESTIGATE  (1)  THE  EXTENT,  CHARACTER,  AND  OBJECTS 
OF  UN-AMERICAN  PROPAGANDA  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES,  (2)  THE  DIFFUSION  WITHIN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF 
SUBVERSIVE  AND  UN-AMERICAN  PROPAGANDA  THAT  IS  INSTI- 
GATED FROM  FOREIGN  COUNTRIES  OR  OF  A  DOMESTIC  ORIGIN 
AND  ATTACKS  THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  THE  FORM  OF  GOVERN- 
MENT AS  GUARANTEED  BY  OUR  CONSTITUTION,  AND  (3)  ALL 
OTHER  QUESTIONS  IN  RELATION  THERETO  THAT  WOULD  AID 
CONGRESS  IN  ANY  NECESSARY  REMEDIAL 

LEGISLATION  V       f      s^  ^ 


APPENDIX— PART  IV 

GERMAN-AMERICAN  BUND 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Special  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities 


u 


#: 


INVESTIGATION  OF  UN-AMERICAN 

PROPAGANDA  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 

SPECIAL 

COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 

HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

SEVENTY-SEVENTH  CONGRESS 

FIEST  SESSION 
ON 

H.  Res.  282 

TO  INVESTIGATE  (1)  THE  EXTENT,  CHARACTER,  AND  OBJECTS 
OF  UN-AMERICAN  PROPAGANDA  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES,  (2)  THE  DIFFUSION  WITHIN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF 
SUBVERSIVE  AND  UN-AMERICAN  PROPAGANDA  THAT  IS  INSTI- 
GATED FROM  FOREIGN  COUNTRIES  OR  OF  A  DOMESTIC  ORIGIN 
AND  ATTACKS  THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  THE  FORM  OF  GOVERN- 
MENT AS  GUARANTEED  BY  OUR  CONSTITUTION,  AND  (3)  ALL 
OTHER  QUESTIONS  IN  RELATION  THERETO  THAT  WOULD  AID 
CONGRESS  IN  ANY  NECESSARY  REMEDIAL 
LEGISLATION 


APPENDIX— PART  IV 

GERMAN-AMERICAN   BUND 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Special  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities 


UNITED   STATES 
GOVERNMENT   PRINTING   OFFICE 
279895  WASHINGTON   :   1942 


H 


/ulH^ 


H 


? 

'(,'  /  \ 


MAR  27  1944 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

MARTIN  DIES,  Texas,  Chairman 

JOE  STARNES,  Alabama  NOAH  M.  MASON,  Illinois 

JERRY  VOORHIS,  California  J.  PARNELL  THOMAS,  New  Jersey 

JOSEPH  E.  CASEY,  Massachusetts 
HARRY  P.  BEAM,  Illinois 

Robert  E.  Stripling,  Secretary  and  Chief  Investigator 

J.  B.  Matthews,  Director  of  Research 
II 


'i 


THREE  DOCUMENTS  OF  THE  GERMAN-AMERICAN 

BUND 


I.  Source  or  the  Documents 

The  three  documents,  whose  originals  form  a  part  of  the  exhibits 
submitted  herewith,  were  obtained  by  duly  constituted  authorities 
from  the  personal  effects  of  G.  Wilhelm  Kunze,  Bundesfiihrer  of 
the  German-American  Bund.  The  committee  has  satisfied  itself 
concerning  the  authenticity  of  the  documents. 

G.  Wilhelm  Kunze  was  named  Bundesfiihrer  of  the  German- 
American  Bund  after  Fritz  Kuhn,  the  former  Bundesfiihrer,  was 
committed  to  prison  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

11.  The  Three  Documents 

The  three  documents  which  are  presented  in  this  report  speak  for 
themselves.  The  following  observations  concerning  them  are,  how- 
ever, in  order  at  this  point : 

(1)  They  attest  the  ruthless  efficiency  of  the  military  set-up  which 
characterizes  Hitler's  machine  in  Germany. 

(2)  The  discipline  to  which  members  of  the  German-American 
Bund  are  subject  is  clearly  reflected  in  the  endless  rules  and  regulations 
which  extend  to  the  minute  details  of  the  Bund  members'  lives.  The 
documents  speak  of  "absolute  loyalty"  and  "blind  obedience."  Docu- 
ment #3  says  of  the  OD  Platoon  Leader :  "He  w^ill  never  complain  of 
his  superiors  before  his  comrades,  but  will  display  the  absolute  loyalty 
and  correct  behavior  which  he  expects  from  his  men.  The  blind 
obedience  that  will  be  absolutely  necessary  in  serious  situations  can 
be  provided  only  if  the  Platoon  represents  a  true  association  of  com- 
rades which  feels  respect  for  and  confidence  in  its  leader"  (p.  1608). 

(3)  The  German -American  Bund  organization  clearly  anticipates 
violence  by  its  assertion  that  "the  OD  man  gives  assurance  that  our 
movement  will,  at  the  sacrifice  of  life  if  necessary,  remain  the  inex- 
orable opponents  of  Jewish  Marism     *     *     *"  (p.  1611). 

(4)  The  German-American  Bund  extols  the  "fanaticism"  which  has 
characterized  Hitler  and  his  movement  in  Germany.  According  to 
Document  #3,  "anyone  who  is  not  filled  with  this  unshakable  faith 
and  courage  and  cannot  march  along  as  a  fanatical  fighter  does  not 
belong  in  the  OD;  to  have  embraced  the  National  Socialist  view^  of 
things  means  definitively  breaking  off  all  ties  with  liberal  halfway 
measures"  (p.  1611).  This  is  a  clear  espousal  of  the  totalitarian,  as 
opposed  to  the  democratic,  way  of  life. 

(5)  The  following  quotations  indicate  something  of  the  religious 
bigotry  of  the  Germany-American  Bund:  "All  OD  men  and  OD 

1443 


1444  IJN-AMETIICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVI'TIES 

Leaders  in  particular  are  required  to  procure  a  certificate  of  Aryan 
blood"  (p.  1610).  "We  are  looking  for  men  who  enter  our  organiza- 
tion not  in  order  to  procure  personal  advantages  or  to  be  allowed 
to  play  soldier  pleasantly,  but  who  intend  with  their  lohole  power 
to  eradicate  the  red  Jewish  pestilence  in  America"  (p.  1611). 

(6)  The  German-American  Bund  aims  at  the  establishment  of  a 
new  kind  of  government  in  the  United  States,  one  which  incorporates 
the  principle  of  Nazi  religious  bigotry.  According  to  Document  #2, 
"the  duty  of  the  Bund  Fiihrer  is  to  maintain  and  develop  the  AV 
by  every  adjustment  to  the  temporary  requirements  of  the  times  as 
the  defensive  and  offensive  movement  of  the  national  consciousness 
of  American  Germanism  dedicated  philosophically  (Weltanschau- 
lich),  national-socialistically,  and  politically  to  the  service  of  an 
actually  independent,  aryan-governed  United  States  of  North 
America"  (p.  1552). 

(7)  Document  #1  reveals  the  keeping  of  systematic  records  on 
"enemies"  of  the  German-American  Bund.  "Record  cards  contain- 
ing personal  information  about  friends,  enemies,  merchants,  politi- 
cians, association  officers,  and  similar  whom  we  should  know  are 
to  be  made  out  in  duplicate  exactly  as  are  those  for  members,  patrons, 
and  Youth  Command  members,  and  submitted  monthly;  one  card  is 
to  be  retained  by  the  Unit  or  Branch  Directorate ;  the  other  is  to  be 
sent  to  the  National  Executive  Committee"  (p.  1491).  "Yellow  cards 
bearing  the  letter  'F'  are  intended  for  enemies.  Wliere  they  are 
German  a  'D'  is  to  be  inserted  at  the  top.  They  are  not  to  be  used 
for  Jews.  Light  blue  cards  bearing  the  letter  'J'  are  for  Jews"  (p. 
1492).  Hitler  explained  to  Rauschning  his  system  of  keeping  just 
such  a  card  file  on  "friends"  and  "enemies." 

(8)  Document  #1  specifies  the  manner  in  which  a  meeting  of  the 
Bund  shall  be  closed,  as  follows:  "To  a  free.  Gentile-ruled  United 
States  and  to  our  fighting  movement  of  awakened  Aryan  Americans, 
a  three- fold  rousing  'Free  America !  Free  America !  Free 
America!"  (p.  1495). 

(9)  The  clocuments  reveal  the  principle  of  secrecy  practised  in 
the  Bund,  as  follows:  "All  names  and  addresses  of  Bund  members 
and  officers  must  be  kept  confidential  and  must  not  be  divulged  to 
anyone  "  (p.  1490).  "Names  and  descriptions  of  those  available  for 
work  in  the  block,  the  block  leader  commits  to  memory,  but  he  is 
bound  upon  his  honor  not  to  betray  any  member's  name  or  descrip- 
tion to  the  public"  (p.  1560).  "Patrons  may  be  admitted  also  under 
'cover'  names  and  'cover'  addresses   (fictitious)"  (p.  1581). 

(10)  These  documents  betray  an  assumption  regarding  the  status 
of  Americans  of  German  descent  which  the  committee  finds  wholly 
false.  Document  #2  declares:  "We  owe  to  ourselves,  our  ancestors, 
and  our  descendants,  the  right  to  be  a  free  people,  and  not  the  de- 
spised spit-upon  menials  of  inferior  despots  (dictators)  who  deserve 
still  to  be  cursed  by  our  children"  (p.  1582).  While  the  committee 
has  failed  to  find  any  shred  of  evidence  that  Americans  of  German 
descent  are  subjected  to  the  kind  of  discrimination  implied  in  this 
statement,  it  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  very  spirit  of  the  German- 
American  Bund  is  calculated  to  breed  the  discrimination  against 
which  it  pretends  to  fight. 

(11)  Many  passages  in  these  documents  betray  the  existence  of  a 
close  political   and   ideological   tie  between   the   German-American 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1445 

Bund  and  Hitlers  movement  in  Germany.  For  example,  Document 
#1  specifies:  "Closing  song  at  'Horst-Wessel'  memorials  and  other 
memorials  in  honor  of  the  fallen  of  the  Hitler-Movement:  All  four 
stanzas  of  the  'Horst-Wessel'  song  (salute  during  last  stanza)" 
(p.  1500).  Provision  is  made  for  the  celebration  of  the  birthday  of 
Adolf  Hitler  (p.  1499).  "When  a  representative  of  the  Reich  speaks 
at  a  celebration,  the  German  national  anthem  is  to  be  played  imme- 
diately after  his  address"  (p.  1496).  Speaking  of  the  regulations 
contained  in  Document  #2,  it  is  stated  that  "they  are  the  result  of 
the  serious  study  not  only  of  the  experiences  of  our  Bund  and  its 
predecessoi-s,  but  also  of  the  experiences  of  the  old  home  under  the 
leadership  (Fiihrung)  of  the  greatest  German  of  all  times"  (p.  1583). 
This  is  a  frank  acknowledgement  of  the  source  of  much  of  the  Ger- 
man-American  Bund's  set-up  in  Hitler's  movement  in  Germany. 

III.  Investigation  of  the  Bund 

From  the  very  beginning  of  its  existence,  the  Special  Committee 
on  Un-American  Activities  has  made  the  German-American  Bund 
one  of  the  subjects  of  its  investigation.  The  first  witness  heard  by 
the  committee  in  the  summer  of  1938  testified  at  length  on  the  nature 
and  activities  of  this  organization.  Since  that  time,  more  than  a 
score  of  witnesses  have  added  to  the  evidence  which  the  committee 
has  assembled  with  a  view  to  determining  the  character  and  activities 
of  the  Bund. 

On  the  basis  of  the  voluminous  testimony  which  the  committee  has 
heard,  the  conclusion  has  been  reached  that  the  German-American 
Bund  is  an  un-American  organization  engaged  in  promulgating  the 
ideology  and  attempting  to  further  the  interests  of  nazi-ism  in  the 
United  States.  That  conclusion  is  reenforced  by  the  original  docu- 
ments which  form  a  part  of  the  exhibits  in  this  report. 

In  order  that  a  complete  picture  of  the  German-American  Bund  may 
be  presented  at  this  time,  the  previous  findings  of  the  committee  are 
included  in  this  report. 

In  its  report  to  the  House  of  Representatives  at  the  beginning  of 
1939,  the  committee  made  the  following  resume  of  evidence  which  had 
been  placed  before  it: 

In  its  investigation  of  Nazi  and  Fascist  activities  in  the  United 
States,  this  committee,  recognizing  the  splendid  work  done  by  the 
McCormack  Committee,  which  made  its  report  to  Congress  on  February 
15, 1935,  has  started  where  that  group  left  off. 

The  so-called  McCormack  Committee  investigated  and  traced  the 
Nazi  movement  in  the  United  States  from  the  days  when  Kurt  Georg 
Wilhelm  Luedecke  became  their  first  real  representative  here  on 
through  the  various  steps  taken  until  we  come  to  the  creation  of  the 
the  German-American  Bund. 

The  German-American  Bund  had  as  its  predecessors  the  "Teutonia 
Society"  and  "The  Friends  of  the  New  Germany." 

This  committee  had  divided  its  Nazi  and  Fascist  investigation  into 
a  number  of  subtitles  which  we  classify  as  follows:  Storm  troops, 
correspondence  and  records,  youth  movement,  consular  aid,  funds  and 
propaganda,  guns,  rifle  ranges,  etc.,  Nazi-Fascist  merger,  German 
Bund,  Italian  Black  Shirts,  Un-American  organizations. 


1446  UK-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

It  was  definitely  shown  that  the  Nazi  activities  in  the  United  States 
have  their  counterpart  in  everything  that  has  been  and  is  being  done 
by  similar  movements  of  Nazi  minorities  in  Mexico,  South  America, 
and  Europe. 

These  Nazi  activities  in  the  United  States  are  traceable  to  and 
linked  with  Government-controlled  agencies  in  Nazi  Germany,  and 
it  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  unless  checked  immediately 
an  American-Nazi  force  may  cause  great  unrest  and  serious  repercus- 
sions in  the  United  States. 

At  this  point  it  should  be  made  distinctly  clear  that  the  Nazi  ranks 
in  the  United  States  are  not  really  German-Americans  but  rather 
American-Germans.  In  other  words,  they  consider  themselves  the 
identical  type  of  minority  as  the  Polish-German  minority  in  Poland, 
the  Austrian-German  minority  which  recently  brought  about  the 
annexation  of  Austria,  or  the  Sudeten  Germans  in  Czechoslovakia 
(vol.  2,  p.  1108). 

As  an  indication  of  the  thoroughness  with  which  this  Nazi  minority 
has  been  operating  in  this  country  through  its  connections  with  Ger- 
many, evidence  was  introduced  showing  that  the  official  newspaper 
of  the  German-American  Bund  has  had  advance  information  on  what 
was  about  to  transpire  in  Germany  and  gave  every  evidence  of 
intimate  knowledge  of  events  to  come. 

This  committee  heard  testimony  showing  that  the  use  of  storm 
troops,  the  youth  movement,  the  training  and  drilling,  the  consular 
aid — in  fact  all  of  the  Nazi  activities  here  are  on  lines  identical  with 
those  used  abroad. 

There  are  approximately  80  Bund  posts  in  the  United  States. 
There  are  no  positive  or  definite  figures  of  the  membership  although 
it  can  be  stated  that  there  are  approximately  25,000  active  members 
in  the  German-American  Bund.  The  fact  has  also  been  established 
that  some  100,000  persons  are  willing  to  be  seen  at  the  public  mani- 
festations of  the  Bund.* 

STORM  TROOPS 

From  this  membership,  the  German-American  Bund  can  muster 
within  its  own  ranks  a  uniformed  force  of  5,000  storm  troops  and  it 
was  testified  that  in  time  of  necessity  this  force  could  be  augmented 
with  "strong-arm"  detachments  of  allied  groups,  such  as  Italian 
Black  Shirts,  Silver  Shirts,  Ukrainians,  White  Russians,  and  similar 
organizations  (vol.  2,  p.  1110). 

Repeatedly  it  has  been  asserted  that  the  storm-troop  division  of  the 
Bund  is  nothing  more  than  a  force  of  ushers  for  public  meetings. 
The  fact  is  that  this  storm-troop  division  of  the  Bund  is  patterned 
after  the  Hitler  storm  troops  and  its  members  are  the  political  soldiers 
of  a  Hitler-inspired  movement  in  the  United  States.  A  witness  testi- 
fied that  from  the  manpower  of  this  force  the  Bund,  working  hand  iti 
hand  with  the  German  Government,  can  draft  men  for  a  sabotage, 
machine  and  spy  net. 

Despite  assertions  by  the  heads  of  the  German- American  Bund  that 
there  are  no  German  citizens  in  the  storm-troop  ranks,  evidence 
presented  before  this  committee  clearly  shows  that  members  of  that 


*  Suhsenuont   investigations  revealed  that  tliore  were  100,000  members  and  supporters 
of  the  Bund. 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1447 

organization  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States  have  privately  admitted 
that  they  are  not  American  citizens  but  are  German  citizens  and  in 
many  cases  have  boasted  that  they  never  intend  to  become  American 
citizens. 

This  committee  has  failed  to  find  any  reason  for  the  existence  of 
such  storm-troop  groups,  but  there  is  no  Federal  statute  to  prevent 
their  formation  and  activities. 

A  witness  testified  that  Herman  Schwarzmann,  leader  of  the 
Astoria,  Long  Island,  post,  read  a  book  of  German  Army  instructions 
to  his  storm  troops,  explaining  it  as  follows : 

I  am  reading  this  to  you  not  so  mucli  because  I  want  you  to  know  what  my 
duties  are,  but  because  some  day  all  of  you  may  be  fuehi-ers  of  your  own  groups. 
You  can  reach  these  heights  if  you  work  hard  and  come  to  thoroughly  understand 
the  problems  before  us.  Every  storm  trooper  should  look  forward  to  the  day 
when  he  may  become  a  fuehrer  himself.  He  must  know  how  to  handle  people,  he 
must  understand  people,  he  must  be  able  to  lead  and  teach  them. 

I  tell  you  that  exactly  what  happened  some  years  ago  is  happening  now  in  this 
country.  In  Germany  the  people  finally  rose  up  in  resentment.  This  will  happen 
here.  It  is  inevitable.  When  that  day  comes,  and  it  is  probably  not  far  off,  we 
must  be  prepared  to  fight  for  the  right  kind  of  government.  We  must  win  the 
masses  to  our  side.  There  will  be  bloodshed  and  fighting.  We  shall  have  to  do 
our  part. 

No  one  knows  where  we  shall  have  to  go — New  Jersey,  New  York,  or  some  other 
part  of  the  country,  or  what  we  may  be  called  upon  to  do.  When  that  time 
comes  every  man  must  be  thoroughly  trained  to  assume  his  responsibility.  The 
important  duties,  of  course,  will  fall  upon  the  shoulders  of  our  membership. 
(Implying  the  storm-troop  membership.) 

You  may  think  I  am  just  dreaming  or  talking  in  the  clouds.  But  I  tell  you  I 
know  what  I'm  talking  about.  This  trouble  will  come  probably  sooner  than  you 
think.     It  has  to  come,  judging  from  the  trends  of  the  Nation. 

When  we  understand  how  Germans  handled  their  situation  in  Germany  we 
shall  know  how  to  handle  the  difficulty  which  will  arise  in  America.  In  all  likeli- 
hood the  day  of  trouble  will  come — Der  Tag — with  a  financial  crisis  in  Washing- 
ton.   Then  will  be  the  time  to  wipe  out  our  enemies. 

Remember  we  are  still  Germans,  for  blood  is  stronger  than  paper,  even  though 
we  are  also  American  citizens.  And  as  American  citizens  we  have  the  same 
rights  as  any  other  citizen.  But  our  rights  have  not  been  observed.  The  storm 
troops  are  not  even  permitted  to  march  on  the  streets.  The  controlled  press  will 
not  print  our  side  of  the  story.  Some  day  that  will  be  changed,  for  some  day 
we  shall  demand  our  rights. 

It  was  testified  before  the  committee  that  although  the  Nazis  in 
this  country  claim  to  follow  democratic  ideas  in  electing  their  officers 
in  reality  the  elections  were  conducted  along  the  lines  of  recent  Euro- 
pean plebiscites  where  everything  is  under  such  control  that  no  one 
dares  vote  against  the  machine  (vol.  2,  p.  1113). 

Another  indication  of  the  close  connection  between  the  German- 
American  Bund  and  the  Fatherland  is  to  be  found  in  the  evidence 
showing  that  crews  of  German  warships  have  been  entertained  by  the 
storm  troops  of  the  Bund.  German  World  War  veterans  are  active 
in  storm-troop  ranks  and  help  train  and  drill  the  men. 

Many  Bund  storm  troopers  are  constantly  urged  to  make  and  have 
made  trips  to  Germany,  returning  with  great  quantities  of  Nazi  propa- 
ganda material  (vol.  2,  p.  1114) . 

Members  of  the  Nazi  grou]:)s  have  been  found  to  be  working  in  some 
of  the  great  aviation  manufacturing  companies  of  the  United  States. 
They  were  found  working  in  the  United  States  Navy  shipyards  where 
they  had  succeeded  in  securing  positions  which  placed  them  in  direct 


1448  TJN-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES  , 

possession  of  secret  plans  for  the  construction  of  United  States  Navy 
battleships  of  the  latest  type.  They  have  even  been  assigned  to  trial 
runs  on  the  latest  type  of  these  ships  (vol.  2,  p.  1115) . 

This  committee  also  learned  that  as  the  result  of  its  recent  national 
convention  in  New  York — the  one  held  in  September  1938 — the 
German-American  Bund  is  planning  to  create  a  strictly  American 
division  in  conjunction  with  the  bund.  First  steps  in  this  direction 
have  already  been  taken  by  the  high  command  of  the  German-American 
Bund.  If  this  plan  is  carried  out,  a  merger  of  a  number  of  minor 
subversive  forces  in  this  country  may  be  expected  under  the  swastika 
leadership  of  Fritz  Kuhn  and  the  German-American  Bund. 

<X)RRESPONDENCB  AND  RECORDS 

The  investigation  of  this  committee  into  Nazi  activities  was  seriously 
hampered  and  handicapped  because  as  soon  as  the  resolution  creating 
the  committee  had  been  adopted  by  the  Congress,  officials  of  the 
German-American  Bund  issued  an  order  to  their  posts  throughout  the 
country  to  destroy  all  their  records. 

Dr.  Otto  Willumeit,  4344  North  Sheridan  Road,  Chicago,  111.,  in 
a  sworn  statement  made  on  July  15, 1938,  said : 

I  became  an  American  citizen  in  1932  at  Hammond,  Ind.  Shortly  after  taking 
over  the  leadership  of  the  local  chapter,  I  received  a  letter  from  Fritz  Kuhn,  of 
New  York.  I  carried  this  letter  with  me  for  about  a  month  and  recently  tore  it  up 
as  I  did  not  believe  it  was  important.  This  letter,  although  I  do  not  remember 
the  exact  wording,  advised  me  that  in  view  of  the  coming  congressional  investiga- 
tion of  the  bund,  Mr.  Kuhn  deemed  it  advisable  for  me  to  destroy  all  correspond- 
ence between  the  local  bund  and  Germany.  He  further  pointed  out  that  no 
matter  how  harmless  it  may  be,  the  letters  could  be  interpreted  in  a  different 
light  (vol.  1,  p.  42). 

Another  affidavit,  part  of  the  proof  that  Fritz  Kuhn,  head  of  the 
German-American  Bund,  had  ordered  records  of  that  organization 
destroyed,  was  made  by  George  Froboese,  who  resides  at  3227  North 
Second  Street,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  and  who  is  the  leader  of  the  middle 
west  district  of  the  bund.     He  stated : 

I  have  been  asked  by  Mr.  Kuhn  to  destroy  such  private  letters  as  may  be  inter- 
preted as  being  inconsistent  with  the  proper  behavior  of  an  American  citizen 
(vol.  2,  p.  1144). 

However,  the  investigator  for  the  committee  was  able  to  secure  pos- 
session of  25  letters  which  constituted  correspondence  between  the 
Chicago  Bund  post  and  Nazi  Germany  (vol.  1,  pp.  29  through  40). 

In  this  correspondence  it  was  definitely  shown  that  the  Foreign 
Institute  of  the  Nazi  Government  at  Stuttgart  was  one  of  the  instru- 
mentalities used  in  assisting  the  German-American  Bund  in  spreading 
propaganda  in  this  country.  One  of  the  letters  (vol.  1,  p.  31)  proves 
conclusively  a  Nazi  Government  plan  to  take  American  children  on 
vacations  to  Germany  and  the  letter  states  that  "properly  handled, 
this  can  be  of  the  utmost  importance  for  the  development  of  foreign 
connections." 

And  another  quotation  from  the  same  letter — 

Friendships  cannot  be  made  early  enough.  Youth  is  especially  susceptible  at 
this  period.  The  impressions  of  a  youth  in  a  foreign  country  influence  hundreds 
of  his  comrades  on  his  return. 


APPENDIX PART   IV  1449 

Other  correspondence  definitely  indicates  that  German  consulates 
in  the  United  States  have  been  the  clearing  houses  for  much  of  the 
Nazi  activity  here  (vol.  1,  p.  38). 

Throughout  this  entire  correspondence  there  is  definite  evidence 
and  proof  that  the  groups  operated  in  this  country  are  directed  by 
organizations  in  Germany  which  get  their  support  and  direction  from 
the  German  Government  itself.  Despite  this  connection,  none  of  these 
groups  in  this  country  have  registered  with  the  Secretary  of  State  in 
accordance  with  the  foreign  propaganda  law  which  became  effective 
September  8,  1938. 

In  fact,  the  Foreign  Institute  at  Stuttgart  is  being  conducted  by 
one  Fritz  Gissibl,  a  former  leader  of  the  Nazi  group  in  this  country 
and  whose  brother  even  now  is  a  member  and  leader  of  the  Nazi  group 
in  Chicago. 

Photographs  placed  in  evidence  before  the  committee,  properly 
identified,  show  a  number  of  German  consuls  in  this  country  taking 
an  active  part  in  the  affairs  of  the  German- American  Bund  and  par- 
ticularly in  the  Nazi  festivities  arranged  at  a  number  of  camps 
throughout  the  United  States  (vol.  2,  p.  1122). 

YOUTH  mo\t:me]s;t 

Some  German-American  children  are  being  Hitlerized  by  the  lead- 
ers of  the  German-American  Bund,  despite  the  fact  that  under  the 
American  law  every  child  born  in  this  country  is  an  American  citizen. 

The  evidence  thus  far  heard  indicates  that  every  effort  is  being 
expended  by  the  bund's  high  command  to  instill  in  these  boys  and 
girls,  most  of  whom  have  never  even  been  outside  the  United  States, 
the  doctrines  of  racial  and  religious  hatreds  preached  under  the  pagan 
German  kultur  (vol.  2,  p.  1123). 

American  ideals  and  principles  of  democracy  are  boldly  shoved  into 
the  background  and  a  worship  of  Hitlerism  is  inculcated  in  these 
youthful  unsuspecting  minds.  Although  the  committee's  investi- 
gator frequently  visited  Nazi  camps  in  various  parts  of  the  country, 
he  testified  that  never  once  was  there  an  occasion  where  he  saw  these 
nazified  children  led  to  a  Christian  religious  service  in  a  youth  camp. 

Health,  Hitler,  Heils,  and  Hatred  are  the  "4-H's"  used  by  United 
States  Nazis  to  prevent  Americanization  of  children  whose  parents 
are  members  of  the  German-American  Bund. 

In  the  coming  years  all  the  unity  and  all  the  effoi-ts  will  be  required  in  order 
to  put  a  stop  to  the  former  crippling  by  the  Americanization  of  their  young — 

declares  the  bund  yearbook,  reprinted  from  the  German  magazine 
Deutsche  Arbeit,  in  referring  to  children  of  Germany  who  have 
emigrated  to  America. 

Hence — 

the  yearbook  states,  after  pointing  out  that  Germany's  youth  move- 
ment at  home  must  confine  itself  to  German  children  still  in  the 
Fatherland — 

the  youth  groups  of  the  Grerman-American  Bund  are  a  real  achievement  for 
Germany. 

In  forwarding  this  program,  childish  voices  ring  out  in  a  crescendo 
of  "Heil  Hitlers"  in  German-American  camps  throughout  the  Nation. 


1450  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDiA    AOTIVrTIES 

These  American  boys  and  girls  sing  hymns  to  Der  Fuehrer  and  to 
the  Fatherland  they  never  have  seen. 

"Our  youth  are  the  lifeline  of  our  movement,"  leaders  repeatedly 
insist.  "We  may  be  gone  soon  and  the  youth  must  carry  on  our 
fight.     *     *     *." 

Under  the  guise  of  health,  some  German-American  children  are 
being  trained  and  marched  away  from  the  democratic  traditions  of 
America. 

They  must  learn  to  speak  fluent  German  and  to  understand  the  Nazi 
ideology.  They  listen  to  lectures  on  the  Hitler  philosophy  and  the 
policies  of  the  Third  Reich. 

In  its  youth  movement,  as  in  the  parent  organization,  the  bund 
professes  a  defense  of  the  United  States  Constitution  and  "true 
Americanism."  But  the  camps  are  completely  Nazi  Germany.  The 
United  States  is  forgotten  except  for  an  occasional  display  of  American 
flags.  The  swastika  of  Germany  is  the  important  flag  to  the  boy  and 
girl  scouts.    "Old  Glory"  is  of  secondary  importance  (vol.  2,  p.  1124). 

The  scouts  eat,  sleep,  talk,  and  dream  nazi-ism  with  the  same  fervor 
of  the  regimented  youth  of  Germany.  They  are  taught  to  avoid 
outside  "contaminating  influences."  American  history,  according 
to  testimony  before  the  committee,  is  revised  in  public  addresses  for 
them  to  show  that  this  country  has  been  saved  from  destruction  only 
through  the  influence  of  German -Americans. 

Just  as  in  Germany,  the  youth  movement  is  divided  into  three 
sections — the  Jungenschaft  (boys)  ;  the  Maedchenschaft  (girls),  and 
the  Jungvolk  (smaller  children  too  young  to  join  other  groups). 

Youngsters  are  thrust  into  the  Jungvolk  organization  when  only  5 
and  6  years  old.  They  wear  uniforms  of  brown  and  blue  shorts  or 
skirts,  white  blouses  with  Hitler-brown  scarfs.  Older  boys  wear 
brown  shirts  with  Sam  Browne  belts,  military  trousers  and  boots,  and 
are  armed  with  long  hunting  knives  and  spears. 

Youths  graduate  into  the  "Ordnungs  Dienst,"  the  storm-troop 
organization  of  the  bund,  and  are  trained  mentally  and  physically  to 
lead  the  troops  when  the  often  predicted  "trouble"  comes.  Scouts 
are  told  they  must  be  prepared  to  withstand  the  onrush  of  the  coming 
"red"  revolution. 

From  their  elders,  scouts  learn  to  be  suspicious  of  strangers.  They 
will  not  discuss  the  bund  unless  they  know  the  listener  is  sympathetic. 
The  investigator  for  the  committee  testified  that  he  entered  Turner 
Hall  at  Eighty-fifth  Street  and  Lexingon  Avenue  in  the  Yorkville 
German  section  of  New  York  City,  where  the  bund  holds  many  of  its 
meetings,  and  asked  a  young  scout  fuehrer  where  the  bund  head- 
quarters were  situated. 

"Bund?"  the  youth  asked  in  pretended  ignorance.  "I  don't  know 
anything  about  the  bund." 

Investigation  by  this  investigator  disclosed  that  beyond  the  door 
he  was  guarding  a  group  of  boys  and  girls  were  attending  one  of  the 
"Bundes-Redner-Schule."  A  propaganda  film  showing  the  delights 
of  new  Germany  was  part  of  the  day's  instruction. 

Landesjugendfuehrer  (national  youth  leader)  is  Theodore  Dinke- 
lacker,  9238  Lamont  Avenue,  Elmhurst,  Long  Island.  Under  30, 
Dinkelacker  devotes  all  of  his  time  to  drilling  and  teaching  poten- 
tial national  socialists.    He  leads  them  in  parades  behind  the  storm 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1451 

troops  at  summer  festivals  and  in  the  city  drill  halls  of  the  bund 
during  the  winter. 

Our  youth  love  the  fight— 

Dinkelacker  explained  to  a  witness. 

They  are  mostly  sons  and  daughters  of  old  fighters  and  thus  they  will  not  permit 
the  fighting  spirit  of  the  bund  to  die  out. 

National  socialism  is  a  world-wide  philosophy  of  strength.  We  teach  our 
youth  along  these  lines  so  that  they  may  take  the  right  road  in  life.  We 
instill  in  them  pride  of  German  nationality  and  race.  We  insist  on  order  and 
discipline  to  build  character  and  a  broad  athletic  program  to  build  the  body. 

Youth  builds  are  proud  of  being  the  future  of  "'the  only  fighting 
organization  in  German-America"  Dinkelacker  says  according  to 
testimony  before  the  committee,  and  "will  always  look  down  with 
contempt  upon  those  who  avoid  the  battle,  who  gather  in  little  groups 
and  clubs  in  order,  when  they  reach  manhood,  to  change  into  rabbit- 
breeding  societies  or  bowling  clubs"  (vol.  2,  p.  1125). 

All  boys  and  girls — 

he  continued,  according  to  this  same  testimony — 

have  the  obligation  to  keep  themselves  strong  and  healthy  for  their  German 
race ;  healthy  in  order  to  transmit  as  a  link  in  an  unending  chain  the  heritage  of 
our  ancestors  to  the  coming  generation ;  strong  in  order  to  ward  off  every 
attack  against  the  German  race ;  politically  and  economically. 

The  bund  youth  group  "does  not  only  have  the  purpose  to  breed  a 
new  generation,  as  certain  malicious  tongues  assert,"  Dinkelacker 
explamed,  according  to  the  testimony  of  a  witness  before  the  com- 
mittee. 

We  wish  to  train  the  young  to  become  useful  members  of  the  German  racial 
community.  We  wish  to  train  our  youth  groups  to  such  an  extent  that  by  observa- 
tion we  may  be  able  to  pick  out  talented  boys  and  girls,  support  them  in  their 
education,  and  thus  create  the  possibility  that  the  most  capable  be  placed  at  the 
head,  for  the  benefit  not  only  of  the  German  element  but  of  the  entire  Nation. 

Camp  Hindenburg,  near  Grafton,  Wis.,  18  miles  north  of  Milwaukee, 
is  the  "summer  home"  of  Chicago  and  Milwaukee  scouts.  The  camp 
is  in  its  third  year.  There  was  also  testimony  that  two  signs,  one  in 
blue  and  one  in  red,  point  the  way  to  the  camp  down  a  gravel  road 
from  U.  S.  Highway  141.  The  signs  are  lettered  merely  "A.  V." 
The  camp  itself  is  set  in  the  valley  surrounded  by  wooded  hills  with 
the  Milwaukee  River  providing  swimming  facilities  on  the  west  side 
of  the  tract.  There  is  a  parking  lot  for  autos  through  which  one  must 
pass  before  entering  the  camp  proper.  The  camp  and  lot  are  separated 
by  a  wire  fence  with  a  single  pole  carrying  a  sign  "Private  property." 

Unlike  the  eastern  camps,  there  are  no  elaborate  permanent  build- 
ings at  Camp  Hindenburg.  The  Kaffee  Kucha  (coifee  kitchen)  and 
beer  stand  are  housed  in  small  wooden  structures.  Tents  are  set  in  a 
circle.  In  the  center  is  a  tall  flagpole  from  which  are  flown  the  Amer- 
ican flag  and  the  Jungenschaf  t  flag — a  white  streak  of  lightning  or  half 
swastika  on  a  black  background.  Regulation  German  swastika  flags 
are  displayed  on  special  occasions. 

About  80  boys  from  Chicago  and  Milwaukee  gave  up  the  tents  on 
August  1,  after  a  2- week  stay  at  the  camp,  and  about  100  girls  moved 
in.  The  boys  and  girls  marched  behind  a  military  band  of  German 
World  War  veterans  to  the  flagpole  for  a  ceremony,  during  which  the 
boys'  flag  was  replaced  by  that  of  the  girls'  organization. 


1452  UN-AMETIICAN    PROPAGAKDiA   ACTIVITIES 

Uniforms  worn  by  tlie  Chicago  and  Milwaukee  boys  include  a  wide 
brown  belt  with  a  silver  buckle  bearing  a  swastika  and  the  legend 
"Blut  and  Ehre"  (blood  and  honor).  One  boy  displaced  a  hunting 
knife  which  had  a  similar  inscription  on  the  blade. 

Chicago  boys  and  girls  when  not  in  camp  meet  once  a  week  or 
oftener  at  the  Bundesheim  (bund  home)  at  3853  North  Western 
Avenue  and  at  the  south  side  headquarters  at  605  West  Sixtieth  Street. 
They  also  attend  the  Theodore  Koerner  Schule,  operated  at  the  north 
side  home. 

The  American  Nazi  youth  movement  is  much  stronger  in  the  East 
and  Middle  West  than  in  the  Far  West. 

According  to  one  witness,  the  west  coast  bund  members  enthusiasti- 
cally welcomed  Erich  BarischofF,  member  of  the  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
Jungenschaft,  who  appeared  at  Deutsches  Hans,  Los  Angeles  head- 
quarters, August  1,  after  a  24-day  hike  across  the  country.  Erich  was 
en  route  to  the  Dutch  East  Indies  and  thence  to  Germany  to  visit 
relatives.  According  to  testimony  before  the  committee  he  had  nothing 
but  scorn  for  the  American  Boy  Scouts  (vol.  2,  p.  1126). 

They're  sissies — 

he  exclaimed. 

They  don't  know  what  hardships  are  like.  They  take  little  walks  while  we 
travel  hundreds  of  miles.  There  is  no  comparison  between  the  American  Boy 
Scouts  and  the  Jungenschaft.    The  Americans  are  babies  alongside  of  us. 

The  Philadelphia  youth  encampment  is  part  of  the  bund  layout  of 
the  Deutschorst  Country  Club,  near  Croydon,  Pa.  Forty  boys  and 
25  girls  live  in  tents  and  in  an  old  mansion,  which  had  been  used  at 
one  time  as  a  speakeasy  and  later  as  a  home  for  wayward  girls  before 
the  bund  leased  it  4  years  ago,  according  to  testimony  before  the 
committee.  The  owner  offered  to  sell  the  property  to  the  bund  for 
$12,000  4  years  ago  but  boosted  his  price  to  $18,000  last  summer 
just  before  the  lease  expired. 

A  Philadelphia  storm  trooper  in  a  conversation  with  his  fuehrer, 
G.  W.  Kunze,  on  July  25,  revealed  "how  we  fooled  those  newspaper- 
men." A  reporter  and  photographer  of  the  Philadelphia  Record 
spent  several  hours  at  the  camp  that  day. 

They  didn't  see  a  thing  and  got  only  a  lot  of  pictures  that  don't  mean  any- 
thing— 

the  trooper  explained. 

The  funniest  thing  happened  when  they  went  to  the  youth  camp.  All  they  saw 
was  the  boys  and  their  tents  with  a  little  American  flag  on  the  staff.  They 
didn't  get  to  see  our  flag. 

The  trooper  indicated  the  swastika  had  been  removed  purposely  for 
the  day  in  anticipation  of  newspaper  photographers. 

Efdende  camp,  9  miles  north  of  Pontiac,  Mich.,  serves  the  Detroit 
post.  It  does  not  compare  in  size  or  in  buildings  and  improvements 
with  the  eastern  camps.  Entrance  is  down  a  side  road  off  United 
States  Highway  10  at  the  Springfield  Gladiola  Farms.  A  small  sign 
reads  "Summer  Camp  A.  V."  Detroit  members  are  cautious  about 
displaying  swastikas  or  other  Hitler  emblems  at  their  camp. 

A  small  frame  building  houses  a  kitchen  and  bar  near  the  lake  shore 
while  headquarters  for  the  Jungenschaft  is  beyond  an  athletic  field. 
About  20  girls  and  30  boys  are  accommodated  in  separate  units  of  a 
one-story  building. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1453 

The  most  elaborate  of  the  bund's  camps  are  Siegriecl,  near  Yap- 
hank,  Long  Island,  and  Nordland,  near  Andover,  N.  J.  It  was  at  a 
youth  celebration  at  Camp  Siegfried  on  July  11,  that  National  Leader 
Fritz  Kuhn,  according  to  testimony,  said: 

The  youth  of  our  great  bund  are  the  hope,  the  life  line  of  our  organization. 
Through  them  we  must  live  into  the  future.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  that  we 
must  stand  united  behind  them,  educate  them  and  raise  them  to  manhood  and 
womanhood  with  our  ideals  imbedded  in  their  hearts.  We  must  fight  together 
for  their  freedom. 

We  nmst  work  to  win  over  the  youth  of  all  German-Americans  and  some  day 
when  our  labor  has  reaped  its  reward  we  shall  hear  fine  and  strong  German- 
American  youths  come  marching  from  the  east  and  west,  from  the  south  and 
nortli — marching  onward  to  build  a  greater  nation. 

When  "Achtung!"  (Attention)  rings  out  over  the  loudspeaker 
system  in  the  eastern  camps,  scouts  as  well  as  storm  troopers  hurry 
to  attention.  If  it  is  Sunday  morning  at  Camp  Siegfried,  boys 
and  girls  form  into  separate  ranks  and  prepare  to  greet  storm 
troopers  and  other  bund  members  arriving  from  New  York  on  a 
special  train. 

Some  of  the  scouts  march  behind  the  German  swastika  and  the 
American  flag  to  the  railroad  station  2  miles  away  through  Yaphank. 
They  line  up  at  attention  beside  the  track  and,  as  the  train  pulls  in, 
their  arms  are  outstretched  in  a  Hitler  salute  to  the  arriving  guests. 

With  a  band  blaring  a  stirring  German  march,  the  scouts  and 
guests — 500  or  more  strong — march  back  through  the  village  to  the 
camp  where  another  contingent  of  scouts  is  at  attention  "heiling" 
the  arriving  storm  troops. 

'  At  Siegfried  and  at  other  eastern  bund  camps,  separate  tent  en- 
campments for  boys  and  girls  are  set  back  in  the  woods,  away  from 
the  main  building  and  cottages  where  their  parents  drink  beer  and 
dance.  Sentries  stand  guard  at  entrances  to  the  rows  of  tents. 
Visitors — even  parents  of  the  scouts — are  not  permitted  in  the  youth 
camps  proper.  Scouts  on  duty  in  the  camps  must  come  to  the 
entrances  to  visit  with  their  parents.  If  not  on  duty,  they  are 
permitted  to  roam  through  the  entire  camp  layout  at  will. 

A  German  steel  helmet  and  a  long  lance  are  part  of  the  equipment 
of  the  guard  at  the  entrance  to  the  boys'  camp  at  Siegfried.  The 
lance  and  helmet  are  passed  along  to  each  boy  as  he  takes  up  sentry 
duty.  Commands  and  conversations  among  the  scouts  are  entirely 
in  German,  but  they  politely  answer  questions  in  English  (vol.  2, 
p.  1127). 

Discipline  is  rigid.  Some  scouts  are  assigned  to  duty  at  soft- 
drink  stands  in  camp  on  Sunday.  Others  carry  water  to  perspiring 
troopers. 

German -Americans  can  send  their  children  to  the  camp  for  from 
$3.50  to  $5  a  week.  If  their  parents  have  the  money,  the  children 
remain  in  camp  all  summer  and  enjoy  a  theoretical  3-month  trip  to 
Germany. 

Camps  are  supported  partly  from  contributions.  Otto  Arndt,  one 
of  the  most  active  of  the  New  York  area  storm  troops,  according  to 
testimony,  said  his  contributions  to  the  Jungenschaft  amounted  to 
$25,000  during  a  year. 

A  collection  was  taken  up  for  the  Jurgenschaft  at  the  end  of  a  night 
boat  trip  up  the  Hudson  w^hich  outw^ardly  had  no  connection  with  tlip- 
bund,  but  which  was  sponsored  by  the  Steneck  travel  bureau. 


1454  UN-AMEBicAN  propaga:xda  activities 

The  youth  camp  at  Siegfried  is  a  half  mile  around  a  lake  from  the 
main  camp  building.  A  two-story  stucco  building,  adaptable  for 
winter  use,  serves  as  headquarters.  Tents  are  pitched  on  wooden 
foundations  back  in  the  woods.  At  Camp  Nordland,  set  in  the  wooded 
hills  of  Sussex  County,  N.  J.,  the  tents  are  in  one  end  of  the  100-acre 
tract. 

Heels  click  together  and  the  right  arm  goes  out  in  a  Hitler  salute 
when  a  scout,  boy  or  girl,  is  addressed  by  a  youth  leader  or  any  storm 
trooper  in  uniform. 

Singing  forms  an  important  part  of  the  camp  training.  Both  boys 
and  girls  are  divided  into  older  and  younger  groups  and  learn  numerous 
songs  in  praise  of  Hitler  and  the  new  Germany.  The  boys  also  have 
a  fife,  bugle,  and  drum  corps,  members  of  which  are  equipped  with 
red  and  white  epaulets. 

As  part  of  their  training  for  "true  Americanism,"  scouts  sing  "Heute 
Hoert  Uns  Deutschland — Morgen  Die  Ganze  Welt !"  (Today  Germany 
hears  us,  tomorrow  the  whole  world)  and  "We  are  the  friends  of  the 
New  Germany"  (vol.  2,  p.  1128). 

They  join  enthusiastically  in  singing  "Deutschland  Ueber  Alles"  and 
the  "Horst  Wessel,"  the  Hitler  national  anthem,  but  have  a  difficult 
time  remembering  "The  Star-Spangled  Banner." 

Girl  scouts  are  trained  in  the  folk  dances  of  Germany  and  perform 
at  the  various  bund  functions. 

For  some  of  the  smaller  girls,  camp  life  brings  the  ordeal  of  living 
away  from  their  parents  for  the  first  time. 

How  quickly  a  German-American  boy  can  become  a  part  of  the 
Hitler  youth  program  was  explained  to  a  witness  who  appeared  before 
the  committee,  by  a  woman  bund  member.  She  said,  according  to 
this  witness,  her  youthful  cousin  scorned  the  camp  idea  at  first,  but 
after  one  visit  came  home  singing  Nazi  songs  and  remarked  that  the 
German  scouts  were  "real  kameraden."  After  another  visit,  he  became 
a  member.  Today,  at  19,  he  is  a  fuehrer  and  has  learned  to  speak 
German. 

"His  older  brother",  she  said,  "who  is  in  the  United  States  Navy, 
makes  fun  of  the  boy's  scout  uniform  and  his  Hitler  salute.  But  we 
tell  him  not  to  mind,  the  older  brother  will  learn  the  truth  before  long 
and  realize  he  too  must  join  the  new  Germany." 

The  bund  also  maintains  camps  near  Buffalo,  Schenectady,  Cleve- 
land, Los  Angeles,  San  Diego,  Oakland,  Calif.,  Spokane,  Seattle,  Port- 
land, Oreg.,  and  at  St.  Louis. 

All  bund  leaders — from  Fuehrer  Fritz  Kuhn  down  to  minor  leaders 
in  local  posts — recognize  the  importance  of  the  youth  movement,  but 
none  more  than  Carl  (Papa)  Nicolay,  South  Brooklyn  leader  and 
national  speaker  since  the  inception  of  the  organization. 

Nicolay,  who  is  nearing  60,  is  the  most  enthusiastic  and  most  verbose 
of  the  bund  speakers. 

Nicolay  wrote  of  the  wonders  of  Germany  under  Hitler : 

The  gradual  education  away  from  shallow  internationalism  and  the  often  but 
not  too  obvious  meaninglessness  of  its  decadent  liberalism  and  democracy  *  *  * 
to  sound  and  rational  nationalism,  which  in  its  very  desire  for  the  strength  of  its 
own  country  and  people,  will  not  only  tolerate  but  look  to  similar  national  strength 
in  others,  but  make  for  real  peace,  therefore,  instead  of  war. 

He  wrote  of  the  joy  of  Hitler  youth  but  did  not  mention  the  signs 
over  Nazi  youth  camps:  "You  were  born  to  die  for  Germany." 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1455 

In  Germany,  all  young  people  are  forced  by  the  state  youth  laws 
to  become  members  of  the  Hitler  Youth  or  the  League  of  German 
Girls  and  undergo  national  socialist  schooling.  American  children 
of  bund  members  "love  the  fight"  in  the  words  of  the  national  leader, 
Theodor  Dinkelacker,  and  don't  need  a  law  to  force  them  into  the 
regimented  organization. 

In  a  mimeographed  paper  issued  by  the  American  nazi  youth  move- 
ment, Hitler  is  termecl  "the  prophet  of  a  new  and  nobler  chapter  in 
the  course  of  human  events."  His  creed  is  world-wide,  youthful 
Americans  are  told. 

He  leads  the  struggle  for  race  preservation  against  the  melting  pot  idea  of 
international-minded  dabblers  in  theoretical  concepts  of  the  "brotherhood"  of 
all  races. 

The  setting  up  of  a  nation  in  order ;  clean  and  strong,  free  and  unified,  is  a 
miracle  which  only  proves  the  prophet  is  divinely  inspired  with  God-given 
powers  and  insight. 

The  slumbering  embers  Adolf  Hitler  has  fanned  into  fire  in  the  hearts  of 
Aryan  men  will  break  out  into  a  mighty  blaze  that  will  consume  the  enemy 
when  he  raises  his  red  rags. 

The  world  quivers  with  the  convulsions  of  an  approaching  earthquake  that 
will  shake  each  nation  to  its  bedrock,  bury  everything  corrupt,  and  outmoded 
and  clear  away  to  leave  a  world  of  virile,  progressive,  race-conscious  nations. 

The  article,  signed  by  Paul  M.  Ochojski,  in  charge  of  the  English 
columns  of  the  youth  paper,  thus  tells  American  children  of  the 
same  "approaching  revolution"  which  bund  speakers  warn  their 
members  to  prepare  for  (vol.  2,  p.  1129). 

In  another  article,  Ochojski  declares  Germans  are  "vanishing"  in 
the  United  States  because  they  "aren't  organized  and  fighting" 
against  their  enemies. 

Rallying  American  children  of  bund  members  to  answer  the  battle 
call  to  fight,  Ochojski  warns  that  unless  action  is  taken  Germans  in 
America  are  "doomed  to  become  a  gray,  raceless  mixture  of  unskilled 
laborers  having  no  voice  in  politics  and  no  economic  power." 

There  is  no  more  immigration  of  new  blood  from  Germany  to  freshen  up  the 
dying  cadaver  of  Germanic  America — 

the  writer  explains. 

Organize,  keep  alive  German  language  and  traditions,  learn  useful  and  higher 
trades,  go  to  schools  and  colleges,  enter  professions  and  politics,  tight  the 
enemies  of  Germany. 

Discipline  of  bund  youth  was  praised  by  Herr  Weiss,  physical  edu- 
cation instructor  at  the  organization's  Philadelphia  youth  camp, 
Deutschhorst,  near  Croydon,  Pa.  He  told  the  committee's  investi- 
gator the  boys  and  girls  in  camp  obeyed  orders  "just  like  little 
soldiers." 

The  boys  Avore  hunting  knives  encased  in  leather  holsters  attached 
to  their  belts.  Handles  of  the  knives  showed  a  small  swastika.  Asked 
if  the  knives  were  made  in  New  York : 

No- 
One  boy  is  said  to  have  replied. 

The  knives  come  straight  from  Germany  and  they  can't  send  enough  to  supply 
everybody  who  wants  one.  When  the  next  boat  comes  over,  it  will  bring  many 
knives,  but  there  will  not  be  enough  to  take  care  of  all  the  orders. 


1456  UN-AMEItlCAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTTVTTIES 

Youth  Leader  Dinkelacker  declared  at  the  bund  national  con- 
vention : 

It  is  highly  important  that  we  train  them  to  think  our  way — the  right  way. 
Every  bit  of  support  you  give  this  movement,  whether  it  be  financial  or  otherwise, 
is  deeply  appreciated  and  most  significant.  Urge  your  children  and  the  children 
of  your  friends  and  relatives  to  join  with  us.  We  have  great  camps  and  training 
schools  for  them.  The  children  will  benefit  by  this  training  indoors  and  outdoors 
and  will  learn  to  understand  the  true  meaning  of  our  case  and  when  they  have 
reached  mature  life,  they  will  rise  to  fight  with  us  and  will  send  their  children 
to  us. 

The  aims  of  the  Amerika-Deutscher  Volksbund  as  printed  in  its 
yearbook  includes  much  the  same  message  for  youth. 

To  this  youth  we  bind  ourselves  in  duty  to  the  end  that  some  day  it  may  feel 
bound  in  duty  to  our  nationality  and  complete  what  we  have  begun.  To  have 
trained  and  strengthened  and  schooled  them  for  national  and  racial  responsibility, 
to  be  clean,  healthy,  and  strong  men  and  women,  that  some  day  shall  be  the 
fairest  reward  for  our  pains,  activity,  and  sacrifices. 

An  example,  pointed  out  to  the  committee,  of  the  arrogance  of  the 
American-Nazi  machine  in  its  march  to  indoctrinate  Nazi  idealism  in 
American  youth  was  discovered  recently  in  St.  Louis,  where  reside 
some  100,000  German  Americans,  forming  nearly  one-eighth  of  the 
city's  population  (vol,  2,  p.  1130) . 

It  was  testified  that  Nazi  propaganda  was  slyly  worked  into  the 
public  schools  of  that  city  in  recent  months  under  the  guise  of  summer 
German-language  classes ;  that  ostensibly,  the  plan  was  to  simply  teach 
the  German  language  and  sing  German  folk  songs,  but  before  very 
long  it  became  apparent  this  was  not  at  all  the  real  purposes  of  the 
classes.    Instead,  instructions  drifted  into  Nazi  doctrines. 

According  to  evidence  before  the  committee,  these  classes  were 
inaugurated  through  the  efforts  of  a  Mr.  Walter  Rist,  a  native-born 
citizen  of  St.  Louis,  last  May.  Fifteen  fellow  teachers  and  laymen 
were  enlisted  for  this  propaganda  work.  These  instructors,  according 
to  this  same  testimony,  offered  their  services  without  compensation, 
at  least  none  from  the  schools.  They  also  obtained  classrooms  in  two 
public  schools  and  succeeded  in  enrolling  some  400  students. 

Some  highly  interesting  facts  in  conjunction  with  this  Nazi  propa- 
ganda schooling  of  American  boys  and  girls  has,  however,  come  to  the 
attention  of  the  committee.  After  every  Saturday  class,  trucks  picked 
up  some  50  of  the  children  and  carried  them  55  miles  to  a  Nazi  camp 
near  Stanton,  Mo.  This  camp  site  is  operated  by  the  Deutsch- 
Amerikanische  Berufgemeinschaft  and  is  under  the  direction  of 
Eberhard  von  Blankenhagen,  former  Consul  Secretary  of  the  German 
Embassy  in  Washington,  according  to  this  same  testimony. 

In  manner  similar  to  other  Nazi  camps  throughout  the  country,  this 
site  is  run  with  Prussian  military  precision.  German  is  spoken  every- 
where and  children  are  forced  to  don  uniforms  and  so  make  their 
appearances  at  meetings  and  meals. 

American  educational  institutions  throughout  the  United  States  offer 
in  their  curriculums  any  number  of  German  classes.  Yet  despite  this 
fact,  according  to  a  witness,  the  German-American  Bund  has  set  up 
a  German  school  system  of  its  own.  If  these  bund  schools  are  purely 
for  teaching  the  German  language,  why  has  the  bund  created  a  secret 
school  system  of  its  own  ? 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1457 

Schools  just  like  these  Bund  classes  have  been  opened  by  Nazi 
minorities  not  just  in  the  United  States  but  also  in  many  other  lands, 
such  as  South  America,  Poland,  and  in  the  Sudeten  areas. 

At  the  national  convention  of  the  German-American  Bund  held  a 
year  ago  in  the  Biltmore  Hotel,  New  York,  Bund  officials  from  all 
sections  of  the  United  States  heard  at  length  a  talk  by  a  representative 
of  the  Polish-German  Bund  on  this  very  subject.  He  outlined  in 
detail  just  how  the  Nazi  minority  in  Poland  had  succeeded  in  setting 
up  this  hidden  school  system,  along  with  its  own  Kultur  church  system. 
And  to  the  cheers  of  bund  leaders,  he  forecast  that  the  day  is  not 
far  off  when  Germany  would  succeed  in  building  u|)  through  the 
German-American  Bund  an  identical  program  in  the  United  States 
(vol.  2,  p.  1131). 

The  spread  of  the  Hitler  youth  movement  within  the  ranks  of  the 
German-American  Bund  is  reflected  in  a  list  of  boys'  units  which 
have  been  established,  which  are  experiencing  a  continued  growth  in 
numbers.     This  list  includes  the  following : 

Eastern  district :  Manhattan,  N.  Y. ;  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ;  Buffalo,  N.  Y. ;  Hudson 
County,  N.  J. ;  Philadelphia,  Pa. ;  Newark,  N.  J. ;  Nassau  County,  Long  Island ; 
Astoria,  Long  Island ;  Bronx,  N.  Y. ;  White  Plains,  N.  Y. ;  .Jamaica,  Long  Island ; 
South  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ;  Schenectady,  N.  Y. ;  Yonkers,  N.  Y. ;  Lindenhurst,  Long 
Island ;  Pittsburgh,  Pa. ;  Passaic,  N.  J. 

Middle  West  district :  Detroit.  Mich. ;  Chicago,  111. ;  Milwaukee,  Wis. ;  Cleve- 
land, Ohio ;  and  Kenosha,  Wis. 

Western  district :  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  the  purchase  of  a  site  for  youth  camps  in 
Camp  Siegfried,  at  a  cost  of  $8,000,  that  Theodore  Dinkelacker,  na- 
tional youth  leader  of  the  German- American  Bund,  has  advised  that 
the  money  used  in  this  purchase  was  raised  by  loans  from  the  Long 
Island  membership  of  the  German- American  Bund,  and  particularly 
from  parents  of  the  children.  Dinkelacker  also  declared  that  the 
older  boys  in  the  children's  camp  are  given  instructions  in  ways  in 
which  they  should  avoid  it.  He  stated  that  the  older  boys  are  also 
given  instructions  in  national  socialism. 

However,  when  this  same  national  youth  leader  was  asked : 

Do  you  give  them  instructions  in  our  democratic  form  of  government? 

Dinkelacker  is  said  to  have  replied  as  follows : 

No,  they  are  too  young  to  understand  about  Republicans.  Democrats,  etc. 

In  other  words,  it  is  the  belief  of  the  bund  that  these  boys  and 
girls  are  too  young  to  be  taught  Americanism  but  old  enough  to  instill 
in  them  Nazi  ideology. 

Along  this  same  line  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  Spellsberg,  who 
was  a  former  leader  of  the  San  Francisco  storm  troops,  does  not 
think  it  is  worth  while  for  the  bund  to  try  to  win  over  these  German 
Americans  who  came  to  the  United  States  before  the  World  War. 
Spellsberg,  who  trained  speakers  of  the  Germany-American  Bund  for 
propaganda  purposes,  points  out  instead  as  follows:  "Get  the  youth!" 

So  closely  related  is  the  youth  movement  of  the  German- American 
Bund  to  that  of  the  Hitler  youth  in  Germany  that  they  even  sing  the 
songs  of  the  Hitler  vouth  and  reprint  them  in  their  song  books  (vol.  2. 
p.  1132). 

27989.5—41 — pt.  4 2 


1458  UN-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTTVrTIES 

On  page  3  of  the  issue  No.  6  of  Junges  Volk  for  June  1937,  there  are 
German  songs  of  this  character.     The  first  song  contains  the  words : 

We  have  sworn  an  oath  to  our  flag. 

The  second  verse  states : 

The  flag  is  our  faith  in  God,  people,  and  country, 
Whoever  wants  to  rob  it,  may  rather  take  our  lives  and  hands, 
We  shall  care  for  the  flag  like  for  our  good  mother 
Because  the  flag  means  tomorrow  and  honor  and  courage. 

It  should  be  made  very  clear  in  this  connection  that  the  flag  referred 
to  by  the  bund  and  its  youth  movement  is  not  the  Stars  and  Stripes 
of  America  but  the  swastika  of  Germany, 

Another  song  on  the  same  page  is  quoted  as  follows : 

Fly,  you  sparks,  fly  into  our  time, 
Announce  war  to  all  far  and  near 
Who  dare  argue  with  us  and  who 
Carry  discord  in  their  hearts. 

On  page  4  of  the  same  issue  there  appears  a  song  which  is  quoted 
as  follows : 

Youth,  Youth — We  are-the  future  soldiers. 

Youth,  Youth — We  are  the  ones  to  carry  out  future  deeds. 

Yes ;  through  our  fists  will  be  smashed  who  stands  in  our  way. 

Youth,  Youth — We  are  the  future  soldiers. 

Youth,  Youth — We  are  the  ones  to  carry  out  future  deeds. 

Fuehrer — We  belong  to  you ;  yes,  we  comrades  belong  to  you. 

Again,  it  is  pointed  out  that  in  the  last  line  of  this  verse,  the  word 
"Fuehrer"  does  not  refer  to  the  President  of  the  United  States  or  any 
other  American,  but  to  Adolf  Hitler,  of  Germany. 

In  effect,  therefore,  the  Bund  babies  sing : 

Hitler,  we  belong  to  you ;  yes,  we  comrades  belong  to  you. 

The  practice  of  spreading  Nazi  propaganda  through  educational 
institutions  does  not,  however,  stop  here.  It  has  crept  into  many 
American  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

One  of  the  most  alarming  ways  of  Nazi  propaganda  along  this  line 
has  swept  through  the  ranks  of  exchange  students  to  universities. 

The  purpose  of  the  "exchange  students"  to  universities  has  long 
been  to  foster  good  will  and  peace  among  the  nations.  The  American 
student  in  a  European  university  learns  of  the  customs,  habits,  and 
cultural  progress  of  the  country  in  which  he  studies.  The  European 
student  in  an  American  school  learns  to  appreciate  American  culture. 
The  result  is  greater  understanding. 

But  this  worthwhile  aim  has  been  neglected  in  the  exchange  of 
German  students  for  American,  Now,  American  students  are  being 
indoctrinated  with  the  aims  of  nazi-ism  in  Germany  both  abroad  and 
at  home  to  the  detriment  of  democratic  institutions  in  America  (vol. 
2,  p.  1133). 

Take,  for  instance,  the  case  of  the  Committee  on  American  Youth 
Camp  in  Germany,  This  committee  arranges  trips  and  stays  for 
American  youths  in  Germany.  On  the  letterlieads  of  this  committee 
there  is  found  the  names  of  the  following  persons : 

Dr.  Colin  Ross,  Munich. 

Professor  Sprengling,  University  of  Chicago. 

Mrs.  Dupont  Ruoff,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Mr.  Leslie  Bissel,  Munich. 

Mrs.  Elsie  von  Johnson,  Munich  (formerly  of  Galveston). 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1459 

It  should  be  noted  that  according  to  testimony  we  heard,  Dr., 
Colin  Ross  is  a  Nazi  propagandist   who  spends  his  time  between 
Germany  and  the  United  States.    He  has  been  one  of  the  outstanding 
speakers  for  the  German-American  Bund  and  has  been  a  writer  for 
(he  AVeckruf,  official  organ  of  the  bund  (vol.  2,  pp.  1133  and  1134). 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  following  article  in  connection 
with  the  Student  Exchange  idea,  which  appeared  November  14  in  the 
New  York  Times,  having  been  cabled  from  Berlin : 

Berun. — A  marked  increase  in  the  number  of  American  private  preparatory 
schools  exchanging  students  with  the  official  National  Socialist  boarding  schools, 
called  National  Political  Education  Institutes,  is  represented  here  as  another 
victory  for  national  socialism  over  foreign  prejudice. 

Several  American  boarding  schools  have  been  sending  students  for  a  year's 
training  in  National  Socialist  institutions.  This  year  has  been  a  notable  increase 
in  the  American  schools  taking  part.  In  the  past  there  has  been  no  difficulty  in 
finding  young  National  Socialists  to  go  to  the  United  States  since  their  expenses 
are  paid  by  the  State.  However,  very  few  young  Americans  could  be  found  for 
exchange  purposes.  Largely  because  of  vigorous  propaganda  by  the  international 
schoolboy  fellowship,  this  situation  has  been  altered.  The  American  boys  here 
imdergo  a  year's  thorough  training  in  national  socialism  and  wear  the  custom- 
ary brown-shirt  uniform. 

Photographs  taken  at  many  of  the  youth  camps  were  introduced  in 
evidence.  In  one  instance  pictures  of  children  six  years  old  were 
shown  with  the  swastika,  regulation  German  Army  steel  helmets  and 
spears  instead  of  the  American  flag. 

CONSULAR  AID 

Denials  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  this  committee  was 
greatly  impressed  with  the  evidence  presented  showing  that  there  is 
a  relationship  existing  between  the  German  Government  and  the 
Gennan-American  Bund  through  the  activities  of  Nazi  consuls  in 
this  country. 

Fritz  Kuhn,  leader  of  the  German-American  Bund,  informed  this 
committee's  investigator  at  a  time  when  the  latter  was  disguised  as  a 
storm  trooper  that  not  only  did  he  have  power  over  the  Ambassador 
and  consular  set-up  in  the  United  States  but  that  he  also  had  a  special 
secret  arrangement  directly  with  Adolf  Hitler,  of  Germany. 

Ramifications  of  this  "arrangement,"  Kuhn  declared,  also  included 
a  secret  relationship  between  the  German-American  Bund  and  Dr. 
Hans  Heinrich  Dieckhoff,  present  German  Ambassador  to  the  United 
States,  and  German  consuls  throughout  the  country.  (See  vol,  2,  p. 
1149.) 

In  his  executive  office  on  the  second  floor  of  the  bund  national  head- 
quarters at  178  East  Eighty -fifth  Street,  New  York  City,  on  the  night 
of  August  16,  1937,  this  committee's  investigator  testified  that  he  spoke 
with  Kuhn  concerning  a  trip  he  had  made  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  told 
him  of  the  difficulties  the  Los  Angeles  Post  had  had  with  the  German 
consul  there.    According  to  this  testimony,  Kuhn  exclaimed : 

My  God,  what's  the  matter  with  them.  They  know  what  to  do.  Why  don't 
they  let  me  know  about  it?  I've  heard  before  of  this  trouble  in  Los  Angeles. 
Schwinn  talked  it  over  with  me. 

(This  Schwinn  is  Hermann  Schwinn,  western  leader  of  the  German- 
American  Bund.    He  is  from  Los  Angeles.) 

Oh,  well,  maybe  Schwinn  took  my  order  of  instructions  with  him  to  Germany 
and  forgot  to  send  it  to  his  district. 


1460  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTTVrTIES 

,    It  was  at  this  point  that  Kuhn  made  the  following  statement  to  the 
investigator  for  the  committee : 

You  see,  I  have  a  certain  special  arrangement  with  Hitler  and  Germany  that 
whenever  any  of  our  groups  have  trouble  with  the  consulates  in  their  districts 
that  they  are  to  report  it  to  me  in  full  detail.  I  then  take  it  up  with  the  Am- 
bassador. Germany  is  not  to  be  troubled  with  it  unless  I  get  no  satisfaction 
from  the  Ambassador. 

That  is  exactly  why  there  is  a  new  Ambassador  to  the  United  States,  and 
that  is  exactly  why  many  consuls  have  been  and  still  are  being  removed.  All  the 
new  consuls  are  National  Socialists  and  are  under  special  instructions  to  give  us 
the  fullest  cooperation  in  every  way. 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  Dr.  Hans  Heinrich  Dieckhoff ,  preseni 
Ambassador,  was  sent  to  the  United  States,  May  14,  1938,  to  replace 
Dr.  Hans  Luther,  whose  policy,  bund  leaders  said,  did  not  coincide 
with  those  of  the  bund  and  the  Nazi  Party  in  Germany.  There  have 
been  numerous  consulate  changes  during  the  last  2  years,  and  bund 
leaders  a  year  ago  predicted  that  more  would  follow. 

One  of  the  new  consuls  general  appointed  a  little  over  a  year  a,go 
was  Manfred  von  Killinger,  who  was  assigned  to  San  Francisco  on 
June  11,  1937.  It  was  shortly  after  his  appointment  that  the  com- 
mittee's investigator  visited  San  Francisco  and,  on  the  night  of 
August  16,  1937,  reported  to  Kuhn  that  the  San  Francisco  post  of 
the  German-American  Bund  was  well  pleased  with  its  new  consul. 
Kuhn  stated,  according  to  the  investigator  for  the  committee: 

Of  course,  he  is  the  kind  of  consul  we  want  everywhere. 

An  article  of  considerable  interest  in  this  connection  with  the 
affairs  of  Baron  von  Killinger  was  published  only  recently  in  the 
Salt  Lake  City  Tribune — to  be  exact,  on  August  16.  The  following 
excerpts  from  the  article: 

"The  German  Government  looks  upon  bund  activities  in  America  exclusively 
as  an  internal  problem  of  this  country,  since  only  American  citizens  may  belong 
to  bunds,"  Baron  Manfred  von  Killinger,  German  consul  general  at  San 
Francisco,  asserted  here  Monday. 

It  is  a  fact  that  the  ranks  of  the  American -German  Bund  include 
not  only  American  citizens  but  also  aliens.  This  fact  has  been  estab- 
lished in  admission  to  the  committee  investigator  by  various  members 
of  the  bund  to  the  effect  that  "they  are  German  citizens  and  intend  to 
remain  aliens." 

The  article  continues  as  follows : 

The  consul,  rated  as  the  No.  2  German  in  America  and  close  friend  of  Hitler, 
was  a  storm-troop  leader  in  middle  Germany  and,  after  Hitler's  rise  to  power, 
became  Prime  Minister  of  Saxony,  relinquishing  this  position  in  1935,  when  state 
governments  were  abolished,  to  enter  the  diplomatic  service. 

Although  denying  emphatically  any  connection  between  the  German  Govern- 
ment and  bund  camps  and  organizations  for  training  pro-Nazis  in  this  country. 
Baron  von  Killinger  expressed  sympathy  with  bund  aims. 

"The  bund  leader  in  Los  Angeles  has  conferred  with  me  and  asked  me  to  ad- 
dress members  there,"  the  consul  related,  "but  that  does  not  mean  I  have  gone 
to  them." 

It  is  known  that  Von  Killinger  has  addressed  meetings  on  the  coast, 
and  newspapers  on  the  Pacific  coast  have  carried  many  articles  and 
pictures  of  these  gatherings,  many  of  them  showing  Consul  von 
Killinger. 


APPENDIX — PART    lY  1461 

Consul  von  Killinger  was  also  reported  as  stating  that  the  activities 
against  certain  religious  groups  in  this  country,  as  practiced  by  the 
German  American  Bund,  are  "for  the  good  of  America." 

The  committee  had  before  it  evidence  (vol.  2,  p.  1151)  that  certain 
American  citizens  residing  in  California  had  made  trips  to  Germany 
for  the  purpose  of  being  schooled  in  the  art  of  Nazi  propaganda  and 
enlightenment.  In  one  instance  the  father  of  one  of  these  men  (vol. 
2,  p.  1151)  told  this  committee's  investigator  that  his  son's  expenses 
to  Germany  had  been  paid  through  a  secret  arrangement  between  the 
German-American  Bund  and  the  Nazi  Government. 

The  consuls  and  diplomatic  representatives  of  Nazi  Germany  in  this 
country  show  a  much  closer  cooperation  with  the  nationalists  of  their 
coimtry  than  any  other  similar  group  accredited  here. 

In  fact,  the  evidence  introduced  plainly  shows  that  American  Citi- 
zens have  received  Nazi  propaganda  by  mail  in  packages  carrying  the 
imprint  of  the  Nazi  consulate  at  St.  Louis  (vol.  2,  p.  1156). 

In  addition  to  the  close  relationship  between  the  German  consular 
service  and  the  German-American  Bund  throughout  the  United  States, 
cooperative  actions  have  been  noted  also  between  bund  officials  and 
officials  of  German  steamship  lines. 

According  to  the  daily  press,  Fritz  Kuhn,  leader  of  the  German- 
American  Bund,  has  denied  the  accuracy  and  authenticity  of  state- 
ments attributed  to  him  by  the  investigator  for  this  committee.  This 
committee  has  informed  the  aforementioned  Kuhn  that  it  would  be 
very  glad  to  have  him  appear  as  a  witness  and  make  his  denials  under 
oath  provided  he  came  in  with  clean  hands  and  brought  with  him  the 
full  and  complete  records  of  his  organization  showing  not  only  the 
membership  but  the  amounts  and  sources  of  moneys  received  and  the 
manner  in  which  they  have  been  expended. 

FUNDS  AND  PROPAGANDA 

Propaganda  direct  from  the  German  Ministry  of  Propaganda  and 
Enlightenment  is  distributed  by  bund  officials  and  evidence  was  intro- 
duced showing  definitely  that  printed  propaganda  material  was 
shipped  from  Germany  to  United  States  citizens  directly.  These 
packages  contained,  according  to  the  testimony,  considerable  Nazi 
propaganda  which  was  printed  in  Germany  for  distribution  in  the 
United  States,  considerable  Fascist  propaganda  which  was  printed  in 
Great  Britain  for  distribution  here,  and  much  material  of  antiracial 
and  antireligious  character  which  was  printed  here,  shipped  to  Ger- 
man Government  agencies,  and  then  reshipped  to  the  United  States 
for  distribution  in  this  country. 

Much  of  this  propaganda  is  designed  for  the  specific  purpose  of 
preaching  the  gospel  of  national  socialism  and  the  aim  of  Nazi  Ger- 
many in  foreign  lands  from  every  conceivable  angle.  The  names  of 
the  American  citizens  to  whom  this  material  was  sent  from  Germany 
were  not  permitted  in  the  record  because  many  of  them  feared  reprisals 
from  agents  of  Nazi  Germany. 

Some  of  the  packages  containing  German  material  carried  with  them 
letters  from  one  Johannes  Klapproth,  who  is  in  charge  of  the  American 
section  of  the  World  Service,  one  of  the  chief  Nazi  propaganda  agen- 
cies.    This  agency,  located  in  Erfurt,  Germany,  ships  materials  to  the 


1462  UN-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

United  States  and  elsewhere.  It  was  referred  to  briefly  on  the  opening 
day  of  testimony  and  the  evidence  presented  here  is  in  full  substan- 
tiation of  statements  made  at  that  time. 

Before  continuing  however,  it  is  well  first  to  consider  the  back- 
ground of  Mr.  Klapproth.  Without  making  any  personal  reference 
to  this  man,  but  replying  on  another  Federal  Government  department, 
Klapproth's  record  is  herewith  presented,  this  record  being  no  differ- 
ent from  that  already  in  possession  of  this  committee : 

Klapproth  was  an  original  member  of  the  German  Nazi  Party  before  Hitler 
rose  to  power.  He  is  fanatically  antiraeial  and  deeply  interested  in  the  Silver 
Shirts  movement.  He  is  continually  exchanging  reading  matter  with  Silver 
Shirt  leaders.  He  was  the  organizer  of  the  Friends  of  New  Germany  in  San 
Francisco  and  vicinity.  In  April  1034  he  wrote  a  report  to  Germany  on  the 
slow  progress  of  the  San  Francisco  Bund  at  that  time,  blaming  Consul  Heuser  for 
this  condition. 

He  is  acquainted  intimately  with  George  Deatherage  and  Kositsin  and  corre- 
sponds with  them.     Klapproth  is  now  in  Germany. 

He  came  to  the  United  States  in  1928.  He  is  an  engineer.  Going  east,  he 
became  the  gauleiter  [district  leader]  of  Brooklyn  for  the  Nazi  movement.  This 
was  early  in  1935.  He  returned  to  the  bay  region,  supposedly  after  a  visit  to 
Germany,  where  he  boasted  of  having  had  a  conference  with  Goering  during  the 
summer  of  1936. 

Klapproth  toured  the  west  coast  with  Deatherage  for  the  purpose  of  inter- 
viewing pro-Nazi  elements.  He  received  mail  at  the  German  consulate  in  San 
Francisco.  This  fact  alone  once  again  establishes  the  tie-up  between  the  German 
Government  and  the  German-American  Bund. 

The  packages  coming  here  from  abroad  contained  printed  material 
from  the  pen  of  Ernst  Goerner,  of  Milwaukee,  Wis. ;  pamphlets  from 
the  Knights  of  the  White  Camellia,  an  organization  founded  by  George 
E.  Deatherage,  of  Charleston,  W.  Va. ;  leaflets  from  the  Russian 
National  Union;  and  issues  from  the  Christian  Free  Press,  printed  in 
Glendale,  Calif. 

Contained  in  the  exhibits  of  propaganda  presented  to  the  committee 
was  a  very  expensive  magazine  glorifying  Germany's  industrial 
achievements.  It  is  significant  that  while  Naziland  defaults  on  its 
bonds  and  no  American  firm  can  take  its  money  out  of  the  country, 
it  is  able  to  finance  and  distribute  sucli  propaganda. 

One  paradox  in  this  particular  propaganda  maneuvering  is  the 
fact  that  the  aforementioned  Klapproth,  apparently  backed  by  a 
huge  fund  for  this  Nazi  work,  still  asks  gullible  Americans  to  send  him 
money  for  his  printed  matter  which  creates  racial  and  religious 
bigotry  in  this  country. 

A  superior  court  judge  in  California,  without  requesting  it  in  any 
way,  received  four  pieces  of  propaganda  put  out  by  the  Nazis  and 
printed  in  Germany,  and  envelopes  advertising  George  Deatherage 
and  his  American  Nationalist  Confederation  of  Charleston,  W.  Va., 
which  utilizes  the  swastika  as  its  symbol  (vol.  2,  p.  1178). 

The  following  affidavit  has  a  vital  bearing  on  this  whole  matter : 

*  *  *  being  duly  sworn,  upon  his  oath  says  *  *  * ;  That  he  received, 
on  or  about  July  25,  1938,  the  accompanying  pamphlet,  entitled  "World  Service," 
which  he  has  attached  to  this  affidavit  as  exhibit  A.  That  the  same  was  mailed 
to  him  from  Erfurt,  Germany,  iu  the  enclosed  envelope,  which  has  been  marke<l 
"Exhibit  B." 

That  he  did  not  subscribe  for  this  pamphlet,  or  publication,  and  did  not  request 
that  it  be  sent  to  him.  That  it  is  one  of  a  series  along  similar  lines  that  he  has 
been  receiving  at  intervals  over  a  considerable  period  of  time. 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1463 

That  he  makes  this  affidavit  in  order  that  any  parties  interested,  including  the 
congressional  investigation  committee  of  whicli  Congressman  Martin  Dies  is 
chairman,  may  be  informed  that  printed  matter  of  this  character  is  being  for- 
warded direct  from  Germany  to  citizens  of  this  country,  unsolicited  and  without 
their  request,  as  propaganda  of  a  nature  to  breed  racial  and  religious  intolerance 
(vol.  2,  p.  1178). 

Another  step  in  the  activities  of  the  Nazi  propaganda  machine  is 
shown  in  the  interview  had  with  one  Karl  Neumeister,  1898  Daly 
Avenue,  New  York  City.  The  investigator  for  this  committee  testi- 
fied that  he  interviewed  Neumeister  with  the  following  result : 

Neumeister  admitted  under  questioning  that  he  is  engaged  in  spread- 
ing Nazi  propaganda.  He  explained  he  was  doing  this  kind  of  work 
because  he  believed  in  the  principles  of  Hitlerism.  He  admitted  that 
he  goes  around  checking  up  on  people  to  whom  material  of  this  type 
is  mailed  from  Germany  and  that  he  does  everything  in  his  power  to 
get  these  people  to  take  more  Nazi  propaganda  and  assist  in  its  dis- 
tribution throughout  the  United  States. 

That  many  Germans  living  in  the  United  States  go  abroad  and  take 
an  oath  of  fealty  to  the  Fuehrer  of  Germany  was  shown  by  evidence 
taken  from  a  German  newspaper,  Der  Montag,  published  in  Berlin, 
under  date  of  August  27, 1938. 

Printing  a  dispatch  from  Stuttgart,  this  newspaper  stated: 

Der  Treueschwurder  vielen  tausende  Auslandsdeutschen  auf  den  Fuehrer  and 
die  nationalen  Lieder  beschlossen  die  eindrucksvoUe  Feierstunde. 

The  English  translation  is : 

The  oath  to  the  Fuehrer  of  the  many  thousands  of  Germans  living  abroad  and 
national  songs  closed  the  impressive  festivities. 

Fifty  Americans  had  taken  part  in  this  annual  meeting  of  the 
Auslandsdeutschen  Institute  according  to  our  testimony. 

Repeatedly  we  have  been  told  that  there  is  no  connection  between 
the  German- American  Bund  and  the  Nazi  Government  or  its  political 
subdivisions,  repeatedly  we  have  been  told  that  no  allegiance  to 
Adolf  Hitler  is  required,  and  yet  here  we  have  an  officially  inspired 
newspaper  published  in  Germany  telling  us  that  an  oath  of  fealty 
was  taken. 

The  newspaper  refers  to  this  year's  meeting  as  the  Sixth  Reich 
Congress  of  the  Germans  in  Foreign  Countries  with  delegates  attend- 
ing from  many  countries  throughout  the  world, 

GUNS,  RIFLE  RANGES,  ETC. 

Pistol  and  rifle  ranges  for  all  storm  troops  of  the  German-American 
Bund  were  to  be  set  up  according  to  plans  formulated  at  the  con- 
vention of  the  bund,  held  in  New  York  City  in  July  1937,  according 
to  testimony  heard  by  this  committee  on  October  5,  1938. 

Local  Nazi  units  in  Philadelphia,  Buffalo,  Reading,  Pa.,  and  Detroit 
have  target  ranges  and  the  Philadelphia  Nazi  post  uses  heavy  .22- 
caliber  rifles  which  are  cocked  like  regulation  Army  guns. 

A  target  range  was  set  up  at  Camp  Siegfried,  Yaphank,  Long  Island, 
and  on  one  occasion  Herman  Schwarzmann,  head  of  the  ^Astoria, 
Long  Island,  group,  announced  that  the  men  were  to  be  "trained  to 
shoot  and  to  take  care  of  guns"  (vol.  2,  pp.  1206  and  1207) . 

A  shooting  range  near  CleA^land,  Ohio,  was  also  described  in  our 
records. 


1464  U2s-AMEliICAN    PROPAGANDlA.    ACTTVITIES 

Bund  fuehrers  informed  storm  troops  that  the  various  German 
World  War  veterans  in  their  ranks  would  train  the  younger  men  in 
the  use  of  arms. 

It  was  also  testified  to  that  many  of  these  former  German  soldiers 
now  in  the  bund  storm  troops  ranks  are  expert  riflemen,  gunsmiths, 
and  machine  gunners. 

Testimony  also  revealed  that  bund  storm  troops  join  National 
Guard  divisions  in  order  to  obtain  training  in  the  use  of  various  types 
of  American  Army  guns. 

The  committee,  in  addition,  heard  testimony  which  revealed  that 
less  than  a  year  ago  German  espionage  began  to  make  a  major  effort 
in  the  United  States  (vol.  2,  pp.  1234  and  1235). 

Within  the  past  year  one  section  of  the  Gestapo,  service  section 
No.  2,  under  the  direction  of  Colonel  Nicolai,  has  added  three  new 
departments,  Nos.  23,  24,  and  25,  all  three  specifically  devoted  to 
espionage  in  the  United  States. 

Department  23  specializes  in  economic  espionage — the  obtaining  of 
American  manufacturing  and  industrial  secrets. 

Department  24  specializes  in  military  intelligence. 

Department  25  specializes  in  Nazi  propaganda. 

Of  what  type  this  propaganda  will  be,  and  how  it  will  affect  the 
United  States,  can  be  learnecl  from  pamphlet  No.  7  of  the  Instructions 
for  Our  Friends  Overseas — a  small  brochure  printed  in  a  total  edition 
of  500  copies  and  given  only  to  reliable  agents.  A  short  excerpt  will 
amply  convey  the  spirit  of  this  "armed  propaganda" : 

German  propaganda  in  the  United  States  must  be  handled  more  tactfully  than 
it  has  been  done  before.  It  will  not  be  possible  to  subsidize  American  news- 
papers except  in  very  rare  cases — and  only  newspapers  of  minor  importance. 

The  fundamental  aim  must  always  be  to  discredit  conditions  in  the  United 
States  and  thus  make  life  in  Germany  seem  enviable  by  contrast.  It  will  there- 
fore be  to  the  best  interests  of  the  Reich  to  cooperate  secretly  with  all  persons  or 
groups  who  criticize  the  American  system,  regardless  on  what  ground.  The  line 
to  be  taken  in  all  such  cases  is  to  exaggerate  the  strength  of  Germany  and  to 
contrast  it  with  the  weakness  of  democracies. 

In  its  report  to  the  House  of  Representatives  at  the  beginning  of 
1940,  the  committee  added  the  following  to  its  findings  on  the  German- 
American  Bund : 

Fritz  Kuhn,  the  feuhrer  of  the  German-American  Bund,  claims 
that  his  organization  is  nothing  more  than  a  political  group  whose 
primary  purpose  is  to  promote  the  welfare  and  best  interests  of  the 
citizens  of  the  United  States  and  to  assist  in  a  solution  of  their  prob- 
lems. Testimony  before  the  committee,  however,  both  from  hostile 
and  friendly  witnesses,  establishes  conclusively  that  the  German- 
American  Bund  receives  its  inspiration,  program,  and  direction  from 
the  Nazi  Government  of  Germany  through  the  various  propaganda 
organizations  which  have  been  set  up  by  that  Government  and  which 
function  under  the  control  and  supervision  of  the  Nazi  Ministry  of 
Propaganda  and  Enlightenment. 

The  bund  presently  has  three  major  administrative  divisions  in  the 
United  States — the  eastern,  the  mid  western,  and  the  far  western — 
each  under  the  direction  of  a  division  leader  who  takes  his  orders  from 
Fritz  Kuhn,  the  National  Feuhrer,     There  are  in  the  three  divisions 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1465 

47  districts  and  in  the  districts  are  a  total  of  69  local  posts  or  units. 
It  has  been  impossible  to  accurately  determine  the  extent  of  the  bund's 
membership  due  to  the  secrecy  with  which  it  operates  and  the  fact  that 
all  membership  lists,  correspondence,  and  other  records  have  been  de- 
stroyed by  order  of  the  national  leader,  an  admission  he  made  on  the 
witness  stand  to  this  committee.  In  the  absence  of  membership  lists, 
the  committee  has  had  to  accept  as  the  best  available  figure  the  state- 
ment of  Fritz  Kuhn  concerning  the  bund's  membership.  He  testified 
that  the  bund  has  a  membership  of  approximately  20,000  to  25,000. 
(A  Department  of  Justice  investigation  made  of  the  bund  in  1937 
placed  the  membership  at  6,500.)  In  addition  to  the  regular  member- 
ship, it  has  what  is  known  as  the  sympathizer  or  "fellow  traveler" 
group,  consisting  of  those  who  are  sympathetic  to  the  bund  but  do  not 
actively  participate  in  its  proceedings.  He  testified  that  the  sympa- 
thizer group  is  composed  of  approximately  80,000  to  100,000  indi- 
viduals. 

It  was  established  that  the  German- American  Bund  operating  in 
the  United  States  is  similar  to  the  Nazi  groups  which  were  built  up 
in  Austria  and  Czechoslovakia  prior  to  their  annexation  by  Germany. 
The  August  31,  1939,  issue  of  the  Deutscher  Weckruf  and  Beobachter, 
official  newspaper  of  the  bund,  printed  an  article  written  in  German 
under  the  following  title : 

Fritz  Kuhn,  America's  Henlein.^  German-American  Bund,  the  organization  of 
which  he  is  the  leader,  eight  to  ten  thousand  uniformed  storm  troops.  The  duel, 
Kuhn  versus  Dewey. 

It  was  established  that  the  program  and  the  activities  of  the  Ger- 
man-American Bund  are  similar  to  Nazi  organizations  in  Germany 
and  in  other  countries.  The  bund  newspaper  makes  frequent  use  of 
material  emanating  from  Nazi  propaganda  sources,  such  as  "World 
Service."  The  emblem  of  the  National  Socialist  Party,  the  swastika, 
also  is  the  emblem  of  the  German-American  Bund. 

Fritz  Kuhn,  in  defending  the  position  that  the  bund  is  strictly 
an  American  political  organization,  claims  that  members  of  the  bund 
must  be  American  citizens.  The  following  is  a  quotation  from  the 
"Weckruf,"  official  organ  of  the  bund,  which  is  illustrative  of  the 
bund's  attitude  with  reference  to  citizenship : 

We  may  have  lying  in  the  closet  different  citizenship  papers  and  yet  we  are 
all  German  men  and  links  of  a  big  German  community  of  hundreds  of  millions. 

In  1936  Fritz  Kulin  accompanied  a  large  delegation  of  bund  mem- 
bers to  Germany  ostensibly  for  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  Olympic 
games.  The  group  paraded  in  uniform  of  the  Orderly  Division 
(storm  troops),  and  the  parade  was  reviewed  by  Adolf  Hitler.  Fol- 
lowing the  parade,  Fritz  Kuhn  and  other  officials  of  the  German- 
American  Bund  were  received  by  the  German  Fuehrer,  at  which  time 
they  presented  him  with  a  golden  book  containing  autographs  of 
bund  members  and  delivered  to  him  a  contribution  of  $3,000  for  the 
German  winter  relief  fund.  This  money  had  been  solicited  from 
bund  members,  some  of  whom,  according  to  Kuhn's  testimony,  were 
unemployed  and  on  relief. 

In  his  testimony  with  reference  to  the  meeting  with  Hitler,  Kuhn 
stated  that  no  report  was  made  by  him  concerning  bund  activities 
in  the  United  States  and  that  the  subject  was  not  mentioned  during 

^  Karl  Henlein,  the  leader  of  the  Nazi  minority  group  in  Czechoslovakia  before  annex- 
ation by  Germany. 


1466  un-ame:rican  propagandia  activities 

the  interview.  However,  the  December  10,  1936,  issue  of  the  official 
bund  newspaper  carried  an  article  concerning  a  speech  which  Kuhn 
made  in  San  Francisco  following  his  return  from  Germany.  Accord- 
ing to  the  article,  Kuhn  stated  in  his  speech  that  Chancellor  Hitler 
advised  him,  "Go  back  and  carry  on  your  fiirht." 

It  was  established  through  the  testimony  of  Fritz  Kuhn  that  the 
bund  had  worked  sympathetically  with  other  organizations  through- 
out the  United  States  and  cooperates  with  them.  Kuhn  testified 
that  some  of  these  groups  are  the  Christian  Front,  the  Christian 
Mobilizers,  the  Christian  Crusaders,  the  Social  Justice  Society,  the 
Silver  Shirt  Legion  of  America,  the  Knights  of  the  White  Camellia 
and  various  Italian  Fascist,  White  Russian,  and  Ukranian  organiza- 
tions. Kuhn  testified  that  some  of  the  leaders  of  these  groups  had 
addressed  meetings  sponsored  by  the  bund  and  that  representatives 
of  the  bund  in  turn  frequently  appeared  as  speakers  at  meetings  and 
gatherings  sponsored  by  the  above-named  groups.  It  was  also  estab- 
lished that  the  bund  cooperated  with  some  of  these  organizations  and 
their  leaders  by  exchanging  literature  and  publications  with  them 
and  by  publishing  material  emanating  from  them  in  the  official 
organ  of  the  bund.  Numerous  articles  have  appeared  in  the  bund 
newspaper  expressing  the  bund's  approval  of  the  activities  of  the 
organizations  already  mentioned.  The  literature  put  out  by  the 
various  groups  and  individuals  named  is  distributed  or  sold  at  the 
bund  camps,  meetings,  and  other  gatherings. 

The  following  excerpt  from  the  testimony  of  Fritz  Kuhn  is  indica- 
tive of  his  attitude : 

Mr.  Whitley  (examining  tlie  witness).  Mr.  Kuhn.  what  are  the  relations  be- 
tween Mr.  Joe  McWillianis  and  his  Christian  Mobilizers  and  the  German- 
American  Bund? 

Mr.  Kuhn.  Tliey  are  very  friendly  to  each  other,  because  the  Christian  Front, 
the  Christian  Mobilizers,  really  have  ideas  which  we  sponsor  100  percent. 

•  With  reference  to  the  exchange  of  literature  and  propaganda  ma- 
terial between  the  bund  and  various  Fascist  groups,  the  committee 
received  testimony  that  the  following  are  standard  reading  in  bund 
camps :  Hitler's  Mein  Kampf ,  Pelley's  booklets  and  publication.  Lib- 
eration, the  books  of  Julius  Streicher  (German  propagandist),  and 
the  Rev.  Charles  E.  Coughlin's  publication,  Social  Justice. 

The  German-American  Bund,  like  the  National  Socialist  Party  in 
Germany,  pays  particular  attention  to  the  training  of  its  youth. 
Testimony  was  heard  that  members  of  the  youth  movement  were 
taught  nothing  concerning  American  institutions  or  ideals,  and  that 
they  were  encouraged  to  be  extremely  critical  of  the  United  States 
and  its  Government.  It  was  also  found  that  the  uniforms  worn  by 
the  members  of  the  youth  groups,  their  camps  and  program  of  ac- 
tivities were  similar  in  every  respect  to  those  of  the  Hitler  youth 
movement,  and  that  the  Nazi  salute  was  the  accepted  gesture  of 
greeting. 

It  was  established  that  groups  of  leaders  of  the  German-American 
Bund  youth  movement  are  frequently  sent  to  Germany  for  special 
training.  Testimony  was  received  from  a  witness  who  was  a  member 
of  a  group  of  15  boys  and  15  girls  from  various  parts  of  the  United 


APPENDIX— PART  IV  1467 

States  who  were  selected  by  the  bund  to  be  sent  to  Germany  for  special 
training.  According  to  the  witness,  all  instructions  concerning  ar- 
rangements and  the  trip  came  from  V.  D.  A.  (League  of  Germans 
Living  Abroad),  one  of  the  Nazi  propaganda  agencies;  and  all  plans 
and  arrangements  with  reference  to  the  trip  were  carried  out  with  the 
utmost  secrecy. 

It  was  established  through  the  tw^o  witnesses,  both  former  bund 
members,  that  there  is  a  political  agent  on  all  German  sliips  and 
that  these  political  agents  maintain  contact  with  the  Nazi  representa- 
tives in  foreign  countries.  They  are  intermediaries  for  transmission 
of  instructions  to  the  bund  leadei-s  in  the  United  States  and  they 
receive  reports  from  these  leaders  concerning  the  bund's  activities, 
according  to  the  witnesses. 

A  former  bund  member  on  the  west  coast  testified  that  German 
agents  engaged  in  espionage  activities,  contacted  bund  leaders  in 
the  United  States  and  sought  and  received  their  cooperation.  This 
witness  also  testified  that  he  had  heard  discussions  among  bund 
leaders  with  reference  to  the  manner  in  which  the  bund,  through  its 
members  in  various  industrial  plants,  could  effectively  carry  out  a 
program  of  sabotage  in  case  such  action  became  necessai^. 

Evidence  was  heard  by  the  committee  that  members  of  the  bund 
had  assisted  German  agents  whose  arrests  were  sought  by  officials 
in  the  United  States  in  avoiding  apprehension  and  had  helped  get 
them  out  of  the  United  States  with  the  cooperation  of  German  ships. 

Evidence  also  was  taken  indicating  that  Nazi  propaganda  agencies, 
through  officials  of  the  German  Government  in  the  United  States, 
have  attempted  to  propagandize  educational  institutions  in  this 
country.  It  was  testified  that  a  German  consul  general  had  offered,  on 
behalf  of  the  German  Government  to  subsidize  German  departments 
in  American  universities  provided  the  professors  were  "acceptable'' 
to  the  Nazis. 

C ooperating  groups. — The  committee  has  found  abundant  evidence 
of  the  cooperation  of  certain  other  organizations  with  the  German- 
American  Bund.  This  is  a  more  serious  matter  than  is  the  direct 
strength  or  influence  of  the  bund  itself.  For  example,  in  August 
1938  a  so-called  anti-Communist  convention  was  held  at  the  bund 
headquarters  in  Los  Angeles  at  which  Hermann  Schwinn,  leader  of 
the  bund  on  the  west  coast,  was  one  of  the  principal  speakers;  and 
Arno  Risse,  bund  leader,  who  has  since  fled  the  country,  was  one  of 
the  two  or  three  persons'  most  active  in  promoting  and  making 
arrangements  for  the  convention.  According  to  the  testimony  of 
Henry  D.  Allen,  one-time  Silver  Shirt  leader,  organizer  of  the 
American  White  Guard,  and  prominent  figure  in  Fascist  circles  gen- 
erally, the  following  persons  participated  in  this  convention : 

Kenneth  Alexander,  Southern  California  leader  of  the  Silver  Shirts ; 
J.  H.  Peyton,  of  the  American  Rangers ;  Chas.  B.  Hudson,  of  Omaha, 
Nebr.,  organizer  and  leader  of  Arnerica  Awake,  who  accompanied 
General  Moseley  when  he  appeared  before  the  committee ;  Mrs.  Leslie 
Fry,  alias  Paquita  Louise  De  Shishmareff,  mysterious  international 
figure  who  has  since  fled  the  country,  then  leader  of  the  Militant 
Christian  Patriots;  representatives  of  Italian  Fascist  and  Wliite  Rus- 


1468  UN-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDiA   ACTIVITIES 

sian  organizations;  and  a  number  of  others  of  similar  point  of  view. 

Bund  literature  mingled  with  that  of  William  Dudley  Pelley,  Robert 
Edmondson,  Mrs.  Fry,  and  George  Deatherage  on  the  tables  of  this 
convention. 

It  is  clear  to  the  committee  that  this  convention  was  in  no  real 
sense  an  anti-Conununist  convention  but  rather  another  of  a  series  of 
attempts  to  unite  some  of  the  various  forces  of  intolerance,  racial 
hatred,  Naziism  and  Fascism  in  order  to  achieve  greater  influence  in 
the  United  States.  This  effort  like  others  of  its  kind  yielded  no 
apparent  results. 

Allen  further  testified  that  he  was  sent  out  by  Mrs.  Fry  on  an  ex- 
tended trip  throughout  the  country,  and  that  all  his  expenses  were 
paid  by  Mrs.  Fry,  but  Allen  did  not  know  her  source  of  the  money. 
During  the  course  of  this  trip  Allen  visited  George  Deatherage, 
leader  of  the  Knights  of  the  White  Camellia,  James  True  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  publisher  of  the  so-called  Industrial  Control  Reports, 
Gerald  B.  Winrod,  Kansas  preacher,  Nazi  protagonist,  and  unsuccess- 
ful candidate  for  the  Senate,  Robert  Edmondson,  disseminator  of 
Fascist  literature,  and  Fritz  Kuhn.  On  this  same  trip  Allen  went 
to  Atlanta,  Ga.,  to  attempt  to  "buy  the  Ku  Klux  Klan"  for  Mrs.  Fry 
for  the  sum  of  $75,000.  He  testified  that  he  talked  to  Hiram  W. 
Evans,  head  of  the  Klan,  but  that  Evans  "was  not  interested  in  the 
idea." 

In  releasing  this  report  on  the  activities  of  Nazi  agents  in  the 
United  States  the  committee  wishes  to  make  the  emphatic  state- 
ment that  neither  the  committee  as  a  whole  nor  any  of  its  individual 
members  entertains  the  slightest  doubt  of  the  unswerving  loyalty  to 
the  United  States  of  our  fellow  citizens  of  German  descent.  In  a 
number  of  cases  it  was  their  cooperation  which  made  disclosures  of 
bund  activities  possible.  They  felt  that  it  was  as  much  in  their 
interest  as  in  that  of  the  Nation  as  a  whole  that  the  committee  en- 
deavored to  bring  to  light  some  of  the  facts  concerning  the  operations 
of  Nazi  agents  and  the  leaders  of  the  German-American  Bund. 

The  question  of  the  form  of  government  of  the  German  or  any 
other  nation  is  not  one  that  concerns  either  this  committee  or  the 
American  people.  But  attempts  by  any  foreign  agency  to  influence 
American  citizens  in  favor  of  a  foreign  form  of  government  and 
against  American  democracy  is  quite  a  different  matter  and  one  con- 
cerning which  the  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  has  imme- 
diate and  great  concern. 

In  its  report  to  the  House  of  Representatives  at  the  beginning  of 
1941,  the  committee  called  attention  to  the  effectiveness  of  the  method 
of  exposure  in  dealing  with  an  organization  such  as  the  German- 
American  Bund.     The  committee  said : 

When  we  began  our  work,  the  German-American  Bund  had  a 
hundred  thousand  followers  who  were  pledged  to  its  fuehrer,  Fritz 
Kuhn.  The  very  first  exposure  which  our  committee  undertook  in 
the  summer  of  1938  was  that  of  the  German- American  Bund.  The 
first  volume  of  our  hearings  opens  with  a  hundred  pages  of  detailed 
testimony  on  the  un-American  and  subversive  character  of  the  bund. 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1469 

During  the  past  week  the  committee  published  a  translation  of  the 
oflScial,  confidential  Manual  of  the  Storm  Troopers  of  the  German- 
American  Bund.  That  document  proves  conclusively  that  the  German- 
American  Bund  is  an  organization  which  is  highly  militarized,  and 
which  requires  absolute  loyalty  on  the  part  of  its  members. 

Today  Fritz  Kuhn  is  in  Sing  Sing  prison  and  the  German-American 
Bund  has  been  thoroughly  discredited.  James  Wheeler-Hill,  former 
secretary-treasurer  of  the  bund,  is  also  in  prison.  Our  exposures 
have  provided  thousands  of  innocent  people  with  adequate  protection 
against  the  false  claims  of  the  bund.  Its  drastically  reduced  mem- 
bership and  follow^ing  may  now  be  held  to  consist  only  of  those  whose 
loyalty  is  to  Hitler. 

When  we  began  our  work,  the  bund  and  a  score  of  Nazi-minded 
American  groups  were  laying  plans  for  an  impressive  united  front 
federation — a  federation  which  would  be  able  to  launch  a  first-rate 
Nazi  movement  in  the  United  States.  By  our  exposure  of  these  plans, 
we  smashed  that  Nazi  movement  even  before  it  was  able  to  get  under 
wav. 


\ 


1470  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDA    AOnVITIES 


^^^ 


Document  #1 


^♦»»  *■**■«♦* 


i^f.d  Eai.g&.<5.«  ichff  aigen* 


Or  t-  V  ;••  rui  r '^  n  5:**-  "  t  f ^  H  !>i  c  s-l  i  st« ,  wit 


»»»««♦♦*♦«» 


>Me*H«N«M*>«H«At4«N««»r»- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1471 


PIS     0HTSC.B1IPPS  /  PER     STOlZPtJHKT 

:'£.3     AMBP.IKAD£UTSCHKf4     VOLKSBCTDSS 

Ar«  den  Orxsigv^sp-penlclter/  Stutzpunktleiter/voit  :         , 

/.ni-cl:  r  i  r  1 1   ^      ^ .  _„____.-„_______._____,  __  _ ^  ,♦ 

(1)-     LH«  artj^ruppe/der  StUtapiiaKt/  ..__.__._.,,________,___________^^      fUhi-t. 

(  .  ...  ,      ) ,    ztM^  Ki^eis  "'r. (    , ), 

zum  Gebiet  '^t.         <  ____)  imd  sxics  Gau  '"r. ( 

.). 

(2)~     Itr  Beairksleiter  iat  Jte. ^ .F<.-rnruf»       


,   /u'isohrlf  tj_ 


tfftSor  B«ndc-6fuhr«r  ist  Br.,     fritz  Kiiiin   .    Aa-schriftt  FBIT2  Kl^HN, 

(3)~  POSf  art  die  Bunds .'31  eitung,  weiche  i.icht  f-frsonlich  en  den  Bun* 
(Jf^sfUlir^'r  cerichtet  iat,  (  Fc-uaiJrolciu«-..  ci,,  /ttrtjohnurtc?''!,  Bc-stol«! 
Iwigec,    ].>i«ri.'»t.jctrelbtr»,  die-  tjur  ctn  b<i-8tii«att'£  /j^it  dav  Bund«?sl«>i= 

l:,t,q.BQ^,  tf^  1.  ST,;,  "r.  ^^  Y{?&A,,„?i-y. 

Fikt  jede  /JRf  .ix-frsge,    i.tijfechnunc  oder  r«it-toli)^E  ii-tt   win  wider-.r 
Brief  £«  uchreibenj   die  Vurquick-iiig  von  vcrscteieduat^ricl  Anfract-n 
usw.,   iij  cin  Ujad.d8!aaelb<?r4  r'ri._-f,   verureacht  viel   u/jootirQ  Arbeit 
und  i^i.'i*.'  l-ctrachtlichc  Vorzdgtrursf   dur  /.bfertigunc,   da  siici-t  alJc 
FrG)^,cn  von  demaciben  ^tswelter  bt^hBrtdelt  w»3r<5f5n  ursd  oin  solchcr 
Brivf  -van  ttrwr  Stellc  zur  ar.dc-rtri  wsudarri  uufis. 

|O^Jj  £1^:1?.   e«s5«.r  bni   2»hlui.t'en  »r  den  WECKRUP  odor  an  dcr*  DKH/. 

\           S<^t*ck3,   £tni5,t>o«ndtc,   Sortcbte,   i.!:2<ii;cin»   \md  h%&erl(.s.t'.llmi^.exi 
txir  4<!ix.  WIXK-H'JF  sii;d  »u  rtciit«K  at:;t ^ 


Sohecks  ur.d  ?rl<jfEchaftv'i.  jm  den  OSL'tSCHEN  KONSDU-Vi^B^J.'D  sind  au 
jficlitcjJi  cm  J .«_—.«_-„-_ 


(&>~     ^^ussciX-  der  *n»t*rift  dor  Bur.dt.«sleitwnij;,udGs  wSeckruf",   siud 


1472  U2s-a:mericax  propaganda  actwities 


'^'*''*'tW?tWWSS??$S 


ad  If  Saatii  und  /jisc-hriftetj  von  Bundesait^iedorn  iir.d  /jatswoltcm 
V»^TKi.UL.ICH   SI'   3i*[;iNDiiJi   UHD  .'JJ     N   I   E  M  A  N  D  E  S      ZU  VmR/.TENl 
.;o   Ortsgxupper.   uiid  Stiitzpunfrte   boglnwec,    offentlich   zu   arbciten, 
son  en   sic     etR  Fostachliessf  acb  unter  don  Nantn  »;.Y/X'^'  aieteai 
eir.ts    seiche   .jiscKrii't  kacc  6f f cntJL J ch  bokannteoKcben  worden,    ohne 
vUj  Bionststtllc  Oder  die  'jfohcungen  tier  .jstswcltdr  dcr  Allgenein- 
h^it  rrviazugfboi.. 


(t.)-        .^ITGLi;-,.>3CH/JT,      BKTTRAGE,      PSRSON.'iLK.'i?TEISR 

(u)-     2i '--g'-'-'- ^---'C'".  von  3ur.desn!itg:Iicdgrn-s    Neuant'^r'-eldete  Bur.desait» 
til.  :..r   s,^ir.}   tli'iter.  nur  als  Mitgliedschsftear.wartor,    bis  sio  in 
-  :i  ..lUi^i^FrS:.!,  vcrpflichtet  worden  sind  u:id  ihre  MitfeliedsKarte 
suii4-^h;5)i.ii(.  t  bekciTjLun.    Dies  i&rt  erst  vler  -/cchcr.  nach   der  Anacl" 
d"u:..;,  t '••scKfj-.c'n. 

..ahrir.d   dci-  /xwarterzcit  haben  drei  vor.   Orta^r."   bzw.    Stutzp.leittr 
orna:x;tv)  Unt<.rsuchcr  nschzuprilfen,    ob  die  Porsor.elarcatcn  dcs  ;j3« 
wart-_rs   scii:.ut-u  (..nsclirif t,   Fcss,    Burgorpspiore,    Burfc,on  usw.)«    P(.r« 
r.cr   sind   .iie  Ver(;i»3VtrbiiiduflteJ)  oder  Lot,enzut.chdriGJteit  imd  Grade 
dcs   ..!.w^rt,rs   zu   ^^r.-^ittoln. 

L'it^-licdsKnrtdr,   sini   o  ,•;,  ;.!r.vitrtern  NICHT  durch  die  Post    zuzustoiicu, 
•    sond^rr.   sir.ri  r.ui-   in   oir.cc  ::ritt,ll  ode  repp  oil    und   zwar  wie  uirter   "Vcr» 
5&:-;-_lu;:»_,3cr.".j;unt;"   ur.d   nFostfoltOtsOataltur.g"  voreeschriebtjn,    feicr- 
lien   nr   di^    .•.otiL-n  Par  eussuiiiiiiditerj. 

C^)-      :.i:.gchrv  ibur.;     von   Forcer^  r-- ;    .' ei    Forderern   ist   koir.e  Nachpru- 
func  ct  r  Pv.rso'-.Rlai-is.i'bwn  not.;',  ■■. 'i^,    via  sle   :u.)»ht  BuiidesnittJiedvT 
sind  -Old   3..  :.!itt;lioder.-.ppcilt..'i  k<.-ii.tii  Zutritt  heber..   Die   Pdrderer- 
kartcn   .'.•_r.i.:.   -'.o.i  Fdrlirorn  durcJj    Mc  Post   zuLOStellt." 

*>"'"     ■'i;.  iif'^i'^'-ci-'.  c    V  Mi   Ju;^<.i.dschnfts.  ttt.  llcderr.:      Die  Juc«-'t5d6ciiafts« 
-it>  lii  .'pk-n  t , :/ .vciricr.   voj.   Ji.^  ci'. '.•ibteiluiifEfuhrcr   ir,  Rthncn  eities 
J;;,_    1. '-.-l  r...  ill  rjoi.pfells   fc-icrlic*.    -;:.   die   neucn  Jut.i-ndschaf  tsuit« 

t  ii^..   r    U   r.)    '  .Zi  cnir-dirt. 

(  ■'■-      -"":^-V-'  .-"   J'u;- ;::iU-ch3fts^- ill  lleucr  ir.  dio  AV-yoll^it^-lied- 

s%:::?:i  t :      ,'  ,.r.,    vvolchi.    aas  1'bt.rtrittSBlter  erreicht  haben,    er- 
^'^lt_•r.   i:.r-..    /■..;.  :.'S.:i  c.;!  i.-dscLuftskarte  wic    obcn  vori^t  schriebcn, 
^ri.-.c   ki:..    .. -..•irt.i-frif.t    :.f.i.r^-tt-;.    zu  r.iistcr.   und   ohn«j   rtass  ir^e-nd- 
t  VT-^    ;.r  c;  .-.11  .;;.      v.,:.   }\.r .:<  i.-.^  ;  :._  abt^n   vor;.enc;,i!sun   wird. 

*>^    "       'i':  Ii^--.-.K,    y.T.!^r^r:=    u.;d  Ju^fc:idschaftseufnah~eschcice:      Neu» 

'■'-■'  ■.--^-:^:.--  !;.•    fur   3-.r.    U!:;^'    For3ercr,    vorschrif  tauassit;    uijd   lest»r« 
'.i:l     ..-.t    ■ -■  rt.  i" -.:.t.c^.inc    odcr  Tint.i   ausccfiillt   ur.d   vol.  Crtstr.-    bz*. 
-"■*-;  .I'.-.t^r   ijit.^rzi'ichr.et,    wcrdi-r.  nit   je   oinex.  Dollcr  ..■ufr.ah.v.e" 

■-.  v-;:.r   ur.  ,    ,.(,  r  r'aiftc-    'os   fr^;i'Ailli^_  e::   ntrbeboi traces  an  dio  Bun= 
-•',  Gl.  itv:..     >.  i'.,  ^'.;- :,_:t,    i.acnde.--    lUk  OrtSt.r.=    bzw.    Stutsp.loitung  cift 
^  •'".  —     '.    •■    :  •.  .  ■     '■    r   '  .-.tr.   l-ur.de-s-.i-.flie 'icr   in   swtifacher  i.usfuhrur^, 

■.-■-'        -        .  .  ' -I      ■:    .        ,:tL .  Kcrtcn  vor-.orkt  .hat .    (Erklarur.t,   der  Kar« 
'    •      ;'.^:    vi.-.t.^-r   ;:,).)    Lir  .    "..    rto   Mcibt  bei    der  Ortst  r\ippe  bzw.    dei. 

,';:;;  •jr.r.t    •„.-./   .i  .    z-f^iz         ::-,'    •:•.    jic    Bur.dcsloitur^.    r.^t  den  Aufnah- 

■•'.■■  :  -        o..  t.i;.o,    vc....   Ort&_r.=    bzw.   Stiitzp.l^iitcr  u:ic 

"   ■-  ■    ^        ",  ;.     .it   jc    ;-.  ;y.;i,     Ctnt  .'.iif nslv.^t t  cbuhr  ur„^   cir.er 

-  '          '    Mi.   L.-;-..\  3  j;^j  r:.dfuhrur.r  t;int,esa:. '.t .    Die   zweite 

^-■.  -.■■•.':  ■    -  ;■'.>  :1     .t    l  ti      vT   Orts^rupffe   bz-;.    de.:  Stiitzpunkt. 

^-)~      .'.'-.^  '  •^^     .  ;      ■  1:..  ■■:,    .  :.:      Si -c-l.o    vortlaut   -.'er   v^-ri-chii;  ."ei;en  /.ufnah— e« 


'"      -T-i  tr-i.  .  :      r..  r      o;.    tl ;  rhu  ''it.  lii.ds«    bzv,-.    ?6r -ercrbtiitrn^    ::,3nii« 
lic:...r   u;.  .      lieu. st. ;..:.,;.  r    .v._llichv.r  :>ir.    o:lor  For  ^..rtr   b«tra£t 

-III- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1473 


75i^.  Hiervon  sind  mit  der  Monataebrechnung  25«  an  die  Btmdeslei« 
tung  xmd  5«i  an  die  Gauleitung  abzufiihren;  45«  verbleiben  der  Orts* 
gruppe  bzw.  dem  Stutzpxanlrt. 

Der  OrtsgrupperiE  bzw.   Stiitzpunkt loiter  darf  den  Mitgliedebeltrag 
NO?LEID£NDEH  Bf^R. .  voriibergehend  bis  auf  den  Mindestsatz  von  yOii, 
der  sFgefulirt  warden  auss,    ex'-massigen;  dieser  Mindestbeitrag  soil 
in  besonderen  Fallen  von  der  Kameradschaf t  gedeckt  werden. 

Ehefrauen  uiid  nichtverdienende  weibliche,  erwachsene  Famili  n  nilt» 
glicder  von  Barn.,  die  zu  dcren  Hausbalt  gehoren,  bezahlen  als  Bn. 
Oder  Forderer  iOi!  Monatsbeitrag,  wovon  nur  die  25/  fur  die  Bundcs» 
leituiig  abtefuhrt  werden  miissen. 

Jugendschaftsffiitglieder  entrichten  einen  Monatsbeitrag  in  Hdhe  von 
20j2,    wovon  lejd  an  die  Landr-acugendfuixriing  mit  der  Jugendschaftsno. 
netsobrechnung  abzufiihren  ir.t.  Die  restlichen  10/<  verbleiben  der 
Jugo-ndebtcilxme  in  Verwahrwc  des  Ortsgr.-  bzw.   Stvitzp.kassenantee. 
Juijondfiihror,   di<j  dae  achtzeLnte  Lebens^ahr,   und  Jugendfuhrerinncn, 
die  lias  einundzwansigste  Lebersjahr  vollendet  haben,  bezahlen  keine 
Juevndschsf tsbeitrage  mehr,    sondcrr.  werden  Bundesvolimittilieder. 

Die  Verpflichtung  der  Ortsgru]ft>en  und  Stiitzpunkte,   zur  Gau» ,    Bundes^ 
imd  Landosjugendkasse  beizutrccen,   richtet  sich  NICHT  nach  der  Zah» 
lungspiinktlichkeit  der  Bmr. ,   Fdrderer  oder  Jmr.,    sondern  nach  dea 
Vorhandensein  der  betreffecdon  Namen  in  den  Bundesnitfc,licds» ,   Por» 
derer»   oder  Jugendschaftsaitglicdsliston. 

(h)-     Kartelkartont     Karteikarten  mit  Personal angaben  iiber  Preunde, 
Feinde,  Gcwchaftsleute,  Pdlitiker,   Verc-insbeamte  und  sonstigs  Per» 
sonon,   die  wir  kennen  sollton,    sind  «ie  jene  fiir  Mitglieder,   For» 
derer  und  Jugendschaftsffiitglieder,   in  zweifacher  Ausfiihruijg  euszu- 
stellon^allraonatlich  zu  berichtigcn;  eine  Karte  bleibt  bei  der  OrtE 
gruppe  tzn.   dem  Stutzpunkt  xind  die  andere  wird  an  die  Bunde&leltung 
eingesandt. 

Einc*  weissc  Karte  mit  schwarzea  Aufdruck  ist  fiir  deutschsprechende 
&-ar.  vorgesehcn  und  oine  seiche  mit  rotea  Aufdruck  fiir  englisch- 
^rtechende.  Dieaclbea  Kertea,   oben  rait  einem  Stern  versehen,    sind 
fur  PSrderer  zu  gebraxichen. 

Miti^ieder-  xujd  Fordarerkarten,  oit  einen  rotcn  Streifsfi  gekenn= 
zeiofanet,   sind  fiir  frciwillig  ausgetretene  Bar.  u.  Pdrdarer  zu  ver» 
wendfeH.  Isaaer  den  Grund  angetoon»   z.B.   nlnteresaelosigktiit",    «Hach 
Deutschlsnd"  usw.     Mese  Karten  sind  NICH7  fur  susfeeschlossene  Bur. 
zu  fcebra«;hen» 

0ie  rosafarbene  Karte  mit  dem  Buchstaben  "D"  ist  fur  deutachspre- 
chenda  Nichtait^ieder,  die  wenigstens  als  nicht  f&indlich  einge" 
stellt  gcltcn  kbnnen» 

Die  griine  Karto  mit  dem  Buchstaben  »A"  ist  fur  nichtfeindliche, 

englischsprcchendo  Aaerikaner  beatisusit. 

Die  gelbc  Karte  ait  den  &JChstabon  iT*  ist  fiir  Feinde  bestinat. 
Oben  ist  ein  ««D"  Qiazntre^an,  wo  es  sich  ua  Deutsche  handelt.   Diese 
Karte  ist  iHCHT  fiir  Juflen  zu  verwendea. 

Die  hellblsue  Kerte  nit  dem  Buohstaben  "J"  ist  fUr  Juden. 

Die  grossen  rosafarben'on  Kartoxs  mit  der  Konnzeiobnung  «JV"  alnd 
ffirs  ■Jungvolk,   die  geHien  Karten  ait  »J35"  fiir  die  Jur«^:nSidel6ehaft, 
die  blauen  Karten  nit  i»JS"  fur  die  Jutkgenschaft,   die  griinen  Karten 
rait  "SB"  fiir  die  M&dehenscbaft  und  die  «eissen  Karten  nit  »ir  fiir 
die  M^delscbaft. 

I^S  fr«i»oaiiche  Voreino  ist  eiiae  &co8b^  griine  Karte  vorgeaeh«n,  itSr 


27^895—41 — pt.  4- 


1474  UX-AMERICAX    PROPAGA^'DA    AC'TR^ITIES 


(7)-  TATIGKiillSSiS-dCnii;,       iMcZ17SPhAi:E 

(O-  Allncn-ntlich  ist    ein  kurzer,    sachiicher  TatiLkeitsbericht 

•aber  die   ;.rbeit   dos  verganfc,enen  !.'onats   zu   vcrfas^er    u.--d  eir.' 2.^Ti£=_ 
keitsplan   fur  dio  bevorsteh.--:.Jer.   zv/ei   Senate   aufzustel  len.    r---rTchv.e 
"liTdVoranzeitien   sind  wie   folgt   zu   gliedcrnj 

i-  riti.-!  ioderversainBilungen,      2-  Sprechsber.aa,      3-  /■ferr.eradschaf  ts:= 
ebende,      4-   ?ili;.=    odtr  soustige  Luituraber.dr  ,      5-  F«.'Stlichkeiter. , 
■'-   ■/•;  rar.s-^ait'jngen   ia  Lsjer   Oder  LandheiK,      7-   ^tv.rdee   Heteilifung 
an   Vcra.'iSteltuj.g'er   anderer  Orjranisationfen,      £-  Glic-aerunf sTrefi'en 
(ul,    Jut;eiid,    Fr--uc".oc!.. ) ,      9-   Sonstitjes  (Paradt^n,    vVerbezufce)  . 

(b)-  'i\jn  dcr.  latigkeitsberichton  und  ^Hanen   ist    je   oint-   .'.bjv'hrifi 

en   die    zuotandii::^   ^-ezirks^   ;;nd  Gauleitun^  und  an  die    B'i.r.:i(:  i:lv:j  t:.:.- 
einzuPi'.der.. 

(?)-         Vi.Kv;.xT!;:;GSB::;i).;i:F,  DrsUG;::3/.CHH.;,  F/.i:^hi< 


Di.,  erforderlichen  Drucksachen,  Vorla^-Tor.,  S-i  clnv 


f,assL  n= 


■,X=; 


bur.hfV,    .ittsapel,    ..czcicnen,    Fanr;un  uaw,  ,    konju  n   'M.*-jr   J..-;,   a*. 
■  jefut't<--r   f'  stt-llur-.rslisto   ar^ge^tcbcnen   F.edini;^uj-t-t':i   d'jrcj.   die    L<umj,,c= 
ltit'-:.i'    (...zcgoi.    ■•.•;;rdef., 

(9)-  F..-i,uLKGai;;:'6..vZ,  ..iiSTi;;  :iNG£,K,  LaKE;€:i]:GEN  r.,D  iJnrEtV  inj: 

(aj-  D.r  ;.V  wird   nach   den  Fubrergruridsatz  tsci'i^hrt.    Es  gibt   aiao 

kuir.frl(-i   ,,bstir.::!.n;:cr    od^r  .•:',urnt-ltsbfc-sciiluGst .    ausscr   '.vit-  nach= 
Rtcbend.--   untuT  TFJuJI?  (•:)   vl  r^JlTTst". 

"(b)-  I:.  tb:r   Jaiiuar=r"i tglicdt-.r'/^ iT,acualung  wird  vr:s  0rtsgr.  =  3tutzp.- 

l;,iter,     .nter   ,xSr,icht   dcs   z'jst.-Uiditien  Gauleiters   nder  dvsotjn   Bt= 
auf*ra.  '^■-i  ,    di      ,:•;). rlicho   ethcir7.t  Vort'-ai  cns&bstirj-ur.r,  durchgufiihrt . 
.■J.lf-   ai;iA>,.  l:<, ndv;:. ,    ..xcbt  tr.it   Bti trafeszai'ilun-;«ri  ruckst ar.dic<--   Bicr. , 
bt-t'Ll  brcu   sicb.   aj,   d.r    ..VstiB./nUiic  uttd   Litiancn  aiit    "Ja"   od^r   nNcit.", 
,)•!.'•■-•;.  I  r.,    ob   uit   ■:!*,    d,r  iisr.dl  un^,swt,iso   ihrt,s  Ort  .^pr.eStUtzp.l..  it    : 
V  it.v..  r.;t/ nd..-n   sincibdi  !■  niciit.   Unbt_wbri_tJbL_nfe   Sti;anzL ttol    aahl  .■n   al g 
Jur^tiir^-.:-}..    3ollt..  1.   I"-,  .r.r   als  viij   j'ritfbl    d'.  r  "aT'bSir^'-^f.i-ji  itijT.nii,;: 
!TcTuitl.'ni..t  ;i,  .3i,ri.,     ftive    dvr   oFTscrT^otutzp  .l;  it  t.r 'vol'SCiirif  tscaet-i  : 
van:   Gai.i^'itcr  d^xvcu   l-iuct.  anAnV'^h  erst^-tzt. 

(c)-  In  dtr  Ictztun  ,';i  t_  i.  itdi-rvi-rsanufilung  vor  der   o^brlicht-n  J,axJ= 

destacunt-  .stollt.dor  Crtj!- 1%  =3ratzp.  leittr  "'.itgli.ider  seiner  ortf  = 
•   gri;ji,e    (st  ir.c-s  i'tatzpunktos)    als  ;.b(i^-ordnt,-tc   zur  Lardestagung  fe«f. 
i::r   soil,    vvemi  nicht  uiiabkocuslicii,    stilbst- ;.bgcordnc"t».r   s^i:.;    die    u(>a 
rit,en  ,.os  cord!:et«n    sollen  taofelichst   yjatswaltcr   seir..    Di*j   iOizab.l    d.. ;■ 

•  ,  jibecorcbfjttn  wird  rcittfl  s  ,i;.tit.dc-sbcfthl   btstimi-t  und  fcangt    von  der 
'  Zhi  l>"r.iAh^xifiei'i  fetarki.-   dvf  Ortst.ruppt   (dta  Gtutzpiuil-tys)    &b.    la  die 
s<.r  .■itt.-lii.d^-rVbrsaBcilung  fiihrt  dcr  Ortsgr.a&tutip.icitcr  eiiit,-  ;.b^ 
atir.fiunr:  fur  die  Abiit^ordnuten  durch.   Nur  solche  /uiwarter,   di^-  a.ir,= 
Uet>teij'i   zwc-i    Orlttol   JasticaiEen  ^^rhaltea,   korinyn  Abfccordnotv   zur 
Laj!Ct-st8Ci""-g  Si:in,  \ 

(d)-  Id  iibrici^n  trifft  dor  Ortsfcr.tStiitzp.Ieiter  in  alien  disn»t.= 

lichen   ,j)&,elcEv.-nhcit<.n,    natiiri  ich   im  Kinkianc  mit   dtn  .'jiordnungen 
02IKLS   Vorgosvtzton,    dio  l<.-tzto  Tiitscb.fidung, 

Lr  jolbst   K^rhjiit    soiae   Btstallun^surkund'.-,   ait  dcr  B«stStlt:urig 
.dfes  puit!Susfuhr<- rs,  von  scintim  Gaulfit^r. 

Der  Ort6gr.=    Stiitzp.laiter  ernermt   seine  /jntawslter  mit   dcr  Be- 
stiitigunf-:  des  Gauleiters.    (Jugeadfiilirer  «oraen  ait  der  Bestatigung 
dcs  Landcajug^ndfuhrers  und  OB>-Ftihrer  mit  dur  Bestatigune  des  Lan*. 
dc6«=0D=t<'ehrer3  (rnaar.t.)  ;.ucb  boi  diesv*"-  Ern<jnnunceai  wird  dc-r  zu« 
standige  Gauleiter  friihzeitig  von  oea.,r  btabalchtigtan  IQrnennuiig 
bonachricbtigt.)  Iter  Ort"3gr.«.Stiit2i..lt;itcr  kann  s<;liie  i^tswalter    _.„ 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1475 


-5- 

unter  donselbon   Bediitgungon  wicdcr  absetzen. 

feiKcniaachtip-.  von  einem  /ate   zuruckzutreten    ist   Div--r.Gty<;rweia 
reruKfr;    wcr   In   Ehron   sein  Amt  nlederjuKen  will.    b'.-gr.tra>  t   z  Jn  a  c  h  ^  t 
Dfel   scineo  Vorgesotzten  Entlaatung   und   Entbicdung  von  den  Aatsv. r^ 
pflichtungen,    UOTai  HINWEIS  AVP  EINEIJ   BBAUCllB;.r<EI^  KAQIFOLGER,    ur.3 
Icistet    seincn  Dionst  wc-iter  bis   zur  /jmahmt-   seinos  RuoJctrittst  e=. 
suches. 

Erncfinun^^.er. :   Dcr  Ortacr.^Stutzp.loittr   stellt    fiir   seine   ;antS'Aai» 
tor  SestallunfcSurkundciQ  roit   nachstehendem  Wortlaut   aus  und   scliickt 
div,s«lbvn,   rait   jc   eincr  /.bschrift,    zmecks  Bc-statigung  an  d^n  Gaulii^ 
tor  bzw.  Landesjutieitdfuhror  odcr  Landes=0D«=I'1ii-irert 


'♦♦•••♦••••••♦••••••JC******************! 


(AV=Briefkopf) 

OrtgRruppc-nl  ei  tuii)i:«:X .  (Detun) . 

(Stutzpunktlcit\ait«X, 
;.nschrlftf 

BEST^LUSGSirRKUNDE 

ilivrmit   ernenne   ich   Bundesiaitgli.jd     I4r. , 

U H . 

ZUEJ      (OD»/,bt^cil  un^'isfuhrt.T)    ( Wurbcle  iter)    (rtagsenl .:  it.,  r)  ( .unacr.dva.; 
der  Ortsgruppe   (dos  Stiltzpunktos)     x > 

Free          America! 
Ge-zeichneti Pcstatigt: 


Ortiigrupporjloitcr  Gauleiter 

( otii  t  zpuijktl  c  it  t  r)  ( Landfc  s»  Olh.  Fiihr^r  > 

(Landcs,iut:endfiihr..x) 

Strcmpcl  ,  Stc-npel 

♦♦♦♦••»••♦•••**•••♦••«•*•♦«••••♦•••••*•••»••*•*••••♦••••*•'•• 

Bis  zur  Boatatigung  durch  den  Gauleiter  bsrw.  LODF  cdi.r  LJF,  t.vl=^ 
ten  allc  solchf  EmennunEen  nur  als  Berufunger.  (komniissarische-  ;a;;  = 
sttzungon)   imd   alle  Snthcbungan  nur  als  Bv-nrlaubuiiKen. 

Mltal it-dor  von  G&beiiiiverbandan  (Loyon  u.    dtrcl.).   konntin  nicht 
ijBtawaitcr  odor  Kasecnprufor  sein. 

iiLE  Vffiiu^TWQRTUNG    IST  /XSO  NACH  0BI3^   UKD  JED2K  J^^TS.lfJJTEk   131 
LEDIGLICH   ^ia  BE^UPTRAOTEIi  S£IN£S  VOHGESSTZTSf^   I^  /J.'.T.    £3  verst^.'-.t 
sich  aber,  dass  wahrtss  FiihrertxuB  nicht   auf  Kadavergehorsam,    sond.,r-, 
ayf  Vortraiien  und  freiwilliger  Gofolgschaft  aufttcbaut  istj   d.,r  V -i - 
gssetzto   soli  bfcstrobt  sein,    dio  Leistungsfreude  ui:d  Sin6atzbi;rvi  t« 
schaft  seiner  {aitarbeiteaden  Kaiaarsden  dadurcb  zu  steigern,   dass  er 
etc-ts  borfcitwillig  ihren  Rat  anbdrt  und  ihn«n  auf  ihren  vtrschic^     • 
dcnt-n  Arboitsgebieten  die  ibrer  Verantwortuiic  entspreehende  Voll. 
macht  cinrataat.    "TiteljalGk^r"   aber,   dio  wohl  Vollmachton  haben  wol« 
len,    ohne  dsbfii  die   entsprt-chende  Verantwortung  tragen  su  woll  ^n, 
soil   er  hingegrii  nicbt  dulden.   Dos  Gehoimnis  der  Scblagkraft  d*  r 
Bewegung  licgt  ia  Ptihr&rgrundsatz,   des'sen  Anwendung  es  onnSglicht, 
fiir  Jedu  Handlung  irgcndeine  Person  vcract  wort  Itch  zu  laachen  imd 
eln  Vorstecken  fainter  nafflcnTosen  Mofarheiten  ausscfaaltet.   Bei   der 
Bosetsung  von  Aatem  und  dcr  DurchfUfarung  d«r  Bundesarbeit«n  dorr 
kelne  Vereinsmeieroi  einrwlsseiil 


1476  UX-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTWITIES 


CIO)-      /.ra^Al'   DBTi  ORXSGKUPPE.    DER  GLIEDKPaiKGEi;  UKD  UirTERABl'EILUWGi'i} 

(&)-    (Piir  Stiitzpurikte   ur.d  klcir.e   Ortsgruppen) «      Hal  ton  Sic   vor  dcr 
.laud  -i!jr  t,<'schlossene,    unj<auffgllige' Vcrsaitualungwn  ab,   woran  sich 
!;ur  3mr.    lii-.d  vertraucnswiirdige  Bekenjite  tietciligjn,    danit   der  Ksajpf 
nacli  au«sen  ex-st  danti  betjinnen  mog-e,   wenn   Ihre  Ovxipps   faiiig  gcwordvj. 
iat,    ihji   ruf zuncbmcn.    Sie   wcrdisn  findon,    dass  die  notwendige  INirifeiE 
..uafecscaltiu'.cj  urid  Festle'uic,   verbucdeii  mit  dor  Werbung  von  Mund  zu 
;.:und  una  nittcls  Flucl-lattcrB  oder  Briofen,    au-ch  ohne  dft'cntliche 
Tati^Kcit  wertvoli    ist  und  reichlich  zu  tun  gibti.   "Cia  iiberciltcs 
/orechu»ri   karjj  Ihren  ntiitzpunkt   zerstdren. 

Dtr  ^eitpuiiJct  fiir  ein  offentliches  Aviftreten  Ihrer  Gruppn  wird 
von   joiic-u   Crtstruppouleiter  bestinuat,    unter  desseii  j.ufsicht  Sie   els 
Sriitzpunktleitor  stoLcD,    bzw.   von  Ihnen,   nachdem  Ihr- Sttitzpunkt   zxir 
Orts^ruppc    trklart  worden  ist.  •   ., 

(b)-  (P'jr  atiitzpuiiktt):    Erncnnen.  Sie   zuerst   finen  Kassrfnleiter,   0D« 
Fiihrer  und  Werttleitcr.   "Seitere   /►mtewaltcr   sollen  trst  dann  ex'nannt 
'«erd^.n,   wtnn  or.tsprocl.ende  Auf^abfcn  in  Angriff  gcnoBunen  wcrdon  kd:inc. 

^f:iji-.n   auch  dif  Wichtifekeit  €ii.ior  uaiforfflierten,    straff  diszipli- 
iiiorten   OD=MarjiSchaft  in  cinea  aouen,   Kleinon  Stiitzpunkt  niciit   so" 
fort  offvnsichtlich   aein  mag,   lauGscn  vsiir  aus  langjahrit^er  Erfahrunt,_ 
feststellcn,    dass  unscre  bisberibou  STfolgo   in  erster  Linie   dt-0  yoJ> 
har.dcns  -in  dos  iiberall  die  Hauptlast  der  praktiscfapn  Arbeit  tragf^n- 
den  Grdiitu.f sdit-nstes  zu  verdankcn   sind,   xmd  dass  dcr  Bund   verach     » 
dci'.e  Krister  ohno  diest  Gliederuae  iibortiaupt  nicht  wiirde  nberstarcen 
haben.    ..'ciin  auch  dcr  ijnts'aaltfcr  und  sonstige  OD^Mann  es  siah  hSufi^ 
in  kieiiitn  Ortr.chaftcn  nicht  Icisttn  kann,   vogfter  Offentliohkyit 
suinea  circncn  Ortes  in  Uniforiii  aufzutroten*^!    eoll  er  denriowb  diese 
Wri'§tWl«Tti";!'&'  yeiltife  durchmachun.   In  jodeo  kleinsten  Stutzpunkt  ist 
aioo  unbt^dinct  cine  O0«i'.btcilunt;  aufzubauen,   deron  end  erg  nipht  cy« 
rcichbare  Zucfat.   Schlapkraft  und  Komeradechaft  dann  dem  Bimde  die 
.  wertvollstfi  Stiitze  darstellun  «iral   Siehc  isetrennt  berauagegebone 
ODEDicnstvorschrif ten. 

(c)-  Saanuln  Sie  die  deutschst&B-'Jicon  Kindorl    Griindcu,  Si©  cine  Jutieiid«= 
abtcilvuit^,   ganz  gleich  wie  klcin  auch  dcr  Anfang  stiin  mat:.  Schaffen 
Sie  eine  Sprachschule  oder  suchen  Sio  uncrjaiidlich  in  bcstehenden 
Deutschschulexi  eine  weltancchaulich  deutsche  Ausrichtuiig  Eustande* 
zubrint^L-n  odor  zu  fordern.  Verbreiten  Sie  die  Zeitschrift  wJUNGJiS 
VOLK".   .jiche  cctrennt  herauegejiebene  Jueenddionetvorschriften* 

(d)-  Suchen  Ste,    die  dautschon  und  de\atschfrexajdlicbcn»  nichtju'dischen 
Geschaftsuntdrnehiaen  Ihrer  Gegend  im  DEOTSCHM  KONSiai-VSkBAND,   dcr 
Wirtschaftaoryanisation  des  Bundos,   zu  veroinigen.   Siehe  totewalter* 
dienstvorschriften  ui-.tcr  nWirtschaftsleiter", 

■    (e)-  Schiektin  Sit-  Auaschnittt-  allcr  ortlichen  Pressejaecbrichten,    die 
fiir  ujtisertn  Kaiapf  von  Interessc^cin  k5nnten,  in  bis  zu  viorfackor 
^aisfiihrui^f  an  Gau-   ur.d  Bundcslcitung  cin.   Sii-he  Amts*alttjrdienstiror» 
schriften  unter  Wgse&VMXXJXOEXX  nFachrichtendienatleitcr". 

(f )-  Eeacnten  Sie  dio  Anordnurjgen  unter  nVersanaluni^sordnung^  und 
»»Fe6tfolGe*,e3taltun6"-Vtjrwrrten  Sie  die  Nachrietotcndienatbriefo  der 
Bundesloitung  fiir  KttrBvortrage  in  Sprechebenden.  Verbreiten  Sie  die 
wichti^ste  Etnzulwaffe  der  Bewe^^uy.  den  «Weckruf«,  Mt  alien  !litt«a 
Handel js  Sie  in  ALLK^  nur  nacb  folgendea  Leitgedanken,  der  alXein 
eine  Erhrltung  des  Amerikadeutschtums  eraSglichen  kanns  DIB  WHi'flSii.' 
3CLAbXrCH-P0Ln.'ISCHE  U«D  WIRTSCHAJFTLICHE  FUHEUKG  DBS  AMSBIKADHJTSCH» 

'Piais  mm  die  seltauschaulich-politische  mzismm  deec  mmiKAmuf- 

SCHEK  JUGMD  1ST  S^CHE  DES  /iMEUIKADEUO'SCHBH  VOUESBITHDES  UHD  SSIIIS8 

BUHLHB;  .jmiK^Jm  -Mmmill   /jidere  OrRsnisstionen  aind 'f olgorlchtig 
feemass  ihrer  EioeteXiung  di«g«jp  Forderung  fee^enilber  ?u  bahandoln. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1477 


«?. 


ABSCHHICT     ZajEI 
DIE         VERSAMMLtJHGSORDKUHG 


ilie  Sfifc-ntllchen  Vorangtaltimgcn,  Sprt:chabcG5e,  Kancre'JschsftSm 
abtt!i<3«  usw,,   eowi<5  alia  MitglioderversaQQluitgen  und  sonstiti©  Di<jn3t» 
tt>feff«n  aes  AV  Oder  seiner  Glieaerimgcn,  <&ntfcalten  weuigstens  c-intir. 
Sbtllcfaen  fSIL.   der  eioh  nacfaatehanden  Vorechrifton  gejcass  abzuvsikB- 
keltj  fcat,   ausser  wo  untor  wFsstfolf.eirestaltung"  oder  schriftlich  voi. 
dfcr  Buadeslgtitupg  Ausnahae'bf;ati£xiuiigcjti  v«rfugt  otier  teneimigt  werdoi 

Ks  versteht  sich,  dass  cJiese  Vorschril'ten  ein  anzustrebenaes  Vor» 
bild  d&Tstall&n  xmd  aur  insofarc  <iie  ISustande  as  erlaubfeo  durchfe. 
fUhrt  warden.mgg^n.^  Inwiowelt/Ssle  bei  veraiteledcxiar'tigen  Yersais;m 
,   lurigc-c  und  Ffcleru  /oiwerfJung  fimleii,  wird  untor  tiFestfolgeeestaltusij:" 
nais^x  arlaytfert.  . 

Voa  dieaea  Vorscbriftojii  NICH3;  batroffan  wertJen  die  Veranstaltunfcc 
493  JMiitschis-h  KoasuamVerbancSea,  d«r  Zeitimgskorporatloncn  und  der 
•  Sit'diiaagsvarfeliiiguagea. 

(A)-     Ailvi  bC'i  dtjr  Versannluue  Diaaattuenden  tragan  die-  ihrou  I)ienst« 
ent^prcchends  Uniforo. 

(B)-     Ver^aurd'ttngalaiter  ist  der  zuatSridiga  Hohoitstrager  (Bundeafuhrc-r 
<iaul$itar,  Gebiatsleittir,  Kreislt-itfji-,  Eaairksl alter,  0rtS6f«pptn« 
laiter,  Stutzpimitticiter,   Zallenleitor,  Blockieiter)   odar  ain  vo 
ibii  beaurtfagtar  Antswaiter. 

(C)-     Ble  antiicha  Versaqaliinc  beginnt  n\t  deu  erateii  Vers  dar  Notional 
hysjne  dar  Verelnigton  Staatan,   "fhe  Star  Speo£lad  Eannar".   Dor  Vc-r^ 
sanaliHiiislelter  und  aile  vorn  «<.ilenla  Di^jasttuende  strait  dabti   -Jei 
Vorssioalung  zuyewandt.  Baa  Lied  wird  iTUB  ^urch  eia  Muslkrzclchati  an= 
gakiindigt,   sodurciJ  as  eJicc-nntlich  wird?  alia  feilrsfchnar  arbaben  sich 
aofort,   obca  weltara  A«ffc»x>derunG,  von  den  Platzen  und  stngan  jalt. 
Uidforsiiarte  yriissen  cit  der  RacJiten  an  der  Miitse,   uicbturiforolertc 
Taiiiiafanar  stehen  strarso,  nit  dea  HSadaiai  aa  dar  Saite. 

(!>)-     In  llit£iiaderversamii»laa£ea  uad  bei  bastloEitea  Peiern,   folgt  ym^ 
nittalbar  auf  die  Katloaalhynna  die  Verlesunc  oiaas  Leit^ruches,  in 
dessen  Zeichen  die  Vorsaauluag  stabt,  wie  folgti   nUnserc  bieutlGa 
—  <  Zusatuaenituiift  )«~»  steht  la  Zaichan  des  folfandac  Leitwortes  aue 
— (  Sede  odar  Bucb'  )— t  «-»«(  Leitapruch  )-—•'♦   «»Preo  ioaricaj"  WSIiraii. 
dar  Verlce\ing  das  Lett^rachea  Waibt;  die  Tell aahi-jerscfeaTt  stehaa. 
Auf  da3  abscMiessende  »Pr<s«.>  AoericaJ"  des  Verssniulitngaleiters  wird 
von  den  fcilnahmem  gaantwortet,  woraaf  alle  Dianstfreieo  Plata  Hah* 
aea.  Bei  Zuaaiauenkiinftan,  wo  das  Verlasea  elnas  Leitwortes  wot'fallt;, 
spricbt  dar  Varaataolaiigal^iter  voci  Obigen  rut  das  nFree  iyaaricnl". 
l>or  wahrcnd  ainas  jedan  Zt-itr^unts  galtoada  Leitspruch  wird  ic^eilB 
von  der  BuTidealaitung  beJcaiUitgei-oben. 

(B)~     Bb  folfet  alsdaoD  die  Batriissane  uad  eine  KliBZGJai/iTEJiB  Krlaute= 
run€  das  Ewecka*  dor  VersaucauaEj   es  let  Mcht  dio  Aaftabe  da,3  Ver« 
san!ilxmi.::sl altars,  dlu  Aasftiixrungoa  der  vorgesebenon  Radnor  vorwaguu- 
nehaan . 

Blrizalr.  auftretande  Redjnar  ubw.»  warden  in  kurzea  Sorten,   untcr 
/gieaba  vou  Raa^,  Dienstort,  Seoen  und  Rcdegeeenstand  vorg-estallt; 
dar  SuhSrarschaft  soil  allea  Srforderliciie  iiber  den  Bedrtor  nitgetell 
werdea,   aber  vea^elnaaaeleriscbe  Schnaiciiolai  1st  grundsatzlich  vcrp6i 
Aaftratfende  Qruppea  warden  els  solche,  ledlelicb  unter  Angabe  dtr 
Gr»«>penbe88lcjbnuiJg  uod  gagcbesaenfails  von  Rang  und  Kanea  deran  cdt. 
wirkendar  I^ltor  vorgestellt.. 

Etwalgfc  Baiugnabnan  auf  Rednar  nach  Schluss  ifarar  An^racben  babi 
kuTZ,  schlicbt  und  wahr^aftig  stu  seinj,  wDBCJcesgepflogenbeiten"   eind 

•  »^in  Bessag  attf  8lcbtii3itGli«d«r  uad  daiai  ohae  tJberschw&ngXichkett 

•  so  absn*  Ml  a«r  B*Sf!^»mim  ist  di«  Anredi«  «D«c;©n  uad  H^rran"  eus  ^y 


1478  ux-a:mkiiica>s'  propaganda  AcnvrTiES 


-6-         .  . 

erziehorlschen  GiKinden  zu  veroeidgn.  BundescitL^lieder  lu.a  volksdc'.Jto 
gcbe  Gaste  werden  nicht  ais  mlefr",    sonaern  als  Btuidea^itt-iivd  bzvi. 
Volksconosso  vorgestcllt.  D»s  "Sort  nHerr"  ist  nur  in  Bczui;  tint  Klcht 
de ut schstaoi.ii ^e  zu  gtbrauchen, 

(?)-     r>er  asjtlichf  SchlusB  bcsteht  ays  dea  jeweile  vorc^^chriobcncE 
Sehlusalied  und  dsu  unMttelbar  darouffolganden  nrreo   ,'jjcrice".    Et« 
walte  Fnluieriatisaarsche  kotjnon  MCH  deu  «j?ree  Araurica!?.   Dsa  absahlic 
sendo   nFrcf  .tocrica!"   fallt  bei  KBINSR  VersaiuBluc^  wee;   ariwoscnde 
Stur-.ifaluivn  aiiesen  dgboi  vorn  stehen. 

Cer  VorsaixiXuntj  sic  iter  kunditjt  deu  Abschluss  wit    fclt.t  an:    »Wir 

schlicsscx.   die (    der.   a-.;tlichen  Teil   das  —   ) cit  don   —(tied). 

Oder;   "iVc   shall   no*  close  oui' (    th..-  official  port  of  —   ) —   •*it:. 

the   — (   Liod    ) — ."   KBINE  lricstr.i£.en  Auttordcruac^n,    sich   von  (icn 
Platz&n   'i\.    tiriiubcii  u.    dergl .      DaB  Musikzeichcn  ertoiit  nxi'i  allt:   <,rhv. 
boj.   sich  und   sir>ten  Ui.ter  Erweisnnsfies  Dienst£.iai3sos  uit.   Der  Vt.r" 
eair.lunfesalviter  nnCl  vorn  wfeileadc  Mansttuciide  stohe'n  daboi   der  V^r-- 
sa-j„lu;it;   zujew'indt.    Bctreffs  Ausfuibrunt;)[«;(  des  Grustica,    siehc   OD^ 
Dlcnstvor^chrlt'ton,    Seite  15.    unter  "Ditnstgruss". 

Sofort  lecii  voritlir.f  on  dos  Sohlusslitdea,  ohne  dass  or  oder  die 
TaiJif.eku.ierachaf t  den  j.r:.-.  scnkt,  spricht  der  VcrsaudiUittsleiter  c-e 
"WsfK  Aj.iCi-ica!"  wio  fclvts  t>Kinor;  fraivn,  arisch  ri-tiei-tun  Ajiori'"? 
uad   unscrtr  KoJ.f fb^WvciiUt   <■•'■  s  /ajorika'K-utschtw.is,    cia  drrifach  df  i- 

.    J»v'r;,des  "Free :-j.\i^x-i  zal" ,   "Free /j:ic-rica!'%    "Free   - —   ,Vjur""-t 

Oderx    "To  a  free,    Seiitilo-rulud   United  States  and  to  oiir  fichtl;, 
MoVei.Oijt   of  awai.vUe'   Aryn;.   ;;;'C-ricrns,    a  throufold,    rousinc  "Fruc 

/jiorica!",   "Fr<.c ,'j-A;rica!",    "Frwe Anerica.'".      Die  TeilJic^-..  . 

ecJLrft  ruft  Jc-."'^s...al  drs  v.'ort  "/.t;  uric  a"  zuscini-en  nit  de.»  Vcraan;.* 
luucelcit^r  und  sak.it  r.'jc!.  t'e.    -'.ritten  Ruf  uit  ihu  a^n  ;,ri...   I»er  Gr>; 
wirJ  abr^echlosGi-n,   i;:,;^     i;ii,.  itwchte  Harid  i;rct  wavircracht  vor  die 
linko   Prust  refuhrt  MitX  un>_   'iniul  zur  Stite  t;eaerJct  wird,   Cer  er.f:= 
lische   .iDiicbiusd  wird  jut  bei   t  ai-'Z  i"  cuclisohor  Sprtcbe   .  ehaltcnt!. 
Yersru-.  Iul;  <.-;,  ,_i.;brsucht. 

(G)-     iJLli  e.  ;C'ir  1^  a; 

CG-1)~        /.i.orikciUecho   itri'"  Fy;,deat".^'u...n  ^chor..'.':  bt  i  JBUKB  v'urra.-.r'J.utit: 
an  dtn  Siiri.ripl'-^tz}    'lusat.r  wo  ixatv^r  '•FaatToli',o>;cstaltijr.(.'"    'mders  Vv-:r» 
furt   ist,    t  rbt-n  dies   OD^Stiir:  inhuc.   Z'<   s<;in.   Siair. .f;dir,^*.  \'!:vic-n  nic 
auf,;!.  hSn;t,    aoa.-'.c-rr,  sitid    stcts  ur.J   ;-.\zr   ar.  dsr  Strui  >.■   imd  nnter  Bi « 
wacbut!£   wr    uniforu-ioi'tar;  Oti  auf 2i.steil«ii;. 

(G-2)-        Eoi  .iaaigclr:  uck'oTit   ist  allt,-  kitsehife   v'orcina^i«ier«kunst"   zu 
v«ijc-,tidv'..   gahuou  Hii  .1  wic'yjr  Feha^jn  veyacri^^'-'n.   Sapp-ji.,    Icbilder  .  it 
Kauipfloaiui  en,   Hak«n"crcuze   luid  Biu.''fc.3ebzcichon,   LSBE.DBS  Grd::;    •iiv 
Farbor.  ROT,   GOLD,   '.VBIU3,   Grun  xnA  Plo'Ji  bc-vorzut c-n.  Klf-r*?,    r/uchrxjt 
Lir.ir-r.fulir'.ir>r.    Sur  hoichs.  runduri^sfeier  ur. 2   is.dolf={titler»Ot.bwrt?e 
tarsfeier  hitlorbili   odi  r'<=bust-i ;    zut  <}c-ori':j~\1'js.hif,i,tonn'Gtt^iitt!iir    r 
fei«jr  i:::i   r- .eriK",.ri!Sc';t :    '.'•.•;'.ho;i,:i''keitsf  ei«r  VJ- shlivt  onbil*'   o  kr 
«bustc-. 

(G-3)-        E-;v-ch<.-     uuf'    Tri';kvi;   frdlt  ::   ""aiTo:.!     :cs   asd^lich..;.  Tejls   ALt>ii 
Vers  ..- :  iu,,.  CI.  v,^;.    Bc-i   lan.  wrcr.  yerffi.staltun._on  kdni.e/;  LrfrischuTt- 

pUUSi.!-     .il.    ,  irl',  t    v.-.r  \ru 

(G-%)-        rtviiii.  e  F.-l-.i..-;aii;j  arscfti;    al-.i   tuv.ittelbar,„ydB:  •''.■  i^   r.-crik-ji. 
ec\''...  ::■  tiaurl:,j.ii.    ■i:izuset3-_n,    -'-rdt    -^ie  F'jr.nan«l>ei   die i> -_•:■'.  Li-' 
var'":   stehaii.   Bel  lai.'^^v^r   '■loi-rr&it.lx.xa.i.'.n'.  k^r.!.  alles  wiener  ab  ;'-^-=- 
scideran,    Ma  a«f   die  F;-hr)en».-- ebcs    Ui,  vor  de-    j.bechlusa  wit'dt-r   "nr'.i. 
trotet.. 

jer  F9hj-oni>u3--.ar£Ch  crfolct    stot?  arat    ra.Qn  dei.   Abarhluss.    So  dt 
Eu;-:  ! -sfui.r'.r  oi   r  cii-  vox.   Di.     HeauftrsL't'-r  Gpricht,    stahen  allc   K 
ttiUt  t  >,.;;,  li!, if  or.  .i-;rtv-n  «:iliedi;run,tfr.   scf;oa  wahrand   dc-.c^sen  iaiaprtv  . 
an?  etr^t  ji.. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1479 


M    ^piiWJ^;t^p!-WJW^VMW.'mM'jjMMM 


(G-$;-       3ei  ijiwoscnheit  von  Vortretem  viner  ronehofcereo  Cienststcllc, 
hat   r>er  itoheitstratior  cnfiir  zu  aorfcen,   dass  Cioaen  Kel.let,fit.,;er  unl 
i>  .vncbu:.);-  zur  Verf u,i-ur,(.   ^:.>jSt€llt  wvr-ion.  Farner  sxrC  Sitzplatz^?  fiir 
3l.-    fi-jizuhrlton,    zu   v/clchcB   sic  unnittelbar  yor  Bc{  inn   dcr  !L,tli-, 
V  Ti.j.st.jltvnc  hir.tefubrt  warden.   r,"o  os   sich  ur!'.  don  Bun-', jsfuhri;!-  h  .■. 
:-lt,   bil  Ut    Ur  OD  Spplior. 

Lrrcticii.t    '.or   Biin '.eefuhrcT  Oder  Sfcin  Etauftrs   tcr  wahr»,nd   uinwr 

V^rsr Iuj'l,    -.via'   das  KorxirnOo  "Achtu:!!.*"   ct>C«-t>6n  uni'.  '3Te~l''fcStfol.  c 

viiiterbrocht-n,    lu.  ihn  zu  bt.' true  son. 

'iVc    :>.r  buri-Jcbfunrer   Oder  seiu  Reruf trcc.ter  als  Re^'ner  r.uftritt, 
cpricht  '.i^,c't.  ihr.  pio'u.r.d  -i^hr,   auuscr  Ocr.  Verse;-^lunj.sleitt:r,    'or 
^Ue   Vi.rj'-i.;  lun^    f.bscTuioBSt. 

(C— 6)-       V.o   i-ir.  Rcichsvertrctcr  bei   finer  Vcrenstsltu:  f   spricht,   -..ir' 
U"j.itt.  ifciiT  n-ic},   dosst-n  A-'.aprcchc   die- Deutsche   Natiof-elhyi-Jife   .v-'j-; 
oolite    bci    .'.cr  b<?trcfft.'ndexi  Fuitr   .'.bs  SchlusaliC'^   oV'^nMncst'iu'i^,!- 
£.euti;c;.'i  ::,' t ion:.IhyT-.ue   seir;,   wir''.  Close  v'.urch    las  Bundys-T.t^rbeli 
bei.i  ..DDcMuss    crs^-tct,    Auch   wo  tinCerc  f:ichta:;crikatier   als  Ver^i>  ' 
ihror  Lau.'yr  anwLsen-i   sircl,   wlr '   sofort  noch  dereii  Anspracho   Uit.   ^^v. 
weils  zutroffcr.'/c   Nationaluy-re  r.  >,spielt, 

(G-7)-       Tina  ist   it.  V'jrbindinif  -itjj   taiej.  Ver-aintrl  tunt'en  zulaaai;  , 
fiuse<.r   b(-i   Tr,;)u.;rfeicri  ichk-.uten   u.    der.  1 .   Sichc   imtcr   "Fcstfolit- 
t"eat  f  ltu-,i_,",    Dir    Fcotfoin-i*.  (Pro   rr'.-e)    sinJ   so   r'Uszuf  rboitcn,     ':..•- 
noch   .',_  •    artlicl-tr.  Tt;il    r.och  i.dLliciist   zwei  StunJt;!.   occr  i.chr  T-    ' 
ztiit  vor   :ii.r  Polizcistundo  blcibt.    Der  arschlicsseit<'e  Tanz,    insf  "  ' 
Jazz  ViT  .JL  '  ,'i:   ■.'/Ir!,    ist  eii.    "urchi.us   zulassircs  LocJc.ittt;l. 

(G-8)-        buch'.rtiach,    ..'ocKruf  uijO   ^i.stullscheinu ,   Ju_c-;;dscr.rif ten, 
kVorbesct;i»if  ten   lu:;  '    Aufi.f  h..c-schoi,io    SOllten   bci   K£Iiv-h    of  fei.tlicht  i. 


?/:i  S  T  F  0  L  G  E  G  a  S  T  A  L  T  U  N  G 

iv^o.stcijcndc-  ^.nordiiur;'  en  ^^ioncr;  pis  lirLanzuLi,'  dt-r  Yorschrif t<_! 
unter   "'/ersr^,,  .l'aj.,;sor  .'i.un,  " .    Auasvr  wo  von  d^r   Fun  '.tiSleltunt:    scnrif- 
lici.   ;.u^nU->^eb^r.tr     iii.   en   verfii,  t   ot'er  t  tnehr.ifi  warden,    sind   .-illt 
Di'>-.ot  tr.-ffen,    Appclit,    Versa;j,luii._  en   und    Vv;rucst-;1  tiir.,:  vu   des   /iV   uj, 
£oi;,vr  dlii.  'cru;..  oji   strcn^    i;-  Kixdcifini;  ;:it   d^:i   jcv.'Lils    ziitrt-f fendcji 

-er   fcl    v-n..^j.  /j.or 'nur..  i.!.    rsuszu' esl-^l ten,    ir:sofer..    -s    .'.t,-  I'rstHi.-x 
ir_i,r.d   erl::ubon.   j.usr.- K:  ..i  :    ::i,_e;ic    Vor'»..st:jlt'.iii:,  on    'oa   0KV,    d.-r  7x1' 
tu;i    Dkorr-or- tioi'cn  u;. '  £iv '.Iuj:   sv^n.iniL  ur.!  .^-n,    die  aber   ^'.hurS-iliz 

'i-_-n...lbo   w.'lttij.sch&ulicho   Ai5sricht>jr.-_   uinziUi'-ilter.  h-'bcn. 


( i ) -      A-:t!:'v."}  tcrsltzt.n'  ^.r.,    Fdh.-'^rbeaprcchun;  en; 

Kci.-H;   bestia-.te    /.-rcr.      1  i-n./r-or '.nift  j.    Di-.    .d  .t^'.v  i  ti  r   oz.v.    ".it- r= 
loiter   o '..,-r   Unt..rfuhrer  erst- tt--.   5..richt   uo^r   ihrt,    drti, -^it   \u.o 
erh:.ltv:.    '."Licur., -fn  f'-ir  -.vi.it  .r^    drb^it.    Dcr  Vor._cset::t.;,    soil    3 Sets 
Kritik,    d-:t   ur.d   Vcrsclild   .:•    Vor'-w:    v.-^d   soin./u  i.'it-rd.  item   Anrei  uj.t 
Z'i    ur.i'ohd:.^  i^o;i    BonJieii    lu^d    d-r,     _i;.    .tfcon,    ■..  i!i,  edt;tit;    der   T:.tsr>cde, 
d-iar,    J..  Jjr  reciitc    Kd-.vfi.r  :.i.f.r   1^  int.it  nn  '    .■jilli.  ..r    ■jrtt,-i t- 1,    ;;■  :ji 
ih.i    ei.,    VoUr.-'cht   vu'i  V  !:■  r;  Uu:,i  sf  r..il-.cit    eir«  crau.  .t   v.ir.,      e.  •     :    diar 
".Vrantv.-ortur:..    e:itspric!.t.    D';oi.i   h-;t    sic;-    3"-  '"-r  "'it-rbeitd-      .  ,  ^  ■.  • 
bewusbt    zu   sein,    d?ss   ^r   nicbi    s.  i;,._i.   K'.:  xr  •;  !<-:.    ,  ■-■   ^nut.^r   o;tr   :.;c.': 
'iUSSti.    o'.-.r  uiiten    vor-ntwortlic}.    ist,    a^;,  lirs.   nur     V.e    Vor,,  i.-aetzii.  n 
i  e_i.-nubv,r,    -^Uid   .".,- ss   er   sicd   i...   j^<.tzte.  Fr.il    strer;-     nr,ch    -Vn   f*t= 
£cl;..'i:nin:er.    sc-ineS  Vorj  lSl tztt-:,    z-.   ric'ntv:.    h'.tj 

(2)-      .;ppcll..,   i^nd   Hei    ob   nde    .'.er  ''-IK     ^r>;:i.  .,;j: 

oitho   '.ii.tcr   "OD=Di' i.stvorscfrift  c,ri",    "Ji-   enddicnatvorachriften" 
und   nFr-ejei,sch'.ftsdi,;;-.stvor3cbrif ttrd'.    .Vicnti.Htt-    Krforlcrlich^    -X- 


1480  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDiA    AOTTVI'TIES 


i»10«. 

keit  «ur  er^riesslicli6ii  Arbeit  tmd  sar  AW98chaltyR«  voa  Missver« 
standnissen,  Misetrauea  lund  2«ietracht  »«lschea  den  verachledemn 
Giiederuogen,   1st  die  Beechrinktmg  jeder  Glledenmg  auf  thr«  eigea«a 
Arbeitesebiete,   Bei  OD-Txeffen  s^nd  nur  OD»Angelecer'lieiten  zu  b««. 
aprechon,   bei  frsuenscfeaftsxxisaBa.eiddiaften  nur  Angel egeubeiten  der 
Frauenscheft  w.d  bei  Jugendversaamltmgon  nur  wes  die  Jugeodscfeaft _ 
angeht.  Wo  Fuhrer  Oder  Piihrerimen  irgendeiner  Gliederung  Vorscblftg«, 
Kritlk  Oder  Beschwerden  tlb«r  andere  Gliederungen  bybiandolt,feaben 
woilfen,  h&ben  diese  sicii  an  die  Jtustandigen  llitorer  der  betroffenea 
GiicderiHig  zy  wtnden  ut.d  nioht  an  die  ttbrisen  Mitorbteiter  der  eigeaier 
Oiler  fgr  a«  die  aUscmcioie  Mitgliodschafti 

(3)-     MitKl  Ic  derversaatalunKent 

A,   3,  C,   D,  E,  F  iscd  G  wie  unter  -Versaaualungsordnuag".   IJur  Bmom 
desffdtglicder  (aar.)  ucd  Jiieendachafteaiitglioder  (JmrOt  mi*  dt.-r  Mit« 
glii'dskarte  sis  Ausweis,   dii;  mit  ihrea  BeitrafeSzaJjluiigen  nicfet  ia 
Ruckstand  sind,   haben  Zutrlit.   Fdrderer  werdun  nicbt  zugolesaon.  Mit^ 

gliedschaftsajwarter,  d«rcn  Mitgli^dakerte  yon  der  Bundeelfcitunfc  bei  | 

der  Ortscrvpp**  eingotroffen  iat,   sind  im  Voraua  ait  oinor  schriftli«  j 

Chen  Mnl&diu;G  zu  v«rseb^n,  die  ihcen  Blolsss  ziar  Mitgl  iedtsrversaiaE!-  | 

luiig  awecks  Aufnaiia*?  gewahrt.  Alle  Tellnefeaer  sitid  ira  BieitSt  uiid  tra«  | 

gen  folglich  etwaic©  I'l-iforia  liiid  Abzeicht-n.   OD-Stunafahnt-n  vorn.   MtS'  | 

waiter  vorr.,   der  Vavaaudzlxmi;  zugeisandt.   I'nifomaierte   zu  Beeina  antrefc  | 

teii  xujd  or&t  nach  Boalchtieurg  dijrch   den  Hoh<jitstrager  auf  Bex«hl  wet'  | 

trtitfc-n  und^  Flatz  netoCR.  | 

Ordntu.ej   Vor  Foglirn  Eei+regseirkassitiriUis,   EiiitraguiiC  in  die  *  .«  I 

westnheitslisto,  K&ch  dem  Lcitspruoh  UTid  Gruss  Besichtigung  der  uni-  | 

forsjiert..!;  Glied<-;ruxjtjer.,   fschliche  Berichterstattiuig  der  Amtswalter,  J 

strt-n^  ia  ginklai.f,  mit  yorht;r  eAelte»et>  Wuisunfen  des  Hohoitstragers  | 

Verl<;6urig  di-r  fur  die  Ohreii  der  'litL-liedschaf t  bostiiaffiteu  Teile   &ln«  | 

gel suf oner  gun.^yGb<,-f'>Mfe,  Trtyilssbi^abc  iiber  die  Arbeit  dcs  verganga*  1 

nen  Stjitrauaes  m.d  Stkaniitgobc  der  Arb^jitseinteiluite  tiXr  bevorsteiiecB  | 

do  Ur.teriiei'imiinfc.w!  uud  Vt^rsa'-xilUDC^'C,   sachlichfe  Awsspracbe  iiber  Dieaet  J 

vorsohlaje  vnd  -kritik  voii  iliteli^diirsfcittjii  uj.d  zvixu  ibschluss  ¥or>»  | 

pflichttu-c  n<!«</r  Biar.  und  fv-icrliche  Eii.sttzunt.   otwsiger  nt-uer  tots»  | 

welt<.,r,  ' 

Stariiirolici.  fierdeu  KICIVT  verlestn  imd  auch  auf  ai.derfe  Weise  wird 
der  V.;rs5!j;j:nlwifc  KEII^E  iti^akui:ft  yc-ceben  uber  die   zahleraaassige  Starko 

der  Btti-..i*ftndfe!.  Ortsi^ruppc   Div  HICHTIGKEIT  d*ir  Kassenfuiirung  soil  ^ 

viertfel j.-ihrlich  voa  vot.  Koti&itstra£,or  bvauf tra^ten  ^ch»r»  und  Kseseri  I 

pr-^fcrr,   (die,    ouss«r  nach  OBSi,    zur  Verschwioeenheit  verpflichtot  I 

siiid)   vor  <,it.r  Uitfcliadschaf  t  bestatij^t  wtrdeo,    es  ist  8b«r  der  Ver»  | 

aaiiffliiir.g  Kaili  Aufscbluss  iibcr  die  t'eldlicht  Lage  der  Ortstruppe  zn  | 

ccbfcr*.   Dits  ist  trfordorlich,   woil  leider  k'eine  Mitcliederversaaja-  •% 

lunc  b.  stiKKt  cine  wirklich  ^leac-MosStsnc   Versara-ilunf:  ist,   aus  welcbot  | 
nicht:..  i;;  die   all.^enoir.e  Off eiitlichkeit  £.€traf;en  wird,   und  weil  di« 

teldlichu   o.-5er  sonsti;,^  Stiirkfc  Oder  Scbwache   einer  Orts-aruppe   die  i 

Offtii.tl lchkt.it  nichts  ui-^eht}  J 

!;oheitstracer  uu5  i^ntswalter  hsbe«  sich  vor  der  Mitgliedschaft  | 

KIS?5iM5  lui.  vrsuitit    a;.zui  rt>if  en  odcr  zu  bekritteln.  Moini.uagsverechie«  | 

dorihfiten,   <Uv-   sich  nicbt  iraricriieib  der  Aratswal terschaft  auagiattan  | 

lasser-,    Kii.d  nur  r.rjch  OhW  fl-uazuf echtcn;   nach  AUSSM   und   UJfTM  hat  I 

stets  ciac  ur.btai.'it.ti-  Eiu:autitkfcit  dur  Ftihrvu.c  ^r^d  Actswalterschaft  ; 

zu  bestehcn!                                           .  j 

Dit;-   Ausspraohe  in  der  lIittlitid€:rversaBHr.luiit  bestiiht  darin,   dasa  | 

der  ii-ohvit!nra._..r   saclilicho  Kritik  uber  vereatigene  Veranstaltungton  J 
und  Arbcitci.  uii'l  Vorechlar  e  bctreffs  fcunf titter  Yer3asii2lunt,en  i-ind  IM"' 
t«ir:u:h,-5un!  .-n   von   den  mtriiu-;ltrn  fordert.    DAS  IJBEH  VOK  iCRITIK   AK  PJ3?- 
Smm   ur; J   cin  VORBRISGEH  VOK  BSSCHWIKBSM  GSiOKT  NICHT  IN  DIE  Vi»SAMM» 

LL7-IG  UND  IJT  ZU  WuSfiWifiDEN.   Soichv  Kritik  ist  deu   zustand.leen  AsJts-  ] 

waiter  odcr  de.„  i!ohc-itstra,„er  oiindlich  od^r  schriftlich  vorzutragea,  ■ 

ohno  die  allt  tjaeine  f>5itfc^liodEchaf  t  in  Mitleidanschaft  zu  Ziehen}   Be»  • 

acbweroen  sind  p.u£  dau  Menstweg  zu  erlMifceru    (Siehe  Aatewaltervor-  | 

schrift>i.-:  und  Vcrfassur.fe.  des.A.V.)  Wortcefochte  Oder  sonetifee  Merkaal  | 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1481 


-11-  ,   1 

schwerc1t.-n  sin>i  auf  dp...  Diei.st*et:c  zu  erlcdii_f-n..  (Sieho  /jitswaltervor»  .i 
schriftorj  ui.d  Vf.rfBssun£  ']^3  P..V.).  'fforttefechte  Oder  sonstij-o  Mcrk«  ■ 
ioit    cincT  vcri/irspni-lfjnc-itfirischtr.   Judcnschule  t-eiioren  nicht   ir.  div.      j 


/..V.MitLliedervcrsa-.ulunc.   Die   VurtrauensabstiniauiJt'cn   ija  Jonu.or  un-1 

vor  der  Lcndt-st:.(_iu-c   hr.ben  die   vinzitc   /.bweicnuny  von  e inc. s   strerc-  | 

vlisziplinicrtvn  /.ppoll    zu   coin!                                                                                  ,'  ! 

&o  <3iu  t!beiTi£.ss  von  Vorschlai.cn  und  Kritik  voi.  Stitcn   sonst  laujr  ] 

Bnr.    in  dcr   (^erse^-'J-iu-r  (Oiibt  wird,    ist   de.';   fin    schrirllston  c-in  Zicl      •  j 

L_sttzt,    ir.de.-^  dicse  3i..r.    so  fort   aujfLei'ordert  werdc-n,    aich  tji.nc;cheidr  ; 

sii  'Ur   juWt;ils  behc-nJclteu  ;.rbeit    zu  boteilitt.-r»,   UM   SICH   DURCH   KBGE  : 

t.UT.,JiBiiIT  EHST  I;.^  fiECHT  IVH  BHiiXTSPURIGBK  KHITIK  OBJbhHAUPT   ZU   ERWSH-  : 

BK, !    Wir  hsben   rms  der  ;:asst  t-beador.  Erfahruny   jcnor  Ortsi  rupper.   zu  j 

leri-.t./.,    wc-lche  <i>.n  vitltcpritscnen   "Liberal i a: '.ust   uifcaals  bt-ber;   auf=  ' 

koi-i..cr,la3scn  uud  f ol.lich"  dit;    schwerc-n  Prnifu-ntcn  un8t.rer  Bowefunt    a-i  ; 

bestfcr.  uborstanJen  htib>-ii!  I 

Pic   Ve-rpflichtun,:  ueuor  &...r.    ccht  wie   foltt  vor  sichs    Die  Sttiru"  \ 

fahiiv-ntraLtr  stdlen   aic't  r.it   iKri  n  Fahncn  rc-chts  UJid  links  von  Ho«  j 

htiitstra., vr  nuf   (  do   o.'--crU:nr:ischt.   Fai.j.e   zur  Rvchtun  des  Hoheitstra»  j 

^•-■rs  ...  it   Front   tur  Teilnchnersehfift)   und   dtr  KssS'.iilfeitor  t  ibt   ihn  i 

diu  fcrtiiKti  "Its  liedskBrteii.    Die   --uf  zunchr.en  Ili;  Ar.wartor  wtrden  nac>  j 
vor;.  t:>;ruf^,r:  Ui'.d' stcllun   gich   vor  <'<.:>  Hoheitstrac<-'r,    der  VcrsciJ-.lunt: 

zu!_^';;axidt,    Duf.    r>tr  Hoheit strS(_-er   stellt   diu  /a.wa.rtor   dor  f'itclied-  i 

ochaft   vor  und   frr.t   naoh   ot.ivoii;cin   soc.hlichon  iinwenduiij^vn  t'efesi  die  I 

i>ufr.rj'.;.c   ir,.  v:".  Joints  vor^  oct.^ll tor.  ;.r.warters,    ur.  iu  t'esotzten  Fail  i 

«i:.o   boenstr.fi.iote   /.ufiirtifo  bis  :i.-jch   oinor  Untursuchunf  zuriickzust   ■•"  | 

Ion.    Die-   /.j.wart.r  wojulcu  sich   -11:.  Hoht.  it8tra._'or   zu,    der  ihnt-n  kur.  i 

Cie  Grurj  l.sc-tzc-   dor  Bv'.vi,  i.ti;-  orlautcrt.    Dpr>juf  c«-'ht  or  von  cincL.  zun  j 

andvrt,ri,    spricht   j<'i'.-!  ui  iZ.-lii  nit  Neiaen   an,    fordert  von  ihn   das  Ver^^  ; 

sprocho.".    (kcin-jn  i-ii).     '.'•  Srtzvn-oK  dos  Bundoc  genass  soine  Pflicht  j 

als  Bn.    zu   tur.,    'Aorauf  !:iv  aor  nit   nja"   .'intwortet,   tibtrcibt   ifan   seine  ,  i 

MiU-Iicdsxr.i'to  u-.c   di.    V' rfaoffjrii    des  Bui.r'es,    roicht   ito  die  Hand  imi  1 

iriisst    Jet.  !..'..._•■   'e'e    or-   •, 'I    Jn.'m  uit   nprvt   ;.,..f.ricnl"   und   den   Dionst-  | 

•.  CUES,    dc-r  vo     ..!.   e-sprocht  .^.,!.  b.,nj.twortut  wird.                                                *  j 

3ofort   •..■■.rh  .-i^r  Vci-j'fl  ichtur.,;  J.fUur  H„.r. ,    crfolt;t   dor  ;.bschluss  : 

Jer  7..,rsa  :ai.:ijj.   Hchluasl  i..-dt    Dc-.y  BundoswcrbL.liod.  ! 

(j.i..virtcr,     lie   -iua   triftii.-o:;  Griuidoii  xinbokciirt  bloiiren   wollen,  j 

brauchcn  j.icht   oft".rr.tiich   ..iij,, cfubrt   zu  werden;    boi   solchun  ist   ober  ] 

die   Untcruuohur..    vor  di  r  or.  J[_ulti^  on  Aufnthuo  bosondors  _-runGilich  j 

durchzufihrtt..)  j 

'linSvtEiit. ;.-.?;.  vor.  2-.cUvn   I'v  .ts*al  tern   worden  vor  dor  Verpflichtunc  | 

fio'uor  F„r.    -'urcn,  ofuhrt.    (.31  oho   ;„.tEwf;ltcrvor3chriften.)  j 

Vtch  Schluss   dor  V€;rs:...i;'ilun£   k- :.,er3dschc»X''tlichwS  Bci ac!in..on3ein  j 

lir.!.;  K.'.p'flii.dorsim,  en.  > 

(4)-     Cchulm:,  g=   lu.l   .Sproctiobon -ic  ;  i 

.".,    B,   C,    li,    •-,,    r    in.'  G   wio   ui.tor   nVtrsa^.ulur.t sordnunt.:" .    Sturr,<=  I 
:r\i.  .'.  voTU.    V   r.ir.„:..lm;,  sl..-itv.r   una  h--  ;i.i.r  vorn,    dor  Vorsc>.;,lur.t    zu- 
J  •_■.•.;, 't.    :'-ich.-rti!?chr  AUBk-J'.i't.    u:id   Aufi.t-.huotisch.   Stuhle   in  Roihen, 

nior.t   ;,n   Tioch:,n.  i 

.:>:  r.  cr.-'(,v.dde    lur.  .    fur  <'io   fill,  oi.eino  rtffeatliciiktit   beatit.:it.    K0'=  : 

:>:•.•-.   u:.''    .•.-..pr-cl-.  ■:;  1 .  i ':  tv.  rstai.dlich,   r.icht   zu   tiofrohond  oder   zahl-  i 
r.i::i.    .Ul^-   V^r   r'.- ■     :  -.f  .'cr.sclbon  Loiti  .tdr-nkcn   ab;.\.stii— .t.    Bin=    oder 

2>.';.;isj  r-v.'.i.  ;    z,v    ^ -;  r- c!;i._.,   Vi.-r.S'i  ■--.lun,  !.■{.    ruf  Kr.i^liEch   b*;.  irjien  und  ; 

r.uf   D(.-ut.-:ch    -t  ^•c;.l i ■'. :3.,;:;,    .jit  k;irzor  Pause    z.'<ischen    l^n  bvidtn  Tei*  | 

3o/,,    .:-.   it.   ;  icht  :.  ut  «c:  ;ji  r,;rt.Oi.Je  G^,lv^.(  :Jii.  it   find^n,    die   Vcrcaaulunr  j 

~u    v.;rl.'.:^o   1..  i 

.".cl.'-i'.:.,  .--I  .  ;.    o    .■.i.-i;.,r;cch-.rtli'-h;.r   .  bStf<ltLr.;    dio   Zuhororsrhaft  ,;■ 

qj;ri.-:  1. 1  ,    .•...■.-;.  rst;  i>.:i!    i'ui  .^t-   r.i..   '..-rz'jr.chr-  iboa.    /.i.f  t,ooi:  neten.    i.-ir.«:  1 
nrr.Ia.  i.  e:.   L'j-;    .  '    ff    -rif;..;rkr:-:     ;.-;c}.ui:. 

Ici  b-,;i.  ■  /i  _  1  V.  r.--:;-  lur.,_ .  I.  ^..^itr  i.scb  ■  ulich=poli  tischus  Frar;»'i.» 
.;*i,lio!.  fti.ru  i.;.,  .;c:.'..li,).;' ciil  ui.do  i;bta.vii  ruc;.  rsit  ".:i  tt  1  i'^dvrvc-rsa:.' .»= 
I'o;. ..•.-;;   .J  i.,-r  Gi  i.^t;'.  ru-.;.  sapp<,llcri  vvrbu.--.  jv-'i.   v.crit..^.    .Sci.lus^sl  it  dt    Br.f  «   .. 


1482  UlSr-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


liachor  V^rs    lt,s  Burigosliedes.    (Bei..   Bini_<iu  .nissfen.) 

(5)-     Licht;s?.ii>i.l»    un^  Schguspiclvor.-ns-cet tun,. eu . 

Kp:-..c-r.  usik^.    S;hrifttu;.s»    ui:C   sonati:  o   rwin  kultujp;,-Ile   ;^.i,^'^,i 

B,   C,    £,    ?  un<;  G  wie   untei'   nVtrss;.; .lunc:'Sort!rjui-..;;".    A  iucht  Vor= 
schrift.    D  '"arf  w^.^frllcn  bis   .?ui'"  den  Gniss.    Fc-inc  3tur!,.f.ii.n.ia,    /.Is 
ScU:  uckf ';hr;t;)   iu.orikniiischo  un^i   BuiT'osffiKner. .    j'j;tlich6r  Abschluss 
r.ach  Gut 'unken  vor  o-'ur  nech-^n  kultur.-;iitn  D^rblctunen.   Schluss. 
llv;':    En., Fischer  Vers  e^s  ;iu:it^;Sliecles  (Grussut).    /w:;Gchlit.r;sor.Jer 
Tons    zula.soii,;. 

Kultur=    odor  Weraeubetirifc   ';^t:.jr  D^c-knat.en  Oder  ohr.c    a. -tlichei.  Tel! 
sij.'j  riur  .:it  bv^sordor'^r,    schriftlichtir  Gcnthuil  unc  cor  GDul^-it'u.i    zu" 

(&)-      Kfi:  vf  usca-if  tsab^.-i.ut  t 

A,  E,  C,  S,  P  und  G  wie  unter  »tVersaci-luiit.  coriiinnr" .  Li  fallt  vjc-i 
bis  cut  ,'cii  Gruss.  Dv>r  rr..tlicL<,-  Toil  bildot  -jc:.  /jifrxvi  uii<i  wir  ;  Svhr 
kurz  cthEilt-^r,;  dc-r  eicUjjitliche  Ke.'.c•ro<.'sc^.'■;f tscbcnd  foL.t  n^ch.  !._r  ob. 
scliliossc-i::k;n  wFrefc  .Uicricai".  Der  t^tlicht  T>.il  bwsteht  "!!Is»  dus  Jt; 
iibllchea  Lii^Cyrn,  Bc.riiGsunr,  Zivcckserlauttrut;  unJ  j.b6C>iluris.3cJ.lus: 
lied:  Er.iischer  Vers  --''.es'  3«nr.e£ii<,'"es,' (D-jboi  t  t^Jfis^-'fi)-  Stur-ifrl.f  en 
nur  w&hr^n.l  -^es   f^i.tlichen  Toilf.s  vurtU 

Ki!r.:or,-   -rchfrftsr-bsnao    sollc-r    von  .lerjoni'  en  Glioacrun^:   .-.xiSi-est.!:!. 
tet  v/trJen,    fiir   <!io  1;;  betreff crui^n  Fell   bo3on^:«irs  i:tworbci.  werJ.en 
solli    .-uci.   -.if,  V'.rsef;  .lujiL.  si.  itxiH;    wir:'!  liach  M6t.liahkfcit   ■•'.w    Fahr  r^ 
(acr  Fuhrxrir:)     'i.. r^or  Gii-. .i.Tu.'.r  uberfebtjn.    ,'.uch   solche   Abt.nde   si 
f.ber,    Eur   Bfk',n  lur;f_     ler  Geschlosstrmcit   dcr  Bc-wccunt*    sis  Vferaftstrl^ 
turir   der  Ox-tg.  njr>pe   {-ks  G^^ix-s   u-^w.).    untpr  LBJtiinp:  <UgSyr   grlsr  .jcRVr 
Glie  'e-ri-ui  -  '''ixx'Ci,zi..£ii.hr^ti  vny}  bek.'jra.tzuj..-!cKen,   ;Js  Schs-nckf  ;iT.eti   ai.e» 
rikatii&cn.,-  lu.c:   3uiiJ€-sf  abjr.c.'-i. 

VVt,  •■'er  -an  Knj-.fi\<"'schrfts;ii>'jn-l.in  rsoch   sonstworji  sinU  Btthnt-nvorftibf 
ruiij,v.n   zulassi^,    .'io    r,is  Lichirrlic^i.-.  r.chunt   _ockT  V<.'run{  liupfuni-   in  en  ^ 
t-xii>jr  Gl aubbBSricL>turi,;  brzeichnot  w-jr-'en  kofUittra    ur^s  von  Jitsc-r  £ei  = 
tc   anzucr.ifen,    ist  eine   Lii-blin.  sbcSchSf tiLUnt    unaerer  Gc  ner. 

Ks  ist    i.uch   atr..n(    zti  b.-.-;Chto2i,    .'■rjss  Wetionfslh^nen  ui>'.  beaondere 
foierliche,   votv-rlan  >iSchc  Lit.-der  nicht  cm  den  Biortiscb  Lchoren  uod 
auch  nicht  nls  T.'u.2%9ciscn  zu  ver'.«cridcii  sit^al 

(7)-  Werbeab^ndet 

•    -«i«  uiit^r  (4),    (5)   o-^'vff  (b),    j«  n&ch  dcr  besonderen  Lcte.   Pgr 
Zweck  d<js  WerbeabciKJs  bc^teht  r.icht  nur  df.rin,    die  AllLer.tiiaheit  ia 
trosscn  2Ui.';ri  sxifzuklSren,    Jio  Vertrsuteron  ixmerlich  zu  schulen  odei 
unsu-re5:  Volkstiia  rturch  kultuxc-lle  Dorbiotunt,en  zu  dienen,    soiudern  ig 
erstcr  Linic   ??uas'jnstehende .,   schon  bc-crbcitete  Volkst.enosscn  zxaa  Bwx» 
tritt  zu  bewercin        ~~~" 

W~     Fi^^iicnwcifaea.  6gCm;iunr sf viornt 

A,  B,  C,  D,  S,  F  und  G  wie  untor  "VePSianaluCiisordr.unc".  Feierllcl 
strfeHf  und  ^llltSrlsch  r<^hslttti,  ohno  ^erliche  Vereinsjeierei.  Kar.pf.- 
stii^iur.t.  Dcutsch  oCer  zweisprnchii!.  Alle  Glistleruncen  zur  Beteili- 
fuue  in  Uaiforw  vtrpflicfcte-t,  M6cli«^'St  Fahiieneincarsch  untcr  Mitwir* 
kunc  siidcrer  Ortsf  ruppei*  xmd  OrcsJaisotioaen.  Blosciusik.  Stiihlc  in 
Reihen,  nicht  en  Tischen,  Als  Schuuckfahnen  aciorlksniache  ujo^i  Bucdte- 
fahnea.   G3^ii^idur-Zsfoier^  das  Bundes  sind  nicht  »Stift-unt;Bfo9te*'i 

Bc-i  Fahni-uwoibm  fallen 'nil c  kulturellen  O0rbietunt.ec  In  den  ers- 
tcti  TuU,   w'iliren'.  dc-r  elfcontiiishe  SJeibeakt  Hauptten  -an^  Abscbluss 
bildet,   zuia  Wciheakt  tritt  alios  on.   Me  ssu  welixenaeu  Fshnen  werden, 
voirhiilXt,  vor.i  zustandiren  Hobeitstrfitcr  lait  OB-Befleifcuni  auf  die 
Mhne  tcbracht,   vou  Bun«^'isfuhrc-r  odog  gelnon  Boouf  teat  tec  eswfaibt  un> 
en  cll«  Fetoentracar  Ubarteben.   Beiia  S'eib^sakt  aplclt  die  Susik  LKISE 
dee  "Stei»  Spaa^ldd  Baonor",.  b«w*   <ias  Bundosiied,   Jenachdet:,   ob  es 
sich  un  sine  a:;erlkani8ciie  odor  sine  BundoasturaJPahne  bandelt.  Asaeri- 

-XI. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1483 


-15- 

knhische   Kahnan   v.'er.loi.   zuerst  t;«weiht.    Wshrend  Fahnen  evwciht  v.Kr'jf.:, 
..i\is3t   alles  '.i""   dwi,   Dienotttruss.    Schlucslied;    Dee  i'mid>  si  j  <  •; .    0--i. 
Ictzten  Vers  criiss^fi.)   Anachliosaender  Tanz  zulSeiClg, 

(9)-      Pflichtveraj^staltunRei:; 

Die  george-'.'.'oshiiit.-ton=Geturtata!*&fuicr.    zu   Shrt-n  dec  Be.  r^ndtrs 
-    d'.-?r  tictioi:,    diu   ^■dolf<=Hitlt.'r=5t;'.airt-st.nt-,s7elfcr,    zy   Shren  dt,s";vtl  tanm 
schtulichen  Vorbildes  pllcr  Deutschst.W.ife-fcji,    die  Dm»bham,lt\kfcitsm 
-f-^^i'-r  und  d&r  pcutsche  Ta,^.    sind  die   vi<jr  Pflichtvtranst.-a tuncen,    di 
j^-K   uoch   so  kli.inc  Orts.^ruppc  durchfuhren  muss  xind  zwor,    wenii   ir>  eni" 
i;-.6i.lich,    au  r.achstehoi.d  varfecschriebenwj  Tac.    Ala  Ersttztc-i   cilt  in 
^rytcr  Lix.ii-    d,,r   jcvsiils  foltende  Sonnabtnd  oder  Soimtac.    Solltt,-   eit. 
trosfccre   Vi  r';nbt,:>ltijnt  urdurchfuhrber  soin,   wird  iu  Kotfell    in  eint-n 
Frivathfius  t'*-f '-ii- rt. 

(9a)      Gcorix-.'.Vashii.p  ton:»Gt,burtatDt..3f  eier; 

i'ja  2'^.    h'oriiuics  (Februnr).      /.,    R,   C,    D,    E.   F  wid  G  wife  untcr 
»»V«r8fj!.^luiit,sordn'uji£-".    In  v.nfc,lischer  Sprsche.    Ailt-^  GlirfderunL w.    in 
Uniform.   M6tli<^h-'i*  Fnij-x.-neirijuarsch.    Als  Schuuckfahnen  nur  iv.. or ik tirdn 
sch   ur.d   Bundesf-ihnen   (ubcrwifrtorrl  rmerikDnische).    D^-zu  WrjshinL'tocibil. 
odf.T  =bu3tv.-.    StiiMo  in  Rtihc-r.,    r.icht  an  Tischen.    "Plfdj-e   of  /.llc>>i. 
ancc"    anbcbrocht.    D^iZ'-i  1-eise  Musikbei'lfeituriGS    "Uy  Coui.try   ('tl;3  of 
Th..e"    (;.i:«.rica).    Schiuselivd;    En-jlischer  Vers  des  Bur.dosli..f*es.  (Dobei 
griisscT..)    /i.schlit-Esej.der  Tni.z   zulaesii^. 

Ob)      Adolf '=hitl^r=Gt.burtstc',3fe-ior8 

Ata  20.    0Bt'T:-ofd3  (,;pril).      A,    B,   C,    D,    E,   F  und  G  wit   untc-r 
BVGr»iSi)iiilii!icsordrunb".   In  d..utsch.,r  Sprache.uit  etwaiger  Kurzaribpra- 
Che   «uf   Snrlisch   -^us  HOckcicht   nuf  nicht.leutschsprechande  Teilnr^hatr. 
/Jlo  GliC'd.'rur.i.'M.   in   Uniforu.   Kdi.lichst  FrOriHeJisuf  star  sch.    Als  SciiQuck» 
fahne-n    auch  py-utgcho.    Dazu  HitU-rbild  o-Kr  .biiste.   Stiihie   in  Rvdhen,  • 
r»icht   an  Tischtn.   Kulturclla  rinlat«n   in  den  orsfcen  Tcil.ZSeiter  Teil 
niilitariscii,    nit  Hpuptrcdc-'  urj».ittolb{^r  vor  Abachlusa   u/id  Fciinenaus^. 
toarsch.    Sci.lusslit,'.!:    Doutachc  Netionalli.^  j^o.    Anschliessendi^r  Tsnz 
zulas&if 

(9c)      Us:c.bhTnri,K.,itt;fciur; 

ix:  ^.   Ht:u«rts  (Juli).   KoLlic'-'St    in  Frcien.   Wie  imter   (9a). 

(9<3)      Deut3Ch>-r  Ta,  ; 

/j-i   6.   'AVinaonds   (Oktob:.'r)   bzw.    cj;-  erston  Gonnabond   Oder  Soruit!!^ 
Id  Oktober.    iVashintiton=>=   ur^d  Hitlorbiid   oder  tai"  keixis.    Id  ubri^en 
wie  unttr   (9b)  •.   (Dt-r  Deutsche-   Tac   cilt^  nicht  n\xr  dc-Ji   Anteil    dee 
DeutBchtiins  f'j  Aufbau  dc-r  V^rtjinictt-r.  Stacteo,    sondt.Tn  puch   eoint-r 
yolkisch:=weltanschaulichen  Verbundc/iheit  uit  dor  .slten  Heis.ft.) 


Me  Pf lichtveranst.--ltun,-en   diirfen  tuucinpajs  nit  oder   unter   der 
Leitii!.;:'   .-^nJirer  Ori.  gnls^tionon   v.  ranstaltvt  werdcn,    insofern  den   Bfc-« 
din*:i.mt''^n   lu.ter   (16)   Rechnuric   (utrc|-t.ri  wird. 


(10)-  Rcichs,  riindurn  afciir  p~:   30.    Hartunt^a   (Jenuar).   Potsdavifcier  au 
21.   Lonziioiids   (^iarz)    iiDd    cirtd<-ro  dcrartit.e.    sich  "^'SORdcrs  auf 
D«utsc).lanJ   beziohi--iidc-  Fvicrn; 

va<?  tintcr  (9b). 

(11)-  Ta»    der  Arbeit t 

Ar-   1.    Wonuenonds   (Mai).    In  Freien.      A,    B,   C,    D,   1,    F  und  G  wie 
untor  nVersasamluntsordBiif.g".    ZsAisprccbig.    Alle  Glioderungon   in  Uni- 
forn.    Blasuusik,   SpieluaiJiazute.    Nachoittots  Volksbel\Jetigunc»  Oegen 
abend  i;b£lichst  Ftckolzut:,   Ffliknonaufupxsch,    antlicher  Teil   an  eines. 


1484  UX-AME'RICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


-14- 

Maifeuer.    Us  Schnuckfet-men'  ttttWIlffMiti  aocriksBische  und  Bundos- 
fahnen.   Pohnen  an  Masten.   MoGlichst  Festeplal   zur  sinnbilfilichon  Dar. 
stellune  dcr  verschiedenen  Arboitsfebicte  vmd  der  2\ir*.oauenfceh6rielteit 
allor  schaffenticn  Vo licet enossen  der  Paust  und  Stim. 

(12)-   Erntodf nktar; 

Ehrontat  dcs  Beuern.    An  crsteri  Sonntcg    lu  Weinr.:ond  (Oktober)    odai 
a-!;  Ic-tzton  Sonnat  i^  Scheldine  (Scptenber).    lu  Freien.   Kein  Feuer. 
In  allGCiieinon  wie   tinter   (11). 

(13)-  Totonc-hrunren  iind  »=»  edenkfelern; 

;.,   B,   C,  B,   E,  F  uiu-l  G  wie  untc-r  "Verse:ji;auntSor<;nunfa".   Deutsch 
odor  zwcispraciiiG-    Strene  und  nilitlrisch.    Alle  Gliederuiiten   in  tfni- 
forti,    Stiil-.le   in  Eoihen,   nicht  an  Tischen.   Bel  Deutschland  betrcffono 
den  Oder  uitbetrcffenden  Ffeiorn  auch  Doutsciac  Schnuokf atinen.   Keine 
•   buntet)  Girlenden  ole-r  Flittcrkrau  in  Sanl.    BeL.russuct'  d'jrch  den  Ho« 
tieitstra^er,   ubrtbo  Dnrchfiihrunj  in  Hander.  dus  0D»   uit  Bhrcuvorsntrit 
aedienter  Soldatcu.   Keine  kirchlichen  Hendlunct'n  odcr  Bibelstellen» 
verlcsuu'/;  keine  Auffuhrun^en,    diu  bei  nmcclhofter  kiinstltjrisclier 
Bet^Rbunc  «cr  Darstellor  kitschic-   odcr  lacherllch  wirken  konntcnl    Et=.= 
waicer  Fahneneini.iorsch  nur  iinter  Tro-.-uulklsnc  i^nd  Irnfssnon  Scbrittes 
Erater  T«il   ter  Ptier  bei   .;ud8r,ipf ter  Stiiif-unt".   'fit  AusschijUoktmc  und 
Belfcuch-tunf  teuass  d^r  t:e<<'iiischtcn  Gtuiitstefeinflussunc.   Keine'  wcicer* 
liche,   weiche  Puier  uit  Untcrt  eni-.sstij.iMiinc..  I    Bei  NaKt;nverlesung  Gefal" 
lonori   TrcLii.olwirbel.   AbscUluss   dts  eroten  Teils  uittels  Ff^iuiense- kor. 
(ausBor  dor  nnorik&nischcn)   vstC.  .'cu  SPIBLEN  dee  Liedes  vou  cuton  .    « 
nernden.   Sofort  dnreuf,   ohno  PauBe,    der  Befehl    "Fslinen  hocb!",    ceho» 
bene  Stiuuunt;  und   starkorts  Licht.    Fahncnauanarsch  flott,   uit  Mar6cb<= 
cusik.   Schlussliec    bei  Horst»v;esael  =  Fei(.rn  und   enderen  Sirujoibeii  der 
Gefaliencn  der  Hitlorbcwciji^it's    alle  vior  Verse   des  KcrstwWeEael«Lie« 
des  (beiii  letaten  Vers  crufS'-'")-   Schlussliod   zur,  deutschen  Volks«. 
traucrta-:  und  boi   anderen  liriecat  ^fall'-'nenebruntjen,   die  Deutschland 
betreffens   die  Deutsche  Jiotionalhja.ne.    /.nschliesaendes  kni.eradsch8ft» 
liches  B^^iSv".:..:ien6fcin  be^i  Brfrlsciami  en  zulassif,.  KEIN  TM2  in  irf.end* 
welcher  Verbindunt,;  nit   solciien  Pclcrn! 

(I'*-)-  Sonnweni'f e i err. t  -       - 

Xu  Freien.      /m   B,    C,   D,    E,   F  und  G  wie  unter   »Yor96:ir.tlungsorcUnm£ 
In  deutsclier  Sprache.   Strenc  imd  ;iilitarisch,    Blasiusik  uiid  Spiel- 
Eannszuf^o.   Fahneaaufa'irsch  und  Packolzug  unter  Ehrenvorentrltt  der 
Jucendciioderunejen.    Alio  Gliederunten   zur  BetcilitOiJit'  ii  Uniforci  ver* 
pflichtet.    la  Lauf  des "f eves  Jurendtats    autlicher  Teil    abends  au  Sours 
wendfeuer.   Grosse  Schiauckf aiinen   an  Masten  (anerikanische  uind  Bxuide«« 
jtahnen).    Bin  aufteatelltes  oder  auf  tehanttes  posses,   weias  oder  sil* 
bem  eestrichenca  Hakenkreuz,  vor  und  unter  welcheu  Versaaiduncaleitc 
und  Rcdncr  stehcn.    Aufatellunc  i^J  Geviort  ua  den  Holzstoss;   Stumfab* 
nen  vor,    iia  Kreis  uu  den  Holzstoss.   Der  Hoheitstrac^r  zundet  das  Feut 
an,  wabrond  ein  Beschworuncsspruch  an  die  PlaiiL-.en  ceJ^ic^tet  wird,  To« 
tengedenken  und  FahnenscrJten  (bis  auf  die  tKserikanischen).   Peuoraiiruc 
jeder  Gllederuttii,':'   Geneinsaa^r  Gestmc:    "Flcaae  enpoB".  H8t5>tredeo,   Ab» 
scUluss  und  Abaarac§.   Schlussliedt   Das  Bundeawerbelied  (beia  letatea 
Vers  ci^ssen). 

Keine  Hnndluntec  oder  /aiGprachen,    die   ir^endeine  besondere  kon-- 
feasionelle  Ausrichtunt    andeutonj   auch  kelnerlei  Verhbhnunt;  ir(5end« 
einer  Glaubensrichtunc.     Anschliessonder  Tanz  ziilassii, . 

Simi  der  Wintersonnwendfciert.     Dank  den  Allnlchtieen  fiir  die  sdct 
ankiindiLende  Wiederkehr  der  lobenspendondeii  SoMoe;   Dank  fiir  dep  Slee 
des  Lichtes  (ibcr  die  Fineteriiis,    des  Lebens  iiber  den  Tod,   Heuver* 
pflichtTJtng  zur  Seiterfuhrunts  des  Kanpfes  un  den  Sief  des  Guten  (ib«r 
das  BSse,   de's  arischen  Geistes  der  Lobensbeialiunc  tuid  des  veredelndei 
Aufbauea    iiber  den  jiidischan  Geist  der  schwaraen  LebensveTOeijsung, 
roten  Zerstorung  ucd  Goldaklsverei.  Bekenntnia  z\m  Volkstuu,  -X\ 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1485 


-15- 

Simi  ;Ur  Soni.orso:-inwi;n 'fc-jgr:     Dank  fur  die  Lebenskraft,    in  Som;t 
un.l  t'cuo'r  vcrsiimbil'^licht,    wclche   die  Wciterfiihrxinr  c'.ea  lautemtlen 
K:-  pfes  orr-.otlicht  hnt;    N'cuverpflichtunr   ziaj  Einsotz   c'urch  koriucnOe 
schwcre   uti     finsterc   Zcitan. 

(15)-   ..cihniichtsfcicrnt 

B,   C,    D,   B,   F  uiii  G  wio  untcr  nVersrir-MlunLsordnunc".   A  r.icht  Vor- 
schrift;   Stur..f,-^i;ncri  nicht  Vorschrift.   In   'teutscher  Sprache.   Nicht 
i.ilitarisch.   Kcine  Blni5!,.usik.    /J.S  Schnuckf ahnun  saerikanische  wag 
Bun;.csfriii!i.;n.    /.uf  dor  Buhne  Wal'Jwir.teratii^unf?   /.usschuuckunc  imter 
Verwcnduxi,    vou  Hrkenkrc-uz,    blsuer  Kerze  xind  TancenbauDen  ait  Glitzer« 
Bchncc,  L.-nt-tta  und  woissen  Lichtcm.   Hatiptbaucie  nicht  bunt    sch:..uckoji 
•  et-..ni;  c-r  B-unspitzfcnscht:,ucki  das  H."kenkr«uz  oSer  die  blauu  Korze*   lu 

1  Soal   weisai  cuocktc  Tnfcln,   ait  'rauncnirun  ucd  blsuun  odorixoten  Ker» 

zcn.   Kindurbcscherur. :  r.uf  dcr  Buhnc.    BeWirtunt*  dor  Srwochsenen  ait 
!  Kaffec  uiid  Gcback.   Rjiecht  Rupprocht  (Wcifanachtsnaan)   xmC   dcs  Sioc^en 

i  von    veihuncbtsliclern  zulassit.  •   Kcin  Verlesen  von  Bibelstcllenj   kcinc 

;•  -  Krippcnspicle   o-"'.cr  Xhnlichcs;   nichts,   dcs   ala  Kennzeichen  einer  be- 

•-  Eondcrcn  Glaubensrichtunc  felten  kormtej   kirchlicho  Pfeiern  den  Eirchc 

I  iibc-rlrssei:!  !      /jnsprschon  \m<''  onderc  Dorbietyncen  hnbtn  den  Siiui   der 

■  Foicr  untcr  Kinvscis  nuf  die  B<.deutunc  dor  Wintcrsoimenwendo  zu   crlaii« 

I  torn,    die  ■^en  Borinn  oincs  nouc-n  Wcrdons  nach  winterlichcr.i  Storben 

;  ankiindi   t  vmd  die  Gcbofrtudirkeit,    besondere.  der  Jutend  cofeniibcr, 

f  hervorruft.   Dos  Hekeiikrctiz  ist  als  Sinnbild  dcs  Willcns  zud  Lebon  dor 

:  "  arischen  Fier^sciiheit,    Mi.  blsue  Kerzo   als  das  Geneinschaftszeichion  cl» 

ler  Volk3dcutschi,n  ztir  Wcihncchtszoit  zu  deutijn. 

Vortciliii-!L  vor.  Loberjsi.dttelkorben,  Gutecheinen  fiir  Kohlen  umi», 
(Winterhilfc)   nn  Bedvirftite  fj-tobrachtj   es  wurd«n  aber  KEINS  Nanen 
von  UEitcrst{»tzunrsortpfan!_v.-rn  verluscu  odcr  sonstwio  verratt-nj  Weih« 
nachtsnarkt,  Vorlosunt  on,  Vcrstoi„er\m,  en  vmd  anschlifcsaonder  Tan« 
zulassics  wahfynd  COS  at.tUchen  foil's  gbcr.  ist  dio  Feigratincnanf; 
nicht  nit  Jghr-i-^rktatriibcl   zu  stdren.  Schl usel led t   das  Bundeslled. 
(Belxj  lotztcT.  .Vers  (.riisscn.)  " 

(16)-  Beteilit'un,    an  Voronstpltunion  anderor  Ort  cniaatlooent 

//itliche  Bctoilieunc  1st  NUB  PA  zwlSsslt,,  "wo  Bundesunifomen  und 
SturL.fahDc'r>,   bzw,  ein  Bwndesrtdner  zuielcssen  wird  imd  wo  usn  den  tme 
heilitun  SinnbilOorn  und  Gedankcn  Achtunt    entt.ocenbrinc.t;  bel  anueb« 
li<^fa  deutschen  Vereiaituncon  nur  dann,  weaa  oretens  ObenstohOQdos  eu» 
trifft  uiid  zwoitcns  bei   -joder  VeronstsltujoG,  wo  tjdr  Deutsche  Fahaun 
•  uitzoiren  und  die  Deutsche  Nationalh^une  Liitsinc«5~w(irden,  descilel- 
•    chon  Foschicht. 

Wlrd  bei   IBGENDEIHKR  VeronstsltunG.  wo  der  AV,   eine  soineir  Glle- 
deruacen  oder  Untcrorirjaisationen.'  beteilict  odsr  Gast  iat,  da«  kltop.. 
fende  Iteutschtw:;,    sdine  Fuhrer  oder  die  olto  Heinat,  von  vereotwort. 
licher  StoUe  oder  von  der  Biihne  axis  boleidtitft,  habon  alio  Bcir.   S0« 
PORT  und  unter  IJAJSS  tJbstandcn  die  betrcffen<1e  Veranstaltung  zu  ver« 
lasscn,   auaaer  wo  eln  austandiner  Hoheitatraryr  oder  /jutayelter  ap» 
■      wesend  IgT  iwd  ein  andergs  Verbal  ten  gnordoei.   dea  ebeoioils  einfcg 
doutlichen  EjDspruch  dnr^fttelltl  I 

Wockrtif ,  Jucen<izeitscbrift  und  anderer  Werbestoff  ist  b«i  ioder 
Geletenhoit  Zu  vertroibcn  bzw.   zu  vorteilen.  Wo  zxH&bbIz,   den  fecher* 
tisch  cufstellen, 

Grundcedanke  auBB  ixmer  seln,  dsss  Kraft,  Zolt  und  Geld  der  B«w«w 
gujQC  und  ihxer  HitcHeder  in  ellererstor  Linie»  stots  und  tlberall,  dej 
BeweKunp:  zu  dienen  haben  imd  aicht  taaiberlect  »uo  TUillea  der  HalXen 
der  veretnswelt  verschwendet  warden  dUrfenl  Wo  der  Sache  dea  Bundes 
tedient  wlrdj  darf  D4tti«holfen  wcrden,  x»o  eber  diese  Oateratdttanc 
etwa  die  Z^rriBsenheit  dee  Deutschtuaa  czbalten  Mlft.  inOeo  aovBchs, 
allein  nicht  iebcnafahice  .vnd  daber  aicht  oehr  lebensber«ohtl£,te  Ve»» 
I              elaofawi  ixxetii  solehe  Onterstattunti  kOaatlich  ac  L«bea  eztialt«a  wei> 
dea,  ivm  «i»  «tt  t«t1wrwifc<aBi ^ .^rx 


1486 


ux-amekica:x  propaganda  ACTIVI'TIES 


<»p»  -16-                    jffrimf'a 

A:J-.'v 

■r.^n-x    DftEi    xxxjcijc- 

L2iiiiSz.lZV:iQ  DER  ^''fEPIETS^ 

..    A- 

rE£»    Ui^D  Dl£;:3i'OI{^i)::t2KiChI.'":-.GKi: 

(1)-  G'?''~iPt Etc- z:' i ci. r.!i ng-<?ri : 

.Territorial    C'^raf  natiyjii": 

r.ii.DEo",  la:;;;ss--- 

NATr/HAT 

OAl'" 

♦ 

DSAKn^r::? 

0^"I.~.1;(a-) 

) 

it^J.IuK 

;:.^:^i::(.) 

* 

DISIHICT 

:.i^.:Jr.s<c.G».) 

t 

sso'iior.' 

V.V. :/:..%  .i:  f.(;«) 

! 

I'Kn 

CTi..'^  i^i''  ..i.iCt ) 

t 

ifRANCH 

£J3..XL(  •=  ) 

J 

.■■^  r  *    r 

iU^uK-  ! 

} 

BLOC-K 

GAl    0C7 

EASTHC;  !;a'Ar;T..:i.2^*r 

GLEliS-f  .-iR.    I 

J 

H£Gi.^  .;c.   I 

Cjtltisr          II 

i 

Ki'Llv-:          II 

GiH  ».Tvn.>'.&;:>T 

I 

CEl,li,T        III 

J 

]\i>'AC.-J        111 

GEI;iSi'          IV 

T 

IiSbI0:<          IV 

GEt^i:>r         '/ 

t 

'd'Oxii''.-:''         V 

GA':  su;: 

• 

wiSTBRi.  :^:;?A;;T:4Br^ 

Gii^I£r          VI 

5 

hitr-i^..'.'       VI 

Gi:,i;iS^        VII 

S 

n£Gior:      VI  r 

(2"!-  Dit>nat^tvll6nl'?2^i:^!'n.'> 

••'c-fri  ^x./iirterg  T'er.ir.ti.ati'^ziPi 

BUKi>£r:kAi;SL£I 

'■•All'.'  ii-  '^i^.'.t'QUAr.'iiifiS 

GALliilT'iT'G 

» 

l.:^A.^:vil:.7   hFAJDQUAETSIItS 

LiUiifiiI-.I_:  S 

.riG.-;i.i!i:;AGAk  t 

y52<aA^.ILlWCSCR'i'  J 


t:.',..r,'    hv.'^i 

yc';t:i  CAiir 

CFnXE.TENT 
UEsTi'IiJu  PI  AGE 


0)~  Ag 1 3be 8(j i c j-aiunKen ? ( Be  1 6t  1  e I g )     Service. 


»GNDKLSX1?r?5G  t 

I.AJIDE£«OIVF!JBKl!NO     XKXX$(mi>Fii 

f 

J  .. 
i 
t 
i 
X 
X 


1  &;«Di^FRAUEI>iFyKHi,:HO   (LF-i") 
BUl«EeSCIUT^k'ai2TEHi;i     * 

ByHDBSuftJ/ii-aSAtIi«SX.ii£fl!|IG 
ElrNj>fcii«fSw^>^X£ITU^^G 

BOiiDES»i»'isc«,uin'Ci-£jrruKG  (dicv) 
£U..iiES.uv:;HR  icH  ra.Di  ^^-^rimfWJG 

EUKDKSUSCfiLA  (lintc-rauchWigs. 
GATiKAS£&HLEITU:-3a  t 

KfiLEISJliQ53«»rtmEWG  » 


SATlKKiAL   iSSt^t^riYK  COJC.ITTES 

NATIONAL   YuUTH  C^Of^.latW) 
..JiA2iJKAL  SOMEN'S  OM^Am 
."/.TlaN/X  TRE^^iJUftY   DIK-^f^lliHATB 
KATIOfOU.  SECRKr;i<IA3:E 
Iw.Tia*^  0RG>J.'I2/Jf«G   DIft2C:T0a.',T£ 
J.-Af  •!  TUELiC  RELATIONS  blksC1Ch;S. 
^3ijI'I0HAL  PRES5   DIKI?: rOHA'i'E 
ISATIO-J.'X   FJOFOiiIGS  MSSCTORATE 

HATIOHAL  EDUCATICf  DIHBTrvHAtS 

KATIOMI.  AHBITSA3.'Xi*S  BOAfiD 

DEPASTMSm?"  TKSASURV   l)iaiX:i?ORATS 

OU  RSGIOif  ODMMAliB 

BlSTiilOT  Y01JT|i  OJMMAIO) 

SECI'ZOH  WOMBH»S  lS3»QtSI3e  PIRKJfORAI 

Hfl-J  SBCH®ABIA3?B 

BgAS^  SSCRSJ-ABIAtE 

mtjiM^umT  wBcmim  cmatrm 


APPENDIX — PART    IV 


1487 


JUGEf'TDAB'rEILUNGSFliimm.'G  j  YOUIH  TOIT  CCM*t..ND 

(0D«   unci  Jugendeinheit  der  Ortsgruppe   oder  des  StutzpuD.":tes) . 


»L/iGnRLEITUKG 

«  SIEIiLUNGSLErr  UNG 

-JUiJGjvXSai/JTSKUliRM^G 

=.MADCii  SJGCHAFTSFUilfiUi'JG 

AK  ".  IJI 1 5Dx  Eft  ST   ={/.!>)  »?OiCBtJNG 

S,M  1  IT  X  X  oDl  iuiCSr  =  (  SD  )  •BUhHUNG 


—  CAMP  MRBCTURATE 

—  SETTL31EOT   DIRLCTOK^.TK 

—  fi0^s»  coKMArrD 

—  GIRLS'    COJJ.i^.jND 
LABOR  Slavics  C^m-^.KD 
FIRS?   AID  COMJ'^.UiD 
W/J?  VKTJiRAKS'    COt!M;,ND 


C*)-  Pi^-nstRrsdber.eicuaucpentCBeispiele)  Rank  Desia,nation3;Ci:xa'npIes) 
m^:T&':isl,TxJi  J  —  0FFIC2R 


4  —  ASSISfAlvT 

:  CELL  OFFICII 

t  BLOCK  OFPICI.X 

t    E.^TERH   DBPAimsSNT  LEADER 

{  grXTK  RBGIOH  JLE^^JJEB 

OHIO  DISTRICI  LK.U;ER 
LONG  ISLiUID  SBCTION  LE;J)£ft 
CHieage  UHI5  LSAflSS 

—  BRAtWH  LEADia 
YORKVIILE  CELL  LKZ-DER 
EIGHTH  YORt.VILLE  SL  iCK  LE^JjiSi 

ORDSR  DIVTSICM   COD)   C01IM/J3DJ»- 

(The  Fatiofiai   Loader)   /IN-CHIPJF 
hATIOI^AL  OB-Ca^MAKDER 
OD  DEP/JtTMEivT  JCCOaa  CCft?MANDi» 
OB  REGIOS  COMMANDEE 
CD  DISTRICT  m>ili,JtmER 
00  SlsCTION  OOMi^AffiDER 
OD  imn   COtlMANDliR 
OD  OKlVilL  COISiiliatDJiR 
OD  GROUP  CiJiU^'ADIM 


ZiaJLiifnv.iTER 
BLOCl'  V..IRT 

DEk  BU«0iSFL)HHjiR 

GAULiJaER.OST 

GBBIETSLEnSR-YI 

KiiBISLEri'ER.5H10 

BEZIfaCSLSITER-LOKG   ISL^iA'D 

OB-iSGRUPPEKLErrsS-CHICAGO 

STUT  ^^'Uii  ::'rLErTEg= 

ZSLLjiKLSITER.  YatKVILLS 
BLOCKLE IT ER- YORkVILLE. 8 

OBmSTEK  OD«F0HK?ie 
(Der  Bwidesfiihrer) 
L;vKDI5=  0D»  FtlHHJiit 
GAU-OD=RtHBER 
GEEI  ETS=OD=  FiriiREfi 
Kfi£3:S«0D»Fl'aRSi< 
BS21itK5»0D»PU!jKl-h. 
0  D.  aBI-S  IL  liNGSFOiifixS 
00=i.rGFlJiiRia 

BU  KDESviCji  AlZJ^iilS'PEa '  t 

Bimi>ESG3;-XHXPTSi''ltHHia  ! 

BUKDESFH/.UEi^SCiliJTSHjiFSJEOT  j 

LiUIDESFtUUENFirHRERIl*  t 

L.'iiDBSJUGEl'JDFOHRER  » 

L.JJDiiSJlIlGSKFUHItffi  t 

L«KDESi^XDChENFUHfiBiI«  « 

BUSLESPRESSELEIIJSB  « 
GAUWIRTSCiiAFTSLEII'ER   (DKV-/Ji!TSW, 

0EBIETS-.raiiBELSrrE8  s 

KH  EISORG  ;J{  IS  ATI  ^NSLBIf  ER  t 

BE2IRKSP0LITIKLEITSR  J 

ORISGRlIpPHNJUGEKDREFKaENT  i 

JUGEKD>.3T£rLUWGSFbHRER  :J 

OMSGfl/.^AUBfSCH.JFl'SLEITEHIH  i 

SCHHIFTFUHKEa,  OESCHAFI-SFOHRER 

(Bei  Bui»dc6leityn«  Geschaftafiihrer)    t       SBCRISIABY 

KASSBNLEITEfi  (Bei  Bundesleitung  Schatznieist©r)    t     TBE&SUHaS 

KOSaaiSSAHISCHlH LKITSR        »  ACTIi*} DIMECWR 

STSLLV2k<TRErSHD£R LSITERt  VICS-DIBlCTOa  OF 

USCHLAVCKSITZSR  i  .JtBITitATIOS  BOAHD  C3iAliaU» 

RAiiGABZEICHIH,   STA)8DCi<TAB2HIC3^EHj   RAM  imimU.,  LOCATIflK  ISSIGUIA 
BUi<DESAB2BICHSS  I  H>«D  KBSBlEBHiy  BtiELSM 

F^U.Et©ClJ*JT8- ,   ^WMOSGRAFTSABZiSICHSJi   WC«S»»S  DlVIfiI<*t  BIHLSB 


HAT  lot* /i  SJXRET^RY 
NATIOHAL  SdaESt'S  DIVISIC*  DIRECTofi 
NATIONAL     WOMEN'S  COUMAriDEB 
KATION^L  YOUTH  C05aii-.8Dm 
NATIONAL  BOYS'    CmtiiJ^DlM 
N..TIOSAL  GISLS'   CCmANLKR 
SATION^J,  PRESS  DIRECTOR 
.XTftR)i   DKPi-JJfKSOT  BCCSuaiCS  WSiTTOI 
REGIOfi  PUBLIC  RSJLATIOHS  DIRECTOR 
DISTRICT  >MQ!J)lUim   DIBE-CTOH 
SECTIOH  POLITIC/X  DIRECTOR 
UNIT  YOUTH  DIHSJTOB 

YOOTH  usiT  catumnm 

UNIT  VO^m'S  DIV1SI(»  tSADER 


1488  UN-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-18-                     ElNfSILUNG  DES  tJ^DSS  IK  HOHEITSBSiREICHE                               ;  | 

— — — :| 

GEBIST  m,   I    ;      Die  KSSISE  (Gtaeten)  Main©,   New  Hanpshire,   Vemont,  | 

"HiidSfclro setts,   Rhoc'o  t aland,   Comiocticut,   New  York,   New  Jcvrsey,    ost-  | 

lichcs  Pennsylvanien  cinsohlieselich  O.er  BEZIRO:  (Counties)  Potter,  f 

Clinton,  Cei.ter,   Blair,  HuntiJa{-3on  und  Frnnkliri.  Ferner  die  Kroise  | 

Delav.fire,  Msrylmjd,   District  of  Ccilaabia  xmd  Vircinia.   Dii.  aus  t:6o=  | 

i_r3phi3chen  SrOnden  -sreranlasste  Zweitoilunt,  Pennsylv&niens  gilt  in  | 

&0ZU1     r^nt  part^ipolitische  .^xic^elcf-enb^iiten  nicht,   insofern  sie   den  | 

tanzcn  Sth&t  "ijotrefftin.   In  Oicser  liinsioht  imtorsteht  dio  Kreialei"  1 

tixoi:  West«Pe:iiasylvanieiiS  jener  von  Ost«PenneyIvonlen.  I 


CSBISf  NB.  II  t  Die-  Krolae  ■Nora=CaPolina,  Sud=Cfiroliiia,  Georcia,' 
I'iori'i'TS.,   ;j.rbmaf,~" Mississippi  und  Tennessee. 


CKblBT  ijR,     VI»  Colorado,   Utah,  Arissona,  Nevada  und  Kalifomien. 
GESIST  KR.  VII t  Montana,  Wyouinc,   Idpho,   Orecon  vind  Washincton. 

Die  Hoheitgljoreicbe  unter  c!oa  Bezirk.  sini  die  Ortspruope.   dcr 
Stiitapunkt.   die  Zflie  iind  der  Block.  Ptir  n&here  Erlautoruni;  desluf" 
belts  diesar  Hohcitsbereiche  sie>hie  "unter  "OreanisBtorischer  Aufbau 
des  ZneriknCeutschen  Volksbundos"  (AntswalterCienstvorschriften). 

ALLGMEim  KKSRIPPSBESJItiaUHGEN 


HOHEiySBSREICH t     Geotrephischer  Sana el bee riff.   Die  Hohoitsbereiche   des 

17  sine.  L^^  ImO,   DIB  GAtm.   DIB  GEBIBTE,   DIE  KBEISE,   DIE  BBZIRKE, 

DIS  Oier^gUPPM,   DIB  arUTZPUMTE,   die  ZELLEN  und  DIE  BLOCKS. 

HQHBIT^fRXGERi     Saanelbecriff  fur  Aatswalter,   welche  an  der  Spitate 
— clner  HohcitBberoichsleituzic  'atohenj  DER  BUNDSSFUHHER ,  DEH~6rnCirrtER . 
•      Dm  dEBlSTSLEITER.   DSR  KEEISLEITER,   DER  BEZIiycSLEITER,   DSS  OHTSGKDP-' 
PEJCEITER,   Dm  STOTZPUNKCLBITES,   DEB  ZBaiiENLEITER  und  DER  SLOCELEITIi 

FACHi>MTSWALTSRt  Sannelbecriff  fiir  Antswslter,  welche  zud  Stab  eines 
Sohv-'itstrScers  L"Qh6ren,  welche  also  innerhalb  einer  Hoheitsberelchs« 

.  ieltuxjig  oin  fachliches  Binzelrebiet  Ieiten»  OD-FURRER,   von  OD»Abtcl« 
lunc&fuhrer  aufwarts,   JtJGENDFUHEER  voSTTutendabteilunt^sfuhrer  lind 
0rt8tnippen«.Stjiiapunkt«Jucendreferentcn  oufwSrts,  PiliiUlH5CHi»FTSLEI« 
JiaiHWEH,   KiJSSENLEnSS,    SCHRIFTFJHRJSR,   PRlSSELElf ES,  POLrTIKLEITJffi, 
8ACHRlCHTENDIEr<S'I!LEITK8,   SCHULUKGSLSITER,   OiWMISillONSLEITlR.    S^ERBE- 
LBITKR,    WICTa:«;U!«rSLEITES   (DKV-Antswclter),   LAGBR« ,   SIEIXUNGS-  und 

.    BIGENHEIMLEITB&  vou  0rtstruppen»Stutzpunkte;:it3walter  ouf warts. 

MlgARpiimt  Semielboeriff  fiir  die  mmittelbaren  Unterstellten  der 
tefliiF:!^g^^gJ^»   02-   Oder  JtJGEf:D2OTfy!ffiE5  und  'liSlTBS  EIHES  A«T^  IN 
eShES  OB-   Oder  JUGENDFUHRUKG,  LE1T1S8IKNEK  EINES  aMTES  IN  EINE8  FRAU-  : 
ESSCHAFPSLEITUM}»   DIE  laMIIIBLBAREH  ISITARBEITER  DEB  BLOCELEITSR, 

.     aSEi^BMbEITES,  KASSEHLJSITSK,  WERBBLMTER,  OSGAHIBia'IOHSLEITEB  usw. 


:3 


C^B':-/..'  M.  Illi  Ponnsylvcnien,  weatlich  der  Grenzbazirke  des  Kreises        i 
'Ost^Pennsylvsnion,  WestVVir  trinia,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Michi;;on,   Indiaiia,       4 
Illinois  und  Wisconsin* 

GSBIiS^  HR.     IVt  Minnesute,  Nqrd^Dakota.'Sua-Dakota,   lows,  Missouri, 
Nebreska  und  KSnsas. 

GEBIgC  yR.       Vi   Arkansas,  Douisianc,  Oklahoma,   Texas  und  New  Mexico. 

G»U  Hi 


APPENDIX PAJIT    IV  1489 


-irr^ : II  II    I         1 1  linn   limn pii    iiiiiihiiibhihiiiiiiiiiii iiiiHIiMilllWiililWWiWiWit'y'iW^lwiiiiiwUiiiiliiiiiiHiilMWJWIl'BII 

-19- 
GigJILgEN;  Saramelbccriff  fur  die  ungiittelbarfca  Unterstcliten  der  Hltar» 

OLIEDKRUNGES  (l]totc'rabtcllung.eG) t   DEB  CRMUNGSDIERST ,    DIE  FRAUfflSCHAOT 

unci  ME  JltSfflKCUiPT. • 

WTERGLIKDmrnQm t    DAS  JUNGVQLK,   DIE  .fUNGMiiDELSCHAPT ,   DIE  JUHGENSCHAFT , 
,         Uii  MADOmiNfcSCHAJ?'^  und  DIB  MADELSCHAPT. 

GLIfcPI^iWlGSEINHSrTEK:    DIE  0D=  bzw.    JTGBt'JDABTEIUmG,   DER  0D=ZW3f,    DER  JU. 
G'SHISCHIPrSZUC,  13TE  OD»GRUPPE  und  DIE  JUGEKDZEHNTSaiAPT. 

LffiTSROftGAi'ilSATIOKCN ;    Dor  DKV  (Dtutscher  Konsum-Vcrband,   Inc.)   und  dla 
vu.rehhiedenen  Zcitrung3»,   Eigenheias-   vuid  Siedltingskorppration  u.dergl 

BESTELLUNGS  LISTS 


Eestollungcn  aind  an  die  Bundesgcschaftsftihrung  zu   riciitens 

Jamc'S  Whooler-Hill.  ?,O.Box  7^^   Station  *;r'*.   Hew  York.   .H.Y.    Boi   der 
StfStvlIunK  die  NucuBer  dcs  Gegfcnatandea  mitangeben;   bol  dtr  Llefcrung 
fallen  alia  Portounkosten  zxj  Lrsten  des  aspfangcrs. 

Ni,«mat.-r; GeRcnstand: '  Unkostembeitraf, 

1  Monatsabrt'chnur.gevorlagen  Frei 

2  Aufstollungsvorlagen  Prel 
5  Kortciberichtsvorlogen                             Frei 

4  Beitragseinhfebelisten  Frei 

5  Deutsche  Bm^Kurteikai'ten  Frei 

6  Jajgliscbe  Bat'Karteilcartcn  Frei 
7.   8,   9,    10  "D"»,"A'V,"i-"-  hzw,   "J"»Karten           Frei 

11,12,13,1'^.15  "JV»=,"JII''«,"JS"»,"SJS"-  bzw."M"-Kertcsn       Frei 

16,   17,   16  Griino,  weisse  bzw.  rote  Veroinskarten         Frei 

19  Ortsgruppenfroeebogen  Frei 

20  ■  Ortsgruppenmahnbriiffc-  ,                   Frei 

21,    22  Deutsche  bzw,    cniglieche  AufnshiBcerkiariingon.Fr'9i 

23,   24  Deutsch*-  bzw.   englischa  Fordereranmeldungen.Frei 

25  Jugendschsftaaninwldoscheine  Frei 

26  30?-Einklebc>(arrken  (Gelb)  Frei 

27  50/;-Einklebeai8rken  fBlau)  Frei 

28  75/'"Einklebomarken  (Rot)  Frei 

29  «1.00-Btnklobosiarken   (Griin)  Frei 

30  •  Spende«Einklwbeinarkon  (W<ji6s)             Frei 

31  Jugcndschaftsbeitrngsaarkcn  Frei' 

32  '  •:   •  Jugendlagtrbfeitragsmcrken                     Frei   ' 

33  Bundesabzeichcn  $  0.50 

34  Fordori-rabzeichen  0«50 

35  Jugondschaftsabzoichen  0.25 

36  Ortsgr.Frauensch.loiterimifcnabzclchen  $1.50 

37  Frauonschaftsmitarbeiterinnenabz.  1.25 
36  Frauenschaftsiaitgliederabzeichen               1.00 

39  Ort3g,ruppenmDi«nstste!npel  2.50 

40  OB«Sturmfahne    Tamer ikanische)  J. 00 

41  0D«SturmfRhne   (Bundcsfahne)  18,00 
:^           42             ■  Ztirlegbere  Fahnonstengo                              3.25 

-1             45  Fahn^enspitzo  (Bundeeabteicben)                4.50 

44             •  0D«Arnibinden                                                       .35 

4-5  0D=  und  Amt swelter-  Rang-   Wid 

:  Standortabzcichen  (Sieho  0D«Vor8chrift€n)   10.25 

46  "Pxirposas  and  Aims"  je  Hundert                  .90 

4?  Bundesrerfasming                                        Krai 

tfnifopBtfiile,  die  Stgentiaa,  dcS  EnqpfSngers  werden,   (Kosun,  Hemden,' 
Ifiitxon,  t»ederze«6.  Binder,  RScke  usw.)  konnen  in  geeigjicten  Geschfif* 
ten  Oder  durcb  Veraittlung  des  DKV  bestotlt  werden. 


279895 — 41 — pt.  4- 


1490  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

[TraDslatiou  of  Document   #1] 

AMERICAN  GERMAN  VOLKSBUND.  GERMAN  AMERICAN  BUND 

Basic  Instructions  For  Unit  and  Branch  Directorates 

german-english  index  of  jurisdictional,  service,  and  headquarters  designations 

and  rank  insignia 

Rules  For  the  Conduct  of  Meetings  and  the  Celebration  of  Festtvals 

UNIT  order  LISTS  WITH   DESCRIPTIONS  AND   SAMPLES 

The  Unii  The  Branch 

OF  THE  German-American  Bund 

To  the  Unit  Leader/  Branch  Leader/of Bund  Member 

Address 

BASIC  INSTRUCTIONS  FOB  UNIT  AND  BRANCH  DIRECTORATES 

(1)  The  Unit/the  Branch/ is  number  (command 

number)  and  is  a  part  of  Section  No ,  District  No , 

Region  No ,  and  Department  No 

(2)  Your  Section  leader  is  Bund  Member , 

telephone ,   address . Your  Depart- 
ment Leader  is  Bund  member ,  telephone , 

address 

Our  Bund   Fuehrer   is  Bund   member  Fritz   Kuhn,   Address :    Fritz   Kuhu, 
German  American  Bund,  P.  O.  Box  #1,  Station  "K,"  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(3)  Mail  for  the  National  Executive  Committee  but  not  for  the  Bund  Fuehrer 
personally,  (new  applications,  settlements,  orders,  and  (official  communications 
intended  only  for  some  particular  office  of  the  National  Executive  Committee), 
should  be  addressed  to  the  German-American  Bund  (office)  P.  O.  Box  #1,  Sta- 
tion "K,"  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Each  dilferent  type  of  inquiry,  "settlement,  or  order  should  be  submitted  under 
separate  cover,  the  combining  of  different  types  of  questions,  etc.,  in  one  and  the 
same  letter  causes  much  needless  work  and  considerable  delay  in  replying ;  since 
not  all  problems  are  handled  in  the  same  office  and  such  a  letter  must  be  trans- 
mitted from  one  office  to  another. 

(4)  Cheeks  and  Money  Orders  should  be  made  payable  to :  German  American 
Bund,  except  for  payments  to  the  "Weckruf"  (the  Call)  or  to  the  DKV.  (Ger- 
man Consumers  League) 

Checks,  remittances,  reports,  notices,  and  subscriptions  for  the  "Weckruf" 
should  be  sent  to 

Checks  and  other  mailable  matter  for  the  German  Consumers'  League  should 
be  mailed  to 

(5)  Except  in  the  case  of  the  address  of  the  National  Executive  Committee  and 
the  "Weckruf"  all  names  and  addresses  of  Bund  members  and  officers  must  be 
kept  confidential  and  must  not  be  divulged  to  anyone.  Where  units  and  branches 
begin  to  operate  publicly  they  must  rent  a  P.  O.  Lock  B(jx  under  the  name 
"AVAU" ;  such  an  address  may  be  made  public  without  exposing  the  office  or 
the  address  of  the  officer  to  the  general  public. 

(6)  MEMBERSHIP.       DUES.       PERSONNEL  RECORDS 

(a).  New  admissions  of  Bund  members  :  Newly  proposed  Bund  members  (BMR) 
are  considered  merely  as  candidates  for  membership  until  they  have  been  obligated 
at  a  member  meeting  and  have  received  their  membership  cards.  This  cannot  be 
done  until  a  period  of  four  weeks  has  elapsed. 

During  the  period  of  candidacy  three  investigators  appointed  by  the  Unit-Branch 
inquire  into  the  accuracy  of  the  candidate's  personal  declarations  (address,  pass- 
port, citizenship  papers,  sureties,  etc.)  In  addition,  the  associational  or  lodge 
affiliations  and  degrees  of  the  candidate  must  be  ascertained. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1491 

Membership  cards  must  not  be  sent  to  candidates  through  the  mails  but  must  be 
l^resented  to  them  ceremonially  at  a  member  meeting  as  provided  under  "Regula- 
tions for  meetings"  and  "festival  celebrations".     (Registration.) 

(b)  Enrolling  of  Patrons:  It  is  not  necessary  to  investigate  the  loersonal  dec- 
larations of  patrons,  since  they  are  not  members  and  are  not  admitted  to  number 
meetings.     Patrons'  cards  are  mailed  to  them. 

(c)  New  admissions  of  Youth  Command  Members:  Youth  Command  Member- 
ship cards  are  presented  ceremonially  to  Youth  Command  members  (JMR)  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Youth  Unit  Command  by  the  Youth  Unit  Commander. 

(d)  Acceptance  of  Youth  Command  Members  into  full  AV  Membership:  Youth 
Command  Members  (JMR)  who  have  reached  the  age  of  acceptance  receive  their 
Bund  membership  cards  as  described  in  the  foregoing,  without  being  subjected  to 
the  delay  required  of  candidates  and  without  an  investigation  of  their  personal 
declarations. 

(e)  Member,  Patron  and  Youth  Command  Acceptance  Certificates  :  New  accept- 
ance (admission)  certificates  for  Bund  members  and  patrons,  according  to  form, 
and  filled  out  legibly  with  a  typewriter  or  in  ink  and  undersigned  (subscribed)  by 
the  Unit,  or,  Brancli  leader  are  to  be  transmitted  to  tile  National  Executive  Com- 
mittee acct)mpanied  by  an  admission  fee  of  $1.00  and  half  the  voluntary  xiropa- 
ganda  contribution  after  the  unit  and  branch  directorates  have  recorded  the  per- 
sonal declarations  of  the  new  Bund  members  in  duplicate  upon  personal  (per- 
sonnel) cards  provided  for  the  purjiose.  (Explanation  of  personal,  (personnel 
record)  cards  under  "h") .  One  card  is  retained  by  the  Unit  or  Branch  ;  the  second 
is  transmitted  to  the  National  Executive  Committee  with  the  certificate  of  admis- 
sion (acceptance). 

Youtli  Command  admission  (acceptance)  certificates,  undersigned  by  the  Unit 
or  Branch  leader  are  to  be  transmitted  to  the  National  Youth  Command  with  an 
admission  fee  of  200  and  a  Youth  Personal  (Personnel)  Record.  Tlie  second 
(duplicate)  Youth  Personnel  Record  Card  is  retained  by  the  Unit  or  Branch. 

(f)  Requirements  for  Admission:  Consult  the  text  of  the  different  certificates 
of  admission. 

(g)  Dues.  The  monthly  member  or  patron  dues  for  men  and  independent 
women  Bmid  members  or  patrons  are  750.  Of  this  sum,  25^  are  to  be  sent  to  the 
National  Executive  Committee  with  the  monthly  settlement,  and  .j0  to  the  Depart- 
ment Directorate ;  4.'50  are  retained  by  the  Unit  or  the  Branch. 

The  Unit  or  Branch  leader  may  reduce  the  monthly  dues  of  a  needy  Bund  mem- 
ber to  a  minimum  of  300,  which  must  be  accounted  for  (for  which  settlement 
must  be  made).  In  special  cases  this  minimum  should  be  paid  by  the  fellowship 
( Kameradschaf  t ) . 

Married  women  and  unemployed  adult  women  members  of  Bund  members' 
1'amilies  and  members  of  their  household  pay  300  monthly  as  Bund  members  or 
patrons,  of  which  only  the  250  for  National  Executive  Committee  must  be 
accounted  for. 

Youth  Command  Members  pay  maximum  monthly  dues  of  200,  of  which  100 
rnnst  be  transmitted  to  the  National  Youth  Command  with  the  monthly  Youth 
Command  settlement.  The  remaining  100  are  retained  by  the  Unit  or  Branch 
Treasury.  Youth  fuehrers  (male)  who  have  completed  their  eighteenth  year, 
and  youth  fuehrers  (female)  who  have  completed  their  twenty-first  year  do  not 
pay  Youth  Command  dues  but  are  full  Bund  members.  The  obligation  of  the 
Units  or  Branches  to  contribute  to  the  Department,  Bund,  and  National  Youth 
treasurer  is  not  determined  by  the  punctuality  of  payment  of  Bund  members, 
Patrons,  or  Y'outh  Command  members,  but  by  the  appearance  of  the  respective 
names  on  the  Bund  members,  patron,  or  I'outh  (Jommand  registers   (lists). 

(h)  Record  Cards  (Karteikarten)  :  Record  cards  containing  personal  infor- 
mation about  friends,  enemies,  merchants,  politicians,  association  officers,  and 
similar  persons  whom  we  should  know  are  to  be  made  out  in  duplicate  exactly 
as  are  those  for  members,  patrons,  and  Y'outh  Command  members,  and  sub- 
mitted monthly:  one  card  is  to  be  retained  by  the  Unit  or  Branch  Directorate; 
(lie  other  is  to  be  sent  to  the  National  Executive  Committee. 

A  white  card  printed  in  black  is  provided  for  German-speaking  Bund  mem- 
bers ;  and  a  similar  one,  printed  in  red,  is  for  English  speaking  Bund  members. 
The  same  kind  of  cards  but  bearing  a  star  at  the  top,  are  for  patrons. 

IMembership  and  patron  cards  bearing  a  red  stripe  are  to  be  used  for  Bund 
members  and  patrons  who  have  withdrawn  voluntarily.  But  they  must  always 
show  the  reason  as,  for  example,  "loss  of  interest",  "gone  to  Germany",  etc. 
"Those  cards  must  not  be  used  for  excluded  Bund  members  (BMR).  • 


1492  U'N-AMEKICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

Rose  colored  (pink)  cards,  bearing  the  letter  "D",  are  intended  for  German- 
speaking  non-members  who  may  be  regarded  as  at  least  not  inimical. 

Green  cards,  bearing  the  letter  "A"  are  intended  for  non-inimical  English- 
speaking  Americans. 

Yellow  cards  bearing  the  letter  "F"  are  intended  for  enemies.  Where  they 
are  German  a  "D"  is  to  be  inserted  at  the  top.  They  are  not  to  be  used  for 
Jews. 

Light  blue  cards  bearing  the  letter  "J"  are  for  Jews. 

Large  pink  cards  with  the  letters  "JV"  are  for  youth ;  yellow  cards  with  the 
letters  "JM"  are  for  the  Young  Women's  Unit ;  blue  cards  with  the  letters  "JS" 
are  for  the  boy's  unit :  green  cards  with  the  letters  "MS"  are  for  the  girls'  unit ; 
and  white  cards  with  the  letter  "M"  are  for  the  maidens'  union. 

For  friendly  associations  a  lai'ge  green  card  has  been  provided ;  for  neutral 
and  doubtful,  a  white ;  and  for  enemy  a  red. 

(7)  ACTIVITIES   EB^'ORTS.      WOEK   PLANS 

(a)  A  brief,  factual,  activities  report  on  the  work  of  a  preceding  month  is  to 
be  prepared  monthly  as  well,  also,  as  an  activities  plan  for  the  two  months 
next  ensureing.     Reports  and  suggestions  are  to  be  organized  as  follows : 

1.  Member  meetings. 

2.  Public  Speaking  Evenings. 

3.  Fellowship  Evenings  (Kemeradschaft). 

4.  Motion  Picture  or  other  Cultural  Evenings. 

5.  Celebrations. 

6.  Programs  in  Camps  or  National  homes, 

7.  Participation  in  the  programs  of  other  organizations. 

8.  Branch  Meetings  (OD  Youth,  Women). 

9.  Miscellaneous  (parades,  propaganda). 

(b)  A  copy  of  the  activities  reports  and  plans  is  to  be  sent  to  the  qualified 
Section  and  Department  Directorates  and  to  the  National  Executive  Council. 

(8)  OFFICE  SUPPLIES.      PRINTED  MATTER.      FLAGS 

The  necessary  printed  matter,  forms,  certificates,  cash-books,  seals,  insignia, 
flags,  etc.  may  be  requisitioned  from  the  National  Executive  Committee  under 
the  tenns  of  the  enclosed  order  list. 

(9)  FUEHRER    PRINCIPLES.      ELECTIONS.      APPOINTMENTS    AND    REMOVALS 

(a)  The  AV  is  conducted  upon  the  fuehrer  principle.  Consequently  there  are 
no  elections  nor  majority  resolutions  (decisions)  except  as  provided  under  (b) 
and  (c). 

(b)  At  the  January  member  meeting  the  annual  secret  election  is  held  under 
the  supervision  of  the  qualified  Department  leader  or  his  deputy.  All  attendent 
Bund  members  who  are  not  in  arrears  may  participate  in  the  election  by  a  vote 
of  "Yea"  or  "Nay"  ("Ja"  order  "Nein"),  according  to  whether  or  not  they  are 
in  agreement  with  (approve  of)  the  conduct  (management)  of  their  Unit- 
Branch  leader.  Unmarked  ballots  are  counted  as  "Yea".  If  more  than  one- 
third  of  the  ballots  cast  are  "Noes"  the  Unit-Branch  leader  is  replaced  by 
another  by  the  Department  leader  according  to  regulations. 

(c)  At  the  final  member  meeting  before  the  annual  National  Convention,  the 
Unit-Branch  leader  proposes  (nominates)  members  of  his  Unit  (Branch)  as 
delegates  to  the  Convention.  He  should,  if  he  is  not  indispensible,  be  a  delegate 
himself,  the  remaining  delegates  should  at  least  be  officers. 

The  number  of  delegates  is  fixed  by  Bund  orders  and  depends  upon  the 
numerical  strength  of  the  Unit  (Branch.  At  this  member  meeting  the  Unit- 
Branch  leader  holds  an  election  for  the  delegates.  Only  those  candidates  who 
receive  at  least  a  two-thirds  vote  are  chosen. 

(d)  In  all  other  matters  of  an  official  nature  the  Unit-Branch  leader  makes 
the  final  decision,  naturally  in  conformity  with  the  regulations  of  his  superior. 

He,  himself,  receives  his  commission  from  his  Department  leader  with  the 
approval  of  the  Bund  fuehrer. 

The  Unit-Branch  leader  appoints  his  officers  with  the  approval  of  the  De- 
partment leader.  (Youth  fuehrers  are  appointed  with  the  approval  of  the 
National  Youth  Fuehrer,  and  OD  Fuehrers  with  the  approval  of  the  National 
OD  Fuehrer).     Even  in  connection  with  these  appointments  the  qualified  De- 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1493 

partment    leader    is    notified    opportunely    of   every   contemplated    appointment. 
The  Unit-Branch  leader  may  remove  his  officers  under  the  same  circumstances. 

To  resign  voluntarily  from  office  constitutes  evasion  of  duty,  he  who  would 
relinquish  his  office  honorably  first  makes  application  to  his  superior  to  be 
relieved  of  the  duties  of  office,  recommends  a  potential  successor,  and  continues 
to  perform  his  duties  until  his  application  is  accepted. 

Appointments :  The  Unit-Branch  leader  fills  out  a  commission  according  to 
the  following  form  for  his  officers  and  sends  it  with  a  copy  for  approval  to  the 
Department  leader,  or  the  National  Youth  Fuehrer  or  to  the  National  OD  Fuehrer. 

AV  Letterhead 

Unit  Directorate  X 

Branch  Directorate  X  Date 

Address : 

Certificate  of  Appointjient 

I  Herewith  appoint  Bund  member  No , 

N N 

to  be  (a)    (an)   (OD  Unit  Commander)   (Public  Relations  Leader) 

(Treasurer)     (respectivelv) 

of  the  Unit  (Branch)     X 

Free  Anierica  !  , 

Signed Approved 

Unit  Leader  Department  Leader 

Branch  Leader  (Natl.  OD  Fuehrer) 

(Natl.  Youth  Fuehrer) 
[seal]  -  [seal] 

Until  approved  by  the  Department  leader,  the  National  OD  Fuehrer  or  the 
National  Youth  Fuehrer  all  such  appointments  are  merely  provisional  and  all 
removals  merely  furloughs  (suspensions?). 

Members  of  secret  societies  (lodges,  etc.)  are  not  eligible  to  become  officers  or 
auditors. 

Consequently  all  responsibility  is  at  the  top  and  every  officer  holds  his  office 
solely  as  the  deputy  of  his  superior.  But  it  must  be  understood  that  true  fuehrer- 
ship  is  constructed  not  upon  "cadaver" — like  submissiveness  but  rather  upon 
confidence  and  voluntary  allegiance :  A  superior  should  strive  to  stimulate  the 
spirit  and  joy  of  initiative  and  of  service  among  his  Kamerads  by  a  constant 
readiness  to  listen  to  their  suggestions  and  to  assure  to  them  that  authority 
within  their  respective  spheres  which  their  responsibilities  entail. 

But  title  hunters  who  aspire  to  power  while  shirking  responsibility  he  should 
not  tolerate.  The  secret  of  the  fighting  strength  of  the  movement  lies  in  the 
principle  of  Fuehrership,  the  utilization  of  which  makes  it  possible  to  impose 
responsibility  upon  some  particular  individual  for  every  transaction  and  which 
excludes  concealment  behind  anonymous  majorities.  In  tlie  filling  of  offices  and 
the  performance  of  Bund  duties  no  fraternal  chicanery  may  be  permitted  to 
intrude. 

(10)  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  UNIT,  BRANCHES  AND  SUBORDINATE  COMMANDS 

(a)  (For  Units  and  small  Branches).  For  the  present  hold  only  closed,  un- 
pretentious meetings  at  which  only  Bund  members  and  dependable  acquaintences 
are  present  in  order  that  the  outward  battle  may  not  begin  until  your  group  is 
ready  to  take  it  up.  You  will  find  that  the  necessary  internal  endowment  and 
solidity  combined  with  mouth  to  mouth  propaganda  and  aided  by  means  of  leaflets 
or  letters,  even  without  public  activity,  is  valuable,  and  yields  rich  rewards. 
A  precipitious  procedure  could  destroy  your  branch. 

The  time  for  the  public  appearance  of  your  group  will  be  determined  by  the 
Unit-leader  under  whose  supervision  you  exist  as  a  Branch  leader  or  by  yourself 
when  your  Branch  has  been  declared  to  be  a  Unit. 

(b)  For  Branches:  First  of  all,  appoint  a  Treasurer,  an  OD  Fuehrer,  and  a 
Public  Relations  leader.  You  may  appoint  additional  officers  when  you  are  ready 
to  assume  additional  duties. 


1494  U'N-AMEKICAN    PROr»AGA:XDiA    ACTIVITIES 

Even  though  the  importance  of  a  uniformed,  strictly  disciplined  OD  unit  may 
not  be  apparent  at  once  to  a  new,  small  Branch  we  are  constrained  to  observe 
after  long  experience  that  for  the  results  we  have  obtained  thus  far  we  are 
indebted  first  and  above  all  else  to  the  existence  of  the  OD,  that  has  ubiquitously 
borne  the  chief  burden  of  the  practical  work,  and  that  without  this  service  the 
Bund  would  not  have  been  able  to  withstand  several  crisis.  Even  though  the 
officer  and  the  OD  man  may  not  often  be  able  to  appear  publicly  in  uniform  in 
their  own  small  communities  they  should  attend  this  important  school  neverthe- 
less. In  every  one  of  even  the  smallest  branches,  therefore,  an  OD  Unit  iinques- 
tionably  should  be  established,  for  by  no  other  means  and  is  it  possible  to  secure 
for  the  Bund  this  most  valuable  support  of  discipline,  preparedness  and 
Kameradship. 

See  separately  Issued  OD  Service  Regulations. 

(c)  Rally  the  children  of  German  descent!  Organize  a  Youth  Command 
regardless  of  how  small  your  beginning  may  be.  Open  a  language  school  or 
strive  unceasingly  to  establish  and  promote  a  philosophical  (weltanschanlich) 
German  program  in  existing  German  schools.  Distribute  the  periodical  "Junges 
Volk." 

See  Youth  Command  Regulations  issued  separately. 

(d)  Try  to  have  the  German,  pro-German  (deutschfreundlich),  and  non- 
Jewish  commercial  enterprises  of  your  neighborhood  join  the  German  Consumers' 
League  (DKV),  the  economic  organization  of  the  Bund.  See  Officer  Regulations 
under  Economics  Director. 

(e)  Send  clippings  of  all  local  press  notices  that  might  be  of  interest  in  our 
fight  in  quadruplicate  to  the  Department  Directorate  and  to  the  National  Execu- 
tive Committee.     See  Officer  Regulations  under  Information  Director. 

(f )  Note  the  provisions  under  Meeting  Regulations  and  Celebrations.  Use  the 
Information  Service  letters  of  the  National  Executive  Committee  for  short  pre- 
sentations on  Public  Speaking  Evenings. 

Distribute  the  most  important  single  arm  of  the  movement,  the  "Weckruf" 
(The  Call). 

In  all  things  conduct  yourself  according  to  the  following  guiding  principles, 
(the  only  principles)  by  which  the  preservation  of  Germanic  America  can  be 
effected : 

The  philosophical,  political,  and  economic  direction  (Fuehrung)  of  Germanic 
America  and  the  philosophical,  political,  education  (rearing)  of  the  youth  of 
Germanic  America  is  the  concern  of  the  German-American  Bund  and  its  branches 
alone  (exclusively).  In  these  spheres  there  is  no  place  for  illicit  loves  (para- 
mours may  not  be  recognized).  Other  organizations  are  to  be  treated  accordins: 
to  their  acceptance  of  these  principles. 

Part  II 

RULES  FOR  MEETIXGS 

All  public  affairs,  public  speaking  evenings,  Kameradship  evenings,  etc.,  as  well 
as  all  member  meetings  and  other  official  appearances  of  the  AV  or  its  bi'anches 
have  at  least  one  official  (business)  part  that  must  be  conducted  in  conformity 
With  the  following  provisions,  except  where,  under  "Celebrations,"  exceptions 
have  been  noted  or  where  they  may  be  permitted  by  the  National  Executive 
Committee  in  writing. 

It  must  be  understood  that  these  provisions  constitute  merely  a  desirable 
model  and  need  be  followed  merely  to  the  extent  that  circumstances  may  permit. 
The  extent  to  which  they  ma.v  be  adaptable  to  the  different  meetings  and  celebra- 
tions is  explained  under  "Celebration  Programs"    ("Festfolgegestaltung). 

These  provisions  do  not  apply  to  the  conduct  of  the  "German  Consumers  League" 
(DKV),  The  Newspaper  Corporation,  or  the  Settlement  Associations. 

(A)  All  in  official  attendance  upon  meetings  wear  the  uniform  of  their  service. 

(B)  The  Chairman  of  the  meeting  is  the  qualified  official.  (Bund  Fuehrer, 
Department  leader.  Regional  leader,  District  leader.  Section  leader,  Unit  leader, 
Branch  leader.  Cell  leader.  Block  leader,  or  his  representative.) 

(C)  The  official  meeting  begins  with  the  first  stanza  of  the  National  Anthem  of 
the  United  States,  "The  Star  Spangled  Banner."  The  Chairman  and  all  in 
official  attendance  face  the  audience.  The  anthem  is  announced  only  by  the 
musical  note  by  which  it  is  recognized ;  the  entire  audience  rises  at  once  without 
request  and  sings.  Those  in  uniform  salute  with  their  right  hands  at  their  caps, 
those  not  in  uniform  stand  erect  with  their  hands  at  their  sides. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1495 

(D)  At  Member  meetings  aud  at  certain  celebrations  a  text  is  road  immedi- 
ately after  the  signing  of  the  National  anthem  while  the  audience  stands,  as 
follows:  "Our  meeting  today  (to  be  stated)  is  based  upon  the  following  text  taken 

from  (speech  or  book)  :   (text)  'Free  America'!     At  the  closing,  'Free 

America !',  by  the  Chairm'an,  the  audience  responds,  and  all  not  on  duty  take 
seats.  At  meetings  at  which  the  reading  of  a  text  is  omitted,  the  Chairman  says 
merely  'Free  America !'  The  Text  chosen  for  a  particular  period  is  announced 
by  the  National  Executive  Committee." 

(E)  Then  follows  the  greeting  and  a  brief  statement  of  the  purpose  of  the 
meeting;  the  Chairman  is  not  supposed  to  anticipate  the  remarks  of  the  speaker 
selected  for  the  occasion. 

Speakers  are  introduced  briefly  as  they  arise,  by  stating  their  rank,  place  of 
service,  name,  and  the  subject  of  their  address ;  although  the  audience  should 
be  given  all  necessary  information  about  the  speaker,  all  fraternal  flattery  is  abso- 
lutely prohibited.  Groups  are  presented  either  by  their  group  designations  or 
by  the  rank  and  name  of  their  leader. 

Any  comments  about  speakers  at  the  conclusion  of  their  remarks  must  be  brief, 
simple  and  truthful :  Expressions  of  thanks  are  to  be  reserved  for  non-members 
and  should  not  be  extravagant.  In  greeting  (or  welcoming)  the  salutation. 
"Ladies  and  Gentlemen"  should  be  avoided  (omitted)  disciplinary  reasons.  Bund 
members  and  guests  of  German  nationality  are  not  to  be  introduced  as  Mister 
("Herr")  but  as  "Bund  member"  or  "fellow-countryman"  (Volksgenosse).  The 
term  "Mister"  ("Herr")  is  to  be  applied  only  to  persons  not  of  German  descent. 

(F)  The  official  conclusion  consists  of  the  erstwhile  prescribed  closing  song 
and  "Free  America."  which  follows  immediately.  Flag  retirements  follow  "Free 
America."  The  concluding  "Free  America"  never  must  be  omitted  at  any  meeting ; 
and  during  its  recital  all  standards  must  be  at  the  front. 

The  Chairman  announces  the  conclusion  as  follows :  "We  shall  now  close  our 

(the  official  part  of ) with  the  (song) 

'.     No  long-winded  exhortations  to  rise,  etc.     The  musical  note 

is  struck,  and  all  rise  and  sing  while  giving  the  official  salute.  The  Chairman  and 
all  officiating  personnel  stand  in  front  of  and  face  the  audience.  For  information 
concerning  the  salute  see  OD  Service  Regulations,  p.  15,  under  "Official  Salute". 

Immediately  upon  the  conclusion  of  the  closing  song  and  before  he  (as  the 
audience)  has  lowered  his  arm  the  Chairman  recites  'Free  America'!  as  follows: 
"To  a  free.  Gentile-ruled  United  States  and  to  our  fighting  Movement  of  awakened 
Aryan  Americans,  a  three-fold,  rousing,  'Free  America !'  'Free-America  !'  'Free- 
America  !'."  The  audience  repeats  the  word  'America'  after  the  Chairman,  and 
arms  are  lowered  after  the  third  repetition.  The  salute  is  concluded  by  bringing 
the  right  hand  to  the  left  breast  and  then  lowering  it  to  the  side.  The  English 
conclusion  is  used  onlv  at  meetings  conducted  entirely  in  English. 

(G)  General: 

(G  1)  American  and  Bund  flags  occupy  the  place  of  honor  at  all  meetings, 
except  as  otherwise  provided  under  "Celebrations  program" ;  they  should  be  0I> 
standards.  Standards  are  never  hung  but  must  always  be  kept  on  staffs  and 
set-up  by  uniformed  OD  guards. 

(G  2)  In  the  decorating  of  auditoriums  all  "tricky",  fraternity  "stuff"  is  to 
be  avoided.  Flags  and  more  flags,  arms,  shields  with  battlecries,  swastika 
(Hakenkrenze)  and  Bund  emblems,  living  green  ;  the  colors  red,  gold,  white,  green 
«iid  blue  preferred.  Simple,  dignified  decorum.  At  the  celebration  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Reich  and  Adolf-Hitler  Birthday  Celebrations,  pictures  or  busts 
of  Hitler ;  at  George  Washington  Birthday  celebrations  and  American  Independ- 
ence Day  celebi'ations  pictures  or  busts  of  Washington. 

(G3)  Smoking  and  drinking  are  prohibited  during  the  business  part  of  all 
meetings.     At  long  celebrations  refreshment  pauses  may  be  provided. 

(G4)  All  flag  drills  must  be  held  immediately  before  the  singing  of  the  Amer- 
ican National  Anthem,  in  order  that  the  flags  may  he  at  the  front  during  the 
singing  of  this  song.  During  long  celebrations  all  (members  of  the  drill  team) 
but  the  color  guard  may  retire,  to  return  again  at  the  conclusion. 

The  retiring  of  the  standards  follows  immediately  after  the  conclusion.  When 
the  Bund  fuehrer  or  one  of  his  proxies  speaks  all  participating  uniformed  branches 
stand  during  his  address. 

(G5)  During  the  visits  (presence)  of  representatives  of  a  higher  ranking 
officer,  the  officer  in  charge  must  provide  these  visitors  with  orderlies  and  guards. 
In  addition  seats  must  be  reserved  for  them  to  which  they  must  be  conducted 
immediately  before  the  beginning  of  the  official  part  of  the  program.  When  the 
Bundfuehrer  appears  the  OD  forms  in  line. 


1496  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

If  the  Bund  Fuehrer  or  his  representative  appears  during  a  meeting,  the  Com- 
mand "Attention"  is  given,  and  the  program  is  interrupted  in  order  to  welcome 
(greet)  him. 

When  the  Bund  Fuehrer  or  his  representative  appears  as  the  spealier  no  one 
will  follow  him,  except  the  Chairman,  who  will  close  the  meeting. 

(G6)  When  a  representative  of  the  Reich  speaks  at  a  celebration,  the  German 
national  anthem  is  to  be  played  immediately  after  his  address.  But  if  (accord- 
ing to  regulations)  the  closing  song  of  the  particular  celebration  should  be  the 
German  national  anthem,  then  the  Bund  Propaganda  song  is  to  be  substituted 
for  it  as  the  closing  song.  When  representatives  of  nations  other  than  America 
are  present  in  their  representative  capacity  the  National  anthem  of  their  country 
is  played  immediately  after  their  address. 

(G7)  Dancing  is  permissible  in  connection  with  all  celebrations  except  at 
memorials,  etc.  See  "Rules  for  Celebrations"  Programs  should  be  arranged  so 
that  after  the  official  part  at  least  two  or  more  hours  may  be  devoted  to  dancing 
before  the  legal  closing  hour.  The  accompanying  dance,  provided  "Jazz"  is  pro- 
hibited, is  a  permissible  attraction  throughout. 

(G8)  Booktable,  "Weckruff"  and  oi-der  blanks,  Youth  literature,  propaganda 
literature,  and  certificates  of  admission  should  never  be  omitted  at  a  public 
meeting. 

Festival  (Celebration)  Programs 

The  following  provisions  are  intended  to  supplement  the  regulations  under 
"Meeting  Regulations".  Except  for  the  changes  effected  by  the  written  orders 
of  the  National  Executive  Committee  all  official  meetings  and  celebrations  of  the 
AV  and  its  branches  are  to  be  conducted  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  appro- 
priate provisions  of  the  following  regulations  so  far  as  circumstances  may  permit. 
Exceptions :  Programs  of  the  DKV,  the  Newspaper  Corporation  and  the  Settle- 
ment Associations  intended  for  their  own  development,  even  though  having  a 
philosophical  (weltanschaulich)  aspect. 

(1)  BIXECUTIVB  MEETINGS,  FUEHRER  CONFERENCES 

Meeting  regulations.  Executives  (officers)  or  associates  or  subordinate  fueh- 
rers submit  reports  on  their  activities  and  are  given  instructions  for  future  work. 
The  Chairman  should  urge  constant  criticism,  advice,  and  suggestions  and  con- 
stantly stimulate  his  associates  to  independent  thought  and  action,  ever  mindful 
of  the  fact  that  every  proper  fighter  renders  more,  and  more  willing,  work  when 
he  has  been  given  the  autliority  and  the  freedom  of  action  which  his  responsibility 
necessitates.  And  every  associate  must  be  conscious  of  the  fact  that  he  is 
responsible  neither  to  his  Kamerads  nor  to  the  public,  but  only  to  his  superior, 
and  that  in  any  given  case  he  must  conduct  himself  strictly  in  accordance  with 
the  decisions  of  his  superior. 

(2)  MEErrlNGS  AND  "HOME  EVENINGS"  OF  THE  BRANCHES 

Consult  OD  Servipe  Regulations,  Youth  Command  Regulations,  Women's  Divi- 
sion Regulations. 

The  most  important  essential  of  profitable  activity  and  in  the  removal  of 
misunderstanding,  suspicion,  and  discord  between  the  different  branches  is  the 
restriction  of  each  branch  to  its  own  domain.  At  meetings  of  the  OD  only  OD 
matters  should  be  discussed  ;  at  Women's  Division  meetings  only  matters  affecting 
Women  ;  and  at  Youth  meetings  only  matters  affecting  youth,  should  be  considered. 

If  Fuehrers  (men  or  women)  of  any  branch  desire  to  have  proposals,  criticisms, 
or  complaints  concerning  other  branches  considered,  they  should  call  on  the 
qualified  fuehrer  of  the  Branch  affected  and  not  on  other  associates  of  their  own 
Branch,  or,  indeed,  upon  the  general  membership. 

(3)  MEMBEai  MEETINGS 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  Only  Bund  members 
(BMR)  and  Youth  Command  members  (JMR),  with  their  membership  cards  as 
evidence,  who  are  not  in  arrears,  are  admitted.  Patrons  are  not  admitted.  Can- 
didates for  membership  whose  membership  cards  have  reached  the  Unit  from 
the  National  Executive  Committee  should  be  provided  in  advance  with  a  written 
invitation,  wliich  will  admit  them  for  the  purpose  of  acceptance  (into  the  Bund). 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1497 

All  purticipants  are  on  duty  and  consequently  wear  uniforms  and  insignia.  OD 
standards  in  front.  Officers  in  front,  facing  the  audience.  Uniformed  personnel 
advance  at  the  opening  and  do  not  withdraw  to  take  their  places  until  they 
have  been  inspected  and  ordered  to  do  so  by  the  commanding  officer.  I'rocedure : 
Before  opening,  payment  of  dues,  entry  on  the  "present  list"  (roll).  After  the 
reading  of  the  text  and  the  welcome,  inspection  of  uniformed  branches ;  report  of 
officers ;  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  previously  received  instructions  of  a 
Chief  Executive  the  reading  of  certain  portions  of  Bund  orders  currently  received 
and  intended  only  for  the  ears  of  the  membership ;  discussion  of  the  work  of  the 
past  period,  and  informating  concerning  the  distribution  of  the  work  of  existing 
projects  and  meetings ;  discussion  of  proposals  and  criticisms  by  members ;  and 
in  conclusion  obligating  of  New  BMR.  (Bund  Members)  and  the  ceremonial 
installation  of  new  officers. 

Registers  (rolls)  never  are  read  and  in  no  other  way  is  the  audience  to  be 
given  any  information  concerning  the  numerical  strength  of  any  Unit.  The 
regularity  of  the  treasury  conduct  is  to  be  certified  to  the  membership  quarterly 
by  accounts-and-treasury  (book  and  treasury)  auditors  appointed  by  the  Chief 
Executive  and  bound  to  secrecy  except  to  their  superiors,  but  no  detailed  in- 
formation concerning  the  financial  status  of  the  Unit  is  to  be  given  to  the 
membership.  This  is  necessary  because  luifortunately  no  member  assembly  is 
actually  a  closed  meeting  from  which  nothing  reaches  the  general  public  and 
because  the  financial  or  other  strength  or  weakness  of  a  Unit  is  not  a  public 
matter. 

Executives  and  officers  never  should  assail  or  criticize  one  another  in  the 
presence  of  the  membership.  Differences  of  opinion  which  cannot  be  adjusted 
within  administrative  circles  must  be  fought  out  at  the  top ;  externally  and 
below  there  must  be  absolute  unanimity  between  administration  and  executives. 

Discussion  in  the  member  meeting  is  based  upon  the  request  of  the  Chief 
Officer  for  criticisms  of  past  performances  and  activities  and  for  suggestions 
concerning  prospective  meetings  and  undertakings.  The  practice  of  criticising 
persons  and  the  preferment  of  complaints  has  no  place  at  meetings  and  is  to 
be  prohibited.  Such  criticism  must  be  presented  to  the  qualified  officer  of  Chief 
orally  or  in  writing  without  drawing  the  general  membership  into  sympathy; 
complaints  must  be  adjudicated  officially.  (See  Officer  Regulations  and  statutes 
of  the  AV).  Arguments  or  other  characteristics  of  a  parliamentary  Jewish 
school  ("Polish  diet,"  "hell  broke  loose")  have  no  place  in  a  member  meeting. 
The  confidential  (secret)  voting  (elections)  in  January  and  prior  to  the  Na- 
tional Convention  must  be  the  only  deviations  from  a  strictly  disciplined  muster. 

If  an  excess  of  suggestions  and  criticisms  from  otherwise  indifferent  Bund 
members  (BMR)  develops  meetings  it  can  be  brought  to  an  end  most  quickly 
by  calling  upon  these  Bund  members  (BMR)  to  take  hold  immediately  of  the 
problem  themselves  in  order  that  through  diligent  cooperation  they  may  first 
win  the  light  to  become  bombastic  critics. 

We  need  to  learn  from  the  conclusive  experiences  of  those  Units  that  never 
have  permitted  boasted  liberalism  to  develop  and  therefore  have  been  able  best 
to  withstand  the  severest  tests  of  our  movement. 

The  obligating  of  new  Bund  members  (BMR)   proceeds  as  follows: 

The  standard  bearers  aline  themselves  on  the  right  and  left  of  the  Officer 
(The  American  flag  on  the  right  of  the  Officer  with  the  front  toward  the 
audience)  and  the  Treasurer  gives  him  (the  officer)  the  membership  cards. 
The  candidates  are  requested  to  step  forward  and  stand  in  front  of  the  officer 
facing  the  audience.  The  officer  presents  the  candidates  to  the  membership  and 
asks  if  there  be  (are)  any  objections  to  the  acceptance  of  any  one  of  the 
proposed  candidates,  in  order,  in  a  given  case,  to  postpone  a  challenged  ac- 
ceptance until  after  investigation.  The  candidates  face  the  Officer,  who  ex- 
plains to  them  briefly  the  principles  of  the  Movement.  He  thou  proceeds  from 
one  to  the  other,  addresses  each  by  name,  requests  of  them  the  pledge  (no  oath) 
to  obey  the  regulations  of  the  Bund  according  to  their  duty  as  Bund  members 
(BMR),  (Whereupon  they  answer  "Yes"),  gives  them  their  membership  cards 
and  the  regulations  of  the  Bund  extends  them  his  hand  and  greets  them  as 
new  Kamerads  with  'Free  America",  and  the  official  salute,  which  they  repeat 
after  him. 

The  meeting  is  closed  immediately  after  the  new  Bund  members  (BMR)  have 
been  obligated.  Closing  song:  The  Bund  Pi'opaganda  song.  (Candidates  who  for 
weighty  reasons  prefer  to  remain  xmknown  need  not  to  accepted  (admitted) 
publicly:  but  in  such  cases  the  investigation  before  final  acceptance  must  be 
conducted  with  particular  thoroughness. 


1498  UX-AMERICAN    PROPAGAXDA    ACTIVI'TIES 

Installation  of  new  officers  takes  place  befoi'e  the  obligating  of  new  Bund 
members  (BMR).     (See  Officer  regulations.) 

At  the  close  of  the  meeting  Kameradly  "get-together"  and  the  singing  of 
camp  songs. 

(4)  EDUCATIONAL   AND  SPEAKING   EVENINGS 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G,  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations."  Standards  in  front. 
Chairman  and  Speaker  in  front,  facing  the  audience.  Book-table,  information 
and  application  table.  Chairs  in  rows,  seat  at  tables.  Speaking  Evenings  are 
intended  for  the  general  public.  Addresses  and  presentations  to  be  simple  (easily 
understood)  not  too  deep  nor  too  numerous.  All  presentations  to  be  directed 
toward  a  central  theme.  One  or  two  languages.  The  language  meetings  begin 
in  English  and  close  in  German  with  a  brief  intermission  between  parts  in  order 
that  persons  unable  to  speak  German  may  have  an  opportunity  to  leave. 

Educational  evenings  to  present  an  educational  atmosphere ;  audience  to  be 
inspired,  "essential  points  to  be  transcribed."  References  to  appropriate  liter- 
ature. 

At  both  meetings  stimulate  questions  of  a  philosophical  (weltanschaulich) 
political  nature.  Educational  evenings  may  be  combined  with  Member  meetings 
or  Branch  musters.  Closing  song:  English  stanza  of  the  Bund  .song.  (Salute 
while  singing). 

(5)  MOTION    PICTURES   AND    STAGE   PROGRAMS,    CHAMBEK-MUSIC,    LITERARY    AND   OTHER 

PURELY    CULTURAL    EVENINGS 

B,  C,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations."  A  not  required.  D  may  be 
omitted  down  to  the  Welcome.  No  standards.  American  and  Bund  flags.  Official 
conclusion  matter  of  choice  or  according  to  the  cultural  presentation.  Closing 
song:  Engli.sh  stanza  of  the  Bund  song  (salute)  Accompanying  dance  permissible. 

Cultural  or  Propaganda  Evenings  under  cover  titles  or  without  the  official  part 
may  be  held  only  under  special,  written  permission  of  the  Department  Directorate. 

(6)  KAMEEADSHIP   E\T:NINGS 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations."  D  is  omitted  down  to 
the  welcome.  The  official  part  constitutes  the  beginning  and  should  be  very  brief  ; 
the  Kameradshaft  evening  proper  follows  iunnediately  after  the  closing  "Free 
America" !  The  official  part  consequently  consists  of  the  usual  singing,  welcome, 
statement  of  purpose,  and  conclusion.  Closing  song:  English  stanza  of  the  Bund 
song  (accompanied  by  salute).     Standards  front  during  the  official  part. 

Kameradship  evenings  should  be  held  by  those  branches  for  which  in  any  given 
case  it  is  necessary  to  propagandize  ;  and  when  possible  the  chairmanship  is  turned 
over  to  the  Fueherer  (man  or  woman)  of  such  branch.  But  such  evenings  may 
be  held  also  as  manifestations  of  the  solidarity  of  the  movement  by  the  Units  (of 
the  Department)  under  the  direction  of  some  particular  branch.  American  and 
Bund  flags  as  decorative  flags. 

Neither  at  Kameradship  evenings  nor  at  any  other  time  may  there  be  any  stage 
presentation  that  may  be  designated  as  tending  to  ridicule  or  traduce  (defame) 
any  religious  faith  ;  for  to  attack  us  on  this  ground  is  the  favorite  pursuit  of  our 
opponents. 

And  it  must  be  observed  strictly  that  national  anthems  and  other  ceremonial, 
national  songs  are  not  to  be  sung  at  the  bar  (beer-table)  and  they  must  not  be 
used  as  dance  tunes. 

(7)  PROPAGANDA    EVENINGS 

As  under  (4).  (5)  or  (6)  according  to  circumstances.  The  purpose  of  the  Prop- 
aganda Evenings  is  not  merely  to  explain  generalities  in  broad  outlines,  to  indoc- 
trinate the  initiate,  or  to  sei've  our  nationality  by  cultural  offerings,  but  above  all 
to  induce  non-member  fellow-countrymen,  who  have  been  solicited,  to  Ijoin. 

(8)  CONSECR.\TIOX    OF   FLAGS.       ANNIVERSARIES     (FOT'NDATION    CELEBRATION) 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  They  nuist  be  strictly 
ceremonial  and  martial,  without  pretentiousness.  Martial  spirit.  German  or 
German  and  English.  All  participating  branches  must  wear  uniforms.  If  possi- 
ble parade  of  colors  with  cooperation  of  other  Units  and  organizations.  Brass 
band,  chairs  in  rows,  not  at  tables.    American  and  Bund  flags  as  decorative  flags. 


APPENDIX^ — PART    IV  1499 

Foundation  celebrations  of  the  Bund  are  not  "Anniversaries"  (Stiftungsfeste)  ! 
At  flag  consecrations  all  cultural  offerings  occur  in  the  first  part,  while  the  actual 
consecration  ceremony  constitutes  the  principal  part  and  the  close.  At  the  con- 
secration all  advance.  The  flags  to  be  consecrated  are  covered  (veiled)  carried 
to  the  stage  by  a  qualilied  oflicer  accompanied  by  an  OD  detail,  consecrated  by 
the  Bund  Fuehrer  or  his  proxy  and  turned  over  to  the  color  guard.  During  con- 
secration the  soft  music,  to  accompany  the  Star  Spangled  Banner  or  the  Bund 
song,  according  to  whether  it  is  an  American  flag  or  a  Bund  flag.  American  flags 
must  be  consecrated  first.  I>uring  consecration  all  give  the  official  salute.  Clos- 
ing song:  The  Bund  song.  (Salute  during  last  stanza)  Accompanying  dance 
permissible. 

(9)  ALLEGIANCE    OBSERVANCES 

The  George  Washington  Birthday  celebration  in  honor  of  the  founder  of  the' 
Nation,  the  Adolf-Hitler  Birthday  celebration  in  honor  of  the  philosophical 
( weltanschaulich)  "leader".  Symbol  of  all  German  descendents,  the  Inde- 
pendence Celebration,  and  German  Day  are  the  four  allegiance  celebrations  that 
must  be  observed  by  every  Unit  nt)  matter  how  small  it  may  be  and,  whenever 
possible,  on  the  day  prescribed  below.  An  alternate  day  may  be  the  following 
Saturday  or  Sunday.  If  it  is  not  possible  to  hold  a  large  celebration,  it  may  be 
observed  in  a  private  home. 

(9a)  GEORGE  Washington's  BIRTHDAY  CELEBRATION 

February  22.  A.  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  In 
English.  All  branches  in  uniform.  Parade  of  the  colors,  if  possible.  American 
and  Bund  flags  (American  flags  predominant).  Washington  pictures  and  busts. 
Chairs  in  rows,  not  at  tables.  Recite  "Pledge  of  Allegiance",  with  soft  music 
and  singing  of  "My  Country  'tis  of  Thee".  (America).  Clothing  song:  English 
stanza  of  the  Bund  song.     (Salute).     Accompanying  dance  permissible. 

(9b)  ADOLF   HITLER    BIRTHDAY    CFXEBRATION 

April  20.  A,  B,  C.  D.  E.  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  In  German, 
with  a  short  introducii<in  in  English  in  consideration  of  the  non-German-speaking 
participants.  All  branches  in  uniform.  If  possible  flag  presentation.  German 
flags  among  others.  Hitler  pictures  or  busts.  Chairs  in  rows,  not  at  tables.  Cul- 
tural activities  in  first  part.  Second  part  martial,  with  the  principal  address 
immediately  before  the  close,  and  retirement  of  the  colors.  Closing  song:  German 
National  anthem.    Accompanying  dance  permissible. 

(9c)  INDEPENDENCE    CELEBRATION 

July  4.  Outdoors  if  possible.    As  under  (9a). 

(9d)  GERMAN   DAY 

October  6  or  on  the  first  Saturday  or  Sunday  in  October.  Washington  and 
Hitler  pictures  or  none.  All  other  details  as  under  (9b).  German  Day  represents 
not  merely  the  participation  of  Germania  in  the  development  of  the  United  States 
but  also  its  national-philosophical  (weltanschaulich)  alliance  with  the  old  home. 

Allegiance  Celebrations  may  be  held  with  or  under  the  direction  of  other 
organizations  provided  the  conditions  under  (10)  are  complied  with. 

(10)  REICH  FOUNDATION  CELEBRATION,  JAN.   30 

Potsdam  Celebration.  March  21 ;  and  other  similar  celebrations  especially 
associated  with  Germany:  As  under  (9b). 

(11)  LABOR    DAY 

May  1.  Outdoors.  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations". 
German  and  English.  All  branches  in  uniform.  Brass  bands.  Afternoon,  pop- 
ular amusement.  Toward  evening,  if  possible,  torch-light  pos.se.ssion.  Parade 
of  the  Colors.  OflScial  part  around  a  May  fire.  American  and  Bund  flags. 
Flags  on  poles.  If  possible,  the  allegorical  presentation  of  the  difi'erent  crafts 
and  the  unity  of  all  laboring  fellow-countrymen  of  hand  and  head  (that  is  the 
unity  of  Labor,  mental  and  physical). 


1500  UN-AMEHICAN    PROPAGAKDA   ACTIVITIES 

(12)  HARVEST    THANKSGIVING    DAY 

In  bOQor  of  Agriculture  (Farmers). 

First  Sunday  in  October  or  last  Sunday  in  September.  Outdoors.  No  fire. 
Generally  as  under  (11). 

(13)  MEMOBIALS 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations." 

German  or  German  and  Englisb.  Formal  and  martial.  All  branches  in 
uniform.  Chairs  in  rows,  not  at  tables.  At  celebrations  reminiscent  of  Ger- 
many or  held  concurrently  with  Germany,  German  flags  may  be  included 
(among  others).  No  gay  garlands  or  trumpery  in  the  auditorium.  Welcome 
by  the  officer,  remainder  of  the  program  in  the  hands  of  the  OD  with  place 
of  honor  for  retired  soldiers.  No  religious  ceremony  nor  the  reading  of  scrip- 
tural passages ;  no  speeches  that,  lacking  skillful  or  masterful  handling,  might 
make  the  speaker  appear  laughable  or  ridiculous.  Advance  of  the  colors  with 
roll  of  drums  .and  slow  cadence.  First  part  of  the  celebration  in  undertones 
with  decorations  and  lighting  in  accordance  with  the  desired  psychological 
effect.  No  weepy,  weak  celebration  with  a  depressive  psychology.  At  the  roll 
call  of  the  fallen :  Roll  of  the  drums.  Conclusion  of  the  first  part  with  a 
lowering  of  the  colors  (except  the  American)  and  playing  of  the  song  of  the 
good  Kamerad  (guten  Kamerdan).  Immediately  thereafter,  without  pause, 
the  command  "Standards  up"  ("Fahnen  hoch"!),  elevated  spirits,  and  brighter 
lights.  Retirement  of  the  colors  lively  with  march  music  (in  marching  time). 
Closing  song  at  "Horst-Wessel"  memorials  and  other  memorials  in  honor  of 
the  fallen  of  the  Hitler-Movement :  All  four  stanzas  of  the  "Horst-Wessel"  song 
(salute  during  last  stanza).  Closing  song  at  German  National  Memorial  day 
at  other  War  Memorial  Celebrations  reminiscent  of  Germany :  the  German 
National  anthem.  Accompanying  refreshment  permissible.  No  dancing  of  any 
kind  at  such  celebrations. 

(14)  CELEBEATION   OF   THE    SOLSTICE 

Outdoors.  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F.  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  In 
German.  Formal  and  martial.  Trumpets  and  brass  bands.  Presentation  of  the 
colors  and  torch-light  procession  in  honor  of  the  Youth  branches.  All  par- 
ticipating branches  must  be  in  uniform.  During  the  day  Youth  Convention. 
Official  part  during  the  evening  at  the  solstice  fire.  Large  flags  on  poles. 
(American  and  Bund).  An  erected  or  suspended  large,  white  or  silver-striped 
"Swastika",  in  front  of  and  beneath  which  the  Chairman  and  the  Speakers 
stand.  Presentations  quartered  about  the  wood  pile :  standards  in  front  in  a 
circle  about  the  wood  pile.  The  Officer  lights  the  fire  while  an  oath  of  allegiance 
is  directed  upon  the  flames.  Memorials  and  lowering  of  the  flags  (up  to  the 
American).  Fire  speech  of  each  branch.  All  sing:  "Flamme  empor"  (Flames 
empor)  (Flames  aloft).  Principal  address.  Conclusion,  and  retirement.  Clos- 
ing song:  The  Bund  Propaganda  song   (salute  dui'ing  last  stanza). 

No  proceedings  or  speeches  indicative  of  any  particular  faith ;  but  likewise 
no  ridicule  of  any  particular  creed.     Accompanying  dance  permissible. 

Significance  of  the  Winter-Solstice  Celebration :  (Gratitude  to  the  Almighty  for 
the  proclaimed  return  of  the  life-giving  sun.  Gratitude  for  the  victory  of  light 
over  darkness ;  of  life  over  death.  Rededication  to  the  continuation  of  the 
battle  of  Good  over  Evil ;  of  the  Gentile  spirit,  the  spirit  of  the  affirmation  of 
life  and  ennobling  exaltation,  over  the  Jewish  spirit  of  life  negation,  red  de- 
struction and  the  enslavement  of  Gold.     Confession  of  nationality. 

Significance  of  the  Summer-Solstice  Celebration  :  Gratitude  for  vitality  (vigor) 
symbolized  in  sun  and  fire,  which  the  continuation  of  the  purifying  battle  has 
made  possible.  Renewal  of  pledges  through  approaching  difficult  and  dark 
times. 

(15)  CHRISTMAS    CELEBEATION 

B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  and  G  as  under  "Meeting  Regulations".  A  not  required. 
Standards  not  required.  In  German.  Not  martial.  No  brass  bands.  Ameri- 
can and  Bund  flags  may  be  used  as  decorations.     On  the  stage,  setting  of  winter 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1501 

forest ;  decorations  of  swastika,  blue  candles  and  evergreens  with  glittering 
snow,  lametta,  and  white  candles.  Principal  trees  should  not  be  brightly  trimmed, 
except  at  the  tip:  swastika  or  blue  caudles.  White-covered  tables  in  the 
auditorium,  with  evergreens  and  blue  or  red  candles.  Distribution  of  chil- 
dren's presents  on  the  stage.  Adults  to  be  served  with  coffee  and  cake.  Santa 
Glaus  (Christmas  man)  and  the  singing  of  Christmas  carols  permissible.  No 
reading  of  scriptural  passages ;  no  manger  performances  etc ;  nothing  that  could 
be  considered  as  symbolic  of  any  particular  creed ;  leave  religious  celebrations 
to  the  churches.  Speeches  and  otlier  presentations  should  tend  to  explain  the 
symbol  of  the  celebration  in  reference  to  the  signilicance  of  the  Winter  solstice, 
proclaiming  the  beginning  of  a  new  existence  after  the  death  of  Winter  and 
evoking  the  joy  of  giving,  especially  to  youth.  The  swastika  (Hakenkreuz) 
is  symbolic  of  the  will  of  the  Gentile  to  live ;  the  blue  candles  are  symbolic  of 
the  coramounity  of  all  Germania  at  Christmas. 

Distribution  of  baskets  of  food,  and  certificates  for  coal,  to  the  needy;  but 
names  of  recipients  of  aid  must  not  be  read  nor  disclosed  in  any  other  way. 
Christmas  "market",  lottery,  auction,  etc.,  and  accompanying  dance  permissive ; 
but  during  the  official  part  the  spirit  of  the  celebration  must  not  be  disturbed 
by  the  details  of  these  matters. 
Closing  song:  The  Bund  song.    (Salute  during  last  stanza). 

(16)  PARTICIPATION  IN  THE  PROGRAMS  OF  OTHER  ORGANIZATIONS 

Official  participation  is  permissible  only  where  Bund  uniforms  and  Standards 
or  a  Bund  speaker  are  admitted  and  where  our  sacred  symbols  and  principles 
are  respected;  at  German  organizations  only  if  (1)  superiors  attend,  and  (2) 
at  every  program  at  which  ice  display  German  flags  and  at  which  ive  would  sing 
the  German  National  anthem,  they  do  likewise. 

If  at  any  program,  at  which  the  AV  or  one  of  its  branches  or  subordinate 
units  participates  or  is  a  guest,  fighting  Germania,  its  Fuehrer,  or  the  old  home 
is  offended  by  a  responsible  official  or  from  the  stage,  all  Bund  members  (BMR) 
must  at  once  leave  the  program  under  all  circumstances  except  where  a  quali- 
fied Officer  or  Executive  is  present  and  commands  a  different  course  that  would 
constitute  an  equally  apparent  protest. 

"Weckruf",  Youth  periodicals,  and  other  Public  Relations  Materials  must  be 
distributed  at  every  opportunity.  Wherever  permissible  the  book  table  should 
be  set  up. 

The  constant  first  thought  must  be  that  strength,  time,  and  money  must  serve 
the  Movement  and  its  members  first  of  all,  constantly  and  everywhere  and  that 
they  may  not  be  inconsiderately  dissipated  by  filling  the  halls  of  universal 
organizations.  Wherever  the  cause  of  the  Bund  is  served,  assistance  may  be 
rendered,  but  where  such  assistance  would  tend  to  contribute  to  the  dismember- 
ment of  Germania,  while  little,  moth-eaten  organizations  incapable  of  independ- 
ent existence  and  consequently  underserving  of  further  existence  might  be 
artificially  kept  alive  by  such  assistance,  it  must  be  refused. 

Part  III 

Translation  of  Territorial,  Service,  and  Rank  Designations.   (1) 

XXXXXXX     Abschnitt  Dkei     XXXXXXX 
Ubeossetzttng  Der  Gebiets-,  Amts-ttnd  Dienstgradbezeichnungen 

(1) — Gebietsieseichnungen:  Territorial  Designations: 

Btjndes-,  Landes-  National 

Gau-  Department 

Gebiet(s)  Region 

Kreis(-)  District 

Bezirk(s-)  Section 

Oetsgruppe(n-)  Unit 

Stutzpunkt(-)  Branch 

Zeixe(n-)  Cell 

Block  (-)  Block 


1502 


UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


G 

AV  OST 

Gebiet  Nr.  I 

Gejuet 

II 

G 

AU   MirTELWEST 

Geiuet 

III 

Gebiet  IV 

Gebiet 

V 

G 

AU  West 

Gebiet 

VI 

Gebiet^ 

VII 

Easte;i;n  Department 

Recjion  No.  I 

Region  II 

Midwestern  Department 

Region  III 

Region  IV 

Region  V 

Western  Deii'artment 

Region  VI 

Region  VII 


(2) — DicnststeUenbcseichnuiif/cn. 
bundeskanzlei 
Gauleitung 
-Geschaftsstelle 
Verlag 
bundesheim 
Jugendheim 
Landheim 
Jugendlager 
Siedlung 
Versa  M  MLUNG  SORT 


Headquarters  Designations: 
National  Headquarters 
Department  HEAOQUARiTrRs 
ExEcumvE  Offices 
Publishing  Offices 
Bund  Home 
Youth  Hume 
Country  Home 
YouiH  Camp 
Setilement 
Meeting  Place 


( 3 )  -Anistbezeichuiuigen  :  ( Beispiele ) 
Bunuesleitung 
Landes-Od-Fuhruxg  XXXXX 

(LODF) 
Landesjugendfuhrung  ( LJF ) 
Landesi'Rauexi  uhrung  (LFF) 
Fundesschatzmeisterei 
Bundesgeschaftsfuhrung 
bunuissorga  nis  ationsleitunt; 
Bundeswerbelkitung 

BuNDESPRESSELEIT  UNO 
BuNDESWIUTSCHAFTe  LEITUNG 

(DKV) 
Bundesnachrichtendienstlfitung 
Bundesscitulungssleitung 
BuNDESuscHLA   )  Untersncliuiigs- 

uncl  Schlichtungsausschuss ) 
Gaukassenleitung 
Gebiets-OdFuhrung 
Kreisjugendfuhrung 
Bezirksfrauenschaftsleitung 
Ortsgruppengeschaftsfuhrung 
Stutzpunktschriftfuhrung 
Gauleitung 
Zelleleitung 
(  )d-Abteilungsfuhrung 
Jugendabteilungsfuhrung 
(OD-  uiid  Jugendeinheit  der  Orts- 

grnppe   Oder  des   Stutzpunktes). 
-Lagerleitung 
-Siedlungsleitung 
-Jungenschaftsfuhrung 
-Madchenschaftsfuhrung 
Arbeitsdiensr-(AD)  -Fithrung 
SanITATSDIENST-  (  SD )  -Fuhrung 
Frontkampfer-  (fk  (  -Fuhrung 


Service  Designj^tioiis  (Examples) 
Xatioxal  Executive  Committee 
Xaiional  Od  Command 

National  Youth  Command 
National  AVomen's  Command 
National  Treasury  Directorate 
Nati  )nal  Secretari.^te 
Nation/ L  Organizing  Directorate 
National  Public  Relations  Direc- 
torate 
National  Press  Directorate 
National  Economics  Directorate 

National  Information  Directorate 
National  Education  Directorate 
National  Arbitration  Board 

Department  Treasury  Directorate 
Od  Region  C  ommand 
District  Youth  Command 
Section  Women's  Directorate 
Unit  Secretariate 
Branch  Secretariate 
Department  Executi\t:  Committee 
Cell  Executive  Committee 
Od  Unit  Command 
Youth  Unit  Command 


— Camp  Directorate 
— Settlement  Directorate 
— Boys'  Command 
— Girls'  Command 
Labor  Service  Command 
First  Aid  Command 
War  Vp;terans'  Command 


APPENDIX — PART    IV 


1503 


{-i)—Dicnst(jra(ih€zeichnungens  (Beis- 
piele) 

-ASITSWAI.TER 

-MiTAKBEITER 

ZEI.I-ENWALTER 

Block  WART 

Der  Bundesfuhrer 

Gauleiter-Ost 

Gebietsleiter-VI 

Kreisleiter-Ohio 

Bezirksleiter-Long  Island 

<  »ktsgki'ppenleiter-Chicago 

Stutzpunktleiter- 

Zellenleiter-Yorkville 

Blocklfiter-Yorkville-S 

Landes-Od-Fuhrfr 

(Der  BimdesfnliiiT) 
Landes-Od-Fuhrer 
Gau-Od  Fuhrer 

GebIETS-<  )l)-FlTHRER 
KEErS-OD-FUHRER 

Bezikks-Od-Fuhrer 

Od-Abteilungsflthrer 

(^d-zugfuhrer 

Od-G  RtJPPEN  FU  HRFJl 

blndesschatzmeister 

Bundesgeschaftsbtjhrek 

Bundesfrauenschaftsrefexent 

Lax  OESFRAr  ENFLTHRERl  N 

Landesjugendptjhrer 
l.^  ndesjungenfuhreb 

LANDBSMADt  HENFUHRERIN 

Bt'NDESPRESSELEITER 

Gauwertschaftsleiter   (  Dkv-Amts 

WALTER ) 
G  E3IETS  W  ERBELEITEE 

Kre;soi;ganisationsleiter 

Bezirk.spolitikleiter 

(  )rtsgruppen,tugendrefeeent 

Jugendabteilungsfthrer 

( )rtsgr/frauenschartsleitei5in 

SCHRIFTEUHRER,  GeSCHAFTSFXJHRER 

(Bei     Bundesleitung     Geschafts- 

fuhrer) 
Kassbnleiter    ( Bei    Bundesleitung 

Schatzmeister) 

Kommissarischer Leiteb 

Stellvbrtrete  n  dei: Letter 

USClHLAVORSITZEfi 

Rangabzeichen.  Standortabzeichen 
bundes  abzeichen 
Fraitenschafts-,  Jugendschaffsab- 

ZEICHEN 


Rank  Designations  (Example) 
— Officer 
— Assistant 
Cell  Official 
Block  Official 

The  National  Lkader 

Eastern  Depart.ment  Leader 

Sixth  Region  Leader 

Ohio  District  Leai)f:r 

IjOng  Island  Section  Leader 

Chicago  Unit  Leader 

— Branch  Leader 

1'ork\tlle  Cell  Leader 

Eighth  Yorkville  Block  Leader 

Order  Division    (Od)    Commander- 
in-Chief 

(The  National  Leader) 

National  Od-Commander 

Od  Department  Commander 

Od  Region  Commander 

( )D  District  Commander 

Od  Section  Commander 

Od  Unit  Commander 

Od  Detail  Cojimander 

Od  Group  Commander 

National  Treiasurer 

National  Secretary 

National    Women's    Division    Di- 
rector 

National  Women's  Commander 

National  Youth  Commander 

National  Boys'  Commander 

National  Girls'  Commander 

National  Press  DiBEcixm 

Department  Economics  Director 

Region  Public  Relations  Director 

District  Organizing  Director 

Section  Political  Director 

Unit  Youth  Director 

Youth  Unit  Commander 

Unit  Women's  Division  Leader 

SECfREIARY 


TRE:a  SURER 

Acting- 


-DlRECTOR 


Vice-Director  of 

Arbitration  Board  Chairman 
Rank  Insignia.  Location  Insignia 
Bund  Membi  rship  Emblem 
Women's  Division  Embiem 
Y'outh  Division  Emblem 


Division  of  the  Nation  Into  Principal  Jurisdictions 


eastern  department 


Region  No.  I.  The  DLstriets  (States)  Maine:  New  Hampshire;  Vermont;  Mas- 
sachusetts; Rhode  Island;  Connecticut;  New  York;  New  Jersey;  Eastern  Penn- 


1504  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

sylvania,  includingr  the  Sections  (Counties)  of  Potter,  Clinton,  Center,  Blair, 
Huntingdon,  and  Franklin.  In  addition,  the  Districts  of  Delaware,  Maryland, 
District  of  Columbia,  and  Virginia.  The  division  of  Pennsylvania  into  two  parts 
for  geographical  reasons  has  no  relation  to  political-party  affairs  in  so  far  as  they 
are  statewide.  In  these  matters  the  District  Directorate  of  Western  Pennsylvania 
is  subordinate  to  that  of  Eastern  Pennsylvania. 

Region  No.  II.  The  Districts  of  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia, 
Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi  and  Tennessee. 

midwestb:rn  department 

Region  No.  III.  Pennsylvania  west  of  the  Section  boundaries  of  the  Districts 
of  Eastern  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Michigan,  Indiana, 
Illinois,  and  Wisconsin. 

Region  No.    IV :   Minnesota,   North   Dakota,    South   Dakota,   Iowa,   Missouri,   » 
Nebraska,  and  Kansas, 

Region  No.  V :  Arkansas,  Louisiana,  Oklahoma,  Texas,  and  New  Mexico. 

WESTERN  DEPARTMENT 

Region  No.  VI :  Colorado,  Utah,  Arizona,  Nevada  and  California. 
Region  No.  VII :  Montana,  Wyoming,  Idaho,  Oregon,  and  Washington. 

The  Principal  (Chief)   (Headquarters) 

Jurisdictions  below  the  Section  are  the  Unit,  Branch,  Cell,  and  Block.  For 
more  detailed  explanation  of  the  arrangement  of  these  jurisdictions  see  "Organ- 
izational Structure  of  the  German  Bund"  (Officer  Regulations) 

general  definitions 

Headquarters  (Principal)    (Chief)  Jurisdictions  (Hoheitsbereiche)  : 

Collective  Geographical  term:  The  Headquarters  (Principal  Jurisdictions  of 
the  AV  are  the  Nation,  the  Departments,  Regions,  Districts,  Sections,  Units, 
Branches,  Cells,  and  Blocks. 

Headquarters  (Principal,  Chief)  Officers:  Hoheitstraeger :  Collective  Executive 
Designation :  Officers  at  the  heads  of  Directorates.  The  Bund  Fuehrer  the  De- 
partment Director,  Regional  Director,  District  Director.  Section  Director,  Unit 
Director,  Branch  Director,  Cell  Director,  Block  Director. 

Division  Chiefs  (Fachamtswalter)  Collective  designation  of  executives  who 
belong  to  the  staff  of  a  Headquarters  Officer  and  who,  therefore,  direct  a  division 
within  a  Headquarters  Jurisdictional  Directorate :  OD  Fuehrer  from  the  OD 
Command  Fuehrer  up;  Youth  Fuehrer,  from  Youth  Unit  Commander  and  Unit 
Branch  Youth  'Director  up  ;  Women's  Division  Leader  ;  Treasurer  ;  Secretary  ; 
Press  Director ;  Political  Director ;  Information  Director ;  Education  Director ; 
Organizing  Director;  Public  Relations  Director;  Economics  Director  (DKV 
executive)  ;  Camp,  Settlement,  and  Home  Director  from  Unit-Branch  officer  up. 
Associates:  Collective  assignation  for  the  immediate  subordinates  of  the  associ- 
ates. Divisions  (Gliederungen)  OD  Division,  Women's  Division,  Youth's  Division. 
Subdivisions  (Untergliederungen)  Y'outh  (Young  folk).  Young  Women's  sub- 
division. Boy's  subdivision,  Girl's  Subdivision,  and  Maiden's  subdivision. 
Division  Units  (Gliederungseinheiten)  The  OD  or  Youth  Unit,  the  OD  Detail, 
Youth  Detail  the  OD  Group,  and  the  Youth  tenship  (teenship?)  Subordinate 
Organizations:  The  (DKV)  German  Consumer's  League  Inc.,  and  the  various 
periodicals-home-and  settlement  corporations,  etc. 

Order  List 

Orders  should  be  sent  to  James  Wheeler-Hill,  P.  O.  Box  75,  Station  "K",  New 
York,  N.  Y.  Orders  should  give  the  number  of  the  article ;  all  mailing  costs  must 
be  paid  by  the  purchaser : 


APPENDIX — PART    IV 


1505 


Number 

Article 

1 

Monthly  Settlement  Blanks 

2 

Statements  (Balances.  Audits) 

3 

Personnel  Record  Blanks..  .  _ 

4 

Collection  Blanks .      . 

5 

German  Bund  Member  Record  Cards 

6 

English  Bund  Member  Record  Cards 

7,8,9,10 

"D"  "A"  "F"  or  "J"  Cards...      . 

11,12,13,14,15 

"JV",  "JM",  "JS",  "MS",  or  "M"  Cards 

16,17,18 

Green,  white,  or  red  Association  Cards 

19 

Unit  Questionnaire..    

20 

Unit  "Reminder"  Letters 

21,22 

German  or  English  Admission  Information 

23,24 

German  or  English  Patron  Applications 

25 

Youth  Certificates  of  Admission 

26 

30  cent  storm  (yellow) 

27 

50  cent  stamps  (blue) 

28 

75  cent  stamps  (red)..  ... 

29 

1.00  stamps  (green) 

30 

Contribution  stamps  (white)..                                                    

31 

Youth  Contribution  Stamps 

32 

Youth  Camp  Stamps . 

33 

Bund  Emblem 

34 

Patron's  Emblem 

35... 

Youth  Emblem 

36 

Unit  Women's  Director  Emblem 

37 

Women's  Associate  Emblem... 

38 

Women's  Member  Emblem 

39 

Unit  Official  Seal 

40 

OD  Standard  (American).. 

41 

OD  Standard  (Bund) 

42 

Detachable  Flae  staff     . 

43 

Flag  staff  Tips  (Bund  emblem) 

44 

OD  Armbands 

45 

Od  and  Officers  Rank  and  Location  Insignia  (See  OD  Regulations)... 
Purpose  and  Aims  (per  100) . 

46 

47 

Bund  Regulations 

Price 


Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 
500 

25jS 

1.50 

1.25 

1.00 

2.50 

5.00 

18.00 

3.25 

4.50 

3.50 

250 

900 

Free 


Uniform  articles,  which  become  the  property  of  the  purchaser  (pants,  shirts, 
caps,  leather,  ties,  coats,  (etc.),  may  be  ordered  through  appropriate  offices  or 
through  the  DKV. 


279895 — 41 — pt.  4- 


1508  '        UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


Document  #2 


AMSSIKADSrJfSCHSR       VOUSWLW 
GISMAS       AJIERITAN       BUMD 

QRGASISAf08ISCg£H       AUFBAU 

und     ' 

AJCTg»ALTBR«D32g?STV0gSCHRIFim? 
\m  MIfGLIBBSR».DIEKSTVQR£CMRIFrEK 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1507 


-1- 


Abschnitt  Ij 

Absctoitt 

n^ 

4,bsch»i  tt 

nh 

BHALTS  VES2SICiCn  S 


Me  Dieastst^Iien 

Die  UntersteXlungsverhfiltnisfie 

Die  Kciieitsberelche 
Di««  Hoheitstrager 

Die  Facheijttteiiung 
Die  Facb8ffit8»alt«r 
Bife  Mititlleder 


SIMS  AUCH 

««GruncU.»g8iade  Aa?»«lsuagen  zxxr 

Ortsgruppen-  xmd  Stutzpuaktleituns^, 

"Organ isatorlscherAufbau  dee  Ordftuagsdienatea", 

"Orgaitisatorischer  Auftau  der  Jugenaach&ft;'*, 

"OJ^anisatoriseher  Aufbau  der  Ffaueaschaft" 

UNJ>       die  Bundesbefekle,  Landes»0D*8efehle,  L8a<39s» 

Jugend'befeh.le,.Land6S"«FrBiifinbef«hie  un4  sonetigen 
BujidefiaatsbefeMe  sett  der  laMdeatagycg-l^je. 

21®  BSACHftJHGj  _ 

,  j3ie  BestisaBungan  der  verscbled^ftsn  gruiidl»g8ad«o 
Menstvoirschriften  gcltsn  nur  ins  of  end  sl«  Mcbt 
diirch  spater  verftgte  B«febie  der  Byn4eaie4tn«ig  «• 

abgetodert  oder  aufgehoben  tstordsn  siad  oder  werdon* 

Jsder  Befehi  eines  9undesaist«s  bedeutst  elue  Er* 
glicaung  bzw,  nine  Abaaderuag  oder  Aufhebung  der 
vorher  gultigen  Dienstvorschrifteiwund  Befeiile. 

Jeder  Hoheitscrager  hat  ein  Verzeichais  su  fuhrea,    <j;, 
«ori;-i  die  AtJS»irfcung  der  jeweiligen  neiaen  Befefale 
der  Bun4e6ielti«:g  auf  di«  Ms  dahin  gdltigen  Be» 
gtiamungfin  vermerkt  wird. 


AV»8imdesl«itURg,  H»uyorlc,  4.  l,g.l^^ 


•II- 


■y-<<'':'':'ii^--i''i:</ivi'<ij;:iMui<<M\--Ji^^ 


1508  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


I  B  N  S  T  S  f  SL  I. 


-2- 


i-  Ay«JtMl^l  Aueser  in  den  ZEL^M  und'  BLOCKS,,  besteht  der  Stab  jMes 
KoheitfitrSgers  (Biindeslelt'jRtf,  aauleitung,  aebietsieituog,  Kreisieii" 
tuag,  Bezirk-aleittJQg,  Ortstsm-ftjenK  und  Stutzpunktleitung)  aus  d«li 

a»b«        Kassenioztet>  (bt-l  der  Bandesleltimis  BiiJiagssc.hatzBieister) 
a^b<.o-    ehren-i'itj'';  :a  =-."ItigaT„  Scfe-^ifffifcrfcr  bsw    na-4>xa»tlic!i  aag»» 

stellte£i  C-ef^'^bt^ttiixibisr     (Die  Scfar ifx^fuhruag  soil  la  allge* 
meinen  voTi~dSB5  ^e-woill  s'".4azu  geeignetsten  Pechaatswalter  als 
feilaufgalje  ra-itgei-sistet  «erden) 

^~     ■        NachrTclvG  eti  1  i<;in  stie  iter 

c-  werbeleiter 

■  **"  Pre  ssele  iter 

■b—d"" 


e~  Jufj;«Mgefer8gt     (mir  bel  Ortsgrqppe  ^«d  StKitzpuakt) 

^•^  grauea adh af tsleitagrla    (bei  der  Buadfralsitisig  Bup4e8-yrau»n- 

schaftsraferent  uad  ^aindeafr^tie3a,fulix;«i4o)  ♦ 

(Frwianschaftslelterinnen  beteiligen  aicto  an  Amtswaltcrsitiungea 
auf  Bljiladung  dea  Hoh«itstragers.) 

HoheitatrSger,  welcha  iiber  ein  Stgeafaeia  Oder  Laodfaeiffl  bzw.  Soa- 
aerl <^er  verfugen,  seta^n  «ineii  HgiffiXaltec  bz».  eioen  Lat^Ialtar  als 
Facbamtswaltar  ein. 


•«••»*«« 


Amtei?  Bind  nur  bei  wirklicher  BetStiguxxgsaoglicbkeit  und  nicbt 
n«r  UBJ  Tltal  zu  verteilen  «u  besetzen.  In  Stutzptmkten  ucd  ilelnen 
Ortagrtropen  let  es  ratsam,  di«  oben  uater  »b-"  zusaimangelaaetcn  Ar» 
beitsgebiate  dem  Ctaganlsaticaialeiteiv  und  die  unter  xc-"  gmippierten 
Aoter  jsunilcbat  dem  Werbeleiter  zuzuteilen. 

Betreffs  MITARBKITBR  uad  QMILgSi^  der  gachamtawalter.   aiehe  unter 
Abschnltt  III  und  unter  0D».  J^efid»  ttnd  grajuanachafts^pienatvorschrlf^ 


«»I(IW«»»* 


ten. 

2-  ZELlM'AMmt  Die  ZKr.T.mEITBB  sind'Hoheitatrager.  fitelien  i«  Rang 
der  Ortsgytipftenfachaatawaiitay  und  gehSren  ait  zu||-  Stab  dee  Ortsgr.- 
bzw.  StUtQj.leiters,  ^ 

Kassenwalter.  Qygaai8atj.on8a>a3,ter.  fferbewaltey  tmd 

Die  j^e  verfUgt  uber  KSISB  eigenen  Gl i ederunggfuhrungan .  Die 
vxaa  Zellenleiter  fiir  besondere  AnlSsiw  gewunsefaten  0P«  oder  Jugend- 
scbaftoalnhet  ten  beantragt  er  be  la  jeweils  zustandigen  Abte  ij.  tmgsfulirei 


*«««*»»» 


3-  mpcmrmi   pie  momfiTm  stnd  di«  ^teyst^n  iffi^^tstyte^p  des 

AV,  stdben  in  Rang  det  ZellenWalter  uad  g<^dx>en  sit  tm  Stabe  ihres 
Zellenleiters.  Sie  aiixd  mit  den  ZelleawBlt<>,ro  und  OD-Zuicfahrero  die 
unter Bten  AintBTMatef  das  Bundes, 

"^er  Stab  eines  B^looiaaitefti  beat»fat  ma  i«  edAtm  ^*ckmxt  und 


I 


-11%- 


i 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1509 


einer  Blockyai-tlr,  fur  .-jcde  HAl'SGglgpE  m  B\ock.   D«r  Block  verfugt  uber 
keine  'geicnderon  Slockwarte  fiir  gassenapgelegerAeit^n.  Organisation, 
WertuDg  U3W.,   vielaehr  verrichtet  .^eder  Block-wart  in  der  ihjs  zugeteil" 
^«K  Hau3Rruppe  die  erf orderl ichen  Kafson. ,  QrRani36ti.ori3»  m^  W;er>>?'- 
•  usw.,  wahrend  die  BloOgsartin  Id  ihrer  Hausgri;qpi>€  die  be S(» 

'erjste  der  FrauQQSchaxt  verrichtet. 


verbal  tais.  einMSamitTO^  und  cin  FACHLI<Jl 

D«r  Srnennui^&» ,  fihthetmnRS^  imd  bestrsfunfiS'twrecfatiKte  Vorge^. 


arbeitgn  U6W.,  wahrend  die  BloOgsartin  Id  ihrer  Hausgri;qpi>€  die  bes(ai" 

A-     lIHTERSTELLUNGSVERHALf]:q:SSS»     Es  gibt  im  A7  _2g^i.,«rlei  UDt«rstellunge» 

sotzte  1st  diszipllr.artjr  Vorgasffater> 

Der  2ur  Heraissgabe  von  t^chlicrfn  BefehXen  \md  sachlichen  Ricfat« 
linler.  berechtigte  Vorgesetzte  ist.  fachljcher  Voi^es^tater. 

4a-  Qg?  HCH£ITj?rp.^G5R  (frager  des  gelben  Rangspifegela)  ist  diszipllna" 
rt-r  ICiD  .fachli:hef~Vorgeset2ter  agior  Dieastatellen,  Gliederungen  und 
Oil W ro rgan i sat ioji e n  jfj  seinea  Hoheitsl>ereich« 

4b-  PER _ FACHAiilTSWALTSa     (frager  d«s  sch-vtarzeR  Oder  roten  ftsngspiegels) 

^, ^  _  ?8cnamt3» 

waiter  onterf^ortiiieter  Hoh^i  taberjiche. 

4c-  BEISPISLS  DSS  I>IS2IPX; INARM  H»'^gg|£tI.^'^^lSVW^'^Ig^^  Bin  Orfcs 
grujr.penleitor  (Hoheitstr^ger)  ]^BHNT  utnd  SSfHSBi  seine  Ortggrxippenm 
facbaKtswaltcr  unii  seino  2fellen»  und  Blocklelter,  mit  der  Bestatigung 
seines  Gauleiters  bsw,   des  Lands 3M0»=P>ihrers  Oder  Lar-dea^Jugendfuhrere 
je  nach  den  Dienstvorschrift^n;  er  verJhigt  aiacfe  iaj  Baiisaen  der  Bundes- 
bestimEiungan  iibfT  -las  Strafbeurlautunjts^  imd  Ausschlvisareeht  in  Bezug 
auf  alle  ."/atartciter  inii  Jsit^lieder  c-lar  Porderer  in  seiner  Ortagruppe- 


;Sa 


Die  Gau=?rauens<iii8ftsleiterin  (FachssjtSiBalterin)  Sftl^GS^NT?  und  EKT». 
HSB1  ihre  •unmitt.elbar>?a_mtart-eit-erinr.c-n  und  Qeren  Gahilflnnfen,   iangr-. 
halb  der  Ga\i«Frauenscb&ftsleitvnK.   c^it  der  Bestatigung  ihrea  Gaulei» 
tcra.   (In  Pezug  aui"  iie  Frs'itnschef tsleiterinnen  der  Getiete,  Kreise» 
E'ozirke  -Olid  Ortsgr'-^ppen  Oder  Stiitzpunkte  aber,  ist  sic-  n'jr  fachlich^ 
V:>rgesetste  itnd  hat  adt  d«rren  Ernennung  und  Enthebung  nichts  zu  bjn> 
sondern  kann  n'or  deren  etwaige  mangelhefte  Dienstleistung  bei  den  zu» 
standic.cn  Koheitstrager  beanstariden.)         ■* 

^d-  gaigPIH-  pSS  FACHLICHJBi  Uf^T'SHSmLliyiSVSRHALTNisSSS?   Der  Bundesor- 
gsnisationaleiter  gibt,  nit  der  Gegeczeic-hnung  des  Bundesfuhrers , 
?undcscirt::.ffli3?tianSbefo.>Ua     he  raws,  die  fur  saatljche  Hoheitstrager 
y.d  Or-,  biiiratiijnsleiterV   bis  hinunter  zum  Block,  wie  geachrlet-eo  bla- 
de nd  gjud.   Er  gibt  femer,  s-it  der  Gegenaeic/irmflg  dea  r tmdesfuhr^jrd, 
's'a'cKl  iche  OrftSr.  isatjongrichtjl  inien  heraus,  Sle  jede  untergeordnet« 
Hor.«it5bbr'?ichsleitung  i4J;ter  Beriicksichtigung  ihrer  besonderen  Lage 
anwendet.  C-bschon  er  in  Bemg  auf  die  Mitarbeiter  'und  Gehilfen  der 
Pundeeorganisationsleit'irig  gleichzeitig  audi  diaziplinarer,  Vorgesetzt. 
TeFTit,    Irt  er  das  nicht  in  Br-xug  out  OrganisationfJleiter  der  Gaue, 
Gebiete,  Krslse,    Bssirke  \m6  Ortsgruppen  oder  Stutzp-arJcte»   aonderii 
kar:n  dc-rc:;  Hrr.er.nuf.g ,   r<?str8f'.ir!g  >3er  a:theb'-ia£  n'or  ifieofern  beein« 
f lessen,    iaas  er  Jber  ihre  etwnig-;  icnec-lhafte  rienstieistiUig  beic   2U» 
'st  ijidigen  Hoheitstrager  Binspruch  erhebt. 

•«  «*»»«* 

E.'TSPRS'^^SnB  v'E.^HALT  2S  SICH  H  BEZUG  AUF  ALL£  AiJTSLSITDHGS^  UKS 
GLIEDEHiKqpFllL":---:^.:;  ALLER  HOKE-ITSKEREICKJ:. 

-TV- 


1510  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


ABscH:;iTr    ii 

DIS     HQHiilTSTElGia  CIS'  -HOKEITSBEREICHE 


1-  0£R  HCKF.ITSfRA5£R;   rzinerfealib  der  Antswalterschaft  nirnt  der  Hoheits^. 
ti-ager  tine  Sondt-rstelluag  ein.   10  Gegens«tz  su  den  ubriger.,   den  FSjCt;^ 

frtswalttni,   welche  PACSLICHS  Gebiete  zu  bearbeiten  haben,   eine  TEZL- 
SSITWCIvraRG  tragea  xmd  2ur  Eeretmg-des  Hoh-eitstragers  dienen,   lei- 
tet  letzterer  ein  SlUMLICHES  Oebi^t,  «ijien  HDHEIISBIEEICH,   woric  er 
fur  die  BeTi't-g'ong  dleil^AM^VJS^IWORKHG  toagt.  . 

1^~  Hoheitstr-HRer  sixidj 

'1-  J^.^£^u..3-:3guhrer.  5-  die  B€zirk6le.i.t^, 

2-  di^;  '}l,i.-'''.tt:r.  6-  jif;  Ortgp;ciir^''--.nE  oder  Stutzp^ixiictlei t^r , 

3-  'Us:  Gefci^t.':. Titer,  ?-  ^-l^-  |>jllenlo^t>?p, 

4-  JiZ  Xf t.- ill's  1  t-fer .  8-  die  Blockleitfer« 

lb-  Hohwitsberoi'^he  sind: 

Del-  Bi-r.d'    (das  Laud),  die  Ortsf-ruopen  ttnd  * 

^..n^Irue     aandeaR8i;5>tteile),  die  gtrutzyJrTte     (Ortschsften). 

'^•'    -•— 'lHjt£     (Staatengruppen),  die  2-:"v'-*~    (Ortsteile), 

?!"■  Kf~i36     (die  Sbeaten),  die  Biock.s     CZellent*iile), 

HfeP^'^rice     (Coimtygr'-ppen),  die  HausFTm'Pt^n     (Blockteile). 

Ic-         Die  Hoheitstrager  vertreten  in  ihVen  Hoheitsbereich  den  B'jndnach 
imien  und  aussen  imd  gind  ihr«;a  Vor^'Jsetzten  •cersjitwottlich  fUr  di<- 
gedamte  Lage  der  Be«egimg  in  diesea  B^reich.  Die  Hoheitstrager  uben 
die  allgeoeine  Menstaufsicbt  uber  alle  iteen  nacfegeordnetsii  Dien$t» 
stellen  aus  und  sind  »iar  Aufrecbterhaltxiiig  ^er  Disziplin  ia  dea  ilaxien 
anvertrautea  Hoheitsbereich  verjifliciitet. 

Die  Facfearttgwalter  sind  ihrerseits  (neben  der  Verantwortlichicelt 
gegeau'beriKer  FACHvorgesetster.  Stslle).  iiisbeBC>ridere  dem  zustandig«'n 
,  Hdl'ieitatrager  fiir  die  ihiien  «ibertrag<?nen  Arbeitsgebiete  els  aeiat;.  cc.« 
aufrrajg.ten  verantwortlich. 

Die  Hgiieitstrager  sicd  disaiplioara  und  fachliche  Vorgesetzte  &li 
ihiien  nachgeordjietea  Hoheitstrager,  Fscfcaatswalter,  Mitaroeiter,  Go» 
bilfen  und  ?^itglieder  des  Bundes,   d«;r  BurgeiTeehtsaawarterscbeft  ur.d 
dt-r  Jugendschaft  in  ihreai  Hoheitsbereich.  Vom  atutzpuukt"  und  Ortsg 
gruppenleiter  auf warts  verfugen  die  Hoheitstrager  is  Sahaen  der  Per» 
soiialbestimmungen  ubc-r  das  Bestrafungs«=  und  Ausahblussreciht. 

Bis  Z'jr  Bestatigimg  durch  ibran  Jeweils  zustandigea  Vorgesetzten, 
gelten  alle  ihre  ESS^EimiSGEM  mi  H-JTHEBlliGKK  nur  als  BS^lfflSOa'  (koa= 
missarische  Elnsc-iferangea)  bz*.  als  BEUKLAUKfKGEJi ,   imd  ihre  BEFfJiLE  nur 
al-s  SACHLICHS  RICH'IiliUE:?.  (Ia_dringftuden  Ausnabjaefailea  kam  .jeder 
Hoheitstfgg^er  Befghle  Mt  SOfORTlGEH  Oulti.;^^^         erla»gea.  hat>  <iiese. 
abe;'r',''ffl^'HHfe'?D  bei    sc-inea  VorR6sctatga  su  citjld^a  niid  zu  betri'uadt-a.)   - 

B<  "':allun.^:surk'ur)dea  aeu^sr-aannter  A^tg.?alter  siad  erst  nach  drei= 
■   laonatifet^r  elKwandtreier  Aaitatatdgkeit  deraelben  nacb  ihrer  S<-nifim.g 
auszustellen  imd  an  den  ziistandigea  Vorgesetzten  sur  Bestatigiaig  zm 
schicken.  Auch  Berufungen  sollen.nw  im  Eiavc-rneiimen  sit  dea  T-ustan^ 
digen  Vorgesetzten  vorgenoBaaea  warden. 

Die  HoheitEtrager  baben  fiir  eiha  ordniingagemasse  xmd  gute  Betreum 
ung  aller  il-irer  mtglieder  zu  sorgen  u:-.d  ^sollen  ^ederaaan  durctt  Fe3t» 
setz'ong  bestiffijater,  regelniassiger  Sprechstuadea  ziiganglich  sein. 

Id-         Betreffs  lTJIR>Sf5E!5,  ?X"G=  \m4  STAI^DORTABZEICHH^  u!id  BTimUFAP^Bi 
der  Koheitstragar,   siehe  »0D«I?i<?a3tvorscbrif  tea",  Seitea  XI,  1}  u.l^, 
als  auch  die  Buadesbef ehl« ,   durcb  »?lche  alleia  Aader'jngen  yerfiigt 
vserden . 

le-         Betref fs  BBZglChl^lSGE!^  und  AfiGREITZUliGSH  daf  Hoheitsbereicfae. 
sishe  "Aawei siiagea  sur  Oi-tsgr-upfertleitung",  Abschnitt  HI,  Seite  18. 

SIEHE  FERi'iSR  INSBESaDKRE  His.  «:*liToLIi.  EBDISST-VORSCHRlFTSe" !      *'^~ 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1511 


-5-  fiJECHTE,  PFLICHTM  DND  ZDSTANDIGKEITH?  DIE  HOHEITSTRJtGEfi 

OEGAHIBATOEISCHBS     AUFBAU     DEE     HCaBITSBESKICHE 


2-  PER  BUSDBSgtlHRgRt  Die  Aufgebe  doe  Bundesfffirera  besteht  dariu,  den 
AV,  b«l  aller  Anpassuag  ux  die  Jeweiligen  BWordemisae  der  Zeit,  als 
SCaUTZ.  U»D  IRUTZBBWBGtSfG  DEB  VaLKSBEWJSSTEF  AMEHZEADaJOSCHTUMS  zu  er- 
halten  und  austiibaucn,  ^<«ltai^80b*ulich  natloaalagzialistisch  und 

gjerten  Nation  derVeralnli^tfli)i  StaiWn  von  HordameriJca  gewidmetl 
Damit  dj.ese  Bewegung,  als  l«t«t«  RettungSBOglichlteit  dee  a« 


und 

^  S£Z 

leut- 
schen  yolkstwms  in  AaSriki,  den  erforderlichen  FOhreranspruch  auf  al. 
len  LebenageMeten  dee  AaerikadeutschUims  mit  Recht  erheben  kann,  hat 
er  daJMr  au  sorgen,  daas  die  lobenawichtigen  erzieherischen,  politi- 
schen,  wirtachaftlichen,  wisaenBChaftlichen  vmd  retn  kulturellen  Be- 
lange  aller  StaiHno  und  StSnde  und  Glaubeasrichtungen  dieses  Deutsch- 

Kb  Schuiiw  &r  Bewegwii  'to  Bundeef^farer  ^iifiS^  «^*  Bundes. 

leitmg-  TOD,  aindaateos  drei  Bxmdeaantswaltern  au  \interhalten?  dieae 
Bundesl  e  i  tungiotbevpllmiaitlgt ,   Jederzelt  l>ei  einatlwsigea  Beschlusa 
eine  Landestaguag  elnjzuf)eruf«air,   8i?clcs  ^eurteilung  irgandweloher  von 
der  BvaidesleitrtEg  gegen  dea  Bandeafiihrer  erhobenen  KLageni 

im  Ubgjgeo  iat  <ter  Wille  dee  Bundeofatoreya.  ala  dem  all^inverant- 
•ortllchen  Flihrer  dea  Bundea,  der  Gliederungen,  Unterorganisationen  unt 

"       ■      "      BpfflEaSfi,  ausser  wfih. 


rpt  nyr  <jer  Lan« 
""orachrlften  aiv 


t- 


aagescbloasenen  Verb&ide,  daa  oberata  gaseta  der  Beweguag. 

h^aUf^  verantwortlicb.  bat  nur  voa  ito  jygandwaXctte  Vpy. 
aamebaen  und  kam  nur  vffi^fh^  aainaa  Amtaa  antfaofeen  yerd^ 

n&  i^ft  fSr  4le  Zeitroanna,  iiir  weiohe  er  von  der  Landeetagung 
erwSWt  ist,  die  let2te,end©iltige  Ifatscheiduttg  in  alien  die  Bewegung 
beruhrwaden  Fragen  irgwidwelcher  Art  und  jbat  vollatea  Verfiigungs-  und 
Bigentumearecht  uber  den  Bund,  dessen  Au8Xlch,t»mg ,  Beatand  und  geldli- 
Chen  Oder  sonstigen  Besitz. 

Bis  nixr  BeetStigung  durch  den  Bundeefiiiirer,  indem  er  die  betref- 
fende  Mit^liedskarte  gegenzeichnet,  gilt  jedea  neuangemeldete  Mitglied 
-  nuj?  als  Mitgliedschsftsanwfirter.  Der  Bundeefuhrer  hat  daa  Secht,  die 
Aufnahma  in  die  Bewegung  dine  Grundangabe  zu  verweigem.  Er  kaxm  «ei> 
ner  die  Urteile  etwaiger  nntersuchungs»  und  Schlichtungsausschiiase  xm" 
'  stosaen  und  Irgendein  Mitglied  beurlauben,  eeiner  iater  entheben  oder 
endgUltig  aua  der  Bewegung  ausechl lessen. 

.  Itt  allgemeinea  emannt  und  eothebt  er.la  Ratoen  obiger  Elnachrto- 
km$,  alia  gydesaatgwaltar .  eiiischliessllch  dex  Gauleiter.  Die  von 
'    Bundesfacheffitawaltaro  ScTgauleitern  vollzogenen  amennimgen  und  M* 
faeteinj^en,  ala  euoh  derea  :^ehle.  bediirfep  der  Bestatigung  des  Bunde 
filixrera,  um  bundesrechtsgoitig  zu  sein. 

Der  aindesftihrer  allein  ist  bevolimaohtigt,  Brklarungen  abzugeben 
Oder  Abkoaaen  eu  treffen,  welche  fiir  die  ganse  Bewegung  bindend  elad. 

2a-  pSR  SimvSaiKETBR  DSS;  BUNDSaFtlHRESSs  Der  Stellvertreter  des  Bunde s« 
fuhrers  wird  voe  Bundesfuhrer  emannt  und  enthoben.  Seine  besonderc 

•  Aufgabe  besteht  darin,  den  Bundesfuhrer  in  Bezutg  auf  dienstlichen  Ver- 
kehr  nichtgrmdaStzlicher  Art  mit  den  Bundesamtern  und  Gauleittaigen  zu 
entlasten.  Er  ist  1b  Auftrage  des  Bundeafiihrers  Vorgesetzter  aamtllchei 
Affltswalter  und  Mitglieder,  Sr  hat  sich  durch  Besuchsreisen  uber  Anord- 
nungen,  Eatscheidungen  und  Besprechun^en  aller  Art  auf  dem  Leufenden 
zu  halten  und  gegebenenfalls  zur  Wahrung  der  einaeitlichen  Ausrichtung 
aller  Hoheitsbereiche  und  Gliederungen  einzugreifen. 

Bel  Abwescnheit  des  Bundesfiihrers  tritt  er  bis  zu  dessen  Riickkehr, 
bz»e  bis  zu  einer  weiteren  Verfugung  einer  Landestagung,  in  die  gesaa- 
ten  Reohto  laid  Pflichten  des  Bundesfuhrers  ein. 


1512  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


..        '-  .,  .   '  .  .-...      •  ••  -6- 

3-  PER  GAOLETTSEi   Der  Gauleiter  untersteht  unmittielbar  deo  Bunaftsfiihrer  . 
un4  ist  Bundesamtswalter,  wird  vom  Bundesfiihrer  eraannt  und  entiiobea 
xmd  1st  nur  ihai  verantwortlicb. 

Der  Gauleiter  tragt  die  Gesaaitverantwortung  fiir  die  weltansooaaio 
lich-politische,   wirtschaftliche  und  kulturelle  Gestaltung  der  Bewe- 
gtaig  in  dem  ihm  acvertrauten  Gau.  Er  hat  die  besondere  Aiifgabe,   an 
Hand  der  ihm  dwch  untergeordnete  HoheitstrSger  gelieferten  Unteria* 
gen,  den  Puhremachwucha  der  Gau»  uad  Bundesleitung  heraoiEubilden  und 
zu  schulen.tind  ferner  durch  Besuche  in  alien  Teilen  seines  Gai»8  neue 
Stiitzpiinkte  zu  griinden. 

Die  Bezeichnung  des  Gaues  gnd  die  Pestlegimg  der  Grenzen  geschiea 
nach  Weisungen  des  Bundesfiilirers  durch  den  Bunde^organisationsleiter. 

Dem  Gauleiter  unterstehen  diaaiplinar  a&atliche  Atatswalter  und 
Mitglieder  seines  Gaues.  Br  ernennt  und  enthebt  erstens  eelne  Gsufad}*- 
ant sw alter  und  Gebietsleiter.   zweitens  die  Kreialeiter -des  G«ue8  mf 
Vorschlag  der  Gebietsleiter,  drlttens  die  Bezirkeleite:;^  des  QBWS_«tf 
Vorschlag  der  zustandigen  Kreisleiter  und  viertecs  die 

^ci  St^t^unk,  "         "■  "■        " 

Bezirksl 


befeh3,e. 
■    gultig  zu  sein.  ,      ,, 

In  etwaiger  Ermengelung  hinreichead.  «Bhir6icher»  aus^bXXd^ter 
Fiihrerkraf te ,   sollen  die  Gaufachajstswal^eji  gleiehzeitig  vor*ifeei«ehend 
Gebietsleiter  sein,   damit  die- beaondere  Aufgabe^  der  (Jtebietsleiter,   das 
Studium  der"yolks=  undhandelapolitisch^n,  indUBtrielien  unA  landwirt- 
schaftlichen  Besonderhe'it'en  dieser  oft  so  grundverschie<!toen  leile  der 
Gaue,  moglichst  bald  in  Angrif f .  genonaaen  werdea  meg.  Perner  soil ten 
-  diese  Gebietsleiter  eaerderen 141 tarbeiter.ia-etwaiger  Exwangelung 
anderer  geeighe-ter  A*rcsw6lter  m.Ort  und  St«ile»  ohoe  Verzi«  den  Sonde; 
difnst  der  Kreislei|;er  aufnehiacni  das  Sttldiua-  dea?  reclit3,|.oheA  «i<i  ** 
staatspolitischen  Gestaltung  der  verschieden^  Kreise. 

Die  von  Gautachaatsiyaltero .  Gebletaleitern^  Ereigo.  Beeiika.  und 
z;rum>eq°  bder  Stutgpunklbl  "^' 


una 
wall 
lan.  bundesrecfctsgdltig  ""zu  sefn.' ' 

Die  fachlichen  Befehle  'der  BundesfaoljaniJssaiait'ejp  »ind  fur  den  Gau- 
leiter wie  geachrieben.  bindendf  dieiBaohli<>^n  Biefttl'inien  der  Bundes* 
fachamtssalter  fiihrt  er  unter  Beriicikaiehtigung  der  besccder'Wi-  Verhalt- 
nisse  in  seinem;  Gau  di^h .     -  -    -.•  „   •.  ■-  '  ' 

Der  Gauleiter  eitialt  Nachrichib  iiber  alleh 'dienatlicheh  Scfarlft-    ' 
yerkehr  zwischeh  dpr.Bundesleitung  «nd  den  der  Geuleitiing  nachgeord* ' 
neten  Dienststellen.  Er  s'elbat  hat,  wo  inmftr  notwendig,' dur«h.  G«ube«   , 
fehle  Oder  Besuche  in  den  untergeordneten  H<*i4tt'pbereichen  einssugrei*' 
fen,  ujB  bei  mange Ih^fter-Befoigung  von" Bunde^efehlen  Besseruug  zu 
schaffen.  "        '.    -  '  ,■.•:: 

Er  hat  bis  zum  10.  eines  jeden  Monets  elnen  Finanz*  und  fStig* 
keitsbericht  an,  den  Bundesfjihrer  zu  schicken»  mlt  Angaben  fiber  ge« 
piante  GBuunternelimung,en,  iiber  die  Griinde  feiner  etwa  erscbwerten  An» 
wendung  von  Bundesa^ordnungen  und.iiber  be8<Snder8  zu  bertiokeichtigende 
Verhaitnisse  in  den  ,v«rschiedenen  feilen  des  Gauea  und  ait  VorschlSgen 
jeder  Art,  Zu  seiner  Unterstsitzung  habenihm  die  nachgeordneten  Menet« 
stellen  Abschriften  ihre  Berichte  en  die  Bundealditiaag 'zuzustelien* 

Er  hat  regelmassige  Besprechungeri  mit  seinen  Gauftschaaitswaltem 
und  Gebietsleitxinge'n  durch zufuhren,;  den  Efcelsaatswaltersitzungen  nach  , 
Mdglichkett  beizuwotalen  undj&deai  letzten  Stiitzpunlrt  des  Gauea  atodeft* 
tens  einoal  jahrlioh  zu  besuchen.  Seine  ailgemeinen  Dienstauslagen  er- 
halt  er  v<2i  der  Bundesschatzmelsterei  vergiitet,  die  Ko8t«n  seiner 
Dienstreisen  aber,  hat  er  je  nach  Leistungsfahigkeit  s^icbst  aaf  dia 
Ortsgruppen  und  Stutzpunkte  seines  Gaues  zu  verteilen. 

-Vlj-    ■ 


AI^ENDIX — PART    IV  1513 


1        ..     -^-  . 

i'      *"^*«''IgB  SiaiLLVaECKgyM  B^  Gim,grrSRSi  Stellwrtrcter  des  Qstile iters 

soil  eioer  der  Gaufschsatswalter  Oder  Gebietaleiter  des  Gaues  seln. 

Er  »ird  vob  Gauleiter,  ait  dar  BetrtStigung  des  Bundesfiihrers,  ernarmt 
\  i»d  enthoben.  ' 

I  Seine  beaondere  Aufgabe  besteht  darin,  d4n  Gauleiter  in  Beaug  atx£ 

d«o  dieaetiicben  Verkehr  nicbtgrundsatelicher  Art  »it  untergeordneten 

Dlenatstellen  sju  entlasten.  Sr  iat  im  Auftrage  des  Gauleiters  Vorge- 
I  setater  aller  Aatswalter  und  Mitglieder  dea  Gaues.  Sr  hst  eich  uber 

I    .         Anordnungen,  Satscbeidungea  xmA  Besprechimgen  aller  Art  suf  dem  L«u« 
i  fenden  tu  liaiten,.  van  imiebenenfalla  VerhandlUDgen  weitersufUfaren  bzw. 

|:  deroc  Durchfiihxung  unS  Aua»irkung  tu  uberwachen.  Bei  Abwesenheit  des 

I  Gauleiters  tritt  er  bis  zu  dessen  Kicktehr  bzw.  bis  bu  einer  weiteren 

I  VerfCigung- des  BundesfUhrere,  in  die  gesaaten  fiechte  und  Pflicbten  dee 

I  Gaiileiterfi  ein. 

r 

I        4-  PER  GSBIM'SLSITSyt  Der  grosse  rSumliche  Uafang  und  die  vielfacfa  sehr 

verschiedenen  Verbal tnisse  in  einzelnen  Staatengri^jpen  des  Oaws,  ma«. 
|;  Chen  eine  Einrichtung  ▼<»  Gebieteg  potwendig.  Die  Bezeichnung  des  Ge« 

bietes  und  die  'Pestlegung  (Ser  Grenzen  geschieht  nscb  Weisungen  des 
I"  Btmdesfiibrers  durch  den  Bimdoeorganisationsleiter, 

Der  Gebiatsleiter  ist  Gauamtswalter  und  untersteht  unmittelbar 
f      .       d#m  Gauleiter.  Kr  wird  vob  Gauleiter  ait  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundes- 

ffihrers  em.annt  und  enthoben. 

fir  trl«t  dem  .Gauleiter  gegenaber  Insbesondere  die  Gesaaatvorant- 

wortung  fiir  die  volfcs-  und  bandelspolitiache,  industrielle  mi  land- 
f  wirtacbaftliche  Auaricbtungder  Bewegung  in  dso  iha  eavertrauten  Hoheit. 

\ ,  bereich. 

\  Br  emennt  und  entfaebt  seine  Gebjetafaobptsrolter.  Seine  Sroen« 

t  SMBSSi  «n^  ft^f|^?>*«f n  1   sowie  seine  GebjetiSbefeble.  bedurfen  der  Be- 

»-  fitStigung  des  GauXei^ra.  ua  bundeareebtagUltig  zu  sein. 

i  Ausser  in  Beawg  auf  seine  besobr&ikto  Imennuags.  und  ©jtbebungs- 

I  berecbtigung,  ist  der  Gebietsleiter  disziplinSrer  Vorgesetzter  aller 

I  ,  A«its»«lter  und  Mitglieder  seines  Gebietes,  Die  Kreialeiter  seines  Ge» 

i  bietes  uerden  auf  seinen  Vorscblag  vom  Gauleiter  «ait  -der  Bestfitlgung 

r  des  BtmdesfUbrers  emannt  und  enthoben. 

r  ■         .        Al^e  atiennungen  und  &tbebuagen  der  Gebietafecbatttswalter.  sowie 
i  derea  MsSf^a^ft  ISljffi^e^^MgiM.  befe^^  der  Sesiati. 

K  Der  Gebietsleiter  bat  sich  iiber  Anordnungen,  Sntscbeidungea  und 

I  BesEprechungen  aller  Art  is  seinea  Gebiet  auf  dem  Lsufen^en  tu  helten, 

i  .  stets  auf  eine  eiabeitltchs  luaridituag  aller  nacbgeordneten  Diemst*. 

1  stellen  bcdacbt  zu  seln  und  eine  rege,  verstandnisinnige  Verbindung 

I  zwischen  der  Gauleitung  und  den  Ereisea,  Bezirken  und  Ortegruppen  des 

I.  Gebietes  ru  fdrdem.  Ir  hat  r^elmSasige  Berorechungen  alt  seinen  Ge. 

I  bietsfacbsastswaltem  und  Kreisleitungea  anzuberataien  und  Gau-  und  Bun» 

I  deaieituag  moaatlich  ait  Kurzberichten  und  Anregungen  iiber  die  beson». 

deren  wirtschaftliehen  und  politiecben  Verti^tnisse  in  feelnem  Gebiet 

k.  zu  unterricbten. 

I  Die  fschlichen  Befehle  der  Bundes-  und  Gauf acbaatssjalter  slnd  fiir 

I  iha  wie  gescbrieben  blndend;  deren  sachlicfae  Richtlinien  fidirt-W  untei 

I  ■  Benioksidatigung  der  iage  in  aeiaea  Gebiet  durch. 
I  »••••»♦«• 

r  5-  KM  imiSlSilfmi  Da  das  iand  sua  acbtundvierzig  Blnzelstatten  besteht, 
I  die  in  vielen  Bezlehungea  grundversohledene  Gesetze  heben  und  worin 

!■  eehr  unterachiedliche  politische  Verbal tniase  beriicksichtigt  werden 

I  Bussen,  ist  die  SLnrichtung  von  Kxeiaen  erforderlich.  Die  Bezeichnung 

|-,  des  Ereises  und  die  Feetlegxaag  der  Grenzen  geschieht  nach  Weisungen 

?  .  des  BundesfUhrers  durch  den  Bundesorganisationeleiter.  Der  greialel^y 


1514  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


ist  GebietsaptswaXter ■ und  untersteht  umaittalbar  dem^Gebletg 
wird  vom  Geuleitsr  auf  Vorechleig  d©«  Gebietaleiters  xiEd  mit 
gung  des  Bundesfubrers  eyxjannt  uo4  enthoben. 

.  Er  tract  dem  (iebietsleiter  gegeaiiber  die  Gesaatverantwortung  ins- 
besondere  fiir  die  st&8ts»,  rechts-  und  partaipolitisch©  Ausrichtuag 
der  Bewegung  in  dem  iha  anvertrauten  HohiSitsbereich. 

"Er  ernexuat  and  enthebt  aelne  Kreiefachpffltagalter  mit  der  Bestati.. 
g'jng  dee  Gauleiters.  Seine  KreisbefehXe  bedurfen  der  BestatJKuaK  des  jI 
G&bjetsleiters.  Er  berichtet  uber  alle  seine  Emennungen ,  EnthebungeliP 
■Btjf'enle'  u.   dergl.  sofort  an  den  Gebiets-  imd  Gauleiter. 

Aueacr  io  Bozug  auf  seine  beschrankte  Bmennung8».  und  Enliiebungs- 
be»eehtigtog,   ist  der  kreialeiter  dis?iplin«lrer  Vorgesetzter  aller  Amt£ 
.'waiter  und  Mitglieder  aeiaea  Kreiees.  Die  Bezirkaleiter  des  Kreises 
'♦etdoo  auf  seinon  VorscMag  voa  Gaul'eii;i^r  oit  der  Bestati^mg  des  B\m» 
de-sfiihrers  emannt  und  entJtoben. 

'     Alia  Smennungen ,  und  tethebuageo  der  greisfacfaaintswalter.  sowie 

derten  Befehle  und  die  BefeMe  dap  Begirtoleiter.  bedurfen  der  Bostat^ 

guiig  des  Srersleiters.  ua  Dundasrechtsiaiitig  zu  sein.  " 


iDer  kreisleiter  hat  sich  iiber  Anordnungen,  Batscheidungen  und  Be«p 
sprechungen  aller  Art  auf  dem  Leufenden  2U  halten,   stets  auf .eine  eii# 
heitlictie  Ausriohtung  aller  Telle  und  Gliederungen  seines  Kreises  be- 
dstcht  ni  sein  und  eine  rege,   verstandnisinnige  Verbindung  zwischen  der 
Gebietaleltung  und  den  untergeordneten  Stellen  zu  fordem.  Besonders 
bet  er,  durch  regeloasslge  Ereis-  ynd  Bezlrksaat^alterbesprecixur^en, 
die  Betirke,  Ortsgruppen,  angeschl«ssenen  Verbande  usw.,    seines  Erei= 
see  "Uber  Gesetzcebung  und  parteipolitiscbe  Begebenheiten  In  dem  betref« 
fenJen  Kreis  zu  tmterrichten  und  hieriiber  monatlich  an  Gebiets-,  Gau« 
und  Bunde si eitung  Bericht  zu  ef statten. -  S 

Die  fachllchen  Befehle  der  Bundesa  und  zustSndigen  GflUa  und  Ge»  " 
■   bietsf achamtswal ter  sind  fiir  den  Kreisleiter  wie  geschrieben  bindend; 
deren  sachliche  Richtlinien  fiihrt  er  unter  Berucksitditigung-  der  be8on= 
deren  Verbal tnisse  in  seine a  Kreis  durch.       \    ■ 

5a-      '^0  Bundeskreissrenzen  aus  Verkehrsruoksichten  nicht  mit  den  poli« 
tisohen  Staatssrenzen  ubereinstimmen.   wie  z.B.  ih  Pennsylvanien,   das 
in  zwei  Kreise  geteilt  ist,  bESfcteakW  sich  die  Befehlsgewalt  jenes    J 
RxeisleiTers,  in- dessen  Kreis  sich  die  Staatshauptstadt  befindet,   warn 
den  ganzen  Staat,  wo  es  sich-uM  bebordliche  oder  parteipolitische  An«= 
gelegenheiten  handelt,   welche  den  ganzen  Staat  angehen.   Im  ubrigen  be» 
schrankt  sich  die  Zuatandigkeit  jedes  Kreisleiters  auf  seinen  Bunde8= 
kreis.  •  "  ' 

6-  DER  BEZZRKSLEITSR;  Eine  •nCovrnty"  oder  eine  Zusannenfassung  von  cieh« 
reren  nCounties'"  bildet  einen  gezirk*  Der  Bezirk  fuhrt  Namen  und  Hum«^ 
per  der  OrtsF-;ruppe  bzw.  de3...Stuizpunktes.  worin  sich  dte  Sitz  der*"S53 
zirksl eitung  befindet.  Die  Bezel cfcnuxig  '  des.  Jezirks  geschieht  nach  V&9= 
■angen  des  Bundesfiihrers  durch  den  Bundesorgenisationsleiter.  Die  Fest= 
leguiig  der  Grenzen  geschieht' nach  Wetsungen  des,  Gauleiters  durch  dejii^ 
Gauorganisationhleiter,-  Dea  Jundesorganisationsleiter  wlrd  deinentspre« 
chend  umgehend  Mitteilung  geaecht, - 

Der  Bezirksleiter  ist  Kreisatntswalter  und  imtersteht  unmittelbar 
dem  Kreisleiter.  Er  wlrd  vora. Gauleiter  auf  Vorschlag  des  Kreisleiters 
mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfiihrers  ernannt  un.d  enthoben.. 

Er  trigt  den  Kreisleiter  ge^enaber  die  Gesamtverantwortung  JMJBWt 
WSMVfH  fiir  die  weltansciiaulich«politische,  kulturelle  und  wirtscfaaft- 
liche  Gestaltung  der  .Bewegung  in  dem  ihm  anvertrauten  Hoheitsbereich.. 

Er  emennt  und  enthebt  Bgine  Bezirksfachantswalter  mit  der  Besta- 
tigung des  Gauleiters.  Seine  Bezirksbefehle  bedurfen  der  Bestatigung 

-IX- 


APPENDIX PART   IV  1515 


des  Krcislelters.  Der  Bezirkaleiter  berichtet  sofort  tiber  alle  scac'he 
Ernermungen,   Sithebungen,  BefeMe  und  der^l.,   an  den  Kr«l8»  und  Gaulel* 
ter. 

Umfasat  der  ^d»8kr«l8.  worin  alcb  der  Bezirk  befindet,  nur  einen 
Tell  eines  Staatea.   wle  g.B.  in  Penoj^lvanlen,  dann  ist  der  Beziricslei*/ 
ter  in  Bezug  auf  alle  behordlichen  und  parteipolitischen  Angelegenhei- 
ten,  welche  den  ganzen  Staat  angehen,   ^enem  Kreialeiter  unterstellt,  in 
dessen  Kreia  sich  die  Staatshauptstadt  befindet. 

Ausser  in  Bezug  auf  seine  beachrinJrte  Emennungs*  und  Bitbebungs- 
berechtigungv  ist  der  Bezirkaleiter  disziplinarer  Vo3rgesetzter  aller 
Amtswalter  und  Mitglie.der  in  eeinem  Beairk.  Die  Ortagryppen*  und  Stiitg« 
punk tie iter  seines  Beziriea  warden  auf  seinen  Vopschiag  vom  Gauleiler 
mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfuhrera  emannt  und  enthoben. 

Alle  grnen^unfien,  Bithelwngen  und  Befehle  der  Bepirksfacbaatewal. 
ter,   sowxe  die  Btefehle  der  Ortaeruppfn-  bzw»  StiitgDunktleiter.  bedurfen 
der  Bestatigung  dee  ^zi.tksl«it9T8l 

Der  Bezirkaleiter  net  aich,  durch  hSufige  personliche  Besuche  und 
durch  regelmassige  Amtswalterbesprechungen  mit  seiner  BezirksamtsweilterT 
sdhaft  und  seinen  Ortsgnqjpen-Stiitzpunktleitungen,  viber  alle  wesentliejjj 
Chen  Anordnvsigen,  JEntscheidungen  und  Bet5»recirungen  auf  dem  Laufenden  ru 
halten,   stets  auf  eine  elnheitliche  Ausriditung  aller  Telle  und  Gliede- 
rungen  seines  Hoheitabereicbes  bedacht  sru  sein  und  eine  rege.  verstand«> 
nieinnige  Verblndung  zwlschen  der  Ereisleitung  und  den  untergeordneten 
Stellen  zu  fordem.  Er  bat  aich  insbeaondere  ait  der  laufenden  Unter- 
richtung  seiner  Ortagrtqjpen  und  Stati^unkte  iiber  die  Gesettgebuag  und 
Parteipolitik  der  »C»untiee"  seines  Besirkes  zu  befassen  und  mit  einer 
eingehenden  weltansehauliohen  und  organieatorischen  Schulung  der  Orts- 
gn:ppen-  und  Statzpunktleitungen.  Er  Hat  aufmerksais  zu  beachten,  dess 
din  Ortqgruppen  nicht  zu.  leichtfertig  grossere  Anschaffungen  und  Mieti. 
Oder  Keufuntemehinungen  vornehaen  und  dass  sie  sich  organisaterisch 
nicht  ziineinseitig  entwickelnj   sie  faaben  der  Politik,  der  Bundeakangpf- 
presse,  der  Wirtscbaft  (racv),  der  Bundeswohlfahrt  (Prauensoh.).  der 
Jugend  und  ihrer  Erziehung  (Jugendscheft,  Schulen),  der  OD«Schulung 
auf  korperlichem  und  Mieti etm.  Gebiet,  als  auch  der  Kultur  (Wissen- 
scbaft,  Singen,  Tumen,  Biihne""u8w.)  Kleicfaaaa  ihre  Aufmericsaakelt  und 
BeriickaichtiguBS  zu  wldnenl 

Der  Bezirkaleiter  ist  auch  jener  Verbindungsmann,   der  in  erster 
Linie  dem  Gauleiter  behUflich  zu  sein  bat  bei  der  Auslese  von  brauch- 
barem  Aiats»»l-ter«  und  Fiihremachwuchs  und  bei  der  Vorbereitung  von  Wer« 
beversaamlungen  zwecks  Griindung  neuer  Stiitzpunktet 

«»!/  ff  H^  aoiatlich  .an  die  Kpelft..  Gau-  und  Bundeslei  tuna  zu  berich- 
5SS/  Die  fachlichen  Befehle  aTler  ubeige^SrdnetSrSienenTBundes. ,  Geu« 
Gebiets-  und  Kreisaater)   Bind  far  den  BeziiAaleiter  *ie  gescbrieben  bin. 
dend.  Bei  etwalgen  Widerspriichen  zwischen  verschiedenwi  Befehlen,  ist 
der  Befehl  der  ranshSberen  Stelle  ausschia«gebend.  Sachiiche  Rioht- 
linien  dleser  Aater  fiihrt  er  unter  Berucksiditiguag  der  Lag*  iB  saiaem 
Bezii*:  dxirch. 


n  rens»n  soljen  grundsatzlich  G<meindegran8«a  SibHT  Sbersclmeiden. 

^Jie  Ortsgri^pe  uafasst  nlncteat«Da  S|M&  Mitgliederj  wo  sie  mehr 
.slB  ZMmmMl  Mitglieder  zahlt.   »oU  f^ioSllichat  eine ^Pe Hung  in 
o'L  _P?**^"^*"  vorgenOttBJen  wsrdeai.  Dies  geachieht  aiif  Vorschlag  des 
Bezirkaleiter^  an  den  Gauleitert  der  Gauleiter  verfUgt  die  Teilung  mit 
aer  Genehffligung  des  Bundesfuhrers  diuxh  den  Gauorganisatlonsleiter,  als 
auch  die  Festlegung  oder  AbSnderung  der  Grenzen.  Dem  Bundesorganlaationt 
ieiter  wird  uBigeh«nd  Mitteilung  gwaacht.  Die  BezeicMiung  aller  Ortsgrup' 
^^^  "mw^r*^*^*^  Weisiaagen  dee  BundesfeiirerB  durch  den  Bundeaorganl- 


1516  UX-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


-10- 

.-satiocsleiter.  ,      ^  _,       ^ 

Die  Teilung  von  iibergressen  Ortsgruppen  sell  deswegen  durchge- 
fiifcrt  werden,  well  ier  OrtSKruppePleiter  alle  seine  Mitglieder  ]»er« 
BorJich  kermen  soil,   also  in  der  Lage   zu  Meiben  hat,   jedem  Mitglied 
der  Ortsgruppe  ziiganglich  zu  sein  und  Aufmerksamkeit  widmen  zu  kdnnen. 
Wo  die  Anzahl  Ortsgruppen  in«i  einem  kleinen  Bereich  betrachtlioh 
ar.'saohst,   sind  dann  die  Bezirke  zu  rerkleinern,  bis  sie  aa  Ende  nur 
■; itie  oCounty"  uffifassen,  und  der  geeignetste  OrtSKTuppenleiter  in  die= 
sejc  nCounty"  wird  zum  Bez  irk  ale  iter  befordert. 

7a-       Der  Ort.sgruppenleiter  ist  Be zlrksaint swelter  und  untersteht  unmit= 
telbar  dem  Beairkslelter  ~Er  wird  auf  Vorschlag  des  Bezirksleiters  vom 
Gauleiter  ndt  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfuiirers  f^rnannt  und  enthoben. 
gr""tragt  dem  Bezirksleiter  gegeniiber  die  GESMTVBEtANTWORTUMG  fur 
die  weltanschaulich-politische,   wirtschaftliche  und  kulturelle  Gestal- 
tiaig  der  Bewegung  in  dem  ihm  anvertrauten  Hoheitsbereich. 

7b-  ■   Der  Ortsgruppenleiter  ist  der  disziplinare  Vorgesetzte  aller  Amts« 
waiter  und  Mitglieder  in  seinem  Hoheitsbereich.  Er  ist,  mit  dem  Stiitz- 
punktleiter,  der  unterste  HoheitstrSger  welcher  im  Rahmen  der  Personal- 
be  stiusmiingen  des  Eundes  liber  das  Ausschlussrecht  verfugt. 

7c-       Er  emennt  und  enthebt  seine  Qrt3fa;ruppepi'ach.agit3walter  und  Zellen.^ 

.  I e iter  mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Gauleiters  und  seine  Bl*ckleiter  auf 
Vorschlag  des  zustandigen  Zellenleiters  pit  der  Bestatigung  dee  Gandei- 
tors.  Seine  0rtsp:ruppenbel'ehi9  "bedurfen  der  Bestatigung  des  Bezirks- 
leiters. 

;ir      Slie  EraennunKen.  Ehthebungen  und  Bafehle  der  OrtsKruppenfachamts- 
waiter  und  Zgllenleiter  bddurfen  der  Bestatigung  des  Qrtsgruppenleiters 
2t  halt  die  Bezirke-'.  Gau.  und  Bundesleitung  laufend  unterrichtet  uber 
alle  Stellen'besetztmgen  und  wesentljchen  Befehle  seines  H»heitsberei= 
ches. 

?n~  Die  Pachiiohen  Befehle  aller  ubergecrdneten  Stellen  (Bundes-  und  zu» 
standige  G8U«,  Gebiets=,  Ereis»  und  Bezirksamter)   sind  fur  den  Orts« 
gruppenleiter  wie  geschrieben  Mnden^.Bei  etweigen  ?!iderspruchen  z»i« 
schen  Befehlen  verschiedener  Stellen,   ist  der'Befehl  der  ranghoheren 
Dienststkile  ausschlaggebend.  Sachliche  Kichtlinlen  dieser  Xmter  fiihrt 
er  venter  Beriieksachtigung  der  bes«nderen  Verhaltnisse  in  seinem  Hoheits» 
bereich  durch. 
.7f-      Der  Ortsgruppenleiter  setzt  neuernannte  Ortsgrappenfechamtswalter, 
Zellen«  mnd  Blockleiter  in  geeigneter  F«rm  feierlich  in  ihr  Amt  ein. 
Die  Einsetzupg  erfolgt  im  Hahmen  eines  Ortsgruppenmitgliederappells. 

7g-      Pemer  ist  ee  das  Amt  des  Ortagruppenleiters,   endgiiltig  in  den  OD 
und  in  dip  Frauenschaft  aufgentamenanMitgliedem  feierlich,  im  R^aen 
eines  0D>»  bzw.  Frauenschaftsappells  ihre  SD«  "bzw.  Frauenscheftspasse 
auszuhandigen. 

7h-      Am  fag  der  Jugend  (jahrlich  ungefahr  Mitte  Maxz) ,  ul>ernimmt  der 
Ortsgruppenleiter,   in  Begleitung  seines  OD^Abteilungsfuhrers,  die  1«» 
Mhrigen  Jungenschaftsmitglieder  feierlich,   im  Rahmen  eines  Appells 
der  versatniBelten  Jiogendschaft,   in  die  Bundesmitgliedscheft  und  in  den 
OD;  die  21"jahrigen  Madel  der  MSdelschaft  tibemimat  er  anlSsslich  die- 
ses''Appellft  feierlich  in  die  Bundesvtllmitgliedschaf-t.  ^ 

7i-  Alle  AntrSge  auf  Aufnahme  in  die  Jugendschaft,  Fordererschaft  und 
Bundesmitgliedschaft,   ©der  innerhalb  des  AV  in  den  OD  ader  in  die  Frau- 
enschaft, bediirfen  der  Gegenzeichnung-feee  Ortegruppenleiters,  um  bundes« 
rechtsgultig  zi  sein,  Er  kann  die  Aufnahme  .in  di*e  Jugendschaft  #der 
Fordererschaft  ohne  Grtaadangabe  verweigem., 

7d-  Er  hat  die  Gau»  und  Bun-desleitung  aanetlich  iiber  «lle  Ausscfalusse 
pder  Streichungen  zu  unterrlchten,  mit  Angaben,   cb  die  gestrichenen 
Oder  ausgeschlossenen  Mitglieder  ihreKerten,  Bucher,  Abzeichen  u.dergl. 
an  die  Ortsgruppe  zuruckerstattet.  haben,   damit  solche  Personen  nicht 
durch  irgendeine  andere  Ortsgruppe  •toe  Zustimmung  des  ausschliessenden 
Oytsgruppenle  iters  wie  der  eufgenoome'n  werdto  konnen.   Die  Ortsgruppen 
werden  von  der  Bundesleitung  laufend  iiber  Ausschlusse  unterrichtet. 

-XI- 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1517 


-11- 
In  seinen  Berichten  an  die  Gau«  und  Bundesleitung  hat  der  Ortsgruppen- 
leiter  alle  Streichungep  wegen  Interesaeleeigkeit  ader  NichtbezfeMung 
der  Bgjtrage  als  Auswlhiyisse  anzufuhreo.  Vea  Ortsgruppenleiter  au6ge=. 
schl«S8ene  Mitglleder  haben  acht  Taae  Zeit,   slch  schrif tlich  und.  mit 
seinea  Wissen  an  die  nachsthohere  Dienststelle  (die  Bezirkaleitung) 
2u  wenden  und  Berufung  einzulegenk  Ven  da  aus  geht  es  schrittweise  hohc 

7^-       Dienstliche  Meinungsverschledenheiten  swischen  dem  Ortsgri^pen« 
1  titer  und  seinen  Amtswaltem  ed-sr  ilitgliedem  werden  NICHT  durch  ei= 
aen  UntersuchungSo.  iind  Schlicbtujigsausscfauss  beigelegt,    aandeia  von 
Urn  persbnlich  in  der  ersten  Instanz  entschiedeB.  Der  jeweilige  Klager 
kann  sich  bei  Nichtzufriedenstellung  innerhalb  acht  IJagen.  und  z^mi 
HUT  schriftlich  und  mit  Wissen  cles  Ortsgruppenleiters,  an  den  Bezirks= 
leiter  und  von  da  aua  welter  nach  oben  richten.  Auch  Wi  Ausschliissen 
wegen  dienstllchen  Fragen,  komat  kein  UschlaBVerfahren  in  Frage,   SQn= 
dem  liegt  die  Entscheidung  Vei  den  Htteitstragern,  die  allein  Diensto 

;ar»rschrift€n,  Befehle  und  An»rdnungen  auslegen  und  das  dienstliche  Ver. 

halten  eines  Amtswaltera  «der  Mitgliedes  beurteilen. 
/L-         Uschlaverfehren  koamten  nur  in  Prage  in  Verbindung  mit  pers6nli>= 
Chen  Meinungsver3chi  edenheiten  und  Streitigkeiten  gwischen  Bundeamlt'^ 
gliedern  und  nichtdienatlichex'  Art.  Die  Mitglieder  des  Untersuchungs== 
und  SfShlichtungsausachusses  ei-nennt  der  Ortsgruppenleiter  fiir  jeden 
Streitfall  aus  den  Reihen  der  nichtbeteiligten,  unbefangenen  und  als 
besonders  ruhig  und  sachlich-'veranlagten  Mitgliedem.   (  Siehe  auch 
Abschnitt  III  unter  nMitglieder»Dienatvorschriften"). 
'M-         Der  Ortsgruppenleiter  ist  bevallmacbtigt,  Antrage  auf  Broffniaag 
eines  Uschlaverfahrens  zur  Durchftihrung  freizugeben  Oder  abziilehnen. 

r,  Eihlaufende  Bunde  sea  tell  edgkar  ten  und»Hicber  ulwrreicht  der  Ortst= 

^giruppenlelter  feierlich  an  die  Bmr  ia  Rahmen  einas  Mitgliederappells. 
Fordererkarten  werden  den  Forderern  in  Fordererversammlungen  bzw,  Biit« 
tels  Post  Oder  Beten  zugeatellt.   Die  ersten  pp^Passe .   Jugendachafts^ 
mitglledskarten  und  FrauenscAaftgpasse  vi>»erreicht  er  feierlich  im  Bei» 
sein  der  zustandigen  Futfrer  «t3er  Fuhrerinnen  in  HahBan  eines  Appells 
der  betreffenden  Gliederung, 

Betreffs  Mitgliedscbaft,  Abrechnungen,  Versaaualxingsordnung,  Fest« 
folgegestaltung  und  weitere  Vorschriften  fiir  den  Ortsgruppenleiter, 
siehe  "Grundlegende  /.nweisungen  zur  Ortsgruppealeitimg"  und  Bundesbe^ 
fefale. 

7»-       Der  Ortsgruppenlftiter  hat  alle  vorgesetzten  St«llen  uber  alias 
Wesentllche   in  seinem  Ifoheitsbereich  zu  unterrichten,  dan  Bapfang  al» 
l^r  dienstllchen  Schrei^^o  ua^abend  und  »bne  Ausnabae  zu  Wstaijgec 
und  monatlicb  vor  dem  10.  seirfen  pieoiibericht  nebst  genauem  Kassen- 
bericht  und  g^fauer  Beitra«8abrechnun(^  mittels  vorgedruckten  Vorlagen 
an  die  Bundesleitung  einzusenden.  Die  Haiqjtsacbftn  sind  dem  Gauleiter 
fflitfuteilen.   Ven  seiner  gewissenhaften, .rggelmassigen  laid  piUiktlicben 
Geldabftibrung  hftagt  die  Leistungsfabigkeit  md  das  Bestehen  der  Bewe«= 
gttng  ab!   Seine  Verpflichtungen  gegenviber  der  Bundealejtting  sind  die 
ersten  Verpflichtungen  der  Ortsgruppet 

Auch  die.  monatliche»  genaue  Kwntralle  der  "Hausiialtkassen*'  der 
Gliederungen  ist  streng  "und  unnachsichtlicb  durchzufubren.  Alia  Telle 
und  Piihrer  von  Teilen  der  Ortsgri^ppa  sind  zuerst  fiir  den  Bund  da  •der 
haben  keine  Daseinsberectftigung. 

?p-      Der  Ortsgruppenleiter  hat  den  einzelnen  Mitgliedem  und  Jedem  gai- 
ner Facbamtawalter,  Zellenleiter,  Blockleiter  und  Gliederungsfiibrer 
mit  Rat,  fat  und  Verstan^nie  ztSt  Verfiigung  zu  steben.  Jede  Gliederung 
und  jedes  feilchen  der  Ortsgruppenarbeit  tst  wichtig  \md  in  ecbter 
KOBeradachaft  zu  fordem,  nur  hat  sicb  ketn  Teil  als  ieH»8tzw«ok  Oder 
von  der  Ortagrirope  unahbingig  zu  betracbtan.  IH  HAT  MScRSfflS  iClSSCHAO 
HACK  BRAUCHBAREN  KBlSTES  Mfe  FOHRER-  UND  AiirSSOELLM  W  HALTM,   ihnen 
Gelsgenbeit  zua  Arbeiten^zu  geben,   sie  auszubilden  und  nach  oben  eur. 
-XII- 


1518  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-12- 
Beforderxwjg  zu  empfehlen.   Er  soil   zwar  nicht  faul  imd  cachlassig  setn, 
und  aus  schadlicher  Gutmutigkeit   jeden  Mitarbeiter  unbeaufsichtigt 
drsuflesmeciienlaasen,  er  hat;  ^i«h  aber  auch  zu  hiiten,    deu  Heigung  allea 
selbst  machen  zu  wcllen  nachzugeben  und  ^eden  Miterbeiter  zu  entEuti= 
gen,  der  wirklich  die  Arbeit  a«ines  totes  leisten  will.   Fur  jedes  Amt 
im  ganzen  Bund  sollen  gute  Stellvertreter  herangebildet  werden,  und 
dipse  Arbeit  fallt  besonders  dem  Ortsgruppenleiter  zu. 

?q-  Versaaunlungen  und  Appelle  der  Zell«n,  Blocks  -jtA  Gliederungen  sind 
r.ur  fflit  der  Genehmigung  des  Ortsgrvipperil eaters  anzusetzen.  Er  hat  sie 
ofters  selbst  zu  besuchen,  unter^tellt  sich  aber  niemals  in  Reih  und 
Glled  einem  nacfagecrdneten  Fiihrer.  Wenn  der  ftrtsgruppeuleiter  sich  an 
OD=Aufmarschen  beteiligt,  narschiert  er  neben  dem  01>Abteilungsfuhrer. 

7r-       Amtliclie  Beteiligxmg  an  den  Veracsteltiangen  und  Unternehmungen  an= 
iarev  Organisationen,   sowie   das  Eingefcen  irgendwelcherverbindlicher 
U.; tertiandlungen  nach  aussen  im  Naaen  eines  Teiles  der  Bewegung  im  Be= 
rpicb  der  Ortsgruppe,  ist  den  Zellen,  Blocks,  Gliederungen  imd  Einzel= 
uitgliedern  nurim  Rabaen  ssnstiger  Boadesbefehle  oder  ""Vorschriften 
.j-.d  mit  der  auadtiickliclien  Goaehmigung  des  Ortsgruppenle iters  gestattet. 

?B-       Erklarungen  an  die  Prease  »4er  3«nstwie  ne*h  aussen,   gibt  in  der 
Oi-tsgruppe  nur  der  Ortsgruppenleiter  here  us,   urid  z»ar  lait  der  GenehEi= 
gufig  des  Bezirksleiters  und  lin  ELnklang  init  den  Verschriften  der  Bxin* 
desbefehle. 

6-  PER  STUTZPUNKIIBITSS;   Der  Stutzpunkt  umfasst  im  eligemeinen,  wie  auch 

die  Ortsgruppe,,  eine  Ortcchaft  und  unterscheidet  sich  v«n  letzterer 

vornehmlich  durch  seine  geringere  Mitgliederzahl. 

Neugriindungen  in  Ortschaften,   w*rin   aich  noch  ^eine  Ortsgruppe  be= 

findet,  werden  ale  £tutzpunkte  errichtetj   solche  Stutzpunk'tS  *erden 

•voreret  v©m  Bezirksleiter  nach  VJeisiingeix  des  Gauleiters  einer  benach= 

barten  Ortsgruppe  unterstellt. 

In  OrtscS-iSften,  wori*.  schon  Ortagruppen  bestehen,  entwickeln  sich 

die  Stiitzpunkte  aus  Zellea,   sobald  diese  vom  Beairksleiter  ait  Bestati=: 

gvtxg,  des  Gauleiters  zue  Stutzpunkt  erklart  werden. 

Stiitzpunkte,  welche  nach  den^  Urteil   des  Bezirksleiters  zu   selb« 

standigetn  Arbeiten 'faMg  gewordln  sind,   werden  von  ihm  rait  Bestatigung 

des  Gauleiters  der  Vermundschaft  der  Aufsichtsertsgruppe  entzogen. 

Selbstandig  arbeitende  Stiitzpunkte,   die  mehr  als  zaanzig  Mitglie= 

der  zaMen,   werden  vein  Beairksleiter  mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Gaulei^ 

tegs  zur  Ortsgruppe  erklart. 

Kreis«i*,^Gebiets°  und  Bundesarganisatiensleitung  sind  iiber  jeden 

Schritt  obiger  Qitwicklungsvsrgange   effort  zu  unterrichten. 
8a-       Selange  ein  Stutzpunkt  unter  der  Aufsicht  einer  v^rgeerdneten  Orts^ 

gruppe  steht,   ist  dessen  Stutzpunktleiter  dezr.  ^etreffenden  Ortegruppen= 

leiter  unterstellt  und  der  dienRtliche  Schriftverkehr  des  Stutzpunktes 

geht  durch  die  vorgewrdnete  Ortsgruppenleitung. 
6b-       Im  ubrigen  sind  Bang.  Rechte  und  Ffli-chten  des  Stutapunktleiters 

dieselben  wie  diejenigen  der  Ortsgruppenleiter. 
8c-       Wo  kleine  Stiitzpunkte  ilber  keine  Zellen  verfiigen,   gehcn  die  -jnter 

nZellel^  niedergelegten  Aufgaben  auf  den  Stutzpunktleiter  iiber.   In   sol  = 

Chen  Fallen  sind  die  Blockleiter  des  Stutzpunktes  unaiittelbar  dem 

Stiitzpunktleiter  verantwortl  ich.  ., 

8cP       Die  dienstliche  Ordnung   z,.ischen  Stutzpunkt  und  den  isbergeordneten 

Dienststellen  1st  genau  dlesolbe  wie  bei  der  Ortsgruppe. 

9-  PER  ZELLBJLEITSfi;    die  Zelle  umfasst  v»n  zwei  Ms  fiinf  Bl»cka  ♦   Ihre 

Abgrenzung  ist  strasseneinseitlK  vorzunehmen;    die  Grenzen   sollen  p»li= 
■    tische  Grenzen  nicht  uberschneiden  tir.d  sellen   sich  moglichst  mit   jenen 
cier  pslitischen  Einteilunyn     der  Ortachaft  decken.   Pie  Zelle  fuhrt  die 
Hummer  der  Ortsgruppe   oder  des  Sttitzpunktes,    wozu  sie   gehort ,  mit  hin2u» 
WXItWiMWDOMMm  -XIII- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1519 


-15-  ,,,..., 

gefugter  Isufeoaer  SSlIeSouaBBerierung.  Pur  den  ortlxchen  Verkehr  kann 
sie  mit  dem  Namen  der  Ortsgruppe,  verb\mden  ait  dem  Kacen  des  OrtS" 
teils  bezelchnet  *€rden.  Die  Festleguag  tder  Akauaderung  der  Bezeich" 
nung  und  der  Grenzen  geschieht  nech  Weisungen  des  Bezlrksleit^rs  durcti 
den  Bezirfes«rganisation8leiter.  Der  Btm^esorgenisetionsleiter  ist  liber 
die  ZeiieneinteiliiDg  zu  unterrichten . 

9a-      Der  Zellenleiter  ist  OrtsgrtQjpensrotswslter  xmd  untersteht  uimit« 
telba*  dem  QrtagrupygR-  bzw.  Statgpimktleiter»  Er  wird  vom  Ortsgr.° 
bzw.  St^tsguiyctleiter  mit  der  Beatatigung  dee  Geuleitera  ernaant  und     . 
.enthobeu.  sr  trSgt  dem  Ortsgr.-Stiitzp.leiter  gegSuFirdie  GESAMTVERk 
ANiaKHTlUG  fur  die  welt;«n3ch8xaich--pelitische,  wirtschaftliche  und  kul. 
turelle  Gsstaltuag  der  Bewegung  in  seinem  Hoheitsbereich. 

9b-      Dem  Zellenieiter  yoterstehen  disziplinar  samtliche  Zellenwalter, 
Blqekleiter^  Bj.»oki»gte  und  MitgXi,eder  seiner  Zelle,   ausser  in  Bezi« 
aur  dss  Ausschlusareci»i.  Er  ernsixnt  und  eathebt  seine  Zellenwalter  mit 


becSirfen  der  BestStigiffigSes  Qrtsgr.-Stutzp.leiters. 

9c-      Der  Zellenleiter  setzt  neuemannte  Zellenwalter  Ini  Rahmen  einer 
Zellenmit^iederversaiKaliing  feierlich  in  ihr  Amt  ein,  nachdem  sie  drei 
Monste  ihre  Bienste  einsrandfrei  keanDi8Baris<di  verrichtet  haben  und  ih= 
re  Bestallungsurkunde  erhalten,, 

9d-      Die  Eraeimuagen.  Enthebungen  und  B^/ghlg  der  Zellenwalter  und 
Blockleiter  bedurfen  der  Bestatigxmg  des  Mienleiterg«  Uber  alle  we= 
seoiiiclien  tetshandiungen  dieser  Stellen  bericbtet  er  umgehend  an  sei°' 
nen  Ortagr.-Stiitzp.leiter. 

9e-  Der  Zellenleiter  vafiigt  uber  KB3M  eigenen  ^  ttd&r  Jugendschafts^ 
fuhruBfi^en*^  CD-  )xa.i  Jugendschaf  tseinheitehn  steSen  iim  mit  der  Genehai* 
aaing  lea  0D»  bzw»  Jugaaadabteilungsfuhrera  zur  -Verftigung. 

St-  Der  ^lenleiter  Kat  ^ie  ArWit  der  Bleckleiter  und  Zellenwalter 
z«  aberwacben,  fiix  eiaen  regen,  unnachlasiTgeiiAiSbau  des  Blockwesens 
au  sorgen  tmd  ist  in  erster  Linie  verantwrtlich  fiir  eine  reibungsltse 
Zus8Bsaenej?beit  der  Zellenwalter  und  Bl«ckleiter  untereinander  und  mit 
den  Ortsgri^pen*  bz«.  Stutzpunktfackanitswaltem.  Auf  eine  eingehende 
weltanschauliche  uad  «rganisat«ri8che  Schulung  seiner  Mtarbeiter  hat 
$r  besond,er9  bedacht  zu  sein,  ua  eine  moglichst  strenge,  einbeitliche 
Ausrichirung  seller  kleinsten  Telle  seines  Hoheitabereiches  isa  Blnklang 
mit  den  Ginmdsaitzen  und  Vorschriften  der  Bewegung  zu  gewahrieis'ten.  - 

98-      Ausser  den  regelmlBsigen  Zelleawalterbesprechungen,  *eruft  er  mln» 

destens  einmal  monatiicfa  eine  Bl»okleiterbespr^chung  ein.  Die  di8zip= 
•    lintren  und  fiSiehlichan  Befehle  an  die  Bleckleitungen  sind  moglichst 
im  Verleiif  dleser  Beaprechuzigen  bekanntzugeben,  da  in  din  Zellen  und 
Blocks  jeglieher  dlenstltcher  Schriftverkehr  naob  MSgliohkeit  unte£= 
bleiben  sellt 

9l-      Sir  Zellenleiter  beteiligt  sich  an  den  Zellenleiterbesprechungen 
deB  Ortsgruppen»  bzw.  Sl^tzpiuiktleiters.  Mit  dessen  Genehtaigung  soil 
er,  nachdem  er  der  DurchfUhrung  dies'er  Aufgebe  gewachsen  ist.  Sprech» 
abende .  S<ih\aungsab&nde  und  Mitgliederanpelle  der  Zelle  abhalten.   Zum 
Unterschied  von  den  Ortsgr^'^.Stutzp.versammlungen  dleser  Art,   sollen 
diese  Abende  in  der  Zelle  v»mehailieh  als  Schulung3»  und  nAusBprache"«= 
Abende.  g^taltet  werden,  -so  ^usziige  aus  Schriftea  der  Bewegung  vorge- 
l^sen  und  Fragen  der  Teilnehmt-r  nach  Riihtlinien  der  3ehulunge».  Sach- 
richt&n^  und  Werbeleitung  beantwortet_  werden.  grag.en  sind  nur  bel  ge«- 
nauer  Sachkenntnis  zu  beantwerten.  Bei  Unsicherheit  die  Beantwortung 
bis  zur  nftchsten  Versaomlxing  zuruokstelleni 

In  den  Zellen  grosserer  Ortsgruppen  sollen  dann  auch  Neuanmel- 
dungen,  Beitragszahlungen  usw. ,   in  den  VersemBilungen  eingeholt  werden. 

Der  Zellenleiter  bat  Blockvereaifflnlunfien  und  ""Beaprechungen  mog» 
lichst  ttt  zu  besuchen  und  Mtll  Uberti aunt  den  Mitgliedem  und  Volkege*. 
-XIV- 


1520 


UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-1^ 
rojir^en   sdiner  Zelle  iirjner  ieicht  zugOKblich  seini 

^Tlelnungsvc-rschiedenheit   sind  durcb  Besprechtaie  v«n  Mafin   zu  Mann 
zu  klarcu;    im  Notfall   wird  der  Streit  «lem  OrtSgF.=Stutzp.. letter  zur 
Eiit.scheiduiig  vorgeletjt. 

li-       Perscnalkarteien  tte#  Bunde3=  und  Jugendschaftaaitglieder  sind  in 
d>ij;  Zellen  und  Elccks  nicht  zu  fuhren,   wohl  aber  Karteien  iiber  Aussen= 
steher.de f  die  ir-gendwie   zu  bearbeiten  sind.  tlbor  Mitglieder  holt  sich 
der  Zellenleiter  bei  der  Ortsgr.»Stutsp.leitung  Auskimft. 

9j-       ErkllruTigen  an  die  Presse  tder  sonstwie  an  die  Offentliciikeit 
,-ibt  der  Zellenleiter  vmtev  keinen  Umstanden  ab. 

9k-       Bei  Nichtvorhandensein  von  Zellen  (in  kleinen  StiitzpunlrteB) ,  iiberr 
niEiint  der  Stutzpunktlc-iter  die  Sechte.Pflichten  vnd  Zustandigkeiten 
des  Zellenleiters.  iin  Zellenleiter  darf  mehrere  Zellen  leiten. 

10-  PER  BLOCKLEITERt     Blocks  aind  in  jedem  kleinsten  Stiitzpunkt  ein2U«. 
richten! 

Der  Block  enttialt  bis  zu  fiinf  Hgaaferuppen.  Jede  HausRruppe  wird 
von  einen  Blockwart  und  hetrette  j'reuenschaftaangelegenheiten  von  ei- 
ner  Blockwartin  bfccilent.  Die  Haus^ifl?pe   sell  NICHT  MEHE  liliHglllfjmJiat 
■riaushaltimgen  ilmfassen.   als  ven  einem  Bl»ckwart  innerhalb  fiinf  Stunden 
verabnlichmS0imwmmmM3Bim&  mit.einer.  Mel  dung  erreicht  werden  kono 

Der  Block  fiihrt  die  Bez^ichnimg  der  Zelle  bzw.   des  Gtiitzpunktea 
worin  er'liegt,  mit  hinzugefiigtem,   nach  dem  Alphabet  geordnetea  Buch«= 
staben,   Beispiels  80-3-A     (Block  A  der  Zelle  3  in  der  Ortsgruppe  80). 
Fiir  den  allgemeinen  drtlichen  Verkahr  derf  der  Block  ait  de«  Namen  der 
Nachbarschaft  bezeichnet  werden. 

Die  Grosse  der  Hau£¥;ruppen.   Bl«cks  und  Zellen  richtet  slch  NICHT 
riacfc  der  Aniahl  der  darln  wohnenden  Bundesmitglieder,   sondera  het  si»h 
wo  irgend  mdglich,  mit  politischen  Bereichen  der  Ortschaft  zu  decken. 
Grenzen  der  Hausgruppen,   Blocks  und  Zellen  slnd  fctrasseneinseitiR  zu 
Ziehen;   sie  haben  politischejl  Grenzen  nictit  zu  uWrschnelden. 

Die  Festlegung  xxnd  Abanderung  der  Bezeichnung  ixnd  der  Grenzen  ge« 
schieht  iiach  Weisungen  des  BezirkBl alters  durcii*den  Bezirkeorganisati^jd 
onsleiter.  DerBundeaorganisationsleiter  ist  iiber  die  Blockelnteilung 
zu  unterrichten. 
10-a-  Per  Blocklelter  gehbrt  zusi  Stab  des  sustandigen  Zellen*  bzw, 
Stiitzpujiktle iters;  er  ist  der  unterste  Hoheitstrager  land  ait  dea  Qfi» 
ZuKfiinrer  und  ZeFl  en  waiter  der  unterste  AmtswaJter  "ijes  AV. 

Er  wird  auf  Vorschlag  des  Zellenleitera  vom  Ortsgruppealeiter/. 
bz\B.  dii^kt  vom  Stutzpunl;:tleiter.  mit  der  Beetati^gmg  des  Gauleliers 
ernefixit  und  enthoben. 

Er  trSgt  dem  Zustandigen  Zellen»  ader  Stutzpunktleiter  gegenuber 
die  GESAMTVERAIvTWORTUNG  fiir  alle  die  Bewegung  Wtremaden  Vtrgange  in 
dem  ihm  anvertreuten  Block. 
10-b-  Dem  Blockleiter  unterstehai  disziplinar  alle  Blyekwarte.   Bl»ck.«' 
wartinnen  imd  fjitglieder  in  seinem  Blcck,  ausser  in  Bezug'auf  das  a!us». 
schlussrech t « 

Sr  ernennt  und  enthebt  seine  Blackwarte  und  Bl ockrsartinnen  mit' 
der  Bestatigung  seines  Zallen-Cbzw.-  Stutzpunktleiters). 

,  Die  Blockwarte  und  Blockwartinnen  suchen  sich  ikre  Helfex  und  fiel» 
ferinnen  in  den  Hausgruppen  nur  nach  Riicksprache  mit  dem  Blockleiter 
\md  mit  aeinem  Einverstandnis. 
iO-c-  Der  Blockleiter  kann  in  Notfall  voriibergdiend  mehrere  Blocks  lei» 
t.en  bzw.  die  Arbeit  fehlender  Blockwarte  mitverrichten,  er  ist  aber      ' 
verpflichtet,  baldmoglichst  Ersatzleute  zu  finden  und  einzusetaen. 
,  10-d-  Der  Blockleiter  setzt  neuemannte  Blockwarte  und  BXockwartinnen 
feicrlich  im  Rahman  eines  Bleckmitgliederappells  in  ihr  Ant  ein,  nach- 
doa  sie  drei  Monate  kommissarisch  einwandfreie  Dienste  geleistet  Jtiaben. 
10-e-  Der  Blockleiter  beteiligt  sich  an  den  Bleckleiterbesprechungen 

■    -ZV- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1521 


-15- 
.seiDes  ZeUenleiters  und  berichtet  uber  die  Arbeit  seiner  Mitarbeiter. 
Er  fiihrt  nach  Bedarf ,  aber  mindestens  eimnal  monatlich,  eine  Blockw&rto 
besprechung  durch,  wo  iliic  iiber  die  Arbeit  in  den  Hausgnippen  bericbtet 
wird  und  wo  Anordmmgen  fur  weltere  Tatigkeit  an  die  Blockwarte  und 

' Blockwartinnen  gegeben  werden. 

10-f-  Er- hat  Mittel' und  Wege  zn  finden,  m^deBteos  zu  einer_>e8tingnteD 
Gtundfe  an  .iedem'»der  .^edem  zwejten  Teg  fur  .geinen  2e].lenleiter  aicher 
•^■d,  leicht  erreichbar  zu  aeio.  De9eiVicfaen.~arussen  seine  Bl#ckwarte  Vor^ 
.  ,  Kehrungen  treffen,  taglich  zu  einer  bestiaaten  Zeit  fiir  ihn  erreichbar 

*zu  sein.  Pernrufnunmem  Oder  sonatige  Benechrichtfcgungsmittel  zur  Er-^ 
relch,ung  der  BlockTBarte  aind  auch  laufend  dem  Zellepm  und  Qrtsgruppen. 
Iciter  hitzuteilen. 

lOr-g-  liienstlicher  Schriftverkehr  hat  Ija  Block  zu  IIH3!BRBLEIBEN1   Personal 
"  kerteien  flihrt  der  Block  KSIHl!   Uber  Mitglieder  und  Aussenstehende  er- 
halj.der  Blockleiter  Auskunft  durch  seinen  Zellenleiter.  Die  zur  Arbeit 
des  Blocks  erforderlichen  Namen  und  Anschriften  pragt  sich  der  Block= 
leiter  ein,  ist  aber  ehrenw6rtlich  verpflicbitet,  keine  Mitgliedanamen 
Oder  Anscbxiften  naoh  aussen  zu  verraten. 

10-h-  Mit  der  Genehmlgung  des  Zellenleitera  konnen  Blockmitgllederappell. 

•  einberufen  werdenj  mit  der  Genehmigung  des  Zallenleitex's  kann  der  Block= 
leiter : auctf  BeitrSge  usw. ,  in  seinem  BlSck  pinholen  lessen,  die  er  an 

■"deh"2ellenkas8enwalter  bzw.  Stutzp.kassenleiter  weiterfiihrt. 
10- i-  Der  Block  verfligt  nicht  iiber  besondere  Mitarbeiter  fiir  Kasse,  lifer- 
bung,  organisation  usw.j   saastliche'Befehle  ubergeordnetee  Stellen  lau= 
.fen  beim  Blockleiter  zusaKmen  und  werden  in  den  Hausgruppen  durch  die 

•  Blockwarte  und  Biookwartinoen  auggefiihrt. 

10- j-  Iter  Blockleiter  ist  Fiibrer  und  Berater  aller  Bar  und  Jmr  seines 

.Hoheitsbereiches.  Er  hat  aufklarend,  ausgleichend  und" auf  jede  mdeJiche 

^^i-^^  helfend  und  v»rbil(aich  io  Sinne  ddr  Bewegung  zu  wirken.  Die  Ver- 

,   breiter  schadi^ender  6eruchte  hat  er  festzustellen  und  dem  Zellenleiter. 

zu  melden;  er  hat  unnachlasaig  auf  die  Bmr  einzuwirken  und  sie  zur  re- 

,  gen  Mitafbeit  anzuapTnenser  hat  ateta  auf  der  Suche  nach  Iwaucbbaren 
Mitkaunpfem  zu  sein  und  aie  nach  oben  bekanintzumachen.  Fragen  darf  er 
nur  bei  unbedingten  Wissen  und  ESZ  mit  Rucksicht  auf  das  W»hl  der  Be» 
wegung  und  in  Einklang  mit  den  Anordnungen  seiner  Vgrgesetzten  beant« 
worten,  Erklarungen  an  die  Presse  ader  sonstwie  an  die  Offentlichkeit   • 
gibt  er  NIE  abl 

10-k-^  ALLE  Neuanmeidungen  aua  dem  Bereich  des  Blocks  gehen  durch  den 
Blockleiter.  Sr  ist  in  jedem  Fall  dor  -rerantwortliche  Leiter  des  l)e» 
treffenden  Unterauohungsausschuases  zur  Hachprufung  der  Bichtigkeit 
von  Personal^  und  Mrgerschaftsangaben  v«n  Mit«liedschaftsanwfirtem, 
die  in  seinem  Block  wohnheft  aind.  Er  1st  der  ssweite  Zet^e  bei  der  Un>= 
terzeichnung  der  Erkiarung  und  Verpfl ichtung  in  der  Mitgliedskarte  die«= 
ser  AnwSrter,  n«chdem  sie  aufgenoamen  worden  sind.  Sr  und  der  betref- 
fende  Blockwart  bleiben  die  Biirgen  fiir  des  Verbaiten  seiner  Mitglieder 
in  alien  die  Bewegung  beriihrenden  Angel egaaWtitenl 

10-1-  Vor  alien  Dingen  hat  sich  der  Blockleiter  in  alien  dienatlichen 
Angel egenheiten  mbedingter  Veracbwiegeoheit  eu  befleissigen  und  das 
unbeschrankte  Vertrauen  seiner  Vorgeaetzten  und  Pntargaordneten  zu  ver. 
dieneni   Er  stellt  fur  die  noch  Pftmatehandan  in   «flinftm  Hrthf>itflhpr^ifih 
die  Bewepjun^  dar,  Er  kann  durch  (Jiese  enge,   tagliche  Benihrung  mit  den 
Aussenstehenden  dem  Bunde  groese  Dienste  leisten,  aber  ihm  auch  groasan 
fcch&den  zufvigen.  Ir  hat,   atets  predigend  und  vorbildllch  handelnd,  dar- 
auf  zu  echten,  das  »in  Gedanke  iamer  und  iaiaer  wieder  in  jeden  Haua- 
halt  getragen  wirds  MS  AMEHrKADEUTSCHE  VOLKSBURD  IST  DIE  BINZIGE  UKD 
SRSTE  GROSBE  SCJHUTZ.  USD  "^OTZGEMEIHSCHA^T  CfiS  AlffiEIKADSOTSCpWMS^  in 
deren  Heihen  allein  das  Saefat  und  daa  Anaahen  unserea  Yollcgteils  acETag^ 
^£MMk  veztocfaten  .werdea  kaml 


i^_ 


279895 — 41 — pt.  4- 


1522  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


ABSCHKITT  III 
DI£ .  FAGHAivSTSiVALIEB  -     DIE     aACHEINT£ILONG     -     CIE  MITGIIEDER 


-Ift- 


1  -  j|r^FPXM8fBAIJ?jg:;  Alls  Dienstriuae  der  Beweguag  aind  in  Einklang  ait 
f..>lf enden  LeitgedacJcen  einzurichten  utid  zu  fuhren. 

Der  Sindruck,  dea  die  Binrichtun«  und  Terwaltung  der  Dienstrauoie 
.jedes  letzten  teilchens  der  Bewegung  euf  den  Besnther  iaacht.liat  der  Be«- 
hsuptung  dea.Bundes  zu  ent^rechen,  die  vorblidliche,  fuhrende  Zusam« 
--enfsssung,  des  Besten  ia  Amerikadeutsctitaun  darzustellen.  tein  Be  trie  b 
-ioil  geordneter,  ruhiger  und  leistxaigefahiger  sein  als  ein  AV=Ver*al» 
t's-.gsraiim.  Dabei  ist  2u  bemerken,  dass  eine  Anwendung  tod  Scb^nheits= 
Sinn  durchaus.  rdcht  in  Widsr^ruch  steht  zu  den  kanqpferischen  Anlagen 
d»r  BewegimgoNur  sollen  Kitsch  land  Pruak  crvmdsatslich  veraieden  wer« 
i..n.  ■   .   ■   ■  ' 

Als  Schmuckf&hnen  dieaen  Landesfaiuae  unfl  BuadesCakne.  (Stujmf aimer, 
iir.'d  nieiaals  al3  Schauokfetoen  zu  verwe^en  ucd  Die  ehne  Ol^Sewacbujag 
ur.verschloseen  aufKustell«n), 

?erner  gehort  eio  Bild  tmseres  netionalen  Vorbildea  George  Wastaf 
fton  ujnd  eines  unseres  seltanschauliohen  ?orbiides  Adolf  Hitler  ia 


jt-ds 


,jt- den  Dienstraum. 

Innere  Aageifigeabeiten  sind  nicht  in  Gegenwart  v»n  Nichtzustandio 
o'en  zu  besprechen;  Ubergriffe  der  verscfciedenen  Beaateten  in  das  Arbeit, 
tjeMet  anderer  Mitarbditer  slnd  streng  zu  vermeidenj  nicbtcienstliche 
Urite-rhaltungen  gehoren  nicht  in  die  Gesch^ftsstunden  \mi  aicht  in  den 
DiecstTrUffi,   wie  auch  lauter  lertwechsel  und  W«rt3t2reit  darin  verpont 
r4nd.  Angesetzte  &e8chaft«stunden  aind  einzubaltsn,   Besucher  SBwar  asdf" 
licfegt  thne  Zeitvergeudxmg  sbzufertigen,   aber  iiaaer  freimdlich  und  ver* 
standuisvoll  zu  behandeln  -  jene.  strenge  Auffassung  xst  im  Dienstraum 
in  die  Tat  -umzusetzen,  die.wir  iasiaer  als  notwendlg  predigen  imd  derec 
Feblen  wir  bei  all  den  vsenlger  disziplinfexten  und  weniger  fanatisohen 
AnhSngem  vmd  Preundeir  beklagen^Jfas  die  Puiirung  nicht  vorlebt,  karen 
fiicht  foltgerichtig  von  dee  Gefolgschaft  verlangt  vtrd/m. 

Jede  Hoheitsbereichsleltung  hat  sich  z%#>eiauhen,  Dienstrauae  zu 
belegen,,  worin  jeder  Amtswalter  und  Mi^barbeiter  ungestort  und  «rdent« 
•lich  arbelten  und  seine  Sachen  verschliessen  kana;  eln  ein.wandfreiea  . 
Arheiten  ist  niir  dann  moglich,  wenn  die  Voreunftetzungen  dazu  geboten 

la-  DIEt^STTRACHTi  Jeder  Amtswalter  und  Mitarb«iter  des  AV  ist  OD-Mann, 
obachon  sein  Cienst  ea  Ito  nicht  ermSglicht,   den  sllgemeinen  OD-Dienat 
altzuleisten,  Zur  Aufrechterheltung  und  Forderun'g  des  dmrchaus  nioht 
..  Runamerikanischen",  soldatischen  Geistes,  dam  die  Be»egung  in  Verbindiicg 
sit  ihreiE  Piihrergrundsatz  ihre  einzigartige  Schiagkraft .  verdaakt,  ist 
die  Uniform  im  Dienst  stets  zu  tragen,  »•  die  Vertialtnisse  es  irgend 
zulaesen,   ausser  wo  ^unter  "Festfolgegestaltung*'  %&ders  gemateo  tder 
verfiigt  wird.  Wo  aonst  Uniform  getragen  wurde  uM  sua  gesetzliehen 
Griinden  dieae  Vorschrift  nicht  Iwfolgt  werden  kann,  ist  nach  M6glich« 
ktit  wenigstens  das  graue  Hemd.iait  schwarzem  Binder  und  Bundesobzeiahen 
imter  einem  schwarzen  fder  duaklen  2ivilr'»ck  zu  tragen. 

Entsprechend  verhalt  es  sich  bei  der  Jugendechefft.  Die  Freuen- 
schaft  hat  in  Dienst  das  Frauen'dchafzS'abzeichen  zu  tragen,  ist  aber 
nicht  z\i  uniformieren,   euaser  bei  geeigneten  Gslggenheiten  mit  zeit« 
losen  ( Dirndl )i»Klc idem,  einheitlichen  Schiirzen  oder  Sporttr8cht».dergl. 

Siehe  auch  Dienstvorscferiften  der  Gliederungenjtof  Blndesbefehle. 

lb-  OmSTGgUSS;  Der  Dlenstgruss  fcegteht  aus  eiiio^eney  HeQ^ter  vmStXEOM 
dem  Huf -"Free  America".  Br  ist  im  Dienst  immer  und  S«nst  »e  immer  an« 
gangig  bei  der  Begraasxmg  und  beim  Verabschieden  zu  ge^rauchen.  Der 
lassige  Gruss  ait  h«chgevs«rfener  Hand  ist  nur  in  Zivil  tder  ausser« 
dienstlich  zulassig.  ♦»,,,i>,,,.. ,,.  •  -xvil- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1523 


DIS     fACHEINTSILUKG 

2-  PER  BUNPESSeKATaBEISqSt   D8_s_  fpesaaite  Geldiweaep  ucd  fiqchtawgsan.  des  AV 
.    -ipd  aoffiit  die  Aufslcfat  u^y  alle  veCT9ge?8r«gfeta-iohen  Angelegenheiten 
der  Bewegung,   oicschlieaaiicii  aller  Gliederungen,  Unter^rfesnisationen 
und  engeschlossenen  Yerb&iden,  biiden  d«a  Aufgebsn*  iind  Zusttodigkelts^ 
tebiet  des  BundesschatsBeiaters. 

P&-  Er  wird  vom  Bvindeefiihrer  emexuit  und  entboben.  Er  emenut  xuid  ©ntliebt 
xit  dec  BestatlguQg  des  BmdesfttJtirers,  MlfARBglT;^  fur: 

Mitt«?lbeschaffu»gt   (Verl«avmgen,  Spenden,  AnlcibenJfjVarenstaltimgea 
|auaial  taauf  ateXlSlRi   (fiir  a  lie  Dieiiat^tellen  der  Bewegung), 
-    RasegnitontPfllei   ( Aussrbeitmg  v«a  geeaop^^rDnsaaysteiaen,  Kontrii" 
ie  aller  Kaasan  der  Bewegxmg), 

Beltra^akontrollai   (Kcntreile  der  BettragoabfuJinangeii  der  n8Chg*« 
^rdneten  Stellen  iaj  sinvernehaen  nit  dea  BtmdeiSfieschaf  tslxihrer.  Jlonat- 
llche  (Juittierung  an  die  eineahlenden  Stellen  und  Unterricbtung  der  Gsu. 
I e iter), 

Rgehtsweseat  (Studium  und  Unterricbtung  der  Bewagmg  uber  elle  d&s 
fc aiize  tand  be tre ff ende  Gesetsgebung,  die  Siiv  die  Bewegung  v«n  Bedeutune 
ist), 

cb-  BesteXlan^en  warden  nicbt  rm  &unde3scJbiat£«at,   s<»5dern  van  Bundes» 
£.esc1m?Tsaitgetatigt,  oit  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfiihrers. 

Sechnun^sbetablung  Oder  swiatl^e  Gelda«szablnng  geschJ^bf  fitr  den  AV 
nur  auf  VerantwertWg  ies  Bundeafubrera,  csder  in  dessen  Auftr.eg  durch 
den  Stellvertreter  des  Bvindesfiibrers,  ait  der  Gagenzeicbniios  ^e?  Bunde6= 
scbatziaeister  (bz».,ln  dessen  Abwesenheit,  des  Bundo^escbaftsfubrers) 
als  Ze'jgen. 

^Gelde-innahaea  werden  quittlert  vwa  Bimdesfabatzmeister  und  Bundeaee-n 
seha^tsfiihrer  jder  v»  B^desschatsuueister  mi  Bundeafuhrer.  Jeder  Ein- 
zablung  an  das  Bundesa«iietzamt  ist  «in  v«r scliri ft asg ss jg^r  Einnahoebe- 
leg  einziisenden  (Abrectoung3V«rl8ge ,  Kassenberic'htsvorlate,  Kaispf spends* 
liste  bz«.  scbriftlicber  Auszug  ait  Hunmerangabe>  B«3tellschein  usw.). 
Diese  Belege  werden  wa  Bundesscbatzaat,   zussimen  mit  einer  Abscfarift 
der  dsfur  hinsusgehandep  Quittung,  aufbewabrt- 

2c-  Der  Bundesscbatziae later  erststtebdein  Bundesfiihrer  a^natlicb  einen  Pe« 
richt  uber  die  geldlich©  Lege  der  Bewegung. 
•2d-  Der  Btindesachatzaeister  ist  iev^llmachtigt  und'verpflichtet,   jede 
lotzte  Kesse  der  Bewegxcg,  eicschli^slich  aller  Gliederungen,  Unter« 
^rgsnisetioaen  und  engeschloseenen  \^rbanden,  rndglichst  einael  jSbrli'«b 
^     Cider  ofter  durchzupriifen,  Desgleichen  sind  seine  Stttarbelter  in  seinem 
Auftrage  hierzu  be'wllnachtig^. 

>>^-  Die  Mltarbeiter  *der  Gebilfen  des  Eundesecbetzaeistera  geban  kelne 
M^:;fehle  beraua.  Die  fschlichen  Befehle  des  ftindeaschstBaeisters  werden 
'/or:   Bundesfiihrer  gegengezeichnet  ynd  -Slnd  fur  alle  Dienststellen  der 
Kassenanter  und  fCir  all«  HoheitatrSger  wie  geschrieben  bindend,  bis  hin«= 
^iter  zuBS  Block. 

<-f-  Die  J-*ltarbeiCer  des  Bundesfiwhatzmeisters  emenncn  und  entbeben  ihre 
'■ailLFai  cit  derTegtatjgung  des  Bundesschatzaeistars. 

^r.-  iie  Ciaukassenleiter  stnd  dea  Bundeaschatzmeistcr  f schlich  unaltteibar 
ir;ter.stellt,  gehoren  mit  zu -seinen  fachlichen  Beratimgsstefe  und  haben 
iiiT;  .nach  Kraften  in  dienstlicben  Verjcehr  ait  untex^eardneten  Di«nst» 
stellen  zu  entlasten,  V»n  alien  seinen  an  aie  geriohteten  Anordnungen 
-^rhait  der  zustiSndige  Gauleiter  gleicbzeitig  eine  Ateschrift.. 

itr-  Haine  •interge«rdcete  Koheitalwreicbaleitung  hat  irgendwelche  grSssere 
Ai.cch8ffung«n  zu  aechen,  eder  Mieta-,  pacht.  ©der  KsufvertrSge  eir.zu- 
teKen   Ceuss*r  elnea  JSieten  eiber  Halle  fur  einen  Abend/  sder  einea  Psr» 
k«-&  fur  einen  Tag)«bne  Jf»rber  dea  Bundesaobatzaeister  die  Unterlagen  v©r« 
-XVIII- 


1524  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-le- 

feelegt  und  seine  schriftliche  Genehmiguct  ertallen  zu  haben.    .".o  die 
Eewegung  fur  eiBgegangene  Verpflichtungen  der  Teile  einstehen  soil, 
tuss  sie  euch  Bestimmungsrecht  iiber  deren  HeneHungen  und  Verfugungs= 
recht  uber  das  gesamte  Vermogec  faabea! 

*•♦«•♦•«•♦»♦ 

3-  DSR,  GAUKASSB^LEITER;   Der  Gaukassenleiter  ist  dlsziplinSr  dem  Gaulei- 
ter untersteTTFunTwIrd  von  ilim,  Kit  der  Eestatlguag  des  Sundesfiihrers, 
ernannt  und  enthoben.  Fachlich  untersteht  er  dea  Bimdeaschatzmeister. 

£r  riohtet  nach  Bedsrf  Gsukassenaater  ein,  die  jenen  4er  Bundes- 
r,chatztneisterei  entsprechen .   Er  emennt  und  end  enthebt  seine  Mitarbein 
ter  Kit  der  Bestatig'ong  seines  Gauleiters. 

ir  iiberwacht  und  fdrdert  die  Ausfufarung  der  Bundeaschatzaotsbefeblt 
im  Gau  und  vemittelt  die  Eerichterstgttaing  astergeardnater  Steilen 
betreffs  vorgenommener  oder  geplenter  Neuanschaffungen,    'iets^,  -pecht^ 
Oder  Kaufvertrage,   als  such  betreffs  die  Beweguog  berulirender  Gesetzm 
tebujig,   an  den  Gauleiter  und  BundesjjjKSiEKSXXliMtSSlOfXschatziBeister. 

Er  gibt  GaukesseofflDtebafehle  harsws,  mit  der  Gegenzeichnung  des 
Gauleiters,   Eine  ^b3«hrift  dsvon  geht  an  den  BucdesscUat&meister, 

Die  Gebietskassenleiter  8ind  iha  fachlich  uamittelbsr  unterstellt. 
■  Von  seinen  Anweisungen  an  untergeordnete  Kassenleitiongen  erhalt  der  be= 
treffende  Hoheitstrager  eleichzeitig  eine  Abscbrift. 

Von  der  Bundesschstzmeia'fcerei  erfahrt  er  laoaatlich  duroh   seinen 
Geuleiter  iiber  die  Kassenberichterstottung  und  Abrechnung  der  Ortsgrup>= 
pen  des  Gaues. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgebe  besteht  darin,  die  Kassenleiter  neuerstan= 
d&ner  Stutzpunkte  in  ihreo  Dienste  zu  unterridfaten  und  Kassenaltaxbeittii 
untergeordneter  Hoheitsbereiche  zur  Stellvertretiaig  in  Gsu-  und  Bunde3= 
kassenamtern  heranzubilden. 

-'^  CSR  QEBim&KASSmLM'i'S.k:   Der  Gebietskesaenleiter  ist  disziplinar  dem 
Gebietsleiter  unterstellt,  arcygYYijnft-ygtf-.- siflsr^i atBpfjnem- in^iwntli^piWKei 
gfflainQtlMKMiniJtiiXiyMUKiK  Er  wird  vom  Gebietsleiter  ait  der  Bestaitigunb 
d-is  Gauleiters  emannt  und  enthoben.  Fachli«h  untersteht  er  dem  Gau- 
kassenleiter. 

Er  richtet  nach  Bedarf' Gebietakasaena^iter  ein,  ^ie  jenen  der  Bun= 
desschatzmeisterei  entsprechec.  Er  ernennt  und  enthebt  seine  Mitarbei" 
ter  nit  der  Bestatigung  seines  Gehietsleiters. 

6T  iibervsacht  'jnd  fSrdert  die  ^usfubrung  der  BundesschataaatS"  und 
Gaukassenamtsbefehle  ira  Gebiet  und  vernittelt  die  Bericht»rst8ttung  «ja= 
t^-rgeordneter  Stollen  betreffs  neuanscheffuntec,  r;iets= ,  Fecbt=   Oder 
»  fciufvertrage,  als  euch  die  Bewegung  betreffende  Gesetzgebung,   an  den 
UMUXXXasSaXMaQHOBflH:  Gebletslelter  und  Gaukassenleiter. 

.T  gibt  Gebietskassenbefehle  heraus,  mit  der  Gegenzeichnung.  des 
Oebietsleiters.   Bine  Abschrift  da'ron  geht  an  den  Geukassenletter. 

Die  Sreiakassenleitar  sxnd  ihffl  fscblicb  unmittelbar  unterstellt. 
Von  seinen  Befehlenan  untergeordnete  Xassenleitungen  erhalten  die 
..reisleiter  usw. ,  gleichzeitig  eine  Abschrift. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgabe  besteht  darin,^  nach  uliten  und  nach  oben 
laiifend  zu  bericbten  uber  ?inanz=  und  Rechtsfragen,   die  beaonders  die 
handelspoiitischen,   industriellen  und  lendwirtscheftlichen  Aufgaben  der 
Be«(egung  ia  Gebiet  berubren. 

^  ijg^ .KHEiagASSa^i^iyEB}   Eer  Kreiakessenleiter  ist  disziplinar  dem 
Ereisleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  i!uB,   aiit   der  Bestatigung  des  G8U-= 
i^A*£^.   ernannt  und  enthoben,  woKilier  dem  Gebietsleiter  ?«itteilung  zu 
aachen  ist.   Fecbiich  lantersteht  er  dec  gebietskassenleiter. 

.r  richtet  nach  Bedarf  Kreiskassenamter  ein,   die  Jenender  Bundes=' ' 
schatzaeisterei  entsi;.rech<jn,    ?>  ernennt  und  enthebt  seine  t^^itarbeiter 
ffiit  der  Bestatigung  seines  lcteisleit#s. 

Sr  iiberwacht  und  fordert  die  Ausfiibrung  der  Befehle  iikergetrdneter 
Kassenamter  im  Kreis  und  vera-.ittelt  -die  Berichjierstattung  der  Bezirke 

- -^ ._:,....  -XIX- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1525 


-19-  ■    ■•  * 

und  Jrtsgiaippen  betreffs  i^eucnscheffungt-n,     lets*-,  Techtc   oder  usufvert^ 
triifc'e,   ais  aueh  iabcr  die  dei.  Kreie  berutoende  Gesetztebimg,   an  setnen 
i.reisleiter,   Gebietskasssaleiter  lUid  Gattkassenleiter. 

£r  gibt  Kreiskcssenbefehle  bersuB,  nit  der  Cegenzeichnung  des 
Ireisleiters.  Eine  Abschrift  davoc  gefat  an  den  Gebietsksssealeiter. 

Die  Bezirkskassenleiter  sind  ihai  fachiich  unters-Ullt.   Von  seinen 
reiskassenbefehlen  an  die  Bezirke  imd  OrtSfcruppen  erhalten  die  Bezirk3« 
jifid  Ort3t.ruppenlelter  gleicbzeltig  eiaa  Abschrift. 

Seine  besondere  AuffeSbe  besteht  derin,   sich  mlt  der  die  Bewegung 
cngelienden  fltaatsge s€ tZkebung  zu  Ijefessen  und  hierufcer  nacia  obec  und 
imten  fcerichtzuerstatten.  ^ 


h 


-  D£iH,„„Bfe2It<kS£ASSa«X£ ITi^t  D9r  Bezirkskassanlelter  ist  aiszirlin.ar  dem 
iaMIxyynig  Rezirkeleiter  unterstellt  ucd  wlrd  yen  iha,  ait  der  :&5at6«. 
tiguji£  des  Gau.Ieitergi  ernannt-und  entfaofeen.  D^  Ereisleiter  wird  dea» 
cxtsprechend  Mtteilimt  teaacht.  FscWich  unteratelit  er  deai  Freiskass^no 
letter. 

.gr  richt«t  nach  Bedarf  BezirksJcaaseaaater  eiii,   die  jenen  der  Bun- 
dt'Sschatzmeisterei  enti^rechen.  Sr  ernermt  xmd  «Qtbebt  aeiaa  Mitarbei'tei 
nit  der  Beataltigung  seines  Beairksleiters. 

Fr  iiberwacht  und  f ordert  die  iusfubrune.  dar  Befehle  iiberfeeordneter 
..33senamt«r  im  Bezirk  -und  veraitt«Xt  die  Berichterstattung  der  Orts« 
trvppau  bzw.  Stiitzpuiikte  betraffa  NeusifschaffunfeG,  J»iet9«,  Peftht«  odtsr 
,  r'ofsvertrage,  als  auch  ttber  die  den  Bsairk  beruhrende  Gesetagebucg  ec 
seinen  Bezirksleiter.  Kxciskassealeiter  xmd  Gsukaasealeiter- 

£r  gibt  Bezirkskassenbefehle  heraus,  ffiit  der  Gegenzeichnwfig  des 
B-fzir&eleiters.  Sine  Abschrift  dsvon  geht  an  den  Krei«*:asse3lleiter. 

Die  Ortsfe'ruppen^  bz?,-.  '"tutzpunktkasseaieiter  aind  iha  fachiich  \uj« 
terstellt.  Yon  seineo  Fezdrkskasseabefehien  arheltea  die  Ortsferuppen.. 
bzw.  Stutzpujoktleiter  dcs  Bezirka  Abachriftea. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgabe  besteht  darln,  sich  sit  den  Recfetsfrseeo 
der  nCountlea"  des 'Sez irks  sbatNgebea,   insbescsadare  in'Bezxjg  3uf  5ruhd« 
Oder  Gebaudeelgentuis  und  die .  Bewirtachef tung  von  giteaheiaen  und  Lsfera 

"  Steuer«  und  Hypothekei^8figelegej3.heiten,  Bru=  and  GesvuidheSBsmtliohe 
Vorschxlften,  Inkor.arationsgesetze  usw. ,i^rner  let  ar  der  Verbindungs° 
aann  2«ischen  dea  Gaukessenleiter  tmd  den  Kessenleitem  ae|BR«8y'tecJ«ter 
atutzpunkte,  die  in  ihrer  Arbeit  unterstiitzt  iserdec  sollen,   als  mich 
dcr:ifeniee  Aatswalter,  welcher  sich  lait  der  Herantelldaog  vos  Kassenaats- 
xitarbfeitern  zu  beschaftigen  hat,   die  zur  Sefdrdei*UQg  vorg«schlegen  wer- 
dea. 


•«»i «**»•« 


7-  £BR..OH'rsafiUPP£H»  bzw.  QliTZfmK'UKAsmn.BxTm:  D«r  Ortsgruppenkassen- 
lelter  Tit  diszlpllnar  dem  Ortsgrappenieiter  uat»rst»llt;  tmi  wird  v«a 
ihm,  mlt  der  Bestatigung  des  Gauleiter 3.  emanjot  usd  eatboben.  Der  Be» 
zirksleiter  wird  von  aelchen  anaennungen  tmd  BB**iebuagen  benachrlchtlgt. 
Fachiich  untersteht  er'  dem  Seairkskassealeiter. 

Er  richtetnach  wirkllcheia  Bedarf  (>rt8fe;ri;^pQnJcaaaenlc«ater  elii,  die 
jenen  der  Sundesschatzaeisterei  entspreohen.  Br  hat  nach  Mi^ichkeit 
die  Ortsgruppenka^enerbeit«a  selbat  zu  verriCbtea.  Br  eraeant  und  ent» 
hebt  seine  unalttelbaren  Mitarbaiter  mit  der  Bestttigang  aelaes  0rt3» 
gruppenle iters. 

Er  i^ihrt  die  Befehle  iibergeordaeter  XsseeaSaster  in  d«r  Ortsgrji^jpe 
a«s  und  uberwecht  und  fijrdert  die  Auefiihrung  In  dea  Zeilen  uad  Blocks. 
Er  erstettefclaufend  genauen  Bericht  iiber  be«t«hende  ♦der  geplante  An.= 
schaffungea,  Miets*.  Paoht*  o<er  KetifvertrSga^  an  dan  Bezirkskassealei^^ 
ter,  Gai^assenieiter  und  BuadesSchatsttidster,  und  uaterriehtet  dlese 
Stellen  leufand  iiber  die  zu  benicksicbtigaaden  gasetzlichen  Vorschrlf- 
ten  der  betreffeaden  Ortschaft. 

Sr  eratattet,  sonatllch  vifr  dam  10.^,  ait  der  Gagenzeichnuag  dea  Ort 
gruppenl alters  genauen  BeriCht  uber  die  seldlichen  Vex*a2teia8e  der 


«s>»s'i<w<«N^^; 


1526  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


-20- 
•ii»*»gng»e  fm  49n  B\uidesschat2iaeist«r,  xind  war .aittels  der  vorgedruck* 
tpQ  -iTOilinaaMnnf  Kaseenlierictotavtrlsg©,  Dieeer  KeeseQbericfet  hat  auch 
den  L«nauec  Staad  der- Sogenancten  Wirtscbsf tskssssn.der  Qllederuz^en 
(015,  Frauenscbeft,  Jugendscbaft  uaw.)  su  «nthalten«  Der  0rts6rupi>«n« 
kassenlelter  ist  beracfatief  und- vej^pflitehfeet,   jede  letate  wKasae"  der 
Telle,  (iliederuagen,  lSnterorEantsati»aaa  md  togeschlossenen  Verbande 
is  B<}r€icb.  der  Oftsgrupp*  zu  'beaufsichtleen  tod  oonatlicfa-au  iiberprU" 
foa,  <y.Ig^  6el(toittei  und  ie der  Baal tg  der  Teiie  der  Beweguxig  slnd  Ei» 
tentusa  des  Bundea  -und  stehen  ijBi  im  K«tfall  «ur  Verfuguog. 

Ferner  schickt  er  oeoatllcii,  ait  der  Cegaaaaicbnung  dea  Ortsgrtg?" 
penleitera,  tdt  imt  Kasaenbericfct  aloe  Moaatsabrechuujag  m.  den  Bundea>= 
scbatgaaeister,  \ind  zwar  alttftla  des  hierau  bestisaiten' J'orajiilares*  Hier» 
sxtt  lat  die  geaeua  Zahl  d«r  ala  FSrderer  tdezr  Mitglieder  dee  Buades  odei 
dof  "Prospective  Citizans'  League"  das  AV  zu  betrechtenden  Personen  in 
de«  Ortsgruppe  acswgebett.  Die  Mocetsabrechnung  voa  30i  de  Mitglied  oder 
Mrdersr  richtet  eich  BICHf  »ach  der  2«iavmgspUn}ctlicnkeit  des  Slaael-" 
r>«ji,  soad^m  nach  ♦bigar  Zahl.  Wo  d«f  Oi^sgruppenkassenlelter  BeitrSg^ 
T.ickp  hereiBb^kooaen  ««a»,  lat  «r  trotedira  verpflicbt<5t,  die  Abf^ihruag 
an  die  Buadealeituag  zn  leiaten,  bl*  die  aSuaige  Person  als  P&rderer 
Oder  Mi.^lisd  gfe8jifta.<gh«B^  iat*  Vor  iet-  Stsreiebimg  ist  abe«  der  Ojrtsgrupi= 
pi-jnk36aenl eiter  .Tarpf  1  icbtet ,   wslbat  ^der  alt  fiilfe  der  2elleo»  und 
Blocklettungcn  »ach  Er&ften  »u- versuciien,  die  rucJcstSadlgaa  Beitrage 
eitizuitassleren  und  dW  aSumlge  Perstn  fiir  die  Be-s»egutig  zu  ertialten* 

Zur  ordentiichen  Albeit  8es  Bund e a  gabbrt  ««r-  dass  der  Ortsgrup« 
penkassealeiter  derauf  bedaobt  iat,  die  Beitragaabftihruag  ac  die  Bun*, 
desleituae,  die  ^iafiscfeuld  der  Ortagrunae.  als  WSTS  VarpfXichtwag  der 
Ortsgruppe  ii\i  betracfateu*  Qeoau  wie  Steuera  b«2i8blt  werdea  nyasea  uad 
Stexierg^rder  fur  aadere  2»ecke  eicfach  nicht  da  sind,  a»  verhalt  es 
aifth  lait  d«r  a<mat6abrechaung  der  Srtsgruppe  an  die  Bundesleitung. 

W»  aUfi  liJgexidelnem  awinyendet^  firwnd  das  fallige  Geld  nicbt  abge- 
fiibrt  werden  kgagi  ist  die  Niederscibrtft  der  Abrecimang  trotsdaa  eiczuw 
aenden.  ait  eiaef'  ausfiihrlichea  Erkl&rung  dea  Gruadae  der  Verscbuidung. 
?a-      Die  mmwSBjmm>mi-mmR  und  die  Hllfte  des  freiwilligen  ferbe». 
beitrages  bei  der  FSrdereranaelduae,  6«ht  ait  d*o  Jl;amej}.dew?heln  aa  den 
Bunde8e«*iatz»eisWr.  Porderemadaln  werdec  Je  aecfe  Bederf  bei  Voreia»= 
seadoag  defi  Hinterlegungageldes  b<^iffi  Bunde3g93<Aaftafiihr«r  besteHt» 
«ie  aacfe  Mitglieder-Srsatiaasdeln.    " 
7^-      IgJt;  dea  JfmjmE*Amm  ^Uid  50^  HlntarleguatasebtUir  fiir.daa  Bun* 
desabjfeeXctoa  daa  Aatrag stellera,  a«f  dem  tJawege  iiber  die  Qauleituag, 
an  den  Bimdesachatzaeiister  einzuaende'n,  das  daaa  ait  der  efaten  ait« 
gliedsksrte  der  Ortsgnjppe  zugestellt  wird.  Bei  etaaiger  Ablehnarig  des 
Aufnahmeantrags  erfoait  die  Ortsgruppe  das  Abteicbengeld  zuriiok* 
70-     -Im  iibtigen  fiihrt  der  Ortegruppenkaaaenleiter  die  Kaasenbiicher  der 
Ortsgruppe  aach  dea  Vorscbrlftaa  der  BandeSEchatzawsiaterel. 

Allen  vcETgedrtickten  Verwaltungsbedarf  beetellt  er,  *»■».  ela  etwa- 
•ieer  GascfeSftafubrer  der  Ort^ruppe,  bei«  Bundgajfrg scfaaf taf Ufarer » 

Die  Ortegru^spenkaesenbiicher  sind  vierteI3a5H60deroft€r  ven  ei». 
new  Prufmgsausschaaa  «u  priifea,  der  aus  ge«cbteten_,  fahlgen  und  ver» 
schwiegenen  Mitgliedem  ♦der  Aatewal tern  der'Brtagruppc  «u  beateben  hat 
xm&voa  0rt86rvg?peni.8iter  emannt  wird.  Ziihlen  iijlair  die  geldlitfce  Lage, 
also  fiber  die  ,StA*ke  oder  Schw6eh^'der-G9rtsgruppe»  sind  niobt-  in  d^r 
Mitgliederverduaalung  oder  gar  uxBsittelbar-  nacb  aussen  bekanntaugebeh, 
Eeine  ttitgliederversaffljal'Ung  iat.  ein*  vollioffi^n  xgeschleasdne"  Vereaaua^ 
lung,  aua  welcher  nlcbts  hinauegetr-agea  ulrd*  und  die  Starke..#der 
SchwScltte  4er  B*we»mg  oder  elaes  fetl«8  "derseiben  gefat  die  Ausseawelt 
nichts  aa.  Dies  gilt  axicfe  ia  Bezug  aufdle  MtfcliederaaM .  Bs  gibt  kein 
Ge^tz,  daaa  die  Beaatsn  einer  ni<!hti»ko3T?*rierteii«  freiwilligen  Orga'= 
nidation  %«ingeD  kann,  (iber  deriei  Angelegenbeiten  Aaskuaft  tu  geben, 

Cie  lesaenprufung  wird  darchgsKihrt,  daMt  .die  Prefer  v»r  der  Mit« 
gliedschaft  bezexigen  kSnae»,  da«s  die  Geldverwsltuag  der  Ortsgruppe  ait 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1527 


-21- 
rcchten  Dingen  zugeht.   Die  OrtstriappenkaasenfuLrung  steht  ouch  jeder^ 
zeit  den  Beauftragten  dea  Bmidesechatzmeisters  Oder  GeukaMgi^nleitera 
2ur  FnJfung  offen. 

Sine  Vernichtuiig  von  Unterlsgen  ist,  nach  einer  •rdr.ungsgemassen 
Prufunc,   in  Notfell  mit  der  ausdrucklichen  Bevollmachtitung  des  Orts= 
.  rup'penleiters  gestattet.   Jeweils  neuerscheinende  B'judesbefehle   sind 
zu  beachten. 

Die  Zeilenkassenwalter  der  Ortatruppe   sind  dem  Ortsgruppenkasseno 
ifeiter  fachlich  unterstelltt   Er  gibt  Ortsgruppenkasaenbefehle,   mit  der 
Gegenzeichriung  des  Ortsferuppenleitere,heraus.   Diese  Befehle  gehen  durch 
di-e   ZuHenleiter.  »...*.»  ' 

Die  Pflichten,  Rechte  und  Zustaxioitkeiten  des  STIJTZHJHKTKASSEJ^. 
LEITERS  entsprechen  im  StutzpucJct  ^ler.en  des  ORTSGHUPPEIvEASSSinjEITSRS. 
In  StutzpurJcten,   die  iiber  keine  Zellen  verfueeJ^«  £ehen  die  Obliegeni" 
heiten  des  2£I.LEKKASSENWALTERS  auf  den  Stutzpunktkessenleiter  iiber. 


KMV^W***?******* 


8-  D£R  ZETiT.iJHKASSENWALTER;   Der  Zeilenkassenwalter  ist  disziplinar  dem 
Zellenleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  iim,  mit  der  Bestatigung  dea  Qrts^ 
rTuppena  bzw.  Stutzpunktleiters  emsnnt  und  enthuben.  Fachlich  unter* 
.'^■teht  er  dem  Ortsgr.=Stutzp.ka5senleiter. 

Br  fuhrt  die  fachlichen  Befehle  des  Ortsgr.BStiitzp.kassenleitera 
ir.  ?ereich  der  Zelle  sus  und  iiberwacht  und  fordert  die  diesbeziiglichen 
Hilf sarbeiten  der  Bltckwarte. 

Wo  grdssere  Zellen  mit  der  Genehmigung  des  Ortsgr.=Stutzp.leiters 
eigene  Mitgliederappelle  durchftihren,   sanuaelt  er  mittels  der  vcm  Orts«. 
rruppenkassenleiter  zu  beziehenden  Einhebelisten  Beitrage  ein  und  fuhrt 
.liese  an  den  OrtsgrrKaasenifeiter  ab.   Die  Austeilung  von  Einhebelisten 
an  die  Blockleiter  ist  seine  Aufgel^e.  Die  Blackleiter  fiihren  eingehol= 
te  Beitrage  mit  seiner  Gegenzeichnung  an  den  Ortsgr.=Stut^^kassenlei«= 
ter  p.b.  Deegleiohen  geschieht  es  mit  Eampfsp'endesammel listen,  Vorver= 
.  kaufskarten,  Losbuchern  u.dergl. 

Er  berichtet  zusatamenfassend  am  &ide  eines  jeden  Monats  an  seinen 
Zellenleiter  und  an  den  Ortsgr.-Stutzp.kassenleiter.. 

Zeilenkassenwalter  fiihren  keine  Perscaaellisten  ©dor  *jisrteien!   die 
notwendifcen  Unterlagen  sind  ven  Pall   zu  Fall  beia  Ortsgr.=Stutzp.»= 
schriftftihrer  zu  holen  und  so  zu  vervahren,   dass  sie  nicht  verraten  ade: 
gest^UfeHa  werden  konnen.  Weltprzugeben  an  den  Bl«ckleiter  sind  nur  die 
fur  den  betreffenden  Block  erferdeHichen  Untsrlagea.  Anordnungen  an 
die  Blocks  sind  miindlieh  in  den  Blockleiteraitzuijgen  des  Zellealeiters 
2u  geben;   der  sohriftliche-  Dienstverkehr  hat  in  der  Zelle  moglichst  zu 
UTiterbleiben  uhd  ist  ia  Verkehr  mit  den  Blecks  ganz  euszuschalten. 

■     *  •"•"«"»"•"  «"»"»"»"*"'4"  •"•'•'»" 

9a-DER  BLCCKWAHT  fiihrt  in  seiner  Haus^ruppe  die  Anordnungen  des  Zellen«= 
kassenwalters  aus.   Sie  vserden  ihm  durch  seinen  Blockleiter  liberEiittelt. 

9-  DER  SGHHIPT'FuKRER     -     DER  GiSCHAFTSFUHRER 


9-  X>£B  BUHDESGESCHAJTSFUKRERt  Die  genze  SachwaltunK  des  Bundes,   der 


JS£« 

i.yof.  seir.e  Aufgabe,  die  dienstlichen  Verebreduj.gen  der  Biuidesf8Chamto>= 
waiter  ■ir.d  des  Bundesfuhrers  zu  vereinberen.  •- 

Zur  Sach*alt!ing  gehdrt  sine  laufende  Kontrolle  amd  regelaasaige 
BeBtanda'.ifftahme  des  geaaaten  Eigentuais  der  Beweg'^.g  in  alien  ihr^ja  Hi= 
-xxn-  ■  •      ■ 


1528 


UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-22- 
heitsbereichen  und  deren  GXiederungseinheiten,   Unter©rgenisationen  uod 
£xg;er,chIossenen  Verbanden,   als  auch  die  Aufbewahrung  vcn  Wertpapieren, 
V£>rvi(altur^sbedarf ,    Siegeln,    Schjnuckfahnen  u.    dergl.,   vselchfe  unmittelbar 
zur  Bur.desleitung  gehoren . SHagonTiflililffl 

Er  wird  vom  Bundesfuhrer  ernannt  und  enthoben.   Er  ernennt  uad  en1>= 
iiebt.  mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Biindesfuhrers ,  MITAEBBITES  fur» 

Sachwaltur.ga   (Bezeichnuag  aller  Drucksacben  usw.  mit  Pormnumoern 
i.d  Buch staben ,  Ausf uhruxig  von  Bestelliuigen  mit  Genehmigung  des  Bvmdes=, 
f'ohrars  und  mit  Wissen  des  Bundesschatsaneiatera,  Sachausgabe,  KontrcXle 
•  f.d  Beetandeufnaiune) , 

Vers8nd;(VervielfaItigung,   Zusammenstellung,  Verpackung  und  Ver« 
.-end  von  Bucdesbef ehlen,  Nachrichtendieast,  Kerten,  Biichern,  Nadeln, 
.■-ci.stifeem  Verwaltunfesbefiarf  usw.)  .((G«aaue  VersaiKikontJrolle  fiihren)), 

Schriftyerketo;   (KanzJ.eischriftfubrer(in)  fiir.  geschaftlichen 
r.chriftverkehr,  Reinschrift  von  Bef ehlen  usw.,  Prwtokollfuhrung  u-der^l. 

Zusammen  mit  dem  Boitragskantrellamt  der  Bundesahbatzmeisterei, 
stellt  das  Schrif tverkehrsamt  manatlicb  einen  Bericbt  an  dec  Bundes= 
idhrer  und  an  die  Gauleiter  zueammen,  worin  diese  unterrichtet  werden 
uber  die  BestStigung  des  Smpjjanges  v«ii  Befeblen,  Druckeachen,  llitgl.» 
Irr-rter:  usw.,  von  Seiten  der  Orts£ruppenleitungen,  als  auch  iiber  dtewi 
Feitrags*  und  Spendeabfuhrungtn,  deren  Berichterstattung,  Mit6lieder>» 
Eugang  und  Mitgliederabgang, 

9a-  Der  Bundesgeschaftsfvibrer  erstattet  dem  Bundesftihrer  nwriatlich  einen 
zusammenfassenden  Bericht.    > 

9b-  Der  Bundcsgeschaftsfiihref  ist  bevollmachtigt  und  verpflichtet,  ein= 
mal   jahrlich  oder  nach  Bedarf  ofter  eine  genaue  Bestandaufnahme  allee 
SigentiMis  der  Bewegung  in  , alien  Teilen  derselben  einzufordern  und  nacba 
zukontrollieren.  Desgleichen  eind  seine  Beauftragten  bierzu  beTollmach= 
ti&t. 

Oc-  Die  Mitarbeiter  des  Bundes^eschaftsfuhrers  ernennen  imd  entheben  ibrt 
'jailLPSt^  mit  derBestatJK'-me  des  Bundesgeschaftsfuhrors. 

•)d~ ■  Die ^e  Mitarbeiter  und  Gehilfen  geben  selbst  ketne  Befehle  heraus.  Die 
fachlichen  Befehle  des  Bundesgeachaftsfiihrers  werden  vom  Bundeafuhrer 
gegengezeichnet  und  sind  fur  alle  Hoheitatrager  uad  fur  alle  entspre= 
chenden  Dienststellen  wie  geschrieben  bindend,  bis  hinunter  zum  Block* 
(Siehe  .unten  unter  nSchriftleiter"  und  "Orgenisationsleiter*',) 

5c—  ,Die  Gaugeschaftsftifarer.  bzw.  fe«i  deren  Emangelung  wie  unten  vorge= 
r.fcfaen  die  Gauschriftfuhrer  und  Gauerganisatiensleiter,  sind  dem  BTindes^^ 
;,.e  schaf 1 6f iihrer  fachlicb  unmittelbar  unterstellt,  gehoren  mit  zuiiSeineo' 
fachlichen  Beretungsstab  \md  baben  ihn  nach  Kraften  im  dienstlicben  Ver«= 
kehr  mit  untergeordneten  Stellen  au  entlasten,  Voa  alien  Bundesgeschafts 
aii-tsbef ehlen  erfaalt  der  zustandi'ge  Gauleiter  gleichzeitig  eine  Abschrift 


««*«»«*4 


9f-  SCHRIFTFOHRERt   Wo  Hoheitsbereichsleitungen  iiber  einen  «llamtlich 
m^eestelltea  Geschaftsfutarer  verfiigen,   entsprechen  dessen'Hechte  und/ 
Fflichten  fur  sein  Arbeitsgebiet  jenen  d>-r  anderen  Faohaatswalter  slei= 
cbej'i  Rer.ges  und  erstrockt  sich  seine  Zustandigkeit  auf  die  oben  unter 
"Bundesgeschaftsf^brer"   zuaammengefassten  Facber.  Jeder  Geschaftsfubrer, 
Ginschliesslich  derjenigen  der  Ortsgrig>pe  unddes  Stutzpunktes,  richtet 
sich  nach  Bedsrf  A^ter  ein,   die  denjenigen  der  BundesgeschSftsleitung 
Entsprechen,  Ernennung  und  Enthebung  des  Geschaftsfuhrers  wie  bei  anderc-i 
AmtswilSo  Hoheitsbereichsleitungen  aber  nur  iiber  einen  ehrenamtlichen 
Oder  nebenamtlich  tatiggii  SCHRIFrFt5HRER  verfiigen,   ist  dleser  als  solcher 
kein  Amtwalter.  In  solchen  Fallen  ist  der  Orfi-anisationsleiter  zustandi^ 
fiir  die  oben  uriter  nSachwaltung"  darnel  ectenArbeiten,  wahrend  er,   oder 
.  der  Kassenleiter,  Werbeleiter  oder  sonstige  jeweils  geeignetste  Pacb^ 
cctswalter  in   einer  Hebeneiy-.enschaf t  als  Schriftfuhrer  austandlg  ist 
ftar  die  'in1:e'r  w  Vers  and"  urtd  wSchriftverkehr"  vorji^sehenen.  Arbeiten..  Die 
Organisationsleiter  smd  dem  Bundesgeschaf tsfuhrer  nur  in  der  oben  untei 

•  tiSachwaltung'^angefiihrten  Beziebung  verantwortlich.   In  iibrigen  unter= 
st'eheii  sie  facblich  den  iibergeordneten  Orgajiisationsleitemjder  y-ttt 


-w 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1529 


■     -25- 
Amtswolter  wiederun,  der  die  Arbeit  eines  Schriftfuhrers  versieht,  iat 
de.'j  Bundesgesciiaftefuhrer  nxir  in  Bezug  atif  die  imter  wVersand"  und  , 

•>«Scbriftyerkehr"  vorgesehenwi  DieiiStleistungen  faehlich  unterstellt, 
Iia  iibrigen  imterst.eht  er  faehlich  deo  fSp  seine  HaupttStigkeit  zustan- 
dit^en  Fachvorgesetssteni  Der  Hoheitetrager  besttoat  den  Schriftfuhrer. 

Der  als  Schriftfiihrer  fungi erende  Aartswalter  ^eder  Hoheitabereichs- 
leitung  von  der  Oi^egruppe  und  dem  StUtzpunkt  aufwarta,  ist  verentwort-r 
lich  dafvix,  dass  alle  dienetlichen,  geschaf  tile  hen  Schreiben,  B^feble, 
Zusendungen  von  Drucksachen,  Verwaltungsbedarf ,  Mttgliede""  tder  Pdr« 
dererkarten  oder  =.Bucher  usw.,  usw. ,  uiagehend  und  v»rschriftaaa'ssig 
bvim  Bundescsch&ftsfiihrer  "als  oJBpfangen  bestfitigt  werden^  b«w.,   dass 
cr,  bei  Nichteintreffeii  beetellter  Gegenstande,  untejrrichtet  wird. 

fjg_      Betreffs  Protokellfiihrung  sei  klargelegti  Protokolle  sind  nur  in- 
^ofem-zu  fvlhren,  als  sie  der  dieziplin&r  Vorgesetzte  zur  eigenen  Unter 
riohtung,  tar  seir.t;  Berichte  an  iibergeerdnete  Diecetstelleo  oder  sam 
^a«eren  Kechschlatien  benotigt.  In  keiner  Sitzung  oder  Versaioajlung  und 
in  keinem  Appell  werden  Protokolle  verlesen. 

••••••«■••«•«»**• 


10-^  •  PER  BUapiSOBGAIJISAIiqKSliBrrEBt   Die  tfberwachung  der  gegemteo  oryani 


Fuhrerij^en  und  Hoheiistragern.  bilden  das  /.uf  Kaben»r  undZttstaDdieikeit 
geblet  dea  BundesorKanisatjonsleiters. 

Der  Biindesorganisationaleiter  wird  vom  Bundesfiihrer  emannt  und 
enthoben.  Br  ernennt  und  enthebt,  mit  der  Beet&tiguog  des  aindesfUhrere 
UlTAkEElim  fiirt 

Organ isatoriscben  AusRlgieht  {  Ausgleich  vmx  etwaigen  VlNtoaprd- 
Chen  zwischen  verscfaiedenen  Dienatv^rschrlf ten,  Befehlen  und  Anweifl«ng» 
en.  Regelung  von  ZuatsLndigkeitsatreitigkeiten  bei  etwaiger  tTberschneii 
dung  eines  irbeitsfeldea  «uf  ein  aaderes.  Gerechte  Verteilung  von  Ar« 
biiitslaaten  je  naoh  Beiastung  und  Pafaigkeiten  dea  Binzelnen.  Abandeiniag 
bestehender  ti^anisat^riacher  MHQIinteilungen  ider  Dienstvorechriften 
der  Amter  und  Gliederungen  bei  erstehender  H«twen4igkelt) , 

Organisatorlsch?  Auabildttpgi  (Praktiachp  Ausfukrung  der  fechteeh* 
nischen  Schulung  aller  Affltawalter.  <-  I>er  L«hr»^ff  der  ver«5hiedenen 
Kxirae  baut  slch  euf  Referaten  der  verscfaiedenen  &iodeaf8ehantsw«^lter 
und  des  Bundesfuhrers  «uf ,  die  Anbereuawng  und  Durchfiibxuag  geechieht 
durch  den  Organisatlocsleiter.). 

fta.'^stikt  .{   Bildliche  Darstellungen,  Organ iseiM on alandkarten, 
stellen-,  Organi sations*  xyad  Batg?laae,  Pehnea«,  Uniforito  und 
Abzeicheientwiirfe,  Amtswalterstatlstik,  ftitgliedschaftsw  imd  Porderer« 
statistik,  OD-,  Frauenachafta-  und  Jugendschaftsstetiatik  usw. , usw,), 

Technikt  (  Durchfuhrung  von  SchutR«,  Bef 6rderuogs« ,  Benachrichti- 
g^^gs-,,  Verpfleg^ngs*  und  UnterkunftaqplSnen  dee  Urganieaticsisleiters, 
Durchfuhrung  der  Ajtsschmackxaiga-  und  Festfolgepltoe  des  Werbeleitera, 
Durchfuhrung  der  GeldbeschaffungagplSne  dee  Schatzmeistera  us*.,  jaltteli 
dee  OD,  des  Arbeitsdienstea,  des  SanitStsdienatea,  der  Kapellen  und 
Spielmarinazage  des  AV,  der  Fraaienschaft,' der  Jugendschaft,  *zw.- aitteli 
aussenstehender  Faohleute  oder  Pi^aen), 

Beetellungj  (Bestiasaungen  Uber  die  Bestellung  v<»i  allea  Material, 
von  Gnaideigentiaa,  Gel^uden,  Mdbel,  Drucksachen,  Anzeigen,  An»qgen. 
ArbeitakrSften,  Hednem,  satjgem,  Ohdren,  K^ellen  uf».,  uaw,,  nach 
Vereinberung  Mt  dea  Aot  T^ohnik,  mit-.dsn  betreffenden  Fachaxataweltem 
bzw.  Gliederungafuhrem  uad«F(ihrerinnenuAlt  dea  BURdaaschatameieter.  ? 
(.■Bestellungen  der  Bundesleitung  werden  ait-  der  BeatAtl^aig  3«s  Svm<3e8- 
^"^gra.vop  Buadei^eschSftsfaBr^r  gaflp:efahrt.>  •    '     " 


1530  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-24-        " 

10a-  Kein  Bunclesaintswelter  gibt  irgendwelche  Befeiile  .beraua,  41?  dec 
organi  satoriscben  Aufbgu  (3er  Bewegung  •der  ihrer  Telle  ia  Kerxngsten 
beruhren  oder-  ebaadern.   atoe  Einveratandiits  und  Mitrunterzeichnimf^  dea 
Btuidesorgaiiisationaleiters.  ^ 

Die  unteiESordneten  Fech=  und  Giiedenmgsdienststellen  geben  keit= 
ne  Befehie  hereus,   die  irgendwelche  iinderungen  des  org. anisa tori schen 
Aufbaus  'bedeuten  •der  erSorderlich  macben,   eiisser  in  Bezug  auf  die 
Festlegung  oder  Abaaderimg  der  Bezeichnung  imd  der  Grenzen  ven  Zellen 
'm.6  Blocks.   (Siehe  Abschnitt.  II,  Absatz  9,   Seite  I},   sowie  Absciinltll  Il| 
Absatz.  10,  Seite  14.)  J 

10b-«  Ausbildimg  laid  Schuiimg  werden  mitJIilfe  des  Bundesschulimfesleiters  :* 
•and  der  anddren  Bvmdes'emtswal ter  je  nsch  deren  fachlichen  Aufgabe  be=  ? 
.  arbeitet.  Uber  die  lehrkrafte  entschfeidet  der  Bimdesschulungsloiter,  1 
tiber  den  Iniiait  der  Lehrkurse  der  betreffende  Pachamtswalter.  Die  an-'  •; 
ordrnxnpen  zur  AnstelluaK  der  Lehrkralfte,  zur  Belegunf?;  der  Klessenrauae,  • 
zur  AnperauiaunK  der  Schulstimden  imd  zur  Beacbaffung  des  betreffendec  ; 
Material s».  trifft  sber  der  OrgahisatiiSisleiter,  nech  Ausarbeitung  der  j 
Pinaozierungsplane  durch  den  Sehetzaeister.  ;| 

Wo  kein  Ge scbaf t afUhrer  angestellt  ist,  f^fart  der  Organisation 8=      : 
leiter  such  die  Bestellungea  aua.  Die  BestStigung  des  Heheitstragers 
ist  erf«rderlich.  •; 

10c-  Die  Bearbeitung  des  Bundesaj^cfaiva,   aiaaaer  wo  es  sich  u«  Wertpapiere  ^ 
u.  dergl.  handelt,  die  v<a5  Bxmdesgescbaftsfiihrer  Oder  BundesfUhrer  " 

selbst  aiifbewahrt  werden,  unterstebt  dem  Amt  Statistik  der  Bundea©rga=  :| 
nisationsleitung.  afee  verschiedenen  Fach^  und  Giiederungsdienststellen  ! 
belief  em  dieses  Amt  mit  ihren  Karteikarten,  listen,  Bildern,  Zeituc6s=  j 
auaschnitten,  Landkarten  usw.,  us».  ' 

lOd-  Die  Ausarbeitung  der  PlSne  zur  praktiscben  Ausfuhrvaag  der  WHxtkhen    i 
dea  Bkindeswerbele iters,  Bundesschulungsleiters  und  der  anderen  Bundes=     ' 
amtswalter,   im  datmsn  der  Ficsnzieruiigsmdgliclikeiteri,   die  vcaa  Bundes^ 
scbatzoeister  angegeben  werden  und  mit  moglichst  vellkommener  Beruck"" 
sichtigung  der  lorderungen  des  Bimdeswirtachsftsleiters  U-irv),   ist  die 
Obliegenheit  dea  Amtes  Tfecbnik  der  Bundesor&anisationsleitung.  i 

lOe-  Der  Einsatz  von  OlfeEinheiten,  Arbeitsdienat,  Senitatsdienat,   Frsuen^ 
achaft,  Jugendschaft,  Sing",   Turn«  und  Musikgruppen  yaw.,  bzw,   die  Be^ 
stijainung,  auasenstebender  HilfakrSfte,   die  hinzuzuzieben  sind,   geachieht 
-  isit  Hilfe  des  Affites  Bestellung.   Die  ^u sf Uhrung  des  betreffenden  Diens^ 
tes  geschiebt  durah  die  'GliedeinmgafuHrer  ^innen),   bzw,  betreffs  auasen^ 
stehenden  Hilfakraften  wie  oben  unter  "Bestelltmg"  vorgesehen. 

lOf-  Die  Mitarbgiter  des  Bundesorganisationsleiters  »rnennen  mid  entfee- 
ben  ihre""Gehilfen'  lait  der  Beatatigung  des  Bundesorganisationsleiters. 

iOg-  Die  Miterbeiter  oder  Gehllfen  geben  selbst  fceine  Befehie  heraus.  ~ 
Die  fachlichen  Befehie  d«s  Bundneorganisatienale iters,  van  Bundesfiibrer 
gegengezeichnet,   aind  fUr  alle  Koheitstrager  und  Organ isationaamter  wie 
geschrieben  bindend,  bis  hinunter  zuffi  Block. 

10b-  Die  Gau^rganisationeleiter  sind  dem  Bxmdesorgaaisetiensleiter  fach° 
lic^  unciitteibar  imterstellt,  gehoren  mit  zu  aeinem  Beratungsstab  wI3 
,    hsBen  ihn  nach  Kraften  im  dienstlicben  Verkehr  mit  unters«»rdneten  Stel 
len  21}  entlssten,  V«5*  alien  seinen  an  sie  gericfatetan  Anar^ungen  8r= 
halt  der  zustandige  Gatileiter  gleiehzeitig  eine  Abscbrift. 

lOi-  Der  Bundfesargenisationsleiterbericbtet  monatlich  zusajEsmenfassend 
an  den  Bundesf'ibrer.  Seine  besondere,   wicbtigste  Aufgabe  ist  es,  fiir 
ejn  reib'-ingsltses.  lei stvtnig;af abides  und  kaffieredschaftliches  gusammen^ 


gar  gemu 


nisation  zn  verhindern  -  sber  such  dazu  zu  sefaen,  dasa  eicb  niebt  bus 
isuter  Be<3ueal ichJceit  eiiie  Uaterargenisation  erhslten  kann,  und  die  gey, 
ggbeitun^  vpa  iaaer^  w^itereo  und,neuen  Gebie'tea  des  gyerikadeutscHen 
Lebens  anz\irep»a((!siebe  such  Dienstvorachrif  ten  ■der  Gli&derxingen.)/.yyyx 

♦  «»•  *  •  «  j*itc»l«l|t).»  W*  Mutt  «*  \^A.^   . 


J 


APPFNDIX — PART    IV  1531 


-25- 

11-  J)£R  GAUaRGAHjESA$jK)gSLEIfgBt  Der  Gauorgaoisatl«nSleiter  iat  <Ji8il.p« 
lin&r  dea  Gauieiwr  waterateiitt -tm<J  j»ird  von  iha,  ait  der  B8stSt%u»g 
des,  amdesfiihreirs,  «maant  m4  eatAfObeo.  P8cfeli<ih  •ttateretfebt  er  dea 

Buridesoi^onisat;lonsl«it«p»  .  .  ' 

ji     Br  ilchtet  nach  B*daj*f  Smt«r  ia  der  QauXeitung  ©ic,  die  jenen  der 
BxmdeaorgeaigatioasleituDg^  «iitfi5>r«cii8n.  2r  exJiamt  yjid  ^nthebt:  seiue 
i.1ITARREl|S8  alt  der  Beat&tigang  seiaea  Geuieiters. 

_  Er  uberwacht  uad  fdrdert  die  Ausftthrung  der  Btmdeaorge»is8tioHa» 
befetile  im  Gau  xiad  veraittelt  die  Beriohtsfstattuig  yntergeftrdafttcr 
Stellen  iiber  gepl^ate  Seuan8oliaff<«igea»  Aokfiafe,  ^hulgriiiid^iageii  u. 
dergl.,  sis  &M6h  derenjf  VoraciilSge  b«tr«ffs  {^gsjaisatsrisciiea  Ausbsues 
an  den  Gauleiter  uad  Buaddsorgaaisatieosleiter.  = 

Br  gibt  Gattorganisatioas'befeiile  beraus  mit  der  BeetStigimg  dea 
Ga\aeltersj  eine  Abschrift  davon  gefet  aa  dea  lmidesorg»ais»tioa»leiter. 
•  .     Die  Gebietsoz^eaisatioasleiter  siad  iha  .facbiXioh"  uiaaittslbar  uo« 
teretellt. 

Voa  seiaea  Aa^rdmmgea  an  yaterg«ordnete  StelleaexMlt  der  je« 
•    wells  zustSlndige  Hoheitetril^er  gleifihasieitig  eine'  Abecbrift* 

Seiae  beeondere  Aufgabe  bestebt't  darin,  die  OrtS^tisstioasi^i^e^c 
•  neuerstendeaer  Stut«punkt»  in  Ihreia  Bieaste  sm  unter^'ich'tea  aad  Ojrgaa 
nisationsJBitarbeiteie  imtergeordneter  Hobeitabereioh'e  a«r  St«livej?tre» 
t\jng  in-G8u«  -wad  Bunde»gB#wm  l»ranssubilde». 

It  ^hat  die  Gesasta^afsiebt  Uhex  daa  f  sobiiobe  Ausbildtengswfeisen 
t  der^  Benegang  im  Gau»  - 

■  ■  Sr  bet  sicb  genaa  ssu  «nt»irr4.cht»a  iiber  MSglichkeitea,  abermtssig 
mitgliederBtait:  gewordene  BeiiJE*:e  bit*.  Ortsgruppea  S5«  astrteiien.  Die 


Pestlegiing  oder  AbSnderung  der  BegeietoiaR  von  BeKi^en  and  Ortsferup. 
satiensleiterj  die  «t»slge  feilaaf  roa  i&ezi:S:ea  oder  Ortsgruppea  ge» 


pen  gescbiebt  nacb  Weisyagen  dea  Baad<f^fmrera  duroh  den  Bmi^8ft»rgani» 


schieht  naob  Weisungen  dea  Gftttlgl;liega    darcb  den  ^amtrgaai sat i»a8l el" 
lait  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfuar^raj  die  festleguag  Oder  AMnder«»g 
^^'^  Sreagen  der  Beziike  ader  Ortsgrigjpea  geacMebt  aacb  feisungea  dea 
Gauleiters  durcb  dea  Gauergaoisati^isleiter.  la  dea  be idea  let^teren 
Fallen  ist  dea  BundesorgBnieatlonsleiter  xaig^end  Sitteiiuag  etumaobea. 

Wo  eine  Gauieitung  fiber  keicen  Geseb^Mtateer  ■verf%t,  gebt  ein 
betrSchtlicber  fell  der  dieses  si;«6telltea  Arbeiten  ^^  den  Gsiiorgaai«. 
satiocsieitec  fiber,  Siebe  Abscfaaitt  lit,  Al^sat»  9^  Seite  2ia.  22. 

*♦»»♦•»»»•»»»»»«* 
12-  im  GSaimiCgGAyimfjipSSLBXlM t  Der  OebiatawcganiisatiQiiSleiter  ist 
disalplinSr  dea  Qebietsieiter  mterstellt  mxd  wdrd  vm  iba,  mit  der  B*- 
atati^xng  des  Gatileiters,.  emenat  tind  entbabea.  faeifc^icb  aateratebt  er 
dem  Gsturrganl.aationaleiter. . 

Br  riefatet  aaeb  Bedarf  Gebieta»rgant»ati.3asifflt«r  eia,  die  ^eaen 
deri  &mde8organi8ati«naieitmi6  entsprechec'.  Br  eiBteaiat  \jad  eatbebt  eei" 
ne  MITARBSXfM  ait  der  BestSti^ing  seiae*  Gebletsleiters. 

"Er  fiberwacht  trnd  fSxdert  die  Austobxia^  der  Buadea*  «ad  Qau*rg»» 
nisationsbefeble  ia  Gebiet  und  veraittelt  die  Berichtarstattuag  ant®r« 
geordneter  Stellen  iiber  g^l'ante  Fetaenscbaffiasgea,  Ankiufe,  Sabtdgrun^ 
dtsigen  u,  dergl»,  an  den  Gebietsleiter  tmd  Ge'EftaqpEBiftfttiaaaleiter. 

It  gibt  Gebietsorgaalsfetiwasbefebie  beretia  ait  der  Gegeaaeicbtiung 
des  Gebietsleitersi  eine"  At»chrli't  davaa  gebt  ea  dea  Gauo^anisatioas* 
ieiter.  -— ^  '  ,  p  - 

DU  KreisorgaaiaatiGnsJeiter  dea.  Gebietea  sind  iba  I'acblicb  ua« 
ffllttelbex  unterstellt.-  Von  eeiaea  Befeblen  sa  ua^i^*ordaete  <^6enisa>« 
tioneatellen  etfeait  der  ^swells  SistSadige  Kreis«.,  Bealrka"  und  Orte» 
grt^jpenrf"  Oder  Stiitzpynkfclel^hr  gleichzeitig  eine  Abscbrift- 

Seine  besondere  Ati|gabe.,befitieiit  daria,  ieuf end  aaeb  «bea  ucd  unter 
'  2u  nericfatea  ubier  die  velks-  uM  itBidelspoiittscii.!^,  iaduatrieliea  xmd 
landwirtecbeftlicbea  S^lsmBU*  <ii«  t&  seiaea  Gebiet  bei  ^rsanisPaterlBcb* 
Maaanahaan  «nd  bei  der  AuabildtHig  von  Amtawalt^ra  ra  beriLsicsisbtlgea 
-XX7I-/siad.Sieba  au<^  Abscbnitt  in,Abeata  9»  Seitea  21  u.  22« 


1532 


UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


,      ,  -26- 

13-  PER  KREISORGASISATI0N5LEITER;  Der  Kreisorgsaisationsleiter  ist  dis- 
■    ziplir.ar  dem  Ereisleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  ihm,  mit  der  Bestae- 
ti.--inc  <5es  Gauleiters,  ernannt  und  enthsben.Dem  Gebletsleiter  wird  Mit= 
tciluiit,  t;eiBaGht.  Fachlich  untersteht  er  dem  Gebletsorgaiiisatio3isleiter» 
2r  richtot  nech  Fedf^rf  Kreisergsnisatiensamter  ein,  die  jenen  der 
:-.v:;  dcHoreanisationsleitung  entsprechen.  Er  arnennt  \mi  enthebt  seine 
:"T'T'ARPEITER  !ait  der  Bestatlgung  seines  Kreialeiters. 

Sr  iiberwacht  und  fordert   die  Ausfuiirung  der  Befehle  (iberge«rdneter 
Otva^-lsstioiisaaiter  im  Kreis  und  vermittelt  die  Berichterstattung  der 
Bizirke  urid  Ortsgruppen  betreffs  geplanter  Neuanschaf fungen ,  Ankaufe, 
3rhuit;riindimgen  u.   dergl.,   Bnr.seinen  Kreisleiter,  Gebietsorgsxu.sations«=  ' 
Itiiter  und  Gauorga->4.sation6leiter. 

Er  £ibt  Kreisorganisationsbefehle  heraus  mit  der  Geienzeichnung 
<i«s  Kreisleiters.  Eine  Abschrift  davon  geht  an  den  Gebietsdrgacisstions-' 
.  ie'lter.  ■  .     - 

Die  Bezirksorganiaaitionsleiter  des  Kreises  sind  ihm  fscblich  lin* 
•  j.att«lb8r  unterstellt.   Von  seinen  Bezirksorganisationsbefehlen  erhalten 
uie  3e2irks=  lind  urtsgr.^Stutzp.leitsr  des  Kreises  gleichzeitig  mit  den 
ej.tsprtChenden  Organisationsamtswaltern  Abschriften. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgsbe  best&ht  dsrin,   sich  nit  alien  dte  «rgani«= 
;,:torischen  Aufbau  der  Bewegung  beriibrenden  Hechtsfregen  des  Kreises 
ui.d  sich  mit  organisatorischen  parteipslitischen  Einrichtungen  des  Krei« 
sts  veutraut  zu  mochen  und  hieriiber  nacb  oben  und  unten  zu  berichten. 
ISiehe  auch  Abschnitt  III,   Absotz  9,  Seiten  21  u.   22). 

14.-  pp  BEZIRKSORGAK-SATIuN'StEITERs   Der  Bezirksorganisatianaleiter  ist 
iisziplinar  deo  Bezirksleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  ihm,  alt  der  Be»= 
.-■titigung  des  Gauleiters,  ernannt  und  enthoben.  Dem  Kreisleiter  wtrdi 
Mitteilung  geraacht.  Fachlich  untersteht  er  deo  Kreis«rganiaati«nsleiter. 

Er  richtet  nech  Bedarf  Bezirksorganisationsamyer  ein,  die  jenen 
v.er  Buiidesortar.isationsleitung  entsprechen,  Er  ernenct  und  entfcebt  sei« 
'..•-•  Mitarbeiter  nit  tier  Bestatigung  seines  Bezirksleiter*.    . 

Er  uberwocht  und  fordert  die  Ausfuhruiig  der  Oi^anisationsbefehle 
uberbeordneter  Stellen  im  Bezirk  und  vermittelt  die  Berichterstattung 
der  Ortsferuppen  bzw.  Stiitzpunkte  iiber  geplente  Heuaj2schaffun£en,  An* 
kaufe,   Schulgrundungen  u.  dergl.,   an  seinen  Bezirksleiter,  Kreisorgani== 
setidnsieiter  lind  Gau«rganisationsleiter. 

Er  £lbt  Bezirkserganisationsbefehle  heraus,  mitder  Gegenzeichimi^ 
aes  Bezirksleilters*   Eine  Absohrift  geht  an  den  Ereiserganisatioasleiio 
ter. 

Sie  Ortjsgr^Stiitzp.erganisationaleiter  sind  ibm  fachlich  uumittel^ 
ijov  unterstellt.  Von  seinen  an-diese  gerichteten  Organisationsbefeble 
erhalten  dieOrtS6r,=Stutzp.leiter  gleichz^itig  Absmhrtften. 

Der  Bezirkseiganisationsleiter  hat  mit  e^ifien  Ortsgr.-S'Kitzp." 
Organ isationsleitern  regelmassige  fochliche  Besprechungen  durchEU  fah= 
re;;  und  sich  nicht  nur  auf  schriftlichen  Verkehr  zu  verlaasen.  Er  ist 
insbesondere  der  Verbindungsmep-n  zwischen  dem  Gauorganisationsleiter 
£);d  den  Ox^enisatioisleitern  neuerstsndener  Stiitzpunkte,  die  bestndera 
Jintorstiitzt  werden  sullen?  ferner  ist  er  derjenige  Amtswalter»  dem  die 
jjeranbildung  v«i  fahigen  Organisationssotsaraltenp.  rtliegt,  die  zur  Be= 
}( f^t-derung  vorgeschlagen  werden  atSllen. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgabe)<  besieht  darin,  die  •r^anis8t»rischeh  par- 
"'^ipolitischen  Einrichtungen  der  nCounties"  seines  Bezirks  zu  studiarea 
Mtid  hieruber  nach  ober.  und  unten  zu  berichten,  ferner  die  Schulungs«. 
appelle  zur  Ausbildung  j^ler  Amtswalter,  Mitarljeiter,  Gehilfen  und  OD" 
Kar.ner  des  Bezirkea  regelmassig  und  vorschfirtSmSssig  durchzufiihren.  • 

oiehe  auch  Abschnlt;t  HI,  Absatz  9,  Seiten  21  u.   22,   sis  auch  unter 
■ii.tem  ■Or*iQiayidHi«xistfuhining",  vnrTT 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1533 


-27- 
13-  TER  ORTSGRUPPEi;=  bzw.   STUTZPUKKTORGAIilSATIOtySLEITERs   Der  Ortsgnip. 
pen'trganisationsleiter  ist  disziplinar  dem  Ortsgruppenleiter  uater- 
stellt  -JiiQ  wird  von   ihm,  oitder  Bestatigung  des  Qsulelters.   emannt 
•mA  enthoben.  Dem  Bezirksleiter  wird  Mitteilxmg.  erstattet.  Pachlich 
■j:".tersteht  er  dem  Bezdrksorganiaetionaleiter. 

Er  richtet  nach  wirklichem  Bedarf  Orgaiiisationsamter  ein,   die   je«= 
ren  der  Bimdesorganiaationsleitung  entsprechen.  Er  het  nach  Moglichkeit 
aife  Ortsgruppenorganisationsarte  iten  selbst  zu  verrichten.   Er  ercennt 
ur»d  enthebt  seine  MITARBKITEH  mit  der  Bestatigiing  seiiiea  Ortsgruppen= 
• leiters.  , 

Er  fvihrt  die  Organisatiensbefehle  iibefgeerdneter  Stellen  in  der 
Orts_ruppe  aus  xmd  iiberwacht  und  fdrdert  die  Ausfiihrting  in  den  Zellen 
uiad  Blocks. 

Er  erstettet  laufend  gensuen  Bericht  ilber  geplante  NeuariSchaffunge: 
Ar.kaufe,  Schulgrundungen,   Amtswalter=  und  OD>'Schulungseppello  und  iiber 
die  orgsnisatorische  Lage  in  der  Ortsgrupps,    in  den  Zellen  und  in  den 
Blocks  en  seinen  Ortsgrtppenleiter,   els  auch  an  den  Bezirkfl*-,   Gau«=  und 
Bundesorganisationsleiter.  Er  hat  diese  Stellen  unterrichtet  zu  halten 
uber  die  Moglichkeit  und  Ratsemkeit  einer  Zerteilung  der  Ortsgruppe 
Oder. der  Zellen,   bzw.  iiber  mpgliche  Neugriicdungen  von  Stutzpunkten. 

Er  eratattet  bis  zum  10.  eines  Jeden  Monets,   mit  der  Gegenzeicho 
nung  des  Ortsgr^penleiters,   einen  kurzen,   sachlichen,    2usamffienfassen« 
den  Bericht  an  den  Bimdesorganisati^nsleitor. 

Er  fiihrt  regelmSssige,   fachliche  Besprechungen  durch  mit  den  Lei«= 
tern  samtiicher  Organisationsamjier  der  Ortsfcruppe,   ihrer  Zellen  und 
Gliederungen.  Diese  sind  ihm  alle  fachlich  unterstellt. 

Die  gerechte  Verteilung  der  Arbeitslast  unddias  ruhige,   reibungs= 
lose  funktionieren  dee  ganzen  Vea»ltungsepparates  der  Or.tsgruppe,   ist 
die  Hsuptaufgsbe  des  Organisationsleiters. 

Wo  in  der  Ortsgriqjpe  kein  Geahhaf t sfiihrer  angestellt  ist,  uber= 
nimmt  der  Organisationaleiter  die  wichtige  Arbeit  der  Sachwaltung.DBr 
Gachwalter  ist  bevoilaachtigt  und  verpflichtet,   genaue  K»ntrolle  zu 
fahren  iiber  alles  Eigentuo  der  Bewegung,   einschliesslich  der  Gliederung 
'-en,   iJnterorganisationen  und  angeschlossenen  Verbande. 

Der  Ortsgruppenorgaaisationsleiter  gibt  fechliche  Befehle  hersus, 
die  vom  Ortsgruppenleiter  gegengezeichnet  w«rden  uAd  durchnAle  Zellen=' 
Iciter  in  die  Zellen  und  Blocks  gehen." 

Siehe  auch  Abschnitt  III,   Absatz  9,  Seiten  21  u.   22^  und  ferner 
■jntef .nOrdnungsdienstfuhrung"  und  "Grundlegende  An*eisungen  zurOrts= 
gruppen=Stutzpunktleitung". 

Die  Pflichten,  Rechte  und  Zu standi gkeiten  d§3  StUtzpunktarKeniw 
sationaleiters  entsprechen  ia  Stutzpunkt  jenen  des  6rtspyupf-enerKanl= 
sationsleitera.   In  Stiitzpunkten,   die  iiber  keine  Zellen  verfiigen,   gehen 
ferner  die- Obliegenheiten  des  ZELLENORGANISATIONSWALTERS  auf  den  Stilt z# 
punktorganlsationsleiter  iiber. 

IS-  DER  ZKLLEH08GAN1SATI0SSWAI,TER|  Der  Zellenorganiaationgwalter  ist 
disziplinar  dem  Zellenleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  v«i  ihm,  mit  der  Ben 
statigung  des  Ortsgr.«$tutzp.le iters  ernannt  und  enthoben,   Fachlich 
untersteht  er  dem  Qrtsg.rt^'^tiitzpTorig^anisationsleiter. 

*Er  fihrt  dieTschlichen  Befehle  des  Ortsgr.=.Stiitzp.frgani3atiins«. 
leiters  Im  Bereich  der  2;elle  aus  und  iiberwacht  und  fbrdert  die  diesbe- 
zuglichen  Hilfsarbelten  der  Bleckwarte. 

Piir  den  Bereich  der  Zelle  fallen  d«tt  Zellenfrganisationswalter 
auch- die  Aufgaben  eines  G^schaftam  »der  Schriftfahrers.   des  Ij4cfarich.° 
tendienstleitere  und  Wirfegohaftsle iters  zu.  Die  die abfe eii-gll^cften  Ancra  = 
nungen  der  Ortsgr.^StUta^.fechamtswalter  gelengen  diirch  den  Ortsgr." 

/Stiitzp.organiaationsleiter  und  den  Zellenleiter  zum  Zellenorgaoisations. 
waiter.  ^xxVOI- 


1534  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


'  -25- 

Er  berichtet  z-uaaoisenfasrifr.d  aa.  Er.d'?   eir.es  jeden  i5oi:ats  ai.  seiner. 
Z'Jllenleltex  imd  an  <3en  Ortsg.r^=Stiitap.ort*snisotioftsleiter. 

Zellenori;?ni3ationiu  -alter  fuhren  kein«  Peraonel listen  Oder  «KEir<=: 
teien;   die  notwendieen  Uaterlajtea  stnd  von  g»ll   zu  Fall  beia  Ortsc:r.=^ 
otut::p.£•':^!^ift*afei?e^  zu  holen  und   so  zu  verwahren,  dsTss  sie  nicht  ver« 
r-iten  oder  gestohlen  werden  kSnnen.  ,Weiter2iigeben  en -den  Blockleiter 
.;  i;  d  ;.ur  die  fur  der.  betreffenden  Block  erforderlichen  Unterlct-en. 

Auordr: a:-^en  r.n  die  Blocks  sind  milndlich  in  den  Blockleiterstt* 
.-.•.:-Ler:  des  Zellenl^itera  zu  geben;   der  schriftliche  Dienstverljehr  het 
i:.  cK-r  Zelle  mdgiichst   zu  unterMeiben  und  ist  zwlschen  Z.eXle'  tiitd 
^i'^-'cka  gan'z""aus2uschalten« 

Ina-  DEK  BLOCKWAi^T  fuhrt  in  seiner  Haus^.rupps  die  ihm  durcli  seifien 
Blockleiter  ubermitteltea  Befehle  des  Zellenorgsaisationswnltors  at!s. 

17-  PER  BUIJDESWSBBHiEITEBt   Die  GesteltonK  des  ganzeo  sich  der  Augnefe ' 
'velt  darbietenden  propaKandistlachea  Biides  der  Bewegurig,   einschiie3a= 
lich  ihrer  Gliederungen,  lihteroreaaisatlonen  unA  angeticnl oBenen  .  V^rban^ 
!e,   die  inheltliche  und   arch! tektcni ache  Aus^estaltung;  filler  KiJidKebune^ 
f.-n  imd   yer£ai.Tialunp;en.  -Appelle  und  Treffen.   die  LeiVjn^  aller  bjlturel= 
It.  Tatip.kelt  und  Sicherunp  der  einheitlichen,  weltanschaulich  national. 
tozialistischen  DurchdrinKunK  und  AusrichtunK  alXer  Erscheinungsf oraen, 
-threr  und  Mitglieder  der  Bewef^gmpV  bilden  das  Aufga'beD=.  und  Zust^ndie- 
'■:eitsgebiet  des  Eiandeswerbeleitera.  .  .','     '' 

Der  Burjdeswerbeleiter  wird  vom  Bundesf lihrer  emannt  und  entlioben . 
£.r  emennt  und  enthebt,   init  der  Eestatigung  des  Bundesfuhxers,  yiTAR= 
dEITER  fiir:  .  •■■,.■ 

Reklame;   (Entwurf  von  Anzeigen,   Flugblattem,  Piekaten  ud.    dergl,,- 
Pi-ease-  und  Rundfunkaufruf e ,  Licht3piaiL".(Kino«)reklafflel.Werbeschriftver= 
y^i:J%Redneri   (Aufstel lung  von  Seferate'n  fiir  dieRednerschuliuigslcurse 
ces  Organisstionsleiters.  Verbindung  zur  OrEanisatibnsXeitung,  betref f s 
Aufiwahl  und  Einsatz  der  Redner) ,  •        ■     .    ■    .  ,  *.  •    ■       '      ■ 

Kunst;   Architektonische  Entwirfe,   Biihnenp  und  Saalschmtic-kentwurfe, 
u.   dergl . ,  tiberwachung  der  Aueschmuckung  samtlicher  Dienststellen  \;hd 
Heim.e),  ■       '       ■ 

Biihne;    (Uberwachung  der.  Einiibung  urid  Durchfiihrung  aller  Bu|?nenfe 
auffiihrungen,  Sprechchdre,  Gesangavortrage  u.  dergl*,   (euch  bei  den 
Glled^riingen) ,   Anerdnung  vsn  Lichtspielvorfuhrungen) , 

Musik;    (Aufstellung  von  musikalischen  ,Festf©lgen.  Cber^achung  der 
•Tisikalischen  Darbietungen  aller  Gliederungien  .ujid  der  r:u"«ikalisc-h'en 
Schulung.   Verbindung  zur  Organisatidnsleitung  betreffs  Aiiswahl  und.. 
Sinsiiz  von  Kapellen,   Orchestern,   Spielmennsziigen,   KunstlernK"HBangern 
usw.),  •   ■  '      .     ■  ■       .     '  ■ 

ochrifttuffit    (Bucfcerwart)'}    (Aufstellung  vrn.  literai:ischen  Festfol^ 
Ken,   Vertrieb^^'ond  Verteilungsanordn.iuigen  ur.'d  Aufctell^^mg  yon  Refefaten   . 
in  Bezug  auf  Buch'er,   Schriften,   "rraktate),  .  ,  .       ,■    ' 

Weltanschauliche  Cberwachung:    (Verbindung  :Zd  .alien  anderenvFach^ 
amtern  uJJd  Glieder-ongsfuiirungen,   insbesondere  zu  den  ictern  fiir  Presse, 
.3chuliang,'Bolitik  und  Wirtsqhaft,    zur  J/ahrung  der  unbedingt  einheitli= 
^.hen  geistigen  Ausri cii tun g  aller  Telle),  ;.. 

BestellunKi    (Verbindung  zur  Or^riisations=i,   Sch3tzaats=  und  Ge^  ,  . 
.«?ohaftsleitung  zwecks  Beschaffung  von  Arbeitskraften,  Rednern,   iMitge= 
st&itern  und  techniscbem  Bedarf ) . 

Der  Werbeleiter  stellt  das  MonetsprogracE.  auf,  beratim*  Ver33nir.= 
lungen   an,   bestimmt  die  architckt^nische   (Baalschituckent\?Airf)  uud  in=> 
hsltliche  (Festfolge,  Redner,   ^jjsik  u.sa.)  Ausgestaltung  der  VersajBffi= 
lung,   mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Hoheitstragers.   Die   technische  Ausfuh=     ■ 
rung  dieser  Plfme  geschieht,  durch  den  Organi&ation3=  und  Geschaftsfuh=' 
rer,'  nach  Einigung  uber  geldliche  Fragen  mit  de.fa  Gchatzmeister  ui.d  ^t 
der  Mitarbeit  der  Gliederungen.  '  -XXIX- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1535 


A 


-29-      ,  ' 

l?a-  DtT  Bundeswerbeleifcer  «rs«ittet  dem  Bundeifuhrer  n^natlich  Bt;rlcht. 
Sr  gibt  vom  Bundesfuhrer  gegengezeichnete,   fachllche  Befehle  hersus, 
die  fur  alle  Hoheitstr8««r  und  WerWeleitungen  bis  hinunter  zun  Block 
wit?  geschtieben  bindend  ain«.  Seine  sachlichen  Riohtlinien  sind  in  den 
imtergeerdneten  Stelien  mit  Berucksichtigung  der  besonderen  ortlichen 
Verbal tnisae  anzuwenden. 

l?b-  Die  Mitarbfeiter  md  Gehilfen  des  Bundeswerbeleiters  geben  selbst 
ktiine  Befehle  hereus.   Die  MiterSeiter  ernennen  ihre  Gehilfen  mit  der 
Bestatigung  des  Bucdeav»erfaeleiters.  Deren  Enthebung  geschieht  unter  den. 
i^t.lbeQ_  Bedingungen. 

>'--  Die  Gauwerbeljeiter  Bind  dem  Bxmdeswerbeleiter  fachlich  iinmittelkar 
vir.ttrsteUt,  gehoren  mit  zu  seinem  Beretungsstab  ucd  haben  ihn  nach 
Krafteii  im  dienstlichen  Veiiehr  mit  unterge«rdn.eten  Dienststellen  zu 
t'litlssten.  VoD  alien  seinen  an  sie  gerichteten  An«rdnungen  erhalt  der 
sustindige  Gauleiter  gleichzeitig  eine  Abschrift. 

S-iehe  auch  insiesandere  unter  i»VerEainmlungs«rdnung"  und   nFestf«l= 
Ecgestaltung"  in  den  wIITjgnilllJg  Grundlegenden  Anweisungen  zur  Orts= 
eri?;penleitung"  und  in  Bundesbefehien. 

-«-  D£R  GflO?ERBS&BITERi   Der  Gauwerbeleiter  iat  disziplinar  dem  Gauleiter 
•interstellt  und  wird  von  ihm,  mit  der  Bestatigung  des  Bundesfiihrers, 
•.rnannt  und  enthoben.  Pachlich  untersteht  er  dem  Bund eswerbele iter. 

Er  richtet  nach  Bedarf  Gauwerbeamter  ein,  die  jenen  der  Bundeswer= 
V'-leitung  entsprechen.  Er  emennt  und  enthebt  seine  Mitarbeiter  ndt  der 
K'Statigung  ^es  Gauleiters. 

Er  uberwacht  hand  fordert  die  Ausfiihrung  der  Bundeswerbebefehle  im 
Gau  und  vertaittelt  die  Berichteratattung  untergeordneter  Stellen  und 
•^eren^VorschlSge  an  den  Gauleiter  und  Bundesiverbeleiter. 

Er  gibt  Gauwerbebefehle  heraus  uiit  der  Gegenzeichnung  des  Geulel= 
tors;   eine  Abschrift  davon  geht  jfiMen  Bundeawerbeleiter. 

Die  Gebietswerbeleiter  des  Gaues  sind  ihm  fachlich  unmittelbar 
•iir.terstellt. 

Von  seinen  Anordnmgen  an  untergetrdaate  Stellen,  erhalt  der  je= 
".veils  zxistandige  Hoheitstra^er  gleichzeitig  eine  Abschrift. 

Seine  besczidere  Aufgabe  keateht  darin,    die  dienstliche  Unterrich- 
t'lfig  der  Werbeleiter  neuerstandener  Stiitzpunkte  zu  iibei^wachen  und  Werbe= 
iTiitarbeiter  unterge#rdneter  H«heit3tereiche   zur  Sttllvertretung  in  Gau« 
'uid  Bundesamtern  heeanzubilden. 

-^-  DEH  GEBIETSigERBElEITSRi   Der  Gebietswerbeleiter  ist  disziplinar  dem 
•Wh/ietsleiter  unteratellt  und  wird  von  ihm,  mit  der  Bestatigung  'des 
Gauleiters,   emannt  und  enth«ben.  Fachlich  untersteht  er  dem  GauwePbe= 
leiter. 

Er  richtet  nach  Bedarf  Gebietswerkeamter  ein,  die   jenen  der-Bundea- 
Wv-rbeleitung  entsprechen.   Er  emennt  und  enthebt  seine  Mitarbeiter  itit 
der  Bestatig'jng  seines  Gebie  tale  iters. 

Er  iiberwecht  und  fordert  die  Ausfiihrung  der  Bundes-  und  Gauwerbe= 
befehle  im  Gebiet  und  vermittelt  die  Eerichterstattung  und  Vorschlage 
uTiteriifcordneter  Stellen  an  den  Gebietsleiter  und  Gauwerbeleiter, 

Er  gibt  Gebietswerbebefhhle  heraus  mit  der  Gegenzeichnung  des  Ge= 
oietsle iters;  eine  Abschrift  davtn  geht  an  den  Gauwerbeleiter. 

Die  Ereiswerbelciter  des  Gebieiee  Bind  ihm  fachlich  uximittelbar 
•anterstellt.   Von   seinen  Befehlen  an  untergeordnete  Werbedienststellen 
trhalt  der  jeweils  zustSndige  HoheitstrSger  gleichzeitig  eine  Abschrift. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgabe  besteht  darin,  laufend  nach  oben  und  unten 
zu  berichten  iiber  die  v»lk3«  und  handdlspolitischen,    industriellen  un«3 
Isndwirtschaftlichen  Eigenheiten  seines  Gebietes,   die  pr*pagandistisch   ■ 
zu  beriloksichtigeh  sln<5.' 


1536  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


-JO- 
.20-  PES  KR£ISlVEBBELii.I'i-ERs    jcr  Kreiswerbeleiter  ur.terstsht   diszipliriar 
■len  KrSisleitcr  und  wird  von   ihrc,  mit   der  Best^itigung  des  Gaulcxters 
ciTiaimt  und  enthoben.   Dera  Gebietsleiter  wird  Mitteilung  gemacht.  Pach= 
lich  unt'nrsteht  er  dem  Gebietstttirbeleiter. 

£r  richtet  nach  Bedarf  Kreis*erbt?a]iiter  ein,  die  jenen  der  Bundesa 
w.-rbeleitiir.g  entsprechen.  Sr  emennt  und  enthebt  seine  Mitarbeiter  ir.it 
4f.-r  Bestatigung  seines  Kreif leiters. 

Er  uberwacht  und   fordert  die  Ausfiihrung  der  Bef ehle  iibergeardneter 
Wefbeajr.tt-r  im  Kreis  und  vermittelt  die  Berichterstattung  untergeord= 
.iter  St«?llen  an   selnen  Kreisleiter  und  an  den  Gebiet8"=  und  Gauwerbe- 
i»..  iter, 

.  Sr  pibt  Kreiswerbebefehle  heraus  mit  der  Gegenzeichxiung  des  Kreis« 
i.j iters.   Eine  Abschrift  davon  geht  an  den  Gebietswerbeleiter. 

Die  Bezirkswerbeleiter  dea  Kreises  sind  ihm  fechlich  unmittelbar 
ip.t«rstellt.   Von   seinen  Werbebefehlen  sn  uutefgeordnete  Stellen  erhal  = 
ten  die  zustandigen  Heheitstr^ger  gieichzeitig  eine  Abschrift. 

Seine  besondere  Aufgabe  besteht  darin,   die  iiber-  und  unterge(5rd== 
-.et«;n  Werbeleitungen  unterrichtet  zu  halten  liber  die  besonderen  gesetz= 
.    lichen  und  parteipolitischen  Belange,   die  bei  der  Werkearbeit  in  sei>= 
rieu  Kreis  zu  berucksic&tigen  sinij. 


i*«>**)*««« 


n-  PER  BEZIHKSYffiRBSLElTER;  fter  Eezirkswerbeleiter  ist  disziplinar  dem 
.    Bezirksleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  ihm,  mit  der  Bestatigung  des 
Gouleiters  ernaiint  und  enthoben.   Dem  Kreisleiter  wird  Mitteilimg  ga= 
raecht.   Fscblich  ujiter^tcht  er  dem  Kreiswerbeleiter. 

Er  richtet  nach  B.;d3rf  Beiirkswerbeamter  ein,  die  jenen  der'  Buxi= 
ieswerbeleitujig  ents;  rechen.  Er  emennt  und  c-nthebt  seino  Mitarbeiter 
"dt  der  Bestatigung    seines  Bezirksle iters, 

Er  uberwacht  und  fprdert  die  Ausfiihrung  der  Befehle  iibergeordneter 
Gtellen  im  Bezirk  und  vermittelt  die  Berichteratattung  der  Ortsgruppen* 
.'.d  Stutzpunktwerbeleitungen  des  Bezikkes  an  seinen  Be z irks le iter,   den 
Kreisn:  und  Gau*erbeieiter. 

Er  £ibt  Bezirk swerbebef ehle  beraus  mit  der  Gegenzeichnung  des  Be= 
zi rkaleitera.   Eine  Abachrift  geht  an  den  Kreiswerbeleiter. 

Die  Ort^Jt.r.nStutzp.vferbeleiter  des  Bezirkea  sind  ihm  fachlich  un=s 
"iittelb«r  unterstellt.  Von.  seinen  en  diese  gerichteten  Werbebefehle  er= 
h;.lten  die  zustandigen  Ortagr.oStiitzp.leiter  gleichzeitig  Abschrif  ten. 

Dfr  Bezirkswerbeleiter  hat  mit  seinen  Ortsgr-=Stutzp.werbeleitaan 
r- (-tlEassige  fachliche  Bei^rechung^n  durchzufuhren  und  aich  nicht  nur 
■^•^f  .Tchrif tlichen  lOirfcehr  zu  verlassen.  Er  ist  insbesondere  der  Ver-^ 
•jir.dUit'smann  des  Gauwerbele iters  zu  den  Werbeleitam  neuerstandener 
.^taitzpunkte,   die  besonders  imteratiitzt  werden  sollen;   ferner  iat  er 
i-3rjt;riige  Amtswalter,   dem  die  Hersnbildung  fahiger  Werbeaxotswalter  ob^ 
iTegt,  die  zur  Beforderung  vorgeachlagen  werden  aollen. 

Zu  seiner  Hai^taufiiabe  gehbrt  die  Uberwachung  der  Berucksichtigur-t* 
t*:i?setzlicher  und  parteipolitischer  Umstande  bei  der  Werbung  im  Bezirk, 
ais  auch  die  Mitarbeit  an  der  Gestaltung  von  Schulungsabenden  in  seines: 
<Urkuug!3b  erei  ch. 

2-^-  DER  ORISGRUPFEN^   bjzv..  SlUf Zf UNKTSERBSIBITER i   Der  Ortsgruppenwerbe^ 
I'.-iter  1st  dissiplinar  dem  OrttHii^«PPfei^i«i*er  unterstelit  und  wird  von 
ihis,   mit  dt.T  2fc»3tatlguxg  des  Gauleiters,   ©rnannt   uad  enthoben.   Dem  Bt=' 
sirkslfciter  wird  Mitteilung  eeaacht.  Fachlich  untersteht  er  dem  Bezirks^ 
.verbeleittjr.  " 

Br  richte  nach  dringe:»de2:  Bedarf  Ortsgr.werbeamter  ein,   die  ;ienen 
d%>r  Bundoswerb^leitttiC,  entsprechen.   Sr  hat  nach  I'Jdgllchkelt  die  Ort3= 
eruppcnwerbtarbtjitens  elbst  zu  vtrrichten.   Er' emennt  iind  enthebt  aeine 
.itfirbeiter  mit  der  Bestatife  ng  seines  jrtstruppenl ©iters. 

Erflihrt  die  Serbt-befehle  tibergeordceter  St-ellen  in  der  Crtsgimppe 

«XXX1- 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1537 


aus  und  uberwacht  und  fordt-rt  4ie  Ausfiihrung   in  den  Zellen  und  Blocks. 

Er  erstattet  laufend  genauen  Bericht  iiber  die  werbefachliche  Lege 
in  der  Ortsgrvqppe  und ,  in  ihren  Zellen  und  Blocks  an  seinen  OrtSt  ruppen» 
If  iter,  els  auch  an  den  Bezirics-,  Geu-  xmd  Bundeswerbeleiter. 

7«r  dem  10,   eines  jeden  Monats  .schlclct  er,  mit  der  Gefeenzeichnung 
des  Ortsgriqppenleiters,    einen  kurren,    sachlichen,   zusammenfassenden 
Bericht  an  den  Bundeswerbeleiter. 

£r  f\ihrt  regelmassige  Pachbesprechunfeen  durch  mit  den  Leitern  der 
"   ',7erbeainter  der  Ortsgri^jpe,   der  Zellen  und  UXKXX  der  Gliederungen.  Die- 
•Mi  sind  ihia  alia   fachllch  unterstellt. 

Er  gibt  fachliche  Befehle  hor»ua,iait  der  Gegenzeichnung  des  Orts=: 
^ruppenlo iters,   an  die  Zellenleiter.  Diese  fuhren  dieselben  mittele 
ihrer  Zeilenwerbewalter  und  Blockleiter  sue. 

•'Betreffs  M^natsprograaxa,  Ausfeestaltuag  von  Versammlungen  u.   dergl,. 
siae  unter  nBundeswerbeleiter"  und  in  den   nQrundlegenden  Anweisungen 
cur  Ortsgruppenleltung"  unter  nVersammlungswKliiung"  und  »Festfolgege» 
staitung",  Besondere  Aufgabe  des  Ortsgruppenwerbeleitere  ist  die  unnach^ 
l-issige  Progaganda  mit  Hilfe  der  Gliederungen  md  der  Zellen  und  Blocks 
zur  Aufklarung  und  Werbung  neuer  Anhanger  und  zur  Befretindujag  aussen» 
steh.ender  Organisationen 

ifie  Pflichten,  Hechte   laid.  Zufitandigkeiten  des  Stutzpuaktwerbelei'- 
ters  entsprechen  is  Stiitzpunkt  Jenen  des  Ortagruppenwerbele iters.   In 
3tutzpunkten,  tselche  iiber  keine  Zellen  verfugen,   gehen  ferner  die  Ob= 
lieeenheiten  des  ZELLENWERBEWALTERS  auf  den  Stiitzpunktwerbeleiter  iibar. 

25-  PER  ZSLLatWERBEWALTERi   Der  Zel 1 enwerbewal ter  ist  diaziptinar  dem 
Zellenleiter  unterstellt  und  wird  von  Ubm,  mit  der  Bestatigimg  des 
OrtsCT. =Stutzp .le iters  ernannt  und  enttioben.  Pachlich  untersteht  er 
dem  QrtsRT.^Stutzp.werbeleiter. 

Er  fuhrt  die  Ortsgr.-Stiitzp.werbe befehle,   die  er  durch  seinen  Zel* 
It-unleiter  erhalt,  im  Ber«ich  der  Zelle  aus  ur.d  iikerwacht  und  fordert 
deren  Ausfuhrung  durch  die  Bltckwarte. 

Fiir  den  Bereich  der  Zelle  fallen  dem  Zel  1  enwerbewal  ter  auch  die 
Obliegenheiten  eines  fregseleiters.   Schulitniiialeitere  und  P.»litikleltera 
55U.  Die  diesbezuglichen  Befehle  der  0rtscr.=.Stutzp.fachamtsw8lter  ge» 
longen  durch  den  Ortsgr.«Stutzp.»erbeleiter  und  den  Zellenleiter  zu  iho 

Er  berichtet  zusammeafassend  am  Ende  eitjes  jeden  Menats  an  seinen 
Zellenleiter  und  an  den  Ortsgr.-Stutzp.werbeleiter. 

ZeUenwerbewalter  fiihxen  keine  Personallisten  •der  -karteien;   die 
:.ytwendigen  toterlagen  sind  v«n  Pall   zu  Fall  l»eiiB  Ortsgr.^Stiitzp.- 
.-chriftfu^er  zu  holen  und  &*  za  vervsahren,   dees  sie  nicht  verraten 
sder  gestohlen  werden  kbnnon,   Weiterzugeben  an  d«n  Bltckleiter  sind  nur 
die  fur  den  betriffenden  Bl#ck  erf •rderl ichan  Unterlagen. 

Anordnungen  an  die  Bl»cka  sind  mtindlich  in  den  Bltckleitersitzunge 
dfcs  Zellenleiters  zu  geben;   der  schriftliche  Dienstverkehr  hat  in  der 
Zelle  ffioglichst  zu  xinterbleiben  und  ist  z^^ischen  Zelle  und  Block  ganz 
auszuschalten. 

•»•«♦»•»••»••» 

25a-.  DER  HLOCK?ART  fuhrt  in  seiner  Heusgruppe  die  ihin  durch  seinen  Block 
leiter  uberEittelten  Befehle  des  Zel 1 enwerbewal ter a  bub.  Siehe  unten 
'-inter  MinffilfTMftgglQC  nfilsckwalter". 

24-  PER  ByDi^UCHRICHTE^IENS'CLEI?ER:   Die  Beschaffuag  von  Unterla^.en 
3^«^«r  Art  f  >ir^  den  Bundesfiihrer  und  fiir  die  Bundeaemtswalterschaft,   aus 
bfjhbrdlichen  Atatern^   offentlichen  Bucherelen,   sua  dea  Preaae»  und  Rund- 
funkwesen,  uber  gesetzliche  Vorachrlf ten,  politiscbe,   wirtschaftliche 
und  kulturelle  F»i««n,   uber  Firnen,  Binzelpersonen  und  iiber  die  lilt- 
^    YYY?7         Bewegung,  als  auch  die  ZusaggBenstellunR  eines  monatlichec 


279895— 41— pt.  4- 


1540  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


,  Ccffi  Buhdcgpreaeeloiter  etefat  die  Hiife  ajlex  gvani6sa»t-cr*  smi*  Vbr* 
fligung,  Er.arbeitet  is  Einve#n6hia«n  ait  «ili«^  Buadesaats^ltani,  4amxt 
slch  die  AusrichttjRg  498  Pre»sew<?seii8  in  Jeds*  Be|!dL8h«ijg  islt  j«a9-r  dt*r 
ubrigeii.  VerzweigtmgSG  ^er  Sewegung  daokt* 

26'?~  Dlo  pit3rbeiter  dea  Bycdfcspresseleitei's.  earaeftnan  uRd-i6»«^beji  ifejje 
Gohilfen  mit  solner  Bostatigung,  ;     , 

'fr'"gibt  Bunde^res&ebefefele  iiersue,  mit  dex  Gegenzeichnimg  des 
Biindesjfiihrers,  di*  fiir  slle  HobeitatcSger  uM  PresaeasBter  «ie  gfeacha?i<9» 
ben  bindend  sind,  bis  hiramtor  zuai  Block, 

Ihm  fachlich  uamittelbar  uctei'eteilt,  wit  za  selnea  Bfer«tuiig8« 
stab  gehorend  und  »u  ^«lner  iSntIasf«i«a«  ia  7srkebar  «i«  yatexgeor^neten 
Stfellen  dionend,  9iad"di«  Saypr;es8e'l«itert. 

26d-  dE  GAU«.»'GSBIETS«<  UBIS-^  ,BE2IIKS»  .und  {M'»3a.»S5S?1?2P,BRISSB« 
L£IfBft  richteM'-8icb  a'sch  Bedsi'f' iat'^f  sin,  die  ^enec  def  l^md-ifspredJ^ee 
leitung  ent*prei;h«3a»  '.Ifcr  Aufgabesgetiiet  eatspricfet  ^enem  dss  ^m<J«s« 
preseeleiters,  'Aia?'  toss  sie  keinerl^i  Scbrlften  «|ler  E^i^sjogea-^u.  d«rel 
herausgeben,  auas«r  in  seineiB  besondsr^s  Auftrag.  pis  Qg^jras:^! g iter 
screen  beaoodars  f«r  die  HexsunbildURg  yob  Stell-^erferete:rR  filr  <Jau«.  uad 
BundespresseSmter?  ad*  dan  gejyxy3>ress©l9ite»Di  ses^en  !^e  fto  'die  i^» 
leititng  der  Presseleitar  ceuer  sWtzpuakte  ujid  fUf  die  ?erbfeit«a«  d^r 
SuTidei^resee  .  Die  Oebigtmreseeleiter  bericht«a  iiber  volk^  wjd  heja* 
'deispolitische,   induatrielie  und  landwlrtachaftiicfee  Besoidirfceiteji 
Ihres  Landesteils  vmd  versoJ?gen  die  Schrifti«4tim^n,  mit  eats|)reciieE« 
dea  Ucterlagen.  Die  Ereis*,  Bezlrks*  uad  0Ttspng>peapre8g«igit«r  berl-ti: 
ten  iiber  g&sctsaich*  tmd  parteipolitische.Aagel^enhfitaa.  Bte  Ortagr.« 
Stut;zp,»rc$36lei4;er,  mit  Hllfe  ibrer  MitarT>eit«r  laad  Selles.werbcwaltei', 
wc:rben  Leserbeziige  uod  "Emeuerungea,  Aazeigen,  ?erksyjCsstSnd«  tsaw., 
vi-rfassen  Veranfetaltmgs*  ijnd  Versaaaalungsbarichte  jmyVei^ffeiitliciJimt 
«iid^  stellen  Verttiadungen  ber  zur  Beschaffung  Xeseaswerter  BeitrSga  ■vr«s 
4u«|$a!StelaerideB»-  Sie  erhsdten  ihre  yaterla^en  betreffa  L^mifm  uod  M» 
a^tifefschaft  Jaonatliofe  von  der  Bundes^jresseledtamg*    '• 

'Sie  eille  w6«*deo  emannt  u&d  enti|«bea »  gobfsu  itore  Befefcle  herms 
"  utid- erp'«Sji^i  und  euth<5befi.^xiemtefbettar  wis  i»  Sezs^  mf  alle  aade« 
rea  Facbasitsvsalter  <Jer^?fersclliedeIlezl-HobeitS*Sereicil8.  verge so&rieben  ist 
•.2Be-  In  Hoheit&bei«lQhe;ft,  die  iiber  keineu  Pyesseleiter  verfSgen,  gehen 
^  djigsea  Obli€6enho4»$flk,4^  dec  fer^jailff I;. ij^#».    "       •      :' 

27-  p.Jl^i£HpUKGp|^^»k  IW^^ 

Ausbau  vofi  Spree  lis  cbul6i»'.'«ji-''^$gi .  ftijN  die  deutsciistaffiiatge  »Tugend,  Z^» 
camrjeiistellung  d*3r  a«tf»»aee  de'i?  verachiedesec  Facliaffitswelter  and  Wntm 
«iirf  der  lehi^itoe  -^(sf 'if?^i*pchSedenen  Lebrkuros  der  auadasamtCTwilter* 
schiilur^g  liud  ~Rcdner3<:llulitng,' Verfaasuag  von  Buadesachulxaxgabriefen, 
laid  die  Erteiiiuig  voa  Anerteiaigen  betreffs  4«r  Behrkriifte  tjuid  Lehx-     • 
tucij&r  der  Sprechschiaea,  -"Bilden  daa  Aufgaljen*  und  Zust^dlgkeitegebie- 
dta  Bundcasehi.lxtQgsleiters, 

2'7a-    Die'AUsarbeitung  der  PlSne  zur  praktiachen  Ausfiihrxmg  der  Vorhebei 
des  Bwdesschxilwigsleiters,   die  Anordnxtng  uad  AuaflJhrung  von  Bestel" 
lungexi  des  Bundesschuiungsieiters,  der  Ankauf  Oder  das  FeoJtJten  v»n 
Scbulgebayden  und  -Haumlichkeiten,  das  eigentiiobe  Anstallen  -won  3:,ehr» 

•  kraftea  nech  Sichtlinicn  dea  Bunde-sschulungaleiters,  gesebiafet;  dureh 
die  Biundesei^enisationac  und  "Geacbeftaleiiwag. 

27b-  Alie  Leferrlanc  und  SchrifU-n  des  Bundesschuiungsleite'rs  «erden  is 
Bezvg  &ut  ihre  seltenscfaauliche  Auerichtimg  iia  I^JKvemehmen,  sit  dem' 
Sundeswtrb'jleiter  atisgeerb^itet, 

27c-  Der  Bxmd&sschulungsleiter  ist  Bimdesamtswelter  «n,d  wird  v'cas  B«n» 
desfiihrer  ©rnennt  und  enthoben,  Br  eraecnt  und  en'Siebt,  Bit  a*r  Besta« 
tlgung  des  Bundesfuhrers,  Mitarbeiter  fUrj 

Sp,rachsc.httlBn^   (Uberwachung  der  Arbeit  dea  Landes^Jugf^dschulungS'' 
leiters    ~     Si<iM  aiich  Jxigenddienstvorschrif't^n) ,  -XIX?- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1541 


'  -35- 

Valksschulfcp:   (S>r»ch«  und  BurgerrechtSGChulung  fiir  Erwacfasene), 
Redr.erschulungi   (Axisfuhrwig  dvLTch  Organisationsleitung>, 
k^usiksehulunK;     (Ausfiihrung  durch  Organ! sationsl eitung) , 
gachamtswaXter-  und  Puhrerschulucgi    (Ausfiihrung  durch  Or£anisation 
leitung) ,    -(such  f»  Tura3n»Schieseen,  Flieg«n,   Prsuenfacher  ue*«)-. 

Irehrer.  Lehrplang  Intel  lung.   Referetei  Lehrbucher;   (I-m  EinveraehmeD 
mit  der  0D«=,  Jugend=  bzw.  Prauenscheftssohulungsleitamg,  mit  iem  Bun* 
doswerbeleiter  und  mlt  den  OrganisatioasSmtera.  Ausfuhrung  »nd  Bestel- 
ixmg  durch  die  Bund  es  organ  is  at  ions-  und  =GeschJiftsleitung)« 

Dem  Bundcfschulxmgsleiter  steht  diie  Hilfe  eller  Bunaesaoter  zur 
Verfiigung.  Er  arbeitet' im  BinvernetaBen  mit  alien  Bundesamtswaltern, 
damit  sich  die  Ausrichtung  des  Schulungaweaena  in  jeder  Beaiehung  mit 
0«ner  der-  iibrigen  Verzweigungen  der  Bewagung  dfecken  aioge,, 
27d-  Die  Mitarfaeiter  dee  Bundesschulungsleiters  emennen  wnd  entheben 
ihre  Gehijfen  mit  seiner  -BestitigiBng. 

Er  gibt  Biaadesschuliingsbefehle  heraus,  mit  der  Gegenzeicbnung  des 
.-'undesfiihrers,   die  fiir  alle  Hobeitstr&ger  und  Schulungsajnter  *ie  ge- 
schrieben  bin4end  sind,  kis  hinunter  zun  Bl»ck:. 

Ihffi  fachlich  uninittelbar  vcteretellt,  mit  zu  seinem  Beratungsstab 
rrehSrend  und  zu  seiner  Entlastung  ia  Verkehr  mit  unterge^rdneten  Stel«= 
Ion  dienend,  aind  die  Gauschulungeleiter, 
27c-^  Dli,  GAU-,   GEBIETS-,  KfiEIS= ,.  BBZIfi£S=>  und  ORTSGB.  =  STt'XZP.SCHULUNGS= 
LEITER  rich ten  nach  Bedarf  hster  ein,   die  jenen  der  Bundesschultings- 
Icituag  entsprechen.  Ihr  Aufgabengebiet  entspricht  jenem  des  Bxaides- 
schulungsleiters,  nur  dsss  sie  keinerlei  fiaferete  aufstellen,   ausser 
in  seicem  besonderen  Axzf  trag,  \mi  ferner  an  Lehrplanen  und  Lebrbuchvor- 
schrif  ten  selber  nichts  andern,   8«ndera  in  erster  Linie  zur  AuEfiihrung 
seiner  Anordnune,en,   sair  Uberwaohung  der  Ausfiihrung  in  den  Gliederungen 
und  jeweiis  untergeordneten  Steilen  xind  2up  Ber letter stattunf  nach  oben 
verpflichtet  sind.  Die  Gauschuluncgleiter  s«rgen  ^senders  fur  die 
Heranbildung  von  Stellvertretern  fiir  G«U"  und  Bundesechxiliingsainter} 
^'^  <^°»  BeziiksachulUQgsleitem  sorgen  sie  fiir  die  Anleitung  der  Schu«= 
lungsleiter  neuer  Stiitzpunkte  und  fiir  die  Ausdehnung  des  Bimdessprschm 
und  Sirgerrecht33chul\ing«wesen«.  Die  Gebiet^schulunggl ei ter  bericbten 
uber  volks=  und  bandelajiolitische,  induitrieile  unil  landwirtachaf tliche 
B^angeD  ihrer  Landesteile,  Die  K£gjj«,  Bezl3i;kg-  und  Qr t sgr, . S tu t zp . «■   - 
schultn^aleiter  geben  aicb  beeoeders  mit  den  ihre  Bere iche  angehenaea 
gesetzlichen  und  parte ip»litischen  Angelftgcriheiten  eb;  die  qr,t6gr.« 
S-^ tzp ,schul ung al eit^r  haben  «X8  Hatctflufga^  die  uoaeeblavaige  Untar* 
stutzung  dea  Ausbaues  reo  gte,<??,»^r?^Mffi  ^na,«gfr9n?>^  «»<»  »<« 

Sie  alle  werden  eraaimt  uod  entb«bea,  ge)»ea  ihie  Befehle  hereu* 
und  emennen  und  entheben  ihre  Mlterbeiter,  wle  ia  Bezug  atif  alle  an« 
deren  Faohamt swelter  der  retschiedenen  H«heit8¥erelche  vorgeectorieben 
ist. 

27f~  In  Hoheltsbereiehen,  die  ii^er  keineo  Schuluogaleiter  verfiigea, 
gehen  desaen  Obliegenheiten  auf  den  Werbqloiter  uber, 

28-  PER  BUKDBSPOLITIKI£ITER»   Die  parteii»Xitisehe  Ausrictftuag  der  Bewe. 
jng,  una  Errassung  dee  Gesamtdeutscbtuas  zvtr  Aufsrtelluag  1^  Amtaen^ 


wartern  und  Stimmengleichschaltung  )iei  Wahlen,   a^wie  die  Jhifnahjse  ron 
Verbindungen  zu  parteipolitischen  Piihrem  und  Inhabern  roai  Sffentlichen 
Amtem  zwecks  Porderung  eiaer  nationBlistisch-arisch-amerikanischen 
Landesp»litik,  bilden  das  Aufgabea-  uad  Zuataadigkeitsgebiet  dea  Bun- 
despolitikleiterg.  ,.  ,  • 

Er  hat  des  Deutschtum  p»litisch  za  .gohulen,   auf  seine  Pnichtea, 
Recbte  und  ungeheure  Machtentfeltungsooglichkeitea  hinzuweisen,   die 
praktischen  Yorbedingungen  zur  perteip#litlechea  Tatigkett  von  Gruni 


1544  ^    UN-AMERICAX    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


ia  a*?r  H,su3g.rnpp6.   ia  Plock  iu;d  nech  M6;!'tlici5!5'Jlt;  In  der  geIXe  au  tmt^jrr- 
blfeiben. 

52jb-  Der  Biock^ert  erbSlt  aie.fiir  den  Dieast  in  seiner  Hsnsgruppe  erf»r« 
•loriishen  Ncaen,  Anschriften  uad  sonstig-en  Unterlegen»v«c  aeiaea  Bl*ck» 
ifeit^r  von  Fall  zu  Pail.  Er  teat  sie  so  aufzubewahrec,  das&  sie  aioht 
verrsten  odor  £estohlen  werdec  kgtxnea  tmd  hst  dariiber  NIMMDSf  ausser 
scinem  Bloc}cl».itcr  unter  irgead»sleh8n  Usastftriden  Auj^amft  za  geben* 

52o-  Der  Bl»ck«Brt  ist  Terpfllcbtet,  «ine  Benacbrlchtiguagsadgliciikcit 
ay  achaffejo.,  die  es  ssinom  Blookl alter  utad  deeaen  Vargesetsten  1«  der 
artggr-appe  ersteclicht,   Ito  aoglichst  jeden  1!«g,oder  zvsiindest  jeden 
z'.-^titen  Tag'.zii  einer  bsstiffiaiten  Strands  f eramiUidl ich  od^r  persoisiich  zu 
t  vjcrsicbexii.  W^nc  d4es6  Ojdnjmg  von  oMu  lis  unteg  t«wias«oaaft  eingo«' 
■•3;:.Iteri  vdrd,  kstm'^^J'-ikr'BSndesleltettSg- aus  iimerfcaib  24  oder  ^  Stun» 
<ivn  f33t  o'sdesletzt*  Mitgllod  erreicht  w«i?den» 

^2:d~  I>i<?  Sausgrt^sj^^,  ie  Sahmen  der  Gsb«t«cheit,  sie  miz  bestefaeaden  po« 
iitischeji  Einteilim^tn  der  Ortschaft  iiMreijaatiiaBen  zu  isssen,  entMlt 
'uufeefahr  so  -Tiele  fiir  ailegetainfi  Bwideszwecke  ia  |fr»g«  kfasaande  Haus« 
liel, tungen  (WoiingeatjiRschaf text)  wie  sit*  eln  Bl»ckwart  ianeriielfc  etwe 
fimf  Stunden  mit  eijf5«r  Jfeldung  «Kler  elnas  Plugblstt  belAefera  kacc. 
SLe.  Anzahl  dcr  in  der  Heusgi^upps  wehaenden  Mttfclieder  spielt  dsbei  k«i» 
n*5  Hello.  Fvir  Bundeszwecke  nicht  l>«8chtensi»er««  Sehnxmgen  sind  mcb/         ,j 
uioht  ait  3U  bfirechjnsn. 

Die  regelaasalEen  Besuche  teoi  Mitgll«dero,  !ilitgli«dg«baftfiaowar« 
r.fc3Mj  laid  Fordorern,  bzw,  Werbebesucbe  "bei  BundesasitnmgaleseKa,  <5«» 
scMftsleuten  Oder  aonstiien  zu  bearbeiteaden  Peraonea.werden  m&br  Zeit 
ia  Anspruch  nebsjea,  was  ab<?r  beijiider  Featl^guRg  der  Grease  der  Haus" 
tr^pe  ebsnfells  auaser  Acht  gelassen  wird. 

•^£»~  Der  Blockwsrt"  ist  eeixxem.  Blockleiter  uad  dar'iibep  hinaua  der  B««^" 

"gimg^'egecuber  der  Bur^e  fur  dns  Verhitlten  ;i«d8«  iSitgliedes  in  miner 
Ha«3fxy|>pe.  Item  Mtglled  g^^enuber  ist  «r  der  yertreter  der  Kaasersde 
scbaftj   die  uns  slle  zuaanaaenKUSChliessea  hat.;|f8'e^  aussea  st«Il"t  er 
die  Bswegunfc,  schlechthin  dar;  nacb  seiner  Haltung  imd  aaoh  seiaea  Auf" 
treten  wlM  die  Bewegtaig' be«rteilt.  Er  kaaa  also  dea  B«ode  grosse  War* 
bedienste  leisten,  -aber  o4ioh  aabr.  uiel  aciiadeja*  Sr  satss,  fortwahreadi 
werbsnd  imd  prt-digend,  b«a"tr«bf:seia  als  VoriJUd  dazustebea  tUr  alle, 
Mt  denen  er  eo  oft  und  nabe  in  Beruhnmg  kaaaat.  Er  muse  wi3sea»  *!© 
die  geldlichen  xjad  andereii  VerbSltnisae  bei  j»d«r  Mltgllederfaaliie 
aiad  Mnii  ^acbforschea,  wie  ihr  ge  hoi  fen  werdea  kana.  E«ia  Ki"aakheits«> 
fall,  kein  Uagltick  sell  seiaer  Auflaerksaakeit  «nt(5aben  uad  dc-m  Blookm 
leiter  ua&eioeldet  bleiben.  Jeder  brauchbare,  eifrige  Mitkaapter,  dec 
er  in  seiner  Kaus^ruppe  entteckt,  1st  nach  obea  bek8antztgE8ci»en,  diSaait 
seiae  fabifekeiten  mbelishat  nutzbringead  ftir  'die  gewegung  etJigeaetzt 
w^rdsa  k<>anen.  Ir  hat  Premjd  uad  Berster  fiir  jedes  seiner  Mitglied^r 
zu  sein,  weder  patzig^  uberhablich  »der  stur,  n«cb  schaeichleriscb 
Oder  zu  ndiplofflatisch**.  Sachlich  imd  gcrad©  s^ll  er  baadeia,  dase  alle 
AcbtuDg  baben  auseea,   ohae  eber  voa  Binbilduag  redea  zu  kSnnea.  Wo  Ju«» 
eendliche  nicht  ia  der  Jugecdschaft  stehen,  hat  er  sicb  »erbead  eiazu" 
setzeiij  wo  das  Kac^ifbltstt  d6r  Bewegung  nicbt  gelesen  wird,  ist  diese 
itirbesufgabe  die  erste  imd  wichtigste,  Wn  geeifejjete  G«scbllfte  nicbt 
in  der  Wirtschoftsorgaaiaatisn  des  BuadeS  stehen  tder  gitglieder  Oder 
tdrderer  die  der  Beweg-uag  engeschiossen^n  Gescbafte  nicht  unterstutzen , 
ist  da  einzugreifea.  f«  geauade  M&mer  glauben,'   i»' OD  aicht  benotigt 
zu  warden,  ist  da  auf  zuklirea  uad  za.  werben,  fe  irgeadjemand,  der  uas 
vcn  Wert  seia  konata,  noch  8«3se&  steht,  weil  er  glaubt,   seia  wStand", 
seine.  wElasse*',  seine  "Eonfession"  oder  sein  Vslksstaias  werde  im  Buade 
(interschStzt  oder  missachtet,   lat  da  ein  feid  eur  Aufklansng.  Wo  man 
kla^t,  daas  diose  oder  jcr.e  Eiarlchtuag  beia  Bunds  nocb  fehie,  wird  er» 
klSrt  «ie  leicht  da  Besaerung  gescbaffen  werdda  kann  mlt  der  Hilfe  des 
Klageaden,  Wo  deas  Bunde  Aufschluas  uber  palitlscbe  Gesobehea  -oder  Betfi«, 
tit,unfcsiad|,lichkei1:en  auf  dleseo  Gebiet  gewonnen  werden  kdanen,  ist  dies 

~XXX1X~ 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1545 


-39- 

Pie  Bo-«(<-t"Jy'&  derf  r.icht   stcfc-^n  bleiben;   die  MitjJliedschaft  ist 
zicr  DlSEipliji  un4  Fflici.terful  L'jr.g  anauiisltexi  und  ^uf  jeden:  mogiicher- 
Ge-tiet  zur  Mitsrbfeit  einzusparmen  und  nsch  syssen  ist  deuernd  'jud  ttoe 
ya<3hlfl3s  zu  werten,   werben,   daailt  kein  Monat  vergeht,  der  nicnt  elner. 
ficuen  lescr,  ain  neues  I)EV=G<*3cfaaft,   ©der  neue  Mit|,litder  oder  Fdrderer 
in  jeden  Block  (jingereiht  findet, 

Der  Blockwsrt  ieistet  die  wiobtitst*  Kleiasrlrgit  der  Bewegung;  er 
v!ird  ffiit  srineai  Bienst  nie  feptig.  An   Lhm  llsti*  fcB  in  erater  Lir.ie,  dej. 
B>ini1  JUT  Itliendieen,   aufstt^beodeti  siserika  .eutschen  VtlksgoaeinS'.'haf t 
zv!  restolten. 
52f-  BIB  BLOCKWARTINt  Die  Bltckwartla  stoLt  ia^oichefi  Rang  tait  dcm 

FiocKort.  feiu  wixa'^ifytyy^}Qa)tg,nff»ywiii«rmy^ 

JfQ^j^  voE  Blockleitcr  tsit  der  Bestatig-xng  dea  Zalierjleiters  emennt  u:id 
wr.'tiioben.  Sie  fOhrt  in  d«r  Hsusgruppe,  dia  ihr  fiir  diese  Arbeit  aaver- 
tvmt  ist,  ditj  fschiicfcen  Bofehl^  der  zuBtaadigun  Zelleofreuenschof ts= 
.■.r-lteriu  un<3  di$  Befeiilfc  ihree  BI«oki« iters  aus.  Alle  ihre  Befehlb  cr^ 
r.alt  sic  dur^h  den  Bl*ckIoit9r,  lo  IJotfall  sucht  sie  sich,  mit  der  G«» 
f.ehaigxmg  dcs  Blockleitera,  Gehilfianen  bei  Ar'beitsanhM'ufung.  Sonat  hat 
sic-  ihre  Arbett  persdnlich  zu  leieten  «ind  sich  auf  niemend  sndere  zu 

.verlassen.  Schriftlicber  Diecetvorkefar  het  in  der  Heus^mppe  imd  im 
Block  zu  unterMcibfen-  , 

52t>  la  Bezue  suf  setters  Vorschriften  liber  den  Dicaat  der  Blockw^^rtin, 
.^'icihe  i»Orgai:igatorisch<;r  Aufbsu  dar  Prauensctoaff*,  Btmdesbefehle  'and 
l.aRdes«Pr«iensch»ftsbefehlo. 

33-     BiS  Sl?SDESMITGl,ISD  ,   DAS  MITOLISi)  PES  BUBGES° 

EEGH'BgMI«ARf5l^%te     MS     AV  t   lufngtoofahit^  in  ai7Mimrt>^iiedi:^eft 
dt's  Aaeriifidfutachen  ^Iks'bundcs  iet  jfcder  unb^jseholteiae  giir^ t;r  der 
Yer.  Staatc-Q.   d&r  aJafcschor  Abstssfflrtit  ist  und  dae  achtafehate  iebens.jehr 
yo II endet  hat,   ale  ouch  Jede  unb«!Scholtene  Burrerj^g  der  yer7  Stastea, 
die   arisciifer  Abstajum-ing  ist  und  dr.3  «iaxuxdz?jf'j^ gjrste  Lebfcnsjahr  vollen- 
d^t  hat.   gaa  tlb<?rf.c-vd.cbt  in  .ieder  Qrigfrupco  ist  ur.ter  $11^0  Ifmetajaden 

i^<?c  3eytachtma>u  sicherB|  "^ 

ectiva  Citiz- 

,-    -     -,--■■----   — -  _.,   — ~  -^ „ --■ — ^rachti^t  im 

Bund,   aind  ia  giftHIaag  mit  »bieen  Ait^rsverBChriftfin  alle  unbcsch«ite« 
a<3n  Mrdend^a  :^rper  der  Ver*  Staeten^  die  ein  gulti^ea  iterates  Burc6r«> 
pnpler"  b^jsitzsn.   Die  Mittlieder  der  «Fro6pective  Citizens'  Loatue" 
hnbe-n,   bei  7orzeigen  ihrer  eiilticen  MitgliefjBkerte  (oder  Buch),   Zutritt 
zu  At?  Mitgliederveraeffiaiur^-ea. 

i5i>-  Eintr8iun£»fSMg  Id  die  Fdrdiererschaft  des  AV,   welche  keine  Ortsni- 
3'itiori  Oder  Gruppe  ist  und  den  Forderer  nicht  zua  Mittlied  ir^eadeiner 
Or!,,.''ni3otio0  macht,  ist  jeder  vcai  den  auatandicen  HoheitstrSfcern  sis 
ctn$t«jndit   und  ehrliefa  ejjjechteter  Frexuid  der  Be«6cxjng,   unt'eS'^i^'fc^Jt  sein^.T 
Oder  ifiTiit  Stast6sac;eb6rit:lceit.  Porderer  diirfbh  auoh  )int*r  Decknamen 
■md  DGCksnscbxiften  eiatetrsten  werden.(Betr,  Mitti.v«rseaml.   siehe  33<i 

53'^-  JuL"eudlich«,  die  das  •ben  fiiv  VtllisitLlieder  des  Bundes  vorgeschrlt- 
hcr.e  Mindestaltar  noch  oicht-^rreicht  hebon,   sind  aufnahaefahig  in  die 
J;v«'jidschaft  dts  AV,  unj^eschtet  ihrer  St^tsangehorickeit  «der  dea  Ver« 
naitfii.-^Ees  ihrer  El  tern  9d*»r  Voroiundc   zum  Bunde,   sofora  aie  deutgobn- 
■^■^aiiffli,-  sind.  Andersstajmii-e.   ober  such  dau'i  nur  arische  Juijendliche, 
dit  vvil It ns  aind,   die  dcutsche  Sprache   zu  erl&rn«n,   sind  nur  in  fc<»3on«' 
i'-rtn  Aushsiju-nefailen  urid  mit  schri f tlichcr  UnfeSbe  der  Abteilunga-   an 
ii>    Land«3jUt:endfuhr»ing,   fjufnnimetahiin   Die  JUtiend  des  Deutsofctoas  ist 
voikliflh  und  spmciilicb  dcutsch  zu  halten,   was  In  einer  teBiscbtstaxami" 
.  oii  Abtei'lunt;  f.sst  ausfe^cfiohUySsen  istj  (Siehe  auch  JXigdndach.vorachr.). 

Jj'i-  (Ab^dorunc  d«;r  VorsclirtftC'n  auf  Setts  2,  Abastz  6,  Sotz  "a"  der 
Ar)'*cisun.  (n  zur  Ortsi-r.ltjitunt}:  Seit  dea  16,  12.  1959  kann  niemand  so- 
fort  in  die  Mittliedschpft  des  AV  cuf»  onomBien  word-jn.  Der  Aufnahmean" 
-XL- 


1548 


UX-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


—42- 
^^i-  Pie   wichtigste  Grunderkenntnis,   aie  Jeder  rechte  Kaffipfer  far.stisch 
verfechten  muss,   1st: 

Bin  Vclkatum,   dass  sich  seiner  Sprache  kereutien  lasst,  geht  iinter 
der -leutschstamitiige,   der«ine  ondere   als  die  deutache  Sprache  als  sei« 
r."  Ha-assprache  arjiiffiint,   auch  wenn  er  versucht  nin  fremder  Sprache 
i«-)try-h  zu  denken",  vcrllert  ic  einer  Geceretion  sein  VolkatuasslH^" 
■A'jpstsein,  vcns  unwiderleglich  van  der  genzen  amerikade'utschen  Geschlch 
tt  bpwiesen  worden  ist.   Die  amerikadeutsche  Jugftni  I'emt  ihr  Engliach 
scLr.ehl,  griir.dlich  und  unverlierbar  «uf  der  Strasse  und  in  der  V#lks« 
6chule.   Lie  El  tern,   die  nicht  die  Arbeit  dea  Bundes  an  der  gefahr« 
liohtien  Stella  verratga  wollen,  warden  streng  und  ohne  Auanahme  dar= 
auf  bestehen,  dass  la  ELtemhe'dS  nur  Deutsch  gesprechen  wiri.   y^g^ 
den  Kind^rn  sewie  jm  Verkehr  zyjschen  Kindern  und  Sltern.   und  deas  ter- 
ner  da  a  Kind  lernt.   auf  Peutsch  zu  denkecj   ITUR  tiAM  Meibt  das  Volks- 
t-3n  iib&r  unsere  Zeit  erfaalt»n    ~    und  sage  kelner,   es  sei  unmoglich, 
li<3Ses  durchzusetzen! 

Ein  Yolkstxat,   dae  sich  seiner  rassischec  Eigensrt  berauben  laaet, 
geht  ebenaa  sicher  unterj   ein  Volkstum,   is.aj(  sich  wahlloa  mit  anderen 
vermischt,  versiindigt  eich  gegen  die  Urgesetze  des  Allmachtigen  und 
■tlrfetl   Ist  des  deutschatammige  Kini  Vflk3l»©wus6t  erzogen  worden,  und 
haben  sich  die  El  tern  die  weitere  5$ihe  gemacht,  dea  Kind*  durch  dieae 
unsere  Schutzbe-«e|ning  des  Aiaerikeieutschtuias  erteigenen  Uaigang,  deutsc. 
stamojige  Kaaeraden  und  Freunde  zu  sichern,   dann  hdren  aueh  die  Misch- 
heirsten  auf,   die  des  Amerikadeutschtum  zerstSren! 

Ein  Velkst'jm,  das  sich  seines  Selfcs'ttiewusstseins  und  der  eigenen 
L*»bansweise  ber«ul>en  lasst,  ergibt  sich  dea  Fremden  und  ist  verl«ren; 
der  Deutschstammige,   der  um  die  Gunat  der  Freffi<fen  ¥uhlt  tmd  sich  nsch 
dpren  Ilrteil  richtet,   verrat  sein  Lebensrecht!   S«  such  in  der  Bewe» 
gung.  Angriffe  auf  unsere  BeMregung  und  Urtelie  uber  sie  und  iiber  die 
Manner  und  Prauen,   die  sie  %ilien,   sefem  dies  ¥«n  aussen  geschieht, 
haben  filr  uns  keine  Giiltigkeit.  Das  Deutschtum  hat  zu  lemen,   stolz 
zu  sein,   si  oh  und  seirffesgleichen  sell^at  zu  Iwurteilen,  dem  Urteil  des 
A-msenstehenden  aber  keine  Beach tung  zu  sehenken,  naturlich  mit  Aus=. 
haiiise  der  Befolgung  der  Irtrigkeitlichen  Gesetze.  Der  elenden  Premden»= 
verehrurig  und  Kriecherei  ver  dea  v»lkafremdec  Spotter  ist  im  I>eutsch== 
t-m  ein  Ende  zu  berelteni 

All  dieses  ist  Dienst,  Pflicbt  xmd  Schuldigkeit  des  Bxmdesmit~ 
gliedes;   io  Rahmen  der  Gesetze  des  Dandes  k«Biot  in  ATiTfM  die  Bewegung, 
der  Amerikadeutsche  VoXkalJUdNI,  ZUIRST  im  Leben  des  Elnzelnen  Volksge^ 
noasin.   darait  das  GAKZl  Volkstua  gelautert  und  wiederaufgericElet 
*erden  magi 

DEM  EJslPFiiNGER  DIESER  DIENSTVOfiSCHRIFTEK  2Uft  BEACHroNGj 

Wie  euch  elles  andere  von  der  Bewegung  oder  sines  Teiles  derseia 
hen  geschaffene  Gut,  bleiben  auch  diese  Dienstv«rschriften  Bigentuia 
des  Bundes.  Jeder  Amtswelter  hat  sie  zu  erhalten  und  eingefaend  zu 
studieren;   er  hat  sie  aber  nicht  eus  der  Hand  zu  geben,  ausser  bei 
etwaiger  Ausscheidung  als  Amtswalter,  und  dann  sind  sie  nur  dea  zu» 
standigen  Hoj-ieitstrager  auszuhSndigen. 

Die  Dienstvorschriftea  sind  aber  in  Schulung8*l>enaen  praJktisch 
zu  bearbeiten,  bis  jeder  letzte  Kaaerad  seine  Aufgalw  uni  aetne 
dienatliche  Pflicht  kennt.  In  Schubladen  der  VergWaaenheit  zu  iil^eran-U 
*9rten  sind  sie  niehtS 

Sie   sind  das  Ergeteils  omster  Studien  nicht  n«r  der  Erfahrungen 
aistrti'S  Bundes  und  seiner  Vorganger,  s#nd8m  atich  ier  Erfahrungen  der 
alten  Hciffiat  unter  der  Fuhrung  d«a  grossten  Deutschen  slier  ZeitenJ 
Vorschlftge  zxir  Bcsserung  sin*  erwunacht,  aber  bi«  etwaige  ?eracdertsigt 
vorfugt  sind,  hat  jedcr  Heheltstrager  di9$e  Vorscfariften  nach  Menscht^r 
moglichkeit  zu  befolgen.  ^^^     Merlcal       Wllhelm  Kunze. 

Stellv.  Bundesfufarer  I 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1549 

[Translation  of  Document  #  2] 

AMERICAN  GERMAN  VOLKSBUND.  GERMAN  AMERICAN  BUND 

Organizational  Set-up  (Obganic  Structure) 

and 

Administrative  Regulations 

and 

Member  Regulations  (Membership)  Regulations 

TABLE  OF  contents 

Pari       I:  Administrative  Offices  (Officers) 

Subordinate  Relations 
Part     II:  Sovereign  Jurisdictions  (Principal  Administrative  Jurisdictions) 

Sovereigns  (Principal  Officers)    (Chiefs) 
Part  III:  Departmental  Division  (Structure) 
Departmental  Heads  (Chiefs) 
Members 
See  Also:   "Basic  instructions  for  precinct  and  column  leadership,      (manage- 
ment)" "Organizational  set-up  of  the  OD  Service"    "Organizational 
set-up  of  Youth  Administration  Service"     "Organizational  set-up  of 
Women's  Administration   Service"  and  Bund  ordinances,  National 
OD  ordinances,  National  Youth  Administration  Service  ordinances, 
National    Women's    Administration    ordinances,    and    other    Bund 
ordinances  since  the  National  Convention  of  1938. 
jNOte:  The  requirements  (provisions)  of  the  various  regulations  are  valid  to 
the  extent  that  they  have  not  been  or  may  not  be  altered  by  subsequent  regula- 
tions of  the  Bund  administration. 

Every  regulation  issued  by  a  Bund  officer  constitutes  a  supplement — amendment 
or  repeal — of/to  any  previously  existing  valid  regulation  or  order. 

Every  sovereign  (chief)  (Principal  Administrative  Officer)  is  required  to  keep 
a  register  in  which  he  must  note  the  effect  of  new  orders  (issued  from  time  to 
time)  upon  existing  regulations. 

At  Bund  Administration, 
l^ew  York,  January  2,  19^0. 
Part  I 

offices    (OFFICEIBS) 

1.  AV  (Amerikadeutscher  Volksbund)   Offices  Except  in  the  squares  and  blocks 
the  staff  of  every  sovereign  (Chief)   (Principal  Administrative  Officer)  (Bund 
administration,  area  administration,  regional  administration,  state  admin- 
istration,  district  or  county  administration,  precinct  administration,   and 
column   administration)    consists   of  the   sovereigns    (chiefs)    immediately 
subordinate   (to  him)    and  the  following  departmental  heads, 
a-b.  Treasury  leader  (In  the  Bund  managements,  the  Bund  Treasurer) 
a-b-c.  Honorary  secretaries  or  principal    (chief)    appointed  business  man- 
agers.      (Secretarial  duties  generally  are  to  be  performed  by  the 
most  appropriate  departmental  head  as  a  part  of  his  duties), 
b.  Organization  leader 
b.  Intelligence  Service  leader 

b.  Commercial  leader  (Industrial  leader)   (Budget  Leader)   (DKV  Develop- 

ment) 

c.  Propaganda  leader 

c.  Press  leader  (Publicity  leader) 

c.  Educational  leader 

c.  Political  leader 

b-d.  OD  Fuehrers 

c.  Youth  fuehrers 

c.  Youth  reporters  (only  in  precincts  and  columns) 


1552  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

Certificates  of  appointment  of  newly  appointed  officers  are  to  be  issued 
only  after  three  months  of  uncontested  service  and  must  be  sent  to  the 
qualified  superior  for  confirmation.  Even  nominations  may  be  made  only 
with  the  approval  of  a  qualified  superior. 

Sovereigns  are  obligated  to  the  orderly  and  good  care  of  all  their  mem- 
bers and  they  must  be  available  to   all  at  regular   and  fixed  hours  for 
purposes  of  conference. 
Id.  For  information  concerning  rank  and  geographical  insignia  and  the  stand- 
ards of  the  sovereigns  see  "OD  Regulations,"  pages  11,   13,  and  14,   as 
well  as  the  Bund  orders,  only  by  means  of  which  changes  may  be  effected. 
le.  For  information  concerning  designations  and  boundaries  of  sovereign  juris- 
dictions see  "Directions  for  the  Administration  of  Precincts,"   Part  III, 
page  18. 

See  especially  also  "Membership  Regulations"  Rights,  duties  and  qualifica- 
tions  (responsibilities)  of  the   (Chiefs) 

Sovereigns  (Principal  Administrative  Olfieers)  :  Organizational  Structure 
of  the  Sovereign  jurisdictions. 
2.  The  Bund  Fuehrer:  The  duty  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer  is  to  maintain  and  develop 
the  AV  by  every  adjustment  to  the  temporary  requirements  of  the  times  as 
the  defensive  and  offensive  movement  of  the  national  consciousness  of 
American  Germanism  dedicated  philosophically  (Weltanschaulich),  na- 
tional-socialistically,  and  politically  to  the  service  of  an  actually  inde- 
pendent, aryau-governed  United  States  of  North  America. 

In  order  that  this  movement,  as  the  final  refuge  of  Germanism  in  America, 
may  make  the  necessary  unchallenged  Fuehrer  pretensions  to  every  vital 
aspect  of  American  Germanism  it  is  his  duty  to  provide  for  the  consideration, 
the  promotion,  and  the  preservation  of  the  vitally  significant  educational, 
political,  economic,  scientific,  and  purely  cultural  achievements  of  all 
branches,  estates,  and  confessions  of  faith  of  this  Germanism  in  the  Bund. 
For  the  protection  of  the  movement  the  Bund  Fuehrer  must  be  able  to 
maintain  the  constant  support  of  at  least  three  Bund  officers.  This  Bund 
administration  has  the  power  by  unanimous  vote,  to  call  a  National  Con- 
vention for  the  purpose  of  hearing  any  charges  which  it  might  prefer  against 
the  Bund  Fuehrer. 

In  all  other  matters  the  will  of  the  Fuehrer  as  the  solely  responsible 
Fuehrer  of  the  Bund,  the  (services)  branches,  and  the  subordinate  organiza- 
tions, is  the  first  law  of  the  movement  except  during  a  session  of  the  National 
Convention.  The  Bund  Fuehrer  is  responsible  only  to  the  National  Con- 
vention, is  subject  to  only  a  few  rules  of  the  Convention,  and  can  be  removed 
from  his  office  only  by  the  Convention. 

During  the  term  for  which  he  is  chosen  by  the  Convention  he  makes  the 
final,  definitive  decision  in  every  issue  affecting  the  movement  in  any  way ; 
he  has  full  power  of  disposal  and  ownership  over  the  Bund,  its  equipment, 
its  estates,  and  its  monetary  and  other  possessions. 

Until  confirmation  by  the  Bund  Fuehrer,  which  requires  his  countersigna- 
ture to  respective  membership  cards,  every  new  applicant  for  membership  is 
only  a  candidate.  The  Bund  Fuehrer  has  the  power  to  refuse  acceptance 
into  the  movement  (admission  to  the  movement)  without  cause.  In  addition 
he  has  the  power  to  overrule  any  commission  of  investigation  or  conciliation 
(adjustment)  and  to  dismiss  (suspend)  any  member,  relieve  him  of  his 
duties,  or  finally,  to  exclude  him  from  the  movement. 

Generally,  within  the  foregoing  limits,  he  appoints  and  removes  all  Bund 
executives,  including  the  area  leaders.  The  executive  appointments  and 
removals,  as  well  as  all  the  orders,  of  all  Bund  departmental  chiefs  and  area 
leaders  require  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  for  Bund  validity. 

Only  the  Bund  Fuehrer  is  authorized  to  make  statements  or  to  enter  into 
negotiations  binding  upon  the  entire  movement. 

2a.    The  Representative  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer   (Deputy)    (Vice  Bund  Fuehrer) 

The  deputy  Bund  fuehrer  is  appointed  and  removed  by  the  Bund  Fuehrer. 
It  is  his  special  duty  to  assist  the  Bund  Fuehrer  in  all  routine  matters 
affecting  Bund  officers  and  area  management.  As  the  Commissioner  (duty, 
proxy)  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  he  is  the  superior  of  all  officers  and  members. 
He  must  keep  constantly  informed,  by  means  of  visits,  of  all  Bund  matters, 
decisions,  and  conferences  and,  in  ordei-  to  preserve  and  maintain  unified 
activity,  he  must,  if  occasion  require,  take  charge  of  all  sovereign  jurisdic- 
tions and  branches,     (services). 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1553 

During  the  absence  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  lie  assumes  all  the  rights  and 
duties  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  and  holds  them  until  the  latters  return  or  until  a 
National  Convention  may  detennine  otherwise. 

3.  The  Area  Leader :  The  area  leader  is  the  direct  subordinate  of  the  Bund 
Fuehrer  and  is  a  Bund  Administrator.  He  is  appointed  and  removed  by 
the  Bund  Fuehrer  and  is  responsible  only  to  him. 

The  area  leader  is  responsible  for  the  philosophical  (comprehensive) 
(Weltanschaulich)  political,  economic,  and  cultural  status  of  the  move- 
ment in  the  area  entrusted  to  him. 

It  is  his  special  duty,  with  such  support  as  he  may  be  able  to  secure  from 
subordinate  sovereigns,  to  develop  and  train  fuehrer  material  (talent)  for 
the  area  and  the  Bund  management,  and,  by  means  of  visits,  to  establish 
new  columns  in  all  parts  of  his  area. 

The  designation  of  the  area  and  the  establishment  of  its  boundaries  are 
done  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  and  by  the 
Bund  organization  leader. 

All  executives  and  members  of  the  area  are  subordinate  disciplinarily  to 
the  area  leader.  He  appoints  and  removes  (1)  his  area  departmental  chiefs 
and  regional  leaders;  (2)  the  state  leaders  of  the  area  upon  recommendation 
t)f  the  regional  leaders;  (3)  the  district  or  county  leaders  of  the  area  upon 
recommendation  of  the  qualified  State  leaders;  and  (4)  the  precinct  and 
column  leaders  of  the  area  upon  recommendation  of  the  appropriately  quali- 
fied State  leaders.  His  appointments  and  removals,  as  well  as  his  area 
orders,  require  the  confirmation  (approval)  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  for  Bund 
validity. 

In  the  event  of  an  inadequate  supply  of  qualified,  fuehrer  talent,  area 
departmental  chiefs  function  temporarily  also  as  regional  leaders,  in  oi'der 
that  the  special  duties  of  the  regional  leaders — the  study  of  the  national 
and  commercial  policies,  and  the  industrial  and  agricultural  peculiarities  of 
the  frequently  diverse  sections  of  the  area — may  be  undertaken  as  quickly 
as  possible.  In  addition,  these  regional  leaders  or  their  associates,  in  the 
event  of  a  deficiency  of  other  available  qualified  executives,  should  assume 
the  special  functions  of  the  State  leaders  without  delay — the  study  of  the 
legal  and  political  status  of  the  different  States. 

All  appointments  and  removals  of  the  area  executives,  regional  leaders, 
State,  district,  and  precinct,  or  column  leaders  of  the  area,  as  well  as  the 
orders  of  the  area  executives  (area  departmental  chiefs  and  regional 
leaders)  require  the  confirmation  (approval)  of  the  area  leader  for  Bund 
validity. 

All  departmental  orders  of  the  Bund  departmental  chiefs  are  binding  up- 
on the  leaders  as  issued ;  the  functional  directions  of  the  Bund  depart- 
mental chiefs  are  to  be  executed  in  consideration  of  (in  conformity  with) 
the  special  conditions  that  prevail  in  the  area. 

The  area  leader  is  notified  of  all  oflScial  correspondence  between  the  Bund 
management  and  subordinate  officers  in  the  area  management.  It  is  his 
duty,  when  necessary,  to  take  over  the  duties  of  subordinate  sovereign  jur- 
isdictions, either  by  order  (correspondence,  etc.)  or  by  visit  and  in  the  event 
of  faulty  executi(tn  of  Bund  orders  to  correct  conditions. 

He  must  submit  a  financial  and  an  "activities"  report  to  the  Bund  Fuehrer 
by  the  10th  of  each  month  with  notes  on  contemplated  area  activities,  on  the 
reasons  for  possible  difficult  execution  of  Bund  assignments,  and  on  conditions 
requiring  special  consideration  in  the  several  sections  of  the  area,  as  well  as 
all  kinds  of  suggestions. 

He  must  conduct  regular  conferences  with  his  area  department  chiefs  and 
regional  managers,  attend  the   State  management  meetings  whenever  pos- 
sible, and  visit  "every  last"  one  of  the  columns  in  the  area  at  least  once  a 
year.     His  general  official  expenditures  are  defrayed  by  the  Bund  treasury, 
although  the  expenses  of  his  official  trips  are  to  be  distributed  among  the 
precincts  and  columns  in  accordance  with  their  ability  to  pay. 
3a.  The  "deputy"   (Representative  of  the  Area  Leader)   Area  Leader:  The  dep- 
uty area  leader  should  be  a  departmental  area  executive  or  a  regional  lead- 
er of  the  district.     He  is  appointed  and  removed  by  the  area  leader  with 
the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer. 

279895— 41— pt.  4 8 


1556  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

(DKV),  Bund  Welfare,  (Women's  Services),  Youth  and  its  rearing  (Youth 
education),  OD  education,  both  in  the  physical  and  spiritual  realm,  as 
well  as  Kultur  (science,  singing,  gymnastics,  acting,  etc.)- 

The  district  leader  is  that  liaison  officer  who  should  primarily  be  helpful 
to  the  area  leader  in  the  selection  of  useful  executive  and  fuehrer  talent 
and  in  the  preparation  of  (arrangements  for)  propaganda  meetings  for  the 
founding  of  new  columns. 

He   must   report  to  the  State,  area,  district,  and  Bund  management  monthly. 
The  departmental  orders  of  all  superior  officers  ( Bund,  area,  regional  terri- 
torial, and  State)    are  binding  upon  the  district  leader  as  issued.     In  the 
event  of  conflict  in  orders,  those  of  the  superior  officer  prevail.     Functional 
(service)  directions  of  these  officers  are  executed  in  accordance  with   (con- 
sideration of)  the  circumstances  prevailing  in  his  district. 
7.  The  Precinct  Leader :  The  precinct  develops  out  of  the  column  or  is  created  by 
the  separation  of  a  row  of  squares  from  an  overgrown  precinct.     The  pre- 
cinct comprises  generally  a  township  (village,  etc.)  ;  cities  may  be  divided 
into    several    precincts.      Boundaries    should    not    cut    across    basic    com- 
munity boundaries. 

The  precinct  comprises  a  minimum  of  20  members ;  when  there  are  more 
than  200  members  it  should  be  divided  into  two  precincts  as  soon  as  possible. 
This  is  done  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  district  leader  to  the  area 
leader ;  the  area  leader  effects  the  divison  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund 
Fuehrer  through  the  area  organization  leader,  as  well,  also,  as  the  establish- 
ment or  change  of  the  boundaries.  The  Bund  organization  leader  is  notified 
at  once.  The  designation  of  all  precincts  is  made  according  to  instructions  of 
the  Bund  Fuehrer  through  the  Bund  organization  leader. 

A  division  of  overgrown  precincts  should  be  effected  because  the  precinct 
leader  should  know  all  his  members  personally  and  continue  in  the  position 
of  being  accessible  to  every  member  of  the  precinct  and  be  able  to  devote 
his  attention  to  them. 

Where  the  number  of  precincts  in  a  small  jurisdiction  is  making  perceptible 

growth,  the  districts  should  be  reduced  until  finally  they  constitute  only  a 

single  "county"  and  the  best  qualified  precinct  leader  in  this  "county"  is 

promoted  to  a  district  leader. 

7a.  The  precinct  leader  is  a  district  executive  and  is  directly  subordinate  to  the 

district  leader.     He  is  appointed  and  removed  upon  the  recommendation 

of  the  district  leader  by  the  area  leader  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund 

Fuehrer. 

He  is  responsible  to  the  district  leader  for  the  philosophical,    (compre- 
hensive)   political   (weltanschaulich),  economic  and  cultural  status  of  the 
movement  in  the  sovereign  jurisdiction  entrusted  to  him. 
7b.  The  precinct  leader  is  the  disciplinary  superior  of  all  officers  and  members 
in  his  sovereign  jurisdiction.     Together  with  the  column  leader  he  is  the 
lowest  ranking  sovereign  to  have  jurisdiction  over  the  power  of  exclusion 
within  the  limits  of  the  personnel  regulations  of  the  Bund. 
7c.  He  appoints  and  removes  his  precinct  departmental  heads  and  square  leaders 
with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader,  and  his  block  leaders  upon  recom- 
mendation of  the  qualified  square  leaders  with  the  approval  of  the  area 
leader.     His  precinct  orders  require  the  approval  of  the  district  leader. 
7d.  All  appointments,  removals,  and  orders  of  the  precinct  departmental  execu- 
tives and   square  leaders   require  the   approval   of  the   precinct   leader. 
He  keeps  the  district,  area,  and  Bund  management  currently  informed 
concerning  all  the  appointments  and  essential  orders  in   his  sovereign 
jurisdiction. 
7e.  Departmental    orders    of    all    superior    officers    (Bund    and    qualified    area, 
regional.    State,    and    district    officers)    are    binding    upon    the    precinct 
leaders   as   issued.      In    the   case   of   conflicting   orders    of    the   different 
officers  those  of  superiors  prevail.     Functional  directions  of  these  officers 
are  executed  in  accordance  with  particular  circumstances  prevalent  in 
the  sovereign  jurisdiction. 
7f.  The    precinct    leader    inducts    newly-appointed    precinct    executives,    square 
and  block  leaders,   ceremonially   into  office.     The   induction   takes  place 
during  a  membership  "appel"    (assembly). 
7g.  In  addition  it  is  also  the  duty  of  the  precinct  leader  to  deliver  passes  to 
unchallenged   members    (new   members   of   the   OD  or   of   the   Women's 
Division    (service)    ceremonially    during    an    OD    or    Women's    Division 
(service)  assembly. 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1557 

7h.  On  National  Youth  Day  (about  the  middle  of  March  of  each  year)  the 
precinct  leader,  accompanied  by  his  OD  Division  fuehrer,  accepts  the 
IS-year  old  members  of  the  Youth  Division  (service)  during  an  ("appel") 
assembly  of  the  youth  ceremonially  into  Bund  membership  and  into 
OD :  he  accepts  also  at  the  time  of  this  assembly,  the  21-year  old  girls 
of  the  Maiden's  Division,  (service)  ceremonially  into  full  Bund  mem- 
bership. 

7i.  All  applications  for  admission  into  the  Youth  Division  (service),  the  Pro- 
motion Division  (service)  and  into  Bund  membership  or,  within  the 
AV,  into  the  OD  or  the  Women's  Division  (service)  requires  the  counter- 
signature of  the  precinct  leader  for  Bund  validity.  He  has  the  power 
to  deny  acceptance  into  the  Youth  Division  (service)  or  Promotion 
Division    (service)    without  cause. 

7j.  He  must  inform  the  area  and  Bund  management  monthly  concerning 
all  exclusions  or  cancelations  with  notations  as  to  whether  the  canceled 
or  excluded  members  have  returned  their  cards,  books,  insignia,  etc., 
to  the  precinct,  in  order  that  such  persons  may  not  be  admitted  to 
some  other  precinct  with(Hit  the  approval  of  the  excludhig  precinct 
leader.  Precincts  are  notified  currently  by  the  Bund  management  con- 
cerning exclusions.  In  his  reports  to  the  area  and  Bund  administrations 
the  precinct  leader  must  list  all  cancelations  due  to  loss  of  interest  or 
exclusions  due  to  failure  to  pay  dues.  Members  excluded  by  precinct 
leaders  have  eight  days  in  which  to  appeal  in  writing  and  with  their 
knowledge  to  the  next  highest  ranking  officer  (the  district  administra- 
tion).    From  there  the  appeal  can  continue  on  up  step  by  step. 

7k.  Official  differences  of  opinion  between  the  precinct  leader  and  his  executives 
or  members  are  not  submitted  to  an  investigation  and  adjustment  commis- 
sion but  are  decided  by  him  personally  in  the  first  "instance."  The  com- 
plainant may  appeal,  if  dissatisfied,  to  the  district  leader  and  from  there  on 
up,  within  a  period  of  8  days,  provided  his  appeal  is  in  writing  and  is  made 
with  the  knowledge  of  the  precinct  leader.  Even  in  cases  of  exclusion  in 
official  matters  there  is  no  investigation  or  adjustment  commission,  but  the 
decision  rests  entirely  with  the  sovereigns  only  who  issue  regulations, 
orders,  and  rules,  and  who  review  the  official  relations  between  officials  and 
members. 

71.  Investigation  and  adjustment  commissions  are  appointed  only  in  matters  in- 
volving personal  differences  and  unofficial  disputes  between  Bund  members. 
Members  of  the  Commission  are  appointed  by  the  precinct  leader  in  each 
case  from  among  non-participating,  impartial,  judicious,  and  business-like 
membei's  of  the  Bund.     (See  also  Part  III  "Membership  Regulations.") 

7m.  The  precinct  leader  has  the  authority  at  the  beginning  of  an  investigation  to 
accept  or  reject  applicaions  for  its  continuance. 

7n.  Bund  membership  cards  and  books  are  delivered  as  they  are  received  by  the 
precinct  leader  to  Bund  members  ceremonially  during  a  membership  as- 
sembly. Promotion  cards  are  delivered  during  a  promotion  assembl.y  or  by 
mail  or  messenger.  The  first  OD  passes.  Youth  membership  cards,  and 
Women's  passes  are  delivered  ceremonially  by  the  precinct  leader  in  the 
presence  of  the  qualified  fuehrer  during  an  assembly  of  the  respective 
branch  (service). 

For  information  concerning  membership,  audit,  assembly  rules,  festivals, 
and  other  regulations  for  the  precinct  leader  see  "Basic  Rules  for  Precinct 
Administration"  and  Bund  orders. 

7c.  The  precinct  leader  must  inform  all  superior  officers  concerning  all  essential 
matters  in  his  sovereign  jurisdiction,  acknowledge  all  official  communica- 
tions by  return  mail  and  without  exception,  and  submit  before  the  10th  of 
each  month  his  official  report  to  the  Bund  management  in  addition  to  an 
exact  treasury  report  and  an  exact  account  of  all  dues  according  to  printed 
forms.  The  essential  details  (of  his  report)  are  to  be  communicated  to  the 
area  leader.  The  production  ability  and  the  solvency  of  the  movement 
depend  upon  his  scrupulous,  regular,  and  punctual  transfer  of  funds.  His 
obligations  to  the  Bund  management  are  the  primary  obligations  of  the 
pi'ecinct. 

Even  the  monthly,  minute  control  of  the  "household  treasuries"  of  the 
branches  is  to  be  conducted  strictly  and  unindulgently.  All  sections  and 
the  fuehrers  of  all  sections  of  the  precinct  exist  primarily  for  the  Bimd  or 
else  they  have  no  justification  for  existence. 


1560  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

10.  The  Block  leader:    Blocks  should  be  organized  in  even  the  smallest  columns. 
The  block  consists  of  as  many  as  five  house  groups.    Every  house  group  is  in 
charge  of  a  block  watcher,  and  of  a  woman  block  watcher,  also,  in  connec- 
tion with  matters  in  which  women  are  interested.    The  house  group  should 
not  contain  more  households  than  can  be  visited  personally  by  a  block 
watcher  within  five  hours  for  purposes  of  making  an  announcement. 
The  block  bears  the  designation  of  the  square  or  the  column  in  which  it  is 
located,  with  a  letter  of  the  alphabet  added;  for  example:  80-3-A  (Block  A, 
Square  3,  precinct  80).     For  ordinary  local  daily  purposes  the  block  may 
be  designated  by  the  name  of  the  neighborhood. 

The  size  of  the  house  groups,  blocks,  and  squares  is  not  determined  by 
the  number  of  Bund  members  who  occupy  them,  but  should  coincide  when- 
ever possible,  with  tlie  political  jurisdiction  of  the  community.  Boundaries 
of  house  groups,  bloclis,  and  squares  should  be  determined  by  streets;  they 
should  not  extend  beyond  political  boundaries. 

The  establishment  and  the  changes  in  the  designation  and  the  boundaries 
are  made  in  accordance  with  directions  of  the  district  leader  by  the  district 
organization  leader.    The  Bund  organization  leader  is  to  be  notified  of  the 
block  division. 
10a.  The  block  leader  belongs  to  the  staff  of  the  qualified  square  or  column 
leader ;  he  is  the  lowest  ranking  sovereign  and,  with  the  OD  platoon  leader 
and  square  executive  tlie  lowest  ranking  executive  of  the  AV. 
He  is  appointed  and  removed  upon  recommendation  of  the  square  leader 
by  the  precinct  leader  or  directly  by  the  column  leader  with  the  approval  of 
the  area  leader. 

He  is  responsible  to  the  qualified  square  or  column  leader  for  all  matters 
affecting  the  movement  in  the  block  entrusted  to  him. 
10b.  Disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  block  leader  are  all  the  blo^ck  watchers, 
(men  and  women)    and  members  in  his  block,  except  in  respect  of  the 
power  of  exclusion. 

He  appoints  and  removes  his  block  watch  (men  and  women)  with  the  ap- 
proval of  his  square  or  column  leader. 

The  block   watchers    (men   and   women)    enlist   their   helpers   from   the 
house  groups  only  after  consultation  with  the  block  leader  and  with  liis 
consent. 
10c.  The  block  leader  is  authorized  in  emergency  to  take  over  several  blocks 
temporarily,  or  aid  in  directing  the  work  of  absent  block  watchers,  but 
it  is  his  duty  to  find  substitutes  and  to  place  them  in  charge  as  soon  as 
possible. 
lOd.  Tlie  block  leader  inducts  newly-appointed  block  watcliers  (men  and  women) 
into  office  ceremonially  during  a  membership  assembly  after  they  have 
served  unchallenged  for  a  period  of  three  months. 
lOe.  The  block  leader  participates  in  the  block  leader  conferences  of  his  square 
leader  and  reports  upon  the  work  of  his  associates.     He  conducts  as  occa- 
sion requires,  but  at  least  once  a  month  a  block  watch  conference  at 
which  he  receives  reports  concerning  the  work  among  the  house  groups 
and  at  which  directions  are  given  to  the  block  watchers  (men  and  women) 
for  further  activities. 
lOf.  He  must  find  ways  and  means  to  be  accessible  to  liis  square  leader  surely 
and  easily  at  a  definite  time  every  day  or  at  least  every  other  day.     In 
the  siame  way  his  block  watchers  nmst  arrange  to  be  accessible  to  him 
at  a  definite  time  every  day.     Telephone  numbers  and  other  means  by 
which  block  watchers  may  be  reached  must  be  kept  current  at  the  head- 
quarters of  the  square  and  precinct  leadei". 
lOg.  There  must  be  no  official  written  communications  in  the  block.     The  block 
must  not  maintain  personnel  cards.     For  information  concerning  mem- 
bers   and   noii-nienibers,    the   block    leader    consults    the    square   leader. 
Naniet-i  and  descriptions  of  those  available  for  work  in  the  block,  the 
block  leader  connuits  to  memory,  but  he  is  bound  upon  his  honor  not 
to  betray  any  member's  name  or  description  to  the  public. 
lOh.  With  the  approval  of  the  square  leaders,  block  assemblies  may  be  called; 
with  the  approval  of  the  square  leader,  the  block  leader  may  call  for 
contributions,  e!c.,  in  his  block;  these  he  must  transmit  to  the  square 
treasurer  or  to  the  column  treasury  leader. 
lOi.  The  block  does  not  have  special  assistants  for  treasury,  propaganda,  etc. ; 
all  the  orders  of  superior  ofRcersi  converge  upon  the  block  leader  and  are 
carried  out  in  the  house  groups  by  the  block  watchers. 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1561 

lOj.  The  block  leader  is  the  fuehrer  :uk1  counsellor  of  all  Bund  members  and 
Youth  members  of  his  sovereign  jurisdiction.  He  must  at  all  times  help 
in  every  way  by  explanation  and  advice  and  portray  the  spirit  of  the 
movement  in  his  work.  He  must  discover  the  bearers  of  evil  r\imors  and 
report  them  to  the  square  leader.  He  must  impress  the  Bund  members 
constantly  and  spur  them  on  to  active  cooperation ;  he  must  be  alert  con- 
stantly for  available  co-champions  (patrons)  and  bring  them  to  the  atten- 
tion of  superiors.  He  may  answer  questionsi  only  upon  absolute  knowl- 
edge, in  consideration  of  the  welfare  of  the  movement,  and  in  conformity 
with  the  prescriptions  of  his  superiors.  He  must  never  give  any  state- 
ment to  the  press  or  the  public. 

10k.  All  new  applications  from  the  domain  of  the  block  are  transmitted  through 
the  block  leader.  He  i&i  in  every  case  the  responsible  leader  of  the 
qualified  investigation  committee  for  determining  the  truth  of  personal 
and  citizenship  declarations  of  applicants  for  membership  resident  in  his 
block.  He  is  the  second  subscribing  witness  to  the  declarations  and 
obligations  on  the  member&ihip  cards  of  these  applicants,  after  they  have 
been  accepted.  He  and  his  qualified  block  watch  constitute  the  sureties 
for  the  conduct  of  his  members  in  all  matters  affecting  the  movement. 

101.  Above  all  else,  the  block  leader  must  practice  absolute  secrecy  in  all  official 
matters  and  have  the  unqualified  confidence  of  his  superiors  and  subordi- 
nates. He  represents  the  movement  in  his  sovereign  jurisdiction  to  the 
public.  He  is  able  to  render  the  Bund  valuable  service  in  this  close,  daily 
contact  with  the  public,  but  he  can  also  do  it  great  harm.  It  is  his  con- 
stant duty  by  statement  and  precept  to  carry  again  and  again  just  one 
thought  in  to  every  household:  The  Ocrman- American  Butul  Is  The  Only 
and  First  Defensive  and  Offensive  Community  of  American  Germanism, 
in  whose  ranks  only  the  rights  and  the  respect  of  our  nationality  can  be 
defended  effectively. 

Past  III 

DEPAKTMENTAL  CHIEFS.      DEPARTMENTAL  DIVISIONS.      MEMBERS 

1.  At  Offices :  The  offices  of  the  movement  are  to  be  arranged  and  conducted 
according  to  the  following  suggestions:  The  impression  wliicli  the  arrange- 
ment and  conduct  of  the  offices  of  even  the  smallest  section  of  the  Bund 
makes  upon  a  visitor  requires  the  presentation  of  the  leading  and  the  most 
exemplary  of  the  best  in  American  Germanism.  No  activity  should  be  more 
orderly,  calm  or  efficient  than  the  conduct  of  an  AV  office.  At  the  same  time, 
it  may  be  observed  that  attractiveness  is  not  in  conflict  with  the  challenge  of 
the  movement,  although  "fuss  and  feathers"  ought  to  be  avoided. 

National  and  Bund  standards  may  be  used  as  decorative  standards.  (The 
National  or  "Sturm"'  flag  must  never  be  used  for  decorative  purposes  and 
must  never  be  unfurled  except  under  OD  guard.) 

In  addition  a  picture  of  our  national  leader,  George  Washington,  and  one 
of  our  (WeltanschaiiUcJien)  philosophical  leader,  Adolf  Hitler,  belongs  in 
every  office. 

Internal  matters  should  never  be  discussed  in  the  presence  of  non- 
members  ;  the  intrusion  of  any  official  upon  the  domain  of  another  is 
to  be  avoided  strictly ;  unofficial  discussions  should  not  be  carried  on 
during  business  hours  and  by  no  means  in  offices,  where  loud  talk  and 
argumentation  is  prohibited.  Regular  office  hours  must  be  maintained, 
visitors  must  be  served  promptly  but  always  warmly  and  sympathetically — 
that  quick  comprehension  which  we  constantly  declare  to  be  necessary 
and  whose  lack  among  all  less  disciplined  and  less  fanatic  adherents 
and  friends  we  deplore  is  to  be  converted  into  action  in  the  office.  That 
which  the  leadership  fails  to  exemplify  cannot  appropriately  be  required 
of  followers. 

Every   sovereign   jurisdiction   should   endeavor   to   have   an    office   where 
every  executive  and  associate  can  perform  his  duties  in   undisturbed  and 
orderly    manner ;    eflScient    work    is    possibly    only    when    conditions    are 
favorable, 
la.  Official  dress  (Uniform)  : 

Every  executive  and  assistant  executive  of  the  AV  is  an  OD  man 
even  though  his  official  duties  prevent  him  from  performing  the  general 


1564  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  familiarize  liimself  with  State  laws  likely  to 
affect  the  movement  and  to  report  to  his  superior  and  subordinate  officers 
concerning  them. 

6.  The  District  Treasury  Leader :  The  district  treasury  leader  is  disciplinarily 

subordinate  to  the  district  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him 
with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader.  The  State  leader  is  informed  cor- 
respondingly. Departmentally,  he  is  subordinate  to  the  State  treasury 
leader. 

As  necessity  requires,  he  establishes  district  treasury  offices  corresi)ond- 
ing  to  those  of  the  Bund  treasury.  He  appoints  and  removes  his  associates 
with  the  approval  of  the  district  leader.  He  supervises  and  promotes  the 
execution  of  the  orders  of  superior  treasury  officials  in  the  province  and 
aids  in  the  preparation  of  reports  of  the  precincts  or  columns  concerning 
new  accesions,  rental,  lease,  or  sales  contracts,  as  well  as  in  laws  affecting 
the  district,  to  his  district  leader,  State  treasury  and  area  treasury  leader. 
He  issues  district  treasury  orders  with  the  countersignature  of  the  dis- 
trict leader,  a  copy  of  which  is  sent  to  the  State  treasury  leader. 

Precinct  and  column  treasury  leaders  are  departmentally  subordinate  to 
him.  Of  his  district  treasury  orders,  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  precinct  or 
column  leader. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  familiarize  himself  with  the  laws  of  the  "counties" 
in  his  district,  especially,  in  matters  affecting  real  property,  the  administra- 
tion of  homes  and  camps,  taxes  and  mortgages,  building  and  health  regula- 
tions,, laws  of  Incorporation,  etc.  In  addition,  he  is  the  liaison  officer 
between  the  area  treasury  leader  and  the  treasury  leaders  of  newly  estb- 
lished  columns  who  need  help  in  their  work,  as  well  as  the  offices  interested 
in  the  training  of  treasiu-y  department  associates  to  be  recommended  for 
promotion. 

7.  The  Precinct  or  Column  Treasury  Leaders. 

The  precinct  treasury  leader  is  disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  precinct 
leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  area 
leader.  The  district  leader  is  notified  of  such  appointments  and  removals. 
Departmentally,  he  is  subordinate  to  the  district  treasury  leader. 

As  occasion  requires,  he  establishes  precinct  treasury  offices  correspond- 
ing to  those  of  the  Bund  treasury.  If  necessary  he  must  perform  the  duties 
of  precinct  treasurer  himself.  He  appoints  and  removes  his  immediate 
associates  with  the  approval  of  his  precinct  leader.  He  executes  in  the 
precinct  the  orders  of  superior  treasury  officers  and  supervises  and  promotes 
their  execution  in  the  squares  and  blocks.  He  submits  current  detailed 
reports  concerning  existing  or  planned  accessions,  rental,  lease  or  sales 
contracts,  to  the  district  treasury  leader,  the  area  treasury  leader,  and  the 
Bund  Treasurer,  and  keeps  these  officers  constantly  informed  concerning 
legal  ordinances  of  the  particular  municipality  (township)  that  require 
consideration. 

He  submits  before  the  10th  of  each  month,  with  the  countersignature  of 
the  precinct  leader,  a  detailed  report  on  the  financial  condition  of  the  pre- 
cinct to  the  Bund  Treasurer,  and  in  accordance  with  a  printed  treasury 
report  form.  This  treasury  report  must  show  also  the  exact  status  of  the 
so-called  household  treasury  of  the  branches  (OD,  Women's,  Youth,  etc.). 
The  precinct  treasury  leader  is  authorized  and  required  to  audit  and  super- 
vise monthly  "every  last"  treasury  of  the  sections,  branches,  subordinate 
organizations,  and  affiliated  associations  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  precinct. 
All  monies  and  all  property  of  every  section  of  the  movement  are  the 
property  of  the  Bund  and  are  at  its  disposal  in  emergency.  In  addition 
he  submits  with  his  treasury  report  to  the  Bund  Treasurer  a  monthly  audit 
bearing  the  countersignature  of  the  precinct  leader,  such  report  and  audit 
to  be  in  acordance  with  the  form  prescribed  herein.  This  report  must  show 
also  the  exact  number  of  persons  who  may  be  considered  as  patrons  (F ord- 
ers) or  members  of  the  Bund  or  of  the  "Prospective  Citizens'  League"  of 
the  AV.  The  monthly  account  of  30  cents  per  member  or  patron  is  not  de- 
termined by  the  punctuality  of  individual  payments  but  by  the  foregoing 
count.  Where  the  precinct  treasury  leader  is  unable  to  collect  his  dues  he 
is  nevertheless  required  to  make  a  return  to  the  Bund  management  until  the 
delinquents  have  been  canceled  as  patrons  or  members.  But  before  cancela- 
tion the  precinct  treasury  leader  is  required  to  make  every  effort  either 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1565 

alone  or  with  the  assistance  of  tlie  square  and  block  administrations  to 
collect  the  dues  that  are  in  arrears  and  retain  the  delinquent  persons  for 
the  movement. 

As  a  part  of  the  orderly  (regular)  work  of  the  Bund  the  precinct  treasury 
leader  should  regard  the  transfer  of  dues  to  the  Bund  administration,  the 
obligation  of  the  precinct,  as  the  first  duty  of  the  precinct.  Just  exactly 
as  taxes  must  be  paid  and  tax  payments  may  not  be  used  for  any  other 
purpose  so  it  is  with  respect  to  the  monthly  settlement  of  the  precinct  with 
the  Bund  administration. 

In  cases  in  which  the  money  simply  cannot  be  transmitted  a  report  must 
be   submitted    nevertheless   with    a    full    explanation    of   the    (failure)    in- 
debtedness. 
7a.  The  patrons'  application  fees  and  half  of  the  voluntary  propaganda  con- 
tributions that  accompany  patrons'  applications  are  sent  to  the  Bund  Treas- 
urer with  the  application  blank.     Patrons'  pins  are  to  be  ordered  from 
the  P.und  Business  Fuehrer  as  needed ;  orders  must  be  accompanied  by  a 
deposit.     The  same  applies  to  member  replacement  pins. 
7b.  With  the  acceptance  proposal  a  deposit  of  50  cents  must  be  sent  to  the  Bund 
Treasury  through  the  area  administration,  for  insignia  for  the  applicant, 
which  is  then  sent  to  the  precinct  with  the  first  membership  card.     In 
case  of  rejection  of  the  aiiplication,   the  insignia  deposit  is  returned  to 
the  precinct. 
7c.  The  precinct  treasury   leader  keeps  the  treasury  books  of  the  precinct  in 
accordance  with  the  prescriptions  of  the  Bund  treasury.    He,  or  a  possible 
business  fuehrer  of  the  precinct,  orders  all  printed  matter  for  the  needs 
of  his  office  from  the  Bund  Business  Fuehrer. 

The  precinct  treasury  books  must  be  audited  quarterly  by  an  audit  com- 
mittee consisting  of  respected,  competent,  discreet  members  or  executives  of 
the  precinct  appointed  by  the  precinct  leader.  Statements  concerning  the 
financial  status  or  the  numerical  strength  or  weakness  of  the  precinct  must 
not  be  made  in  a  membership  meeting  nor  given  out  publicly.  No  member- 
ship meeting  is  an  absolutely  "closed"  meeting  from  which  nothing  might 
leak  out,  and  the  strength  or  weakness  of  the  movement  or  of  a  section 
is  not  a  public  matter.  This  applies  also  to  the  membership  count.  There 
is  no  law  that  requires  the  officers  of  an  unincorporated,  voluntary  organi- 
zation to  publish  these  matters. 

The  treasury  audit  is  made  in  order  that  the  examiners  may  be  able  to 
testify  to  the  membership  that  the  financial  administration  of  the  precinct 
is  honest. 

The  precinct  treasury  administration  must  be  ready  at  all  times  to  submit 
to  an  examination  by  any  representative  of  the  Bund  Treasurer,  or  area 
treasury  leader. 

A  rejection  of  the  evidence  is  permitted  after  an  orderly  examination 
with  the  exiH'ess  authorization  of  the  precinct  leader.  Current  Bund  orders 
must  be  observed.  The  square  treasury  executives  of  the  precinct  are 
departmentally  subordinate  to  the  precinct  treasury  leader.  He  issues  pre- 
cinct treasury  orders  with  the  countersignature  of  the  precinct  leader.  These 
orders  pass  through  the  square  leader. 

The   duties,    rights   and   responsibilities   of   the   column   treasury   leader 
correspond   in   the   colunm   to    those   of   the   precinct   treasury   leader.      In 
columns   when    there   are    no    squares    the   duties   of    the   square    treasury 
leader  fall  upon  the  treasury  leader. 
8.  The  Square  Treasury  Chief:  The  square  treasury  chief  is  disciplinarily  subor- 
dinate to  the  square  leader  and  is  appointed  and  rem<jved  by  him  with  the 
approvel  of  the  precinct  or  column  leader.     Departmentally  he  is  subordinate 
to  the  precinct  or  column  treasury  leader. 

He  executes  the  departmental  orders  of  the  precinct  or  column  leader  in 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  square  and  supervises  and  promotes  the  activities  of 
the  block  watch  in  these  matters. 

Where  large  squares  conduct  their  own  member  assemblies  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  precinct  or  column  leader  he  collects  dues  in  accordance  with 
the  list  furnished  him  by  the  precinct  treasury  leader  and  transfers  them  to 
the  precinct  treasury  leader.  The  distribution  of  collection  lists  among  the 
block  leaders  is  his  duty.  The  block  leaders  deliver  collected  dues  with  his 
counter-signature  to  the  precinct  or  column  treasury  leader.  The  same  pro- 
cedure is  followed  in  contributions,  advance-sales  cards,  lottery  books,  etc. 


1568  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

chestras)  etc.,  after  consultation  and  agreement  with  the  office  of  technique, 
the  affected  departmental  executives,  or  branch  fuehrers  (men  and  women) 
and  with  the  Bund  Treasurer.     Commissions    (procurement)    of  the  Bund 
administration  are  executed  by  the  Bund  Business  Fuehrer  with  the  ap 
proval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer. 
10a.  No  Bund   executive   issues   any   orders   which   might   affect    or   alter   the 
organizational  structure  of  the  movement  or  its  branches  in  the  slightest 
without   the    concurrence   and    endorsement    of    the    Bund    Organization 
Leader. 

Subordinate  departmental  and  branch  officers  issue  no  orders  that  would 
indicate  or  effect  any  alteration  in  the  organizational  structure,  except  in 
connection  with  the  determination  or  alteration  of  the  designation  and  the 
boundaries  of  squares  and  blocks   (see  part  II   (Two)   9,  p.  13,  as  weU  as 
part  II,  10,  p.  14.) 
10b.  Training  and  education  are  promoted  with  the  help  of  the  Bund  Educa- 
tional Leader  and  other  Bund  executives  according  to  their  respective 
departmental  duties.     The  Bund  Educational  Leader  selects  the  faculty ; 
he  Bund  executives  determine  the  content  of  the  courses.    Arrangements 
for  appointment  of  the  faculty,  for  class-rooms,  for  schedules,  and  for 
he  acquisition  of  the  necessary   materials — all  fall  within   the  doui'^in 
of  the  Organization  Leader  after  the  financial  plans  have  been  worked 
out  with  the  Treasurer. 

Where  there  is  no  business  fuehrer  the  organization  leader  executes  com- 
missions (procurement)  also.     The  approval  of  a  sovereign  is  required. 
10c.  The  management  of  the  Bund  archives  except  in  the  matter  of  securities, 
etc.,  which  are  preserved  by  the  Bund  Business  Fuehrer  or  the  Bund 
■  Fuehrer  himself,  falls  within  the  domain  of  the  statistical  office  of  the 
Bund  organization  management.     The  various  departmental  and  branch 
officers  deliver  to  this  office  their  "Kartei"  cards  (personal),  lists,  pictures, 
news  clippings,  maps,  etc. 
lOd.  The  execution  of  plans  for  the  practical  conduct  of  the  programs  of  the  Bund 
Propaganda  Leader,  Bund  Educational  Leader,  and  other  Bund  executives, 
within  the  limits  of  financial  possibilities  as  fixed  by  the  Bund  Treasurer 
in  full  conformity  with  the  demands  upon  the  Bund  Budget  Leader  (com- 
mercial Leader)    (DKV)  falls  within  the  domain  of  the  technical  oflSce  of 
the  Bund  organization  management. 
lOe.  The  cooperation  of  OD  units,  the  employment  service,  the  medical  service 
(sanitation).  Women's,  Youth's,  song,  gymnastic,  and  musical  groups,  etc., 
or  the  employment  of  outside  talent,  as  may  be  necessary,  is  affected  with 
the  help  of  the  office  of  commissions  (procurement).    The  performance  of 
the  necessary  duties  is  delegated  to  the  branch  fviehrer  (man  or  woman) 
or,  in  the  case  of  outside  talent,   as  prescribed   in   the  foregoing  under 
"Commissions"  (Procurement). 
lOf.  The  associates  of  the  Bund  Organization  Leader  appoint  and  remove  their 

assistants  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Organization  Leader. 
lOg.  The  associates  or  assistants  issue  no  order^s  of  their  own.    The  departmental 
orders  of   the   Bund    Organization   Leader,   countersigned    by    the   Bund 
Fuehrer  are  binding  upon  all  sovereigns  and  organization  oflScers  as  issued, 
down  to  the  block. 
lOh.  The  area  organization  leaders  are  directly  subordinate  to  the  Bund  Organi- 
zation Leader  departmentally,  belong  to  his  council,  and  must  aid  him  in 
his  official  relations  with  subordinate  officers  to  the  extent  of  their  ability. 
Of  all  of  his  directions  to  them,  the  qualified  area  leader  receives  a  copy. 
lOi.  The  Bund  Organization  Leader  submits  a  comprehensive  report  monthly  to 
the  Bund  Fuehrer.    It  is  his  special  duty  to  maintain  the  frictionless,  com- 
petent, and  "comradely"  cooperation  of  all  executives  and  members,  to 
correct  even  the  most  minute  mistakes  immediately  upon  notice,  in  order 
that  they  may  not  become  habitual  and  be  accepted  complacently  as  neces- 
sary evils,  to  prevent  "over-organization,"  but  also  to  be  alert  lest,  as  a 
result  of  complacency,  organization  break  down,  and  to  inspire  the  develop- 
ment of  constantly  new  and  wider  activities  of  American-German  life. 
(See  also  the  regulations  for  branches.)      (Service.) 
11.  The  Area  Organization  Leader :  The  area  organization  leader  is  disciplinarily 
subordinate  to  the  area  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with 
the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrei'.     Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to 
the  Bund  Organization  Leader. 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1569 

As  necessity  requires  he  sets  up  offices  in  the  area  administration  that 
correspond  to  those  of  the  Bund  organization  administration.  He  appoints 
and  removes  his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  area  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  Bund  organization  orders 
in  the  area  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  reports  by  subordinate  officers 
concerning  planned  new  accessions,  purchases,  education,  etc.,  as  well  as  in 
their  suggestions  concerning  organizational  extensions,  to  the  area  leader 
and  Bund  Organization  Leader. 

He  issues  area  organization  orders  with  the  approval  of  his  area  leader, 
of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  Bund  Organization  Leader. 
The  regional  organization  leaders  are  directly  subordinate  to  him  depart- 
mentally.     Of  his  instructions  to  subordinate  officers  the  appropriate  qualified 
sovereign  receives  a  copy. 

His  other  duties  constitute  the  instruction  of  organization  leaders  of  newly 
established  columns  in  their  duties  and  the  training  of  organization  assistants 
of  subordinate  sovereign  jurisdictions  as  substitutes  in  area  and  Bund  offices. 
He  is  in  full  charge  of  the  departmental  development  of  the  movement  in 
the  area.  He  must  acquaint  himself  in  detail  concerning  the  possibilities 
of  dividing  over-developed  (over-numerous)  districts  or  precincts.  The 
determination  or  alteration  of  the  designation  of  districts  and  precincts  is 
made  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer  by  the  Bund 
Organization  Leader;  the  possible  division  of  districts  or  precincts  is  made 
in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  area  leader  by  the  area  organization 
leader  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer;  the  determination  or  the 
alteration  of  the  boundaries  of  the  districts  or  precincts  is  made  in  accord- 
ance with  the  instructions  of  the  area  leader  by  the  area  organization  leader. 
In  the  last  two  cases  the  Bund  Organization  Leader  is  to  be  notified  imme- 
diately. 

Where  an  area  administration  has  no  business  fuehrer  a  considerable  part 
of  the  duties  assigned  to  him  is  turned  over  to  the  area  organization  leader. 
See  Part  III,  9,  pp.  21  and  22. 

12.  The  Regional  Organization  Leader: 

The  regional  organization  leader  is  disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  re- 
gional leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the 
area  leader.  Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  area  organization 
leader. 

As  occasion  demands  he  establishes  regional  organization  offices  which 
correspond  to  those  of  the  Bund  organization  administration.  He  appoints 
and  removes  his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  regional  leader.  He 
supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  Bund  and  area  organization  orders 
in  the  region  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  of  subordinate  officers 
concerning  planned  new  accessions,  purchases,  education,  etc.,  to  the  regional 
and  area  organization  leader. 

He  issues  regional  organization  orders  with  the  countersignature  of  the 
regional  leader,  or  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  area  organization  leader. 

The  State  organization  leaders  of  the  region  are  directly  subordinate  to 
him  departmentally.  Of  his  orders  to  subordinate  organization  officers  the 
appropriate  qualified  State,  district  and  precinct  or  column  leader  receives 
a  copy. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  report  currently  to  superiors  and  subordinates 
concerning  the  political,  commercial,  industrial  and  agricultural  matters  in 
his  region  which  require  consideration  in  connection  with  organizational 
measures,  and  the  training  of  officers.     See  also  Part  III,  9,  pp.  21  and  22. 

13.  The  State  Organization  Leader:  The  State  organization  leader  is  disciplina- 

rily subordlntite  to  the  State  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him 

with   tlie  approval   of  the  area  leader.     The   regional   leader  is   notified. 

Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  regional  organization  leader. 

As  occasion  requires  lie  establishes  State  organization  offices  which  corre- 
spond to  those  of  the  Bund  organization  administration.  He  appoints  and 
remoA-es  his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  State  leader.  He  supervises 
and  promotes  the  execution  of  the  orders  of  superior  organization  officers  in 
the  State  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  of  the  districts  and 

279895—41 — pt.  4 9 


1570  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

precincts  in  matters  affecting  newly  planned  accessions,  purchases,  education, 
etc.,  to  liis  State  leader,  regional  organization  leader  and  area  organization 

leader.  _       .       ^  «  ^x.     c<^  ^ 

He  issues  State  organization  orders  with  the  countersignature  of  the  State 
leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  regional  organization  leader. 

The  district  organization  leaders  of  the  State  are  directly  subordinate  to 
him  departmeutally.  Of  his  district  organization  orders  the  district  and 
precinct  or  column  leaders  of  the  State  receive  a  copy  as  do  also  the  qualified 
organization  officers. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  familiarize  himself  with  all  the  legal  aspects  of 
the  organizational  structure  of  the  movement  in  the  State,  and  to  become 
familiar  with  all  the  organized  political  party  affairs  of  the  State,  and  to 
report  upon  all  these  matters  to  superiors  and  subordinates.  (See  also  Part 
III,  9,  pp.  21  and  22). 
14.  The  District  Organization  Leader:  The  district  organization  leader  is  disci- 

plinarily  subordinate  to  the  district  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed 

by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader.     The  State  leader  is  informed. 

Departmeutally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  State  organization  leader. 

As  necessity  requires  he  establishes  district  organization  offices  that  corre- 
spond to  those  of  the  Bund  organization  administration.  He  appoints  and 
removes  his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  district  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  the  organization  orders  of 
superior  officers  in  the  district  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  of 
precincts  or  columns  in  matters  affecting  newly  planned  accessions,  pur- 
chases, education,  etc.,  to  his  district  leader.  State  organization  leader  and 
area  organization  leader. 

He  issues  district  organization  orders  with  the  countersignature  of  the 
district  leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the   State  organization  leader. 

The  precinct  or  column  organization  leaders  are  directly  subordinate  to  him 
departmeutally.  Of  the  organization  orders  directed  to  them  the  precinct  or 
column  leaders  receive  copies. 

The  district  organization  leader  must  hold  regular  departmental  confer- 
ences with  his  precinct  or  column  organization  leaders,  and  not  rely  merely 
upon  written  correspondence.  He  is  especially  the  liaison  officer  between  the 
area  organization  leader  and  the  organization  leaders  of  newly  organized 
columns,  who  should  be  accorded  help ;  he  is  in  addition  that  officer  to  whom 
the  training  of  competent  organization  executives  recommended  for  promo- 
tions is  entrusted. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  study  the  arrangements  of  the  organized  political 
parties  of  the  "counties"  in  his  provinces  and  to  report  concerning  these 
matters  to  superior  and  subordinate  officers  and  to  conduct  the  educational 
meetings  for  the  training  of  all  executives,  associates,  assistants,  and  OD  men 
of  the  district  regularlv  and  according  to  instructions. 

See  also  Part  III,  9,  pp.  21  and  22  and  also  "Official  Administration" 
following. 

15.  The  Precinct  or  Column  Organization  Leader : 

The  precinct  organization  leader  is  disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  pre- 
cinct leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the 
area  leader.  The  district  leader  is  notified.  Departmeutally  he  is  subordi- 
nate to  the  district  organization  leader. 

As  occasion  requires  he  establishes  organization  offices  to  correspond  to 
those  of  the  Bund  organization  administration.  When  necessary,  he  must 
I)erform  the  precinct  organization  duties  himself.  He  appoints  and  removes 
his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  precinct  leaders. 

He  executes  the  organization  orders  of  superior  officers  in  the  precinct  and 
promotes  their  execution  in  the  squares  and  blocks. 

He  submits  current  detailed  reports  concerning  newly  planned  accessions, 
purchases,  education,  executive  and  OD  educational  meetings,  and  the  organi- 
zational status  in  the  precinct,  squares  and  blocks  to  his  precinct  leader  as 
well  also  to  his  district,  area  and  Bund  organization  leaders.  He  must  keep 
these  officers  informed  concerning  the  possibility  and  the  advisability  of  the 
division  of  the  precincts  or  squares,  or  the  establishment  of  new  columns. 

He  submits  on  or  before  the  10th  of  each  month  with  the  countersignature 
of  the  precinct  leader  a  short,  formal,  but  comprehensive  report  to  the  Bund 
Organization  Leader. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1571 

He  conducts  regulai*  departmental  conferences  with  the  leaders  of  all  the 
organization  offices  of  the  precinct,  their  squares  and  branches.  These  are 
departmentally  subordinate  to  him. 

The  principal  duty  of  the  organization  leader  is  tlie  equitable  division  of 
the  work  load  and  the  calm,  frictionless  functioning  of  the  entire  administra- 
tive apparatus  of  the  precinct. 

Where  there  are  no  business  fuehrers  in  the  precinct  the  organization 
leader  takes  over  the  important  work  of  business  administration.  The  busi- 
ness administrator  is  authorized  and  required  to  maintain  a  detailed  account 
of  all  the  property  of  the  movement,  including  that  of  the  branches,  subordi- 
nate organizations,  and  affiliated  societies. 

The  precinct  organization  leader  issues  departmental  orders  countersigned 
by  the  precinct  leader  which  pass  through  the  square  leaders  to  the  squai'es 
and  blocks. 

See  also  Part  III  Paragraph  9,  pp  21  and  22  and  also  "Official  Administra- 
tion" and  "Basic  instructions  for  Precinct  and  Column  Administration."  The 
duties,  rights,  and  responsibilities  of  the  column  organization  leader  corre- 
spond in  the  column  to  those  of  the  precinct  organization  leader.  In  columns 
in  which  there  are  no  squares  the  obligations  of  the  square  organization 
executives  fall  upon  the  column  organization  leader. 

16.  The  Square  Organization  Executive :  The  square  organization  executive  is 

disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  square  leader  and  is  appointed  and  re- 
moved by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  precinct  or  column  leader.  Depart- 
mentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  precinct  or  column  organization  leader. 
He  executes  the  orders  of  the  precinct  or  column  organization  leader  in  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  square  and  supervises  and  promotes  the  work  of  the 
block  watch  in  these  matters. 

For  the  jurisdiction  of  the  square  the  duties  of  the  business  fuehrer  or 
secretary  fuehrer  fall  upon  the  square  organization  executives,  the  news 
service  leader  and  the  commercial  leader.  The  official  instructions  affecting 
the  precinct  and  column  leaders  in  these  matters  pass  through  the  precinct  or 
column  organization  leaders  and  the  square  leader  to  the  square  organization 
executives.  He  (the  Square  Organization  Chief)  submits  a  comprehensive 
report  at  the  end  of  each  month  to  his  square  leader  and  to  the  precinct  or 
column  organization  leader. 

Square  organization  executives  do  not  keep  personnel  lists  or  cards ;  the 
necessary  information  is  to  be  secured  in  each  case  from  the  precinct  or 
column  secretary  fuehrer  and  to  be  preserved  so  that  it  may  not  be  betrayed 
or  stolen.  Information  for  the  block  leader  must  be  only  that  which  affects 
a  specific  block. 

Directions  for  the  blocks  are  to  be  communicated  orally  at  the  block  leader 
meetings  of  the  square  leader ;  written  official  communications  must  be  re- 
duced to  a  minimiun  in  the  square  and  excluded  entirely  between  squares 
and  blocks. 
16a.  The  block  watch  executes  in  his  house  groups  the  orders  communicated  to 
him  by  the  square  organization  executive  through  his  block  leader. 

17.  The  Bund  Propaganda  Leader:  The  status  of  the  propaganda  aspect  of  the 

movement,  as  it  appears  to  the  public,  including  its  branches,  subordinate 
organizations,  and  affiliated  societies,  the  content  and  the  architectural 
setting  of  all  demonstrations  and  meetings,  assemblies,  and  celebrations, 
the  administration  of  all  cultural  activities,  and  guarantee  of  a  unified, 
philosophical,  national  socialistic  permeation  and  arrangement  of  all  the 
manifestations  (appearances)  of  the  Fuehrer  and  members  of  the  move- 
ment comprise  the  duties  and  responsibilities  within  the  domain  of  the 
Bund  Propaganda  Leader. 

The  Bund  Propaganda  Leader  is  appointed  and  removed  by  the  Bund 
Fuehrer.  He  appoints  and  removes,  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuehrer, 
associates  for:  Publicity  (Advertising),  Sketches,  plans,  designs,  for  notices, 
bulletins,  placards,  etc. ;  press  and  radio  announcements,  motion  picture 
notices,  propaganda  correspondence.  Speakers:  (Preparation  of  matter  for 
the  public-speaking  courses  of  the  organization  leader.  Communication 
with  the  organization  administration  concerning  the  selection  and  appoint- 
ments of  speakers). 

Art :  Architecture  plans,  designs,  stage  and  auditorium  decorations,  etc. 
supervision  of  the  decoration  of  all  offices  and  homes. 


1572  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

Stage:  (Supervision  of  rehearsals  and  performances  of  all  stage  presenta- 
tions, public  speaking,  song  festivals,  etc.,  (including  (services)  branches), 
arrangements  for  motion  picture  presentations). 

Music :  Arrangements  for  musicales.  Supervision  of  the  musical  offerings 
of  all  (services)  branche.*,  and  of  nuis'.cal  education.  Cooperation  with 
organization  administration  for  the  selection  and  engagement  of  bands, 
orchestras,  shows,  magicians,  singers,  etc. 

Publications:  (Book  Store)  Arrangements  for  literary  i-eadings,  regula- 
tions, for  the  management  and  preparation  of  reviews  of  books,  magazines  and 
tracts. 

Philosophic  Supervision :  Cooperation  with  all  other  departmental  officers 
and  branch  administrations,  especially  with  the  offices  for  publicity,  educa- 
tion, politics,  and  economics,  in  order  to  preserve  the  absolutely  unified  intel- 
lectual (spiritual)  arrangements  of  all  parts 

Engagements  (procurement)  :  Cooperation  with  organization,  treasury 
and  business  administrations  concerning  the  engagement  of  talent,  speakers, 
and  other  similar  and  technical  needs. 

The  Propaganda  Leader  prepares  the  monthly  program,  arranges  for  meet- 
ings and  designates  the  architectural  (auditorium  decoi-ation)   and  content 
(festival,  speakers,  music,  etc.)  character  of  the  meeting,  with  the  approval 
of  the  sovereigns.     The  technical  execution  of  these  plans  is  delegated  to  the 
Organization   and   Business   Fuehrers,   after   agreement   with    the   treasury 
as  to  finances  and  with  the  cooperation  of  the  branches.      (Services). 
17a.  The  Bund  Propaganda  Leader  submits  a  monthly  report  to  the  Bund  Fuehrer. 
He  issues  departmental  orders  countersigned  by  the  Bund  Fuehrer  which 
•    are  binding  as  issued  upon  all  sovereigns  and  propaganda  offices  down  to 
the  block.     His  departmental   (functional)   in.structions  are  to  be  carried 
out  in  the  subordinate  offices  in  accordance  with  the  conditions  prevailing 
in  the  particular  locality. 
I7b.  The  associates  and  assistants  of  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader  issue  no 
orders  of  their  own.     Associates  appoint  their  assistants  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader.     They  are  removed  under  the 
same  conditions. 
17c.  The  area  propaganda  leaders  are  directly  subordinate  to  the  Bund  Propa- 
ganda Leader  departmentally,  belong  to  his  council,  and  must  aid  him  in 
his  official  relations  with  subordinate  officers.     Of  all  of  his  regulations 
to  them,  the  qualified  area  leader  receives  a  copy. 

See  also  especially  "Regulations  for  Meetings"  and  "Arrangements  for 
Festivals"  in  the  basic  instructions  for  precincts  and  administrations  and 
Bund  orders. 

18.  The  Area  Propaganda  leader  is  disciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  area  leader 

and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund 
Fuehrer.  Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  Bund  Propaganda 
Leader. 

As  required,  he  organizes  area  propaganda  offices  corresponding  to  those 
of  the  Bund  propaganda  administration.  He  appoints  and  removes  his 
associates  with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  the  Bund  propaganda  orders 
in  the  area  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  reports  by  subordinate  officers 
and  their  recommendations  to  the  area  leader  and  the  Bund  Propaganda 
Leader. 

He  issues  area  propaganda  orders,  with  the  counter-signature  of  the 
area  leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader. 

The  regional  propaganda  leaders  of  the  area  are  directly  subordinate  to 
him  departmentally. 

Of  his  regulations  directed  to  subordinate  officers  the  appropriate  qualified 
sovereign  receives  a  copy. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  supervise  the  official  instruction  of  the  propaganda 
leaders  of  newly  organized  colunms  and  to  train  the  propaganda  associates 
of  subordinate  sovereign  jurisdictions  as  subtitutes  for  area  and  Bund 
offices. 

19.  The  Regional  Propaganda  Leader :  The  regional  propaganda  leader  is  dis- 

ciplinarily subordinate  to  the  regional  leader  and  is  appointed  and 
removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader.  Departmentally 
he  is  subordinate  to  the  area  propaganda  leader. 


I 


APPENDIX- — PART    IV  1573 

As  occasion  requires  he  organizes  regional  offices  corresponding  to  those 
of  the  Bund  propaganda  administration.  He  appoints  and  removes  his  as- 
sociates with  the  approval  of  the  regional  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  Bund  and  area  propaganda 
orders  in  the  region  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  and  recom- 
mendations of  subordinate  officers  to  the  regional  leader  and  area  propa- 
ganda leader. 

He  issues  regional  propaganda  orders  vpith  the  counter-signature  of  the 
regional  leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  area  propaganda  leader. 

The  State  propaganda  leaders  of  the  region  are  directly  subordinate  to 
him  departmentally.  Of  his  orders  to  subordinate  propaganda  officers  a 
copy  is  sent  to  the  qualified  sovereign. 

It  is  his  special  duty,  to  advise  both  superior  and  subordinate  officers  con- 
cerning those  national,  commercial,  political,  industrial,  and  agricultural 
characteristics  of  his  territory  which  should  be  given  propagandic  consid- 
eration. 

20.  The  State  Propaganda  Leader:  The  State  propaganda  leader  is  subordinate 

disciplinarily  to  the  State  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  him  with 
the  approval  of  the  area  leader.  The  regional  leader  is  notified.  Depart- 
mentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  regional  propaganda  leader. 
As  occasion  requires  he  organizes  State  propaganda  offices  corresponding 
to  those  of  the  Bund  propaganda  administration.  He  appoints  and  removes 
his  associates  with  the  approval  of  his  State  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  the  orders  of  superior  propa- 
ganda officer.-^  in  the  State  and  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  of 
subordinate  officers  to  his  State  leader  and  to  the  regional  and  area  propa- 
ganda leader. 

He  issiaes  State  propaganda  orders  with  the  counter-signature  of  the  State 
leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  regional  propaganda  leader. 

The  district  propaganda  leaders  of  the  State  are  directly  subordinate  to 
him  departmentall.v.  Of  his  propaganda  orders  to  subordinate  officers  a  copy 
is  sent  to  the  qualified  sovereign. 

It  is  his  special  duty  to  inform  the  superior  and  subordinate  propaganda 
officers  concerning  the  particular  legal  and  political  party  matters  which 
should  be  given  consideration  in  the  propaganda  activities  of  his  State. 

21.  The  District  Propaganda  Leader :  The  district  propaganda  leader  is  disci- 

plinarily subordinate  to  the  district  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed 

by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader.     The  State  leader  is  notified. 

Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  State  propaganda  leader. 

As  occasion  requires  he  organizes  district  propaganda  offices  corresponding 
to  those  of  the  Bund  propaganda  office.  He  appoints  and  removes  his  asso- 
ciates with  the  approval  of  the  district  leader. 

He  supervises  and  promotes  the  execution  of  the  orders  of  superior  officers 
in  the  district  and  he  aids  in  the  preparation  of  the  reports  of  the  precinct 
and  colunni  propaganda  officers  of  the  district  to  his  district  leader,  the 
State  and  area  propaganda  leaders. 

He  issues  district  propaganda  orders  with  the  counter-signature  of  the 
district  leader,  of  which  a  copy  is  sent  to  the  State  propaganda  leader. 

The  precinct  or  column  propaganda  officers  of  the  province  are  directly 
subordinate  to  him  departmentally.  Of  his  propaganda  orders  issued  to  them, 
qualified  precinct  and  column  leaders  receive  copies. 

The  district  propaganda  leader  must  hold  regular  conferences  with  his 
precinct  or  column  propaganda  officers  and  not  rely  merely  on  written  cor- 
respondence. He  is  especially  the  liaison  officer  between  the  area  propa- 
ganda leader  and  the  propaganda  leaders  of  newly  organized  columns,  who 
should  be  given  special  help;  he  is  in  addition  that  officer  obliged  to 
develop  competent  propaganda  officers  recommended  for  promotion. 

Among  his  principal  duties  'are:  (1)  the  supervision  of  legal  and  political 
party  matters  that  may  require  consideration  in  connection  with  propa- 
ganda in  the  district;  and  (2)  cooperation  in  the  arrangements  for  educa- 
tional evenings  within  his  jurisdiction. 

22.  The  precinct   or   Column   Propaganda   Leaders ;    The  precinct   propaganda 

leader  is  di.'Jciplinarily  subordinate  to  the  precinct  leader  and  is  appointed 
and  removed  by  him  with  the  approval  of  the  area  leader.     The  district 


1574  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

leader  is  uotifiecl.  Departnientally  he  is  subordinate  to  the  district 
propaganda  leader. 

As  occasion  requires  he  organizes  precinct  propaganda  oflBces  correspond- 
ing to  those  of  tlie  Bund  propaganda  office.  If  necessary  he  must  perform 
the  duties  of  precinct  propaganda  himself.  He  appoints  and  removes  his 
associates  with  tlie  approval  of  his  precinct  leader. 

He  executes  the  propaganda  orders  of  superior  officers  in  the  precinct 
and  he  supervises  and  promotes  their  execution  in  the  squares  and  bloclis. 

He  submits  constant  detailed  reports  concerning  tlie  propaganda  status 
in  the  precinct  and  in  its  squares  and  blocks  to  his  precinct  leader  as  well 
as  to  the  district,  area  and  Bund  propaganda  leaders. 

Before  the  10th  of  each  month  he  sends  a  short,  business-like  but  com- 
prehensive report  to  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader  with  the  countersigna- 
ture of  the  precinct  leader. 

He  conducts  regular  departmental  conferences  with  the  leaders  of  the 
propaganda  offices  of  the  precinct,  squares,  branches,  all  of  whom  are 
departmentally  his  subordinates. 

He  issues  departmental  orders,  with  the  countersignature  of  the  precinct 
leader,  to  the  square  leaders,  who  execute  them  through  their  square 
propaganda  leaders  and  block  leaders. 

For  information  concerning  the  monthly  program,  arrangements  for 
meetings,  etc.,  see  "Bund  Propaganda  Leader"  and  consult  "Basic  instruc- 
tions for  Administration  of  Precincts  under  Assemhly  Regulations  and 
Festivals.'" 

The  special  duty  of  the  precinct  propaganda  leader  is  unrelenting  explana- 
tory propaganda  and,  with  the  help  of  branches  (Services)  and  squares 
and  blocks,  the  propag'andizing  of  new  adherents  and  the  winning  of  the 
friendly  approval  of  non-member  organizations. 

The  duties,  rights  and  responsibilities  of  the  column  propaganda  leader 
correspond  in  the  column  to  those  of  the  precinct  propaganda  leader.  In 
columns  in  which  there  are  no  squares  the  obligations  of  the  square  prop- 
aganda chief  fall,  upon  the  column  propaganda  leader. 

23.  The  Square  Propaganda   Chief:   The  square  propaganda  chief  is  discipli- 

narily  subordinate  to  the  square  leader  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by 
the  precinct  or  column  leader.  Departmentally  he  is  subordinate  to  the 
precinct  or  column  propaganda  leader. 

He  executes  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  square  the  precinct  or  column 
propaganda  orders  received  through  his  square  leader  and  sixpervises  and 
promotes  their  execution  throiigh  the  block  watch. 

Within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  square  the  duties  of  a  publicity  leader,  edu- 
cational leader  and  political  leader  also  fall  upon  the  square  propaganda 
leader.  Orders  of  the  precinct  or  column  departmental  chief  affecting  these 
matters  reach  him  through  the  precinct  or  column  propaganda  leader  and 
the  square  leader. 

At  the  end  of  each  month  he  submits  a  comprehensive  report  to  his  square 
leader  and  to  the  precinct  or  colvunn  propaganda  leader. 

Square  propaganda  chiefs  keep  no  personnel  lists  or  cards;  the  necessary 
infoi-mation  they  secure  in  each  case  from  the  piTcinct  or  column  secretary 
and  must  so  preserve  it  that  it  may  not  be  betrayed  or  stolen.  Only  such 
information  as  affects  the  respective  block  and  as  may  be  necessary  is  given 
to  the  block  leaders. 

Regulations  affecting  the  blocks  are  to  be  transmitted  orally  during  the 
block  leader  conferences  of  the  square  leader ;  official   communications  in 
writing  must  be  kept  at  a  minimum  in  the  square  and  are  prohibited  abso- 
lutely between  square  and  l)lock. 
23a.  The  block  watch  executes  the  orders  of  the  square  propaganda  chief  trans- 
mitted to  him  through  his  block  leader.     See  "Block  Watch"  following. 

24.  The  Bund  Intelligence  Leader:  The  acquisition  of  information  of  all  sorts 

for  the  use  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer  and  the  Bund  management  from  officials, 
public  libraries,  press  and  radio,  concerning  the  laws,  political,  economic, 
and  cultural  matters,  concerning  firms,  individuals  and  the  members  of  the 
movement,  as  well  as  the  preparation  of  a  monthly  news  report  for  the 
general  information  of  the  precincts  comprise  the  duties  and  constitute  the 
domain  of  the  Bund  Intelligence  Leader. 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1575 

Statistics  and  other  data,  newspapers  and  newspaper  clippings,  pictures, 
cartoons,  and  criticisms  collected  by  the  intelligence  administration  of  sub- 
ordinate sovereign  jurisdictions,  etc. — all  find  their  way  to  him  and  are  filled 
in  the  statistical  otfice  of  the  Bund  organization  administration  in  the  Bund 
archives  or  submitted  directly  to  the  appropriate  qualified  Bund  depart- 
ment chief. 

The  Bund  News  Letter  is  prepared  by  the  Bund  Intelligence  Leader  from 
current  information  and  in  cooperation  with  the  various  Bund  offices.     In 
this  "Letter"  issues  affecting  the  entire  movement  most  essential  to  the  pre- 
cincts are  to  be  written  up  in  such  a  manner  that  the  separate  items  may 
be  utilized  as  short   presentations   in  the  public  speaking  classes  and   as 
exercises  in  the  educational  classes. 
24a.  The  Bund  Intelligence  leader  is  a  Bund  executive.     He  is  appointed  and 
removed   by    the    Bund    Fuhrer.      He    appoints  his    associates    with    the 
approval  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer.     His  associates  appoint  and  remove  their 
assistants  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Intelligence  Leader.     He  issues 
Bimd  Intelligence  orders  witli  the  countersignature  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer 
binding  as  issued  upon  all  sovereigns  and  intelligence  officers  down  to 
the  block. 

Departmeutally  subordinate  to  him,  are  the  area  intelligence  leaders,  who 
are  members  of  his  council,  and  who  assist  him  in  the  area. 
24b.  The  area,  regional,  State,  district  and  precinct  or  column  intelligence 
leaders  organize  as  needed  offices  that  correspond  to  those  of  the  Bund 
intelligence  office.  Their  official  domain  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Bund 
Intelligence  Leader  except  that  they  do  not  prepare  a  news  letter  l)ut 
rather  endeavor  to  provide  for  its  distribution  among  the  tnost  earnest, 
discreet,  and  reliaWe  officers  and  m.emt)ers. 

They  are  appointed  and   removed,   issue  their   orders,   and   appoint   and 
remove  their  associates  under  the  same  conditions  as  in  the  case  of  other 
departmental  chiefs  of  the  several  sovereign  jurisdictions,  and  as  described 
in  the  foregoing. 
24c.  Investigators  of  the  precincts  and  columns,  for  the  investigation   of  the 
personal  declarations  of  applicants  for  membership  should  be  the  pre- 
cinct   or   column    intelligence    leaders,    the    appropriate   qualified    square 
organization  chief,  and  the  qualified  block  leader. 
24d.  In  those  sovereign  jurisdictions  in  which  there  is  no  intelligence  leader, 

these  duties  fall  upon  the  organization  leader. 
25.  The  Bund  Commercial   ( budget )   Leader :  The  imion  of  the  Germanic  busi- 
ness world  and  its  philosophical  development,  the  uniting  of  the  American- 
German  merchant  class  with  that  business  world  and  the  supervision  of 
the  procurement  and  economic  policies  of  the  movement  in  all  its  sections 
and  sei'vices  and  among  all  its  members,  as  well  as  the  development  of 
commercial  relations  between  the  United  States  and  Germany,  and  opposi- 
tion  to   the   boycott,   comprise   the  activities   and   constitute   the  domain 
and  the  responsibilities  of  the  Bund  Commercial  (Budget)  Leader. 
It  must  be  his  constant  effort  to  devise  an  economically,  self-sustaining 
and  self-subsisting  Bund  of  the  American-German  people  through  which  the 
beginner  of  Germanic  origin  in  any  business  is  supported  until  there  is 
developed  not  only  a  society  of  merchants  and  little  tradesmen  of  German 
origin   and  kin,   but  in   addition   a   society   of  wholesalers,   factors,   manu- 
facturers  (fabricators)   and  importers  "(Importeurs)"  of  German  origin  or 
kin  until  the  entire  Germanism  of  the  nation  is  established  in  its  own  or 
affiliated  activity  and  has  become  invulnerable  to  economic  i>ersecution. 

For  the  practical  performance  of  this  gigantic  task  there  exists  a  special 
economic  corporation.  See  "Organizational  Structure  of  the  German  Con- 
sumers' League." 

25a.  The  Bund  Commercial  (Budget)  Leader  is  a  Bund  executive.  He  is  ap- 
pointed and  removed  by  the  Bund  Fuhrer.  He  appoints  his  associates 
with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer ;  and  they  appoint  and  remove  their 
assistants  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Commercial  (budget)  Leader. 
He  issues  Bund  Commercial  (budget)  orders  with  the  countersignature 
of  the  Bund  Fuhrer  which  are  binding  as  issued  upon  all  sovereigns  and 
(budget)  commercial  administrations  down  to  the  block.  Departmeutally 
subordinate  to  him,  belonging  to  his  council,  and  assisting  him  in  the  area 
are  the  area  commercial    (budget)    leaders. 


1576  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

25b.  All  oflBcers  of  the  movement  with  their  departmental  assistants  wherever 
possible  are  at  the  disposal  of  the  Commercial  (Budget)  Leader  in  his 
activities  in  their  procurements,  (acquisitions)  and  purchases,  and  in  the 
engagement  of  outside  talent  of  every  kind. 
25c.  The  area,  regional,  State,  district,  and  precinct  or  column  Commercial 
(budget)  leaders  organize  offices  as  needed,  these  offices  corresponding  to 
those  of  the  Bund  Commercial  (bvidget)  administration.  Their  official 
domain  cori-esponds  to  that  of  the  Bund  Commercial  (Budget)  Leader, 
except  that  the  area  Commercial  (budget)  leaders,  are  required  to  provide 
for  the  training  of  substitutes  for  area  and  Bund  commercial  (budget) 
officers  and,  together  with  the  district  commercial  (budget)  leaders,  for 
the  DKV  development  in  new  columns,  while  the  particular  duties  of  the 
regional  commercial  (budget)  leaders  comprise  the  study  of  the  national, 
commercial,  industrial,  and  agricultural  conditions  of  their  regions,  and 
the  State,  district  and  precinct  commercial  (budget)  leaders  must  concern 
themselves  with  the  legal  and  political  party  problems  within  the  domain 
of  Economy;  the  precinct  or  column  commercial  (budget)  leaders  and  the 
square  organization  officers  are  the  promoters  of  the  business  units  in  the 
precincts.  (DKV)  All  are  appointed  and  removed,  issue  their  orders,  and 
appoint  and  remove  their  associates  in  the  same  manner  as  is  provided  for 
all  other  departmental  chiefs  in  the  various  sovereign  jurisdictions. 
25d.  In  those  sovereign  jurisdictions  in  which  there  is  no  commercial   (budget) 

leader  these  duties  fall  upon  the  organization  leader. 
26.  The  Bund  Publicity  Leader :  The  character  of  Bund  publicity,  the  publica- 
tion of  descriptive  and  propaganda  articles,  books,  volumes,  etc.,  as  well  as 
the  establishment  and  supervision  of  newspaper  corporations  and  publica- 
tions of  the  movement  comprise  the  duties  within  the  domain  of  the  Bund 
Publicity  Leader. 

No  subordinate  sovereign  or  Service  administration  is  authorized  to  issue 
any  kind  of  paper  or  news  item,  etc.,  withoiit  the  written  consent  of  the 
Bund  Publicity  Leader  countersigned  by  the  Bund  Fuhrer. 
26a.  He  (the  Publicity  Leader)  is  appointed  and  removed  by  the  Bund  Fuhrer. 
He  appoints  and  removes,  with  the  approval  of  the  Bund  Fuhrer,  asso- 
ciates for : 

German  Journalism:  (Composition  of  German  articles,  the  editing  of  the 
German  section  of  the  newspapers  and  periodicals  of  the  movement,  super- 
vision of  the  German  editing  of  the  periodicals  of  the  Services,  subordinate 
organizations,  and  affiliated  societies;  editing  and  publishing  of  precinct 
reports,  etc.) 

English  .Journalism :  The  same  as  the  foregoing  in  English. 
Advertising. 

Distribution    ( circulation ) . 
Propaganda  and  Administrative   Offices. 
26b.  Purchases  (Procurements),  except  where  made  by  the  publication  corpora- 
tion, are  made  by  the  Bund  organization  and  business  administrations. 
All  Bund  officers  are  at  the  disposal  of  the  Bund  Publicity  Leader.     He 
cooperates  with  all  Bund  Executives  in  order  that  the  publicity  may  cor- 
respond in  every  respect  to  the  work  of  all  other  activities  of  the  move- 
ment. 
26c.  The  associates   of   the  Bund   Publicity   Leader   appoint  and   remove   their 
assistants  with  his  approval. 

He  issues  Bund  publicity  orders,  with  the  countersignature  of  the  Bund 
Fuhrer,  binding  as  issued  upon  all  sovereigns  and  publicity  officers  down 
to  the  block. 

Directly  subordinate  to  him  departmentally,  belonging  to  his  council,  and 
assigned  to  aid  him  in  his  relations  with  subordinate  officers  are  the  area 
publicity  leaders. 
26d.  Area,  regional.  State,  district  and  precinct  or  column  publicity  leaders  or- 
ganize offices (  as  required)  that  correspond  to  those  of  the  Bund  publicity 
administration.     Their  domain  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Bund  Publicity 
Leader  except  that  they  do  not  issue  any  kind  of  publicity  matter  or 
newspapers,  etc.,  other  than  upon  his  order.     It  is  the  special  duty  of 
the  area  publicity  leaders  to  provide  for  the  training  of  substitutes  for 
area  and  Bund  publicity  offices ;  the  district  publicity  leaders  provide  for 
the  development  of  publicity  leaders  for  new  columns  and  for  the  dis- 
tribution of  the   Bund  press    (papers).     The   regional   publicity  leaders 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1577 

make  reports  concerning  the  national,  commercial,  industrial  and  agri- 
cultural characteristics  of  their  regions  and  furnish  the  news  staff  with 
corresponding  data.  The  State,  district  and  precinct  puhlicity  leaders 
report  on  legal  and  political  party  matters.  The  precinct  or  column  pub- 
licity leaders,  with  the  assistance  of  their  associates  and  square  propa- 
ganda executives  solicit  references,  renewals,  advertisements,  stands  (news 
stands?),  etc.  prepare  reports  of  meetings  and  celebrations  for  publication 
and  provide  contacts  for  acquiring  readable  articles  from  non-rnembera. 
They  receive  monthly  instructions  from  the  Bund  publicity  office  concern- 
ing members  and  advertisers. 

They  all  are  appointed  and  removed,  issue  their  orders,  appoint  and  remove 
their  associates  in  the  same  manner  as  is  provided  for  all  the  other  depart- 
mental chiefs  of  the  various  sovereign  jurisdictions. 
26e.  In  those  sovereign  jurisdictions  in  which  there  are  no  publicity  leaders,  all 

these  duties  fall  upon  the  propaganda  leader. 
27.  The  Bund  Educational  Leader :  The  .status  of  the  Bund  educational  system, 
the  development  of  language  schools,  etc.,  for  youth  of  German  origin,  the 
composition  of  the  (reports)   reviews  of  the  different  departmental  execu- 
tives, the  developnient  of  educational  methods  for  the  various  Bund  execu- 
tive, educational  and  speaking  courses,  the  preparation  of  Bund  educational 
letters,  and  the  is.suance  or  regulations  concerning  the  faculty  and  textbooks 
of  language  schools  comprise  the  official  domain  of  the  Bund  Educational 
Leader. 
27a.  The  execution  of  the  plans  for  the  practical  operation  of  the  duties  of  the 
Bund  Educational  leader,  the  arrangement  and  execution  of  the  commis- 
sions  (procurements)   of  the  Bund  Educational  Leader,  the  purchase  or 
lease  of  school  buildings  or  space  and  the  actual  appointment  of  faculties 
in  accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  Bund  Edvicational  Leader  is  all 
accomplished  by  the  Bund  organization  and  Bund  business  administrations. 
27b.  All  educational  methods  and  papers  of  the  Bund  Educational  Leader  are 
prepared  with  a  view  to  their  philosophical  (comprehensive)  arrangement 
in  cooperation  with  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader. 
27c.  The  Bund  Educational  Leader  is  a  Bund  executive  and  is  appointed  and 
removed  by  the  Bund  Fuehi'er.     He  appoints  and  removes,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Bund  Fuehrer,  associates  for : 

Language  Schools  (supervision  of  the  duties  of  the  National  Youth  Educa- 
tional Leader — See  also  Youth  Service  Regulations) 
People's  Schools : 

Language  and  Citizen.ship 
Schools  for  adults 
Speakers  Training: 

(Conducted  by  Organization  Administration) 
Musical  Training : 

(Conducted  by  Organization  Administration) 
Departmental  Executive  and  Fuehrer  Training 
(Conducted  by  Organization  Administration) 
also 

Gymnastics,  Range,  Aviation,  Women's   (Sei*A-ices)   Departments,  etc. 
Faculty,  Methods,  Reviews   (Reports,  References). 

Text  Books:  (In  cooperation  with  the  OD,  Youth  or  Women's  educational 
administration,  with  the  Bund  Propaganda  Leader,  and  with  the  organization 
officers.  Arrangements  and  appointments  through  the  Bund  organization 
and  business  administrations). 

Tlie  aid  of  all  Bund  officers  is  at  the  disposal  of  the  Bund  Educational 
Leader.     He  cooperates  with  all  Bund  executives,  in  order  that  the  educa- 
tional system  may  coincide  in  every  way  possible  with  the  other  activities  of 
the  movement. 
27d.  The  associates  of  the  Bund  Educational  Leader  appoint  and  remove  their 
assistants  with  his  approval. 

He  issues  Bund  educational  orders,  with  the  countersignatiu'e  of  the  Bund 
Fuhrer,  that  are  binding  as  issued  upon  all  sovereigns  and  educational 
officers  down  to  the  block.  Directly  subordinate  to  him  departmentally, 
belonging  to  his  council,  and  assigned  to  assist  him  in  his  relations  with 
subordinate  officers  are  the  area  educational  leaders. 


1578  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

27e.  The  area,  regional,  State,  district,  and  precinct  or  column  educational  leaders 
organize  offices,  as  occasion  demands,  that  correspond  to  those  of  the  Bund 
educational  office.  Their  domain  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Bund  Educa- 
tional Leader,  except  that  they  do  not  prepare  any  reports  (reviews)  other 
than  as  they  may  be  especially  directed  to  do,  and  malvc  no  personal  changes 
in  methods,  or  textbooks,  but  are  obligated  primarily  to  execute  his  orders, 
to  supervise  their  execution  in  the  branches  (services)  and  subordinate 
offices,  and  to  report  to  superiors.  The  area  educational  leaders  are  re- 
quired especially  to  provide  for  the  development  of  substitutes  for  area 
and  Bund  educational  officers;  together  with  the  district  educational 
leaders  they  provide  for  the  development  of  educational  leaders  for  new 
columns  and  for  the  expansion  of  the  Bund  language  and  citizenship  edu- 
cational program.  The  regional  educational  leaders  report  on  national, 
commercial,  industrial  and  agricultural  matters.  The  State,  district,  and 
precinct  or  column  educational  leadei's  are  to  be  concerned  about  legal  and 
political  party  affairs  in  their  jurisdictions ;  the  precinct  or  column  educa- 
tional leaders  have  as  their  principal  duty  the  constant  development  of 
elementary  language  schools  and  singing  societies  and  language  and  citi- 
zenship schools  for  adults. 

All  are  appointed  and  removed,  issue  their  orders,  and  appoint  and  remove 
their  associates  as  provided  for  all  the  other  departmental  leaders  of  the 
different  sovereigns  jurisdictions. 
27f.  In  sovereign  jurisdictions  in  which  there  is  no  educational  leader  these  duties 

fall  upon  the  propaganda  leadei*. 
28.  The  Bund  Political  Leader :  The  political  party  arrangements  of  the  move- 
ment and  the  concepts  of  all  Germanism  for  the  presentation  of  candidates 
and  unanimous  expression  at  the  polls,  as  well  as  the  making  of  contacts 
with  political  party  leaders  and  the  holders  of  public  office  for  the  purpose  of 
promoting  a  national  Aryan-American  public  policy,  constitute  the  duties 
and  comprise  the  domain  of  the  Bund  Political  Leader. 
He  must  educate  Germanism  politically,   indicate  its  duties,   rights  and 
tremendous  possibilities,    teach    it    the  practical   preliminaries    of   political 
party  activities  from  the  ground  up  and  apply  them  for  the  movement,  and 
with  the  constant  particular  object  of  the  Bund  in  view,  to  secure  for,  and 
assume  to,  American  Germanism  an  appropriate  participation  and  vote  (ex- 
pression)  in  the  political  affairs  of  the  nation.     He  must  explain,  with  the 
help  of  the  departmental  officers  of  all  sovereign  jurisdictions  and  through 
the  educational  system  of  the  movement,  the  application  of  the  entire  political 
party  apparatus  of  the  United  States  to  citizenship  rights  and  duties  and  the 
detailed  activities  of  primaries,  the  presentation  of  candidates,  etc.). 

His  special  field  is  the  field  of  national  politics  and  problems  of  citizenship. 
28a.  The  practical  performance  of  his  duties,  the  comprehensive  supervision,  the 
purposeful   ediication,    appointments,    etc..    all   are    as   prescribed    in   the 
foregoing  for  all  other  departmental  chiefs. 
28b.  The  Bund  Political  Leader  is  a  Bund  Executive  and  is  appointed  and  removed 
by  the  Bund  Fuehrer.    He  appoints  and  removes,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Bund   Fuehrer,    associates   for:    Political   Party  Organization   Problems: 
(How  parties  are  constituted  :  how  to  participate  in  their  activities) .    Citi- 
zenship Problems:   (How  to  become  a  citizen:  what  a  prospective  citizen 
and  citizen  should  know  about  rights  and  duties).    Political  history,  politi- 
cal statistics:  Cooperation  with  the  intelligence  officer,  etc.,  for  information 
concerning  national,  commercial,  industrial,  and  agricultural  problems,  as 
well  as  the  attitude  and  expressions  of  political  leaders,  candidates,  etc. 
28c.  The   associates   of   the   Bund   Political   Leader   appoint   and    remove   their 
assistants  with  his  approval. 

He  issues  Bund  political  orders,  with  the  counter-signature  of  the  Bund 
Fuehrer,  binding  as  issued  iipon  all  sovereigiis  and  political  officers  down  to 
the  block. 

Departmentally  subordinate,  belonging  to  his  council,  and  assigned  to  assist 

him  in  his  relations  with  appropriate  officers  are  the  area  political  leaders. 

28d.  The  area,  regional.  State,  district,  and  precinct  or  column  political  leaders 

organize  offices  corresponding  to  the  Bund  political  office,  as  required. 

The  area  political  leaders  provide  especially  for  the  training  of  substitutes 

for  area  and  Bund  political  offices,  together  with  the  district  political  leaders 

they  provide  for  the  development  of  political  leaders  for  newly  organized 


APPENDIX— PART   IV  1579 

columns  and  for  the  extension  of  the  entire  national,  commercial,  industrial, 
agricultural,  and  political  party  principles  and  unity  of  the  movement.  The 
regional  political  leaders  consider  the  national,  commercial,  industrial,  and 
agricultural  political  problems  which  should  be  considered  in  connection  with 
a  party  election  and  repoi-t  currently  on  these  matters  to  superior  and 
subordinate  officers.  The  State  political  leaders  follow  State  politics ;  the 
district  political  leaders  are  in  charge  of  "County"  politics ;  the  precinct  or 
column  political  leaders  are  in  charge  of  municipal  politics ;  and  the  square 
propaganda  chiefs  and  block  leaders  are  in  charge  of  political  matters  in  the 
political  subdivions  of  the  municipality. 

All  are  appointed  and  remo^•ed,  i.ssue  their  orders,  and  appoint  and  remove 
their  associates  in  the  manner  provided  for  all  departmental  officers  of  the 
different  sovereign  jurisdictions. 
28e.  In  sovereign  jurisdictions  in  which  there  are  no  political  leaders  these  duties 
fall  upon  the  propaganda  leader. 

29.  The  National  OD  Fuehrer:    The  National  OD  Fuehrer  is  a  Bund  Executive 

and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  tlie  Bund  Fuehrer.  He  is  also  the 
National  Sports  Fuehrer  to  whom  is  assigned  the  supervision  of  all 
the  presentations  of  the  movement  having  to  do  with  physical  develop- 
ment, including  Youth  and  Women's  divisions  (services).  (Gymnastics, 
swimming,  riding,  shooting  (rifle-practice)  (range),  boxing,  flying, 
wrestling,  motorcycle,  sail  and  motor  boat  racing,  setting-up  exercises, 
foot  ball  and  other  ball  games,  as  well  as  such  indoor  activities  as 
chess,  etc.)  He  is  also  the  National  "Sanitary-Service"  (Health) 
Fuehrer,  the  National  Transportation  Leader  (Power  Fuehrer)  and  the 
National  Employment  Fuehrer,  with  the  same  rights  and  duties  to 
supervise  tliese  matters  in  the  other  services. 

In  his  domain  are  included  also  scouting  and  guard  duty,  the  establish- 
ment of  homes  and  camps,   and    (everything    that   concerns   the   personal, 
disciplinary  relationship  of  the  Individual). 
29a.  The  same  applies  to  all  subordinate  OD  Fuehrers.      For  further  informa- 
tion concerning  the  OD  service  of  the  AV  see  "Organizational  Structure 
of  the  OD  Service"  and  Bund  orders. 
29b.  For   information   concerning   the   financial,    administrative,    organizational, 
educational,  and  propaganda  services  of  the  OD  Administration   in   the 
organization   of    the   Bund    see   "Duties.    Rights   and   Responsibilities   of 
the  Sovereigns  and  Departmental  Chiefs"  (in  the  foregoing  Departmental 
regulations). 

30.  The   National    Youth    Fuehrer :     The    National    Youth    Fuehrer    is    a    Bund 

Executive  and  is  appointed  and  removed  by  the  Bund  Fuehrer. 

For  information  concerning  other  regulations  for  the  Youth  (Service) 
Division  of  the  AV  see  "Organizational  Structure  of  the  Youth  (Service) 
Division",  Bund  orders.  National  Youth  Orders,  and  also  "Duties,  Rights 
and  Responsibilities  of  Sovereigns  and  Departmental  Chiefs". 

31.  The  Bund  Women's  Reporter  and  the  National  Women's  Fuehrer: 

The  Bund  Women's  Reporter  is  a  Bund  administrator  and  is  appointed 

and  removed  liy  the  Bund  Fuehrer.     All  organizational  and  administrative 

women    officers    in    the    Bund    administration    are    directly    subordinate    to 

her. 

31a.  The  National  Women's  Fuehrer   is  appointed  and  removed   by   the  Bund 

Women's    Reporter.       All    National    Women    officers    for    the    education, 

training,    and    appointing   of   women    in    the    special    domain   of   women 

are  directly  subordinate  to  her. 

For  further  information  concerning  the  women  of  the  AV  see  "Organiza- 
tional Structure  of  the  Women's  Division  (Service),"  Bund  orders,  Na- 
tional Women's  Division  (Service)  orders,  and  "Duties,  Rights  and  Respon- 
sibilities of  Sovereigns  and  Departmental  Chiefs." 

32.  The  Block  Watch :  The  Block  Watcher  occupies  with  the  OD  Group  Fuehrer, 

the  first  rank  above  the  general  membersh.ip.  He  is  responsible  to  his 
block  leader  ff>r  all  occurrences  effecting  the  movement  in  the  house  group 
entmsted  to  him,  except  in  matters  that  concern  the  official  responsibilities 
of  the  woman  block  watcher  (women's  problems). 

He  executes  the  orders  of  the  square  treasury,  square  organization  and 
square  propaganda  executives  and  the  special  orders  of  the  block  leader  in 
his  house  group ;  all  orders  reach  him  through  his  block  leader. 


1580  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

32a.  The  block  watcher  is  appointed  by  his  block  leader  with  the  approval  of  the 
square  leader.  He  selects  assistants  when  necessary  after  consultation 
with,  and  approval  of,  the  block  leader.  Otherwise  he  must  perform  his 
duties  personally  and  never  depend  on  others.  There  must  be  no  ofBcial 
correspondence  in  the  house  group,  in  the  block,  or,  if  possible,  in  the 
square. 
32b.  The  block  watcher  receives  from  his  block  leader  the  names,  descriptions, 
and  other  data  necessary  for  his  work  in  the  house  group  in  each  particular 
case.  He  must  so  preserve  them  that  they  may  not  be  stolen  or  betrayed 
and  he  must  never  give  anybody  except  his  block  leader  any  information 
concerning  them  under  any  circumstances. 
32c.  The  block  watcher  is  obligated  to  provide  means  by  which  his  block  leader 
and  his  superiors  in  the  precinct  may  be  able  to  reach  him  either  person- 
ally or  by  phone  every  day  or  at  least  every  other  day  at  a  definite  hour. 
If  this  rule  is  observed  carefully  from  top  to  bottom  it  will  enable  the 
Bund  administration  to  reach  "every  last"  member  within  24  or  48  hours. 
32d,  To  have  the  house  groups  coincide  with  the  existing  political  divisions  of 
the  municipality,  so  far  as  possible,  will  bring  about  as  many  households 
(dwellings)  into  a  compass  which,  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  Bund, 
a  block- watcher  may  be  able  to  cover  with  an  announcement  (or  in  which 
he  will  be  able  to  deliver  a  bulletin)  in  about  five  hours. 
The  number  of  member  occupants  in  the  house  group  do  not  count,  and 
for  Bund  purposes,  dwellings  that  are  not  affected  must  not  be  counted. 

Periodical  visits  with  members,  prospective  members,  patrons,  etc..  propa- 
ganda visits  to  Bund  newspaiwr  readers,  business  people,  or  other  persons  to 
be  visited  will  require  more  time;  all  of  which,  too,  is  to  be  omitted  in  deter- 
mining the  size  of  the  house  group. 
32e.  The  block  watcher  is  the  surety  to  his  block  leader  and,  from  there  throughout 
the  entire  movement,  for  the  conduct  of  epery  member  in  his  house  group. 
To  the  member  he  is  the  representative  of  the  "Kameradschaft",  (brother- 
hood)  which  has  drawn  us  all  together.     To  the  public  he  represents  the 
movement,  to  be  judged  according  to  his  conduct  and  appearance.     He  is 
able  to  render  great  propaganda  service  to  the  movement ;  but  he  also  can 
do  it  great  honor.     He  must  be  concerned  at  all  times,  constantly  striving 
and  practising  to  stand  as  an  example  for  all  those  with  whom  he  is  so 
constantly  and  so  closely  in  contact.     He  must  know  the  financial  circum- 
stances of  every  member  family  and  investigate  how  it  may  be  helped.     He 
must  not  pennit  any  illness  or  any  misfortune  to  escape  his  notice  or  to 
remain  unreported  to  the  block  leader.     Every  available,  eager  champion 
that  he  discovers  in  his  house  group  he  must  report  to  his  superior  in 
order  that  such  faculties  may  be  utilized  for  the  advantage  of  the  move- 
ment.   He  must  be  the  friend  and  counselor  of  every  one  of  his  members, 
neither  snappy,  haughty,  nor  "stern",  nor  flattering,  nor  too  diplomatic. 
He  ought  to  be  so  fair  and  square  that  all  will  respect  him  without  being 
compelled  to  draw  on  their  imaginations.     Where  there  are  no  youth  in 
the  Youth  Division   (Service)    it  is  his  duty  to  solicit  them,  where  the 
organ  of  the  movement  is  not  read  it  will  constitute  his  first  and  most 
important  duty  to  see  that  it  is,  where  there  are  no  stores  in  the  com- 
mercial organization  of  the  Bund  or  where  members  or  patrons  do  not 
support  affiliated  stores  he  should  take  hold.    Where  able  men  think  they 
are  not  needed  in  the  OD  he  nmst  change  their  minds  and  prevail  upon 
them.    Where  anybody  who  could  be  of  service  to  us  is  still  outside  because 
he  thinks  that  his  position,  his  class,  his  confession,  or  his  national  origin 
might  be  undervalued  or  ignored,  he  will  find  opportunity  for  explana- 
tion.    Where  there  is  complaint  this  or  that  still  is  missing  in  the  Bund 
he  can  explain  how  easy  it  would  be  to  improve  the  situation  with  the 
aid  of  the  complainant.    Where  information  concerning  political  activities 
or  possibilities  can  be  secured  for  the  Bund  in  this  domain  it  should  be. 
The  movement  must  not  be  permitted  to  stand  still ;  members  must  be  held 
to  discipline  and  to  the  performance  (fulfilment)  of  their  obligations  and  put 
to  work  in  every  way  possible.    On  the  outside  there  must  be  constant,  cease- 
less effort  in  order  that  no  month  may  pass  which  does  not  find  a  new  reader, 
a  new  DKV  agency,  or  new  members  or  patrons  brought  in  from  e-^ery  block. 
The  block  watcher  performs  the  most  important  of  the  detailed  work  of 
the  movement.    His  work  never  is  finished.     It  is  his  first  duty  to  fashion  the 
Bund  into  an  active,  aspiring  American-German  Community. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1581 

32f.  The  Women  Block  watchers: 

Women  block  watchers  hold  the  same  rank  as  men.     They  are  appointed 
by  the  block  leader  with  the  approval  of  the  square  leader.     They  execute 
in  the  house  group  assigned  to  them  the  departmental  orders  of  the  qualified 
women's  square  executive  and  the  orders  of  their  block  leader.    They  receive 
all  their  orders  through  the  block  leader.    When  necessary  in  the  event  of  an 
accumulation  of  duties  they  select  assistants  with  the  approval  of  the  block 
leader.    Otherwise  they  must  iierform  their  duties  personally  and  rely  upon 
no  one.    There  must  be  no  official  written  correspondence  in  the  house  group 
or  in  the  block. 
32g.  For  further  information  concerning  the  duties  of  the  woman  block  watcher 
see  "Organizational  Structure  of  the  Women's  Service",   "Bund  orders" 
and  "National  Women's  Service  Orders." 
33.  The  Bund  Member.    The  Member  of  the  Prospective  Citizen's  League  of  the 
AV. 

Eligible  for   full   membership   in    the   American   German   Bund    is   every 
reputable  citizen  of  the  United  States  of  Aryan  origin  who  has  completed  his 
18th  year,  as  well  as  every  reputable  woman  citizen  of  the  United  States  of 
Aryan  origin  who  has  completed  her  21st  year.     The  preponderance   (pre- 
dominance) in  every  precinct  must  be  assured  to  German-speaking  German- 
ism under  all  circumstances. 
33a.  Eligible  for  membership  in  the  "Prospective  Citizens'  League"  of  the  AV, 
but  not  eligible  to  hold  oflBce  or  to  vote  in  the  Bund,  are  all  reputable 
prospective  citizens  of  the  United  States  who  have  a  valid  "first  citizen- 
ship" paper  and  who  otherwise  fall  within  the  foregoing  description,  para- 
graph 33.     Members  of  the  Prospective  Citizens'  League  are  admitted  to 
AV  Member  Meetings  upon  presentation  of  their  valid  membership  cards 
(or  books). 
33b.  Eligible  for  admission  to  the  Patrons  Service  of  the  AV,  which  is  neither 
an  organization  nor  a  society,  and  admission  to  which  does  not  qualify 
for  membership  in  any  "organization"  is  every  person  recommended  by 
a  qualified   sovereign  as  a   respectable,   reputedly  honest   friend  of  the 
movement,  regardless  of  his  or  her  nationality.    Patrons  may  be  admitted 
also  under  "cover"  names  and  "cover"  addresses  (fictitious).    Concerning 
membership  meetings  see  33d. 
33c.  Youths  who  have  not  reached  the  age  prescribed  in  the  foregoing  for  full 
membership  in  the  Bund  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  Youth  Service 
of  the  AV  regardless  of  their  nationality  or  the  relation  of  their  parents 
or  guai'diaus  to  the  Bund,  provided  they  are  of  German  origin.    Those  of 
other  nationality,  but  only  Aryans,  who  indicate  a  willingness  to  learn 
German  are  eligible  only  luider  special  circumstances  and  with  the  written 
consent  of  the  National  Youth  Administration   (Service)   Division.     The 
Youth  of  Germanism  must  be  kept  nationally  and  linguistically  German, 
which  would  be  almost  impossible  in  a  division  composed  of  mixed  na- 
tionalities.    (See  also  Youth  Regulations.) 
33d.  Change  Regulations  on  page  2,  paragraph  6,  sentence  "a,"  of  Instructions 
to  Precinct  Administrations.     Since  December  16,  19S9,  no  one  can  be 
admitted  immediately  into  AV  Membership.    The  applicant  for  admission 
must  be  accepted  as  a  patron  first.    When  a  person  has  decided  to  become 
a  Bund  member  or  a  member  of  the  Prospective  Citizens'  League  of  the 
AV  he  fills  out  the  application  of  the  AV  in  detail,  remaining  a  patron 
until  the  acceptance  of  his  application,  which  takes  at  least  six  months. 
The  patron  application  will  have  been  sent  to  the  Bund  Administration 
with  the  application  fee  and  half  of  the  propaganda  contribution,  and  the 
patron  will  have  received  his  patron's  card. 
His  application  for  admission  remains  in  the  precinct  for  the  period  of  six 
months,   while   his   personal   and   citizenship   declarations   are   investigated 
according  to  regulations.     After  six  months  the  application  for  admission, 
with  a  deposit  of  50  cents  for  the  Bund  insignia,  is  tran.smitted  to  the  Bund 
administration  by  way  of  the  area   administration.     Upon  receipt   of  his 
membership  card  and  his  insignia  in   the  membership  assembly,  the  new 
member   returns  his  patron's  card,  which  is  then  sent  back   to  the  Bund 
administration  for  cancelation. 

Patrons  who  do  not  make  application  to  become  members  may  secure  a 
patron's  emblem  from  the  precinct  or  column  leader. 


1582  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

See  also  "Membership"  in  the  "Directions  for  Precinct  Administration"  and 
Bund  orders.    For  information  concerning  Women  Members  see  also,  "Organi- 
zational Structure  of  the  Women's  Service"  and  National  Women's  Division 
Orders. 
3Se.  Every  member  subscribes  to  the  declaration  and  obligation  in  his    (her) 
membership  card   (or  membership  book)   in  the  presence  of  the  qualified 
precinct  or  column  leader  and  the  block  leader  surety,  who  sign  as  wit- 
nesses.   This  declaration  and  obligation  is  not  an  oath  of  any  kind.    Who- 
ever desires  justly  to  remain  and  vote  in  the  Bund  as  an  actual  champion, 
whoever  desires  honestly  to  reach  the  goal  which  the  movement  has  set, 
which  every  member  makes  his  own  goal  upon  his  admission,  must  study 
this  declaration  and  obligation  earnestly  and  conduct  himself  accordingly 
with  all  his  might.     Then  this  movement  will  be  invincible. 
33f.  Member  dues :  The  assessed  monthly  minimum  dues  for  non-indigent  males 
and  independent  w^omen  Bund  members  is  75  cents ;  for  married  women 
and    other   non-self-sustaining   women   family   members,   30   cents.     The 
monthly  dues  of  indigent  Bund  members  may  be  reduced  temporarily  to 
as  little  as  30  cents  per  month  by  the  precinct  or  column  leader.     Tlufe 
minimum  assessment,  which  must  be  forwarded  to  the  Bund  Administra- 
tion, may,  in  extraordinary  cases,  be  covered  by  the  "Kanierads".    Whoever 
has  a  weekly  wage  above  the  average  must  regard  himself  as  obligated  to 
make  a   monthly  propaganda  contribution  in  addition  to  the  foregoing 
normal  charge,  to  be  acknowledged  on  his  membership  card  by  contribution 
stamps,  and  of  which  half  is  sent  to  the  Bund  administration. 
33g.  For  a  Bund  member  there  is  no  such  thing  as  a  "right"  to  free  admission  for 
official  attendance  at  assembly,  nor  a  "right"  to  a  refund  of  traveling 
expenses,  or  other  expenses  in  connection  with  the  ofiicial  performance  of 
his  duties ! 

True,  the  Kamerad  summoned  to  a  meeting  for  service  is,  indeed,  not 
required  to  pay  a  fixed  admission  charge,  since  he  must  attend  whether  or 
not  he  is  able  to  pay  such  a  charge,  but  he  is  obligated  to  contribute  to  Ithe 
expense  of  the  evening,  even  if  he  cannot  pay  more  than  5  cents ;  the  same 
applies  to  other  duties.  Those  for  whom  expenses  may  become  too  great 
will  be  helped  and  without  being  made  to  feel  that  he  is  of  any  less  value. 
But  whoever  can  do  so,  even  at  a  sacrifice,  must  pay. 

In  the  Bund  service  is  not  to  be  compensated  by  favors  or  privileges.  In 
the  Bund  everyone  contributes  his  time,  his  strength  and  his  money  accord- 
ing to  his  ability,  and  the  reward  is  the  .ioy  of  service  and  the  thanks  of  the 
movement.  It  is  only  through  such  a  spirit  of  joyous  self-sacrifice  that  we 
shall  prevail ;  the  Jewish  spirit  of  materialism  must  not  be  permitted  to 
enter  the  Bund  or  we  shall  be  destroyed  individually  and  collectively. 

The  Bund  is  not  an  organization  to  be  joined  for  the  purpose  of  expecting 
a  definite,  tangible  return  for  every  penny  contributed.     It  represents  the 
last  possibility  of  American  Germanism  to  rise  from  the  condition  of  a  down- 
trodden,  war-subjugated   disavowed   nationality,   contented   with   its  lot   to 
the  status  of  a  sound,  great,  proud  nationality  through  which  we  and  our 
descendents  may  live  according  to  our  own  God-given  way  and  through  which 
we  may  help  to  fashion  in  every  important  vital  matter  this,  our  nation,  not 
because  it  will  be  accorded  us  graciously  but  because  it  is  our  right  and 
because  we  have  the  power  to  exercise  that  right  without  supplication.     Then 
and  only  then  will  the  neglect  and  the  persecution  of  American  Germania 
cease.     We  owe  to  ourselves,  oiir  ancestors,  and  our  descendents,  the  right 
to  be  a  free  people,  and  not  the  despised  spit-upon  menials  of  inferior  despots 
(dictators)  who  deserve  still  to  be  cursed  by  our  children.     The  Bmid  mem- 
ber's mode  of  grievance  is  only  the  official  way.     People  who  may  be  luiable 
to  agree  on  the  outside  owe  a  duty  to  the  Bund  to  work  together  in  tlie 
Bund,  and  they  can  do  so  if  they  have  the  proper  spirit  of  service  and  if  each 
performs  his  duties.     He  who  carries  personal  animosities  into  the  Bund 
weakens  the  movement.     Where  it  is  not  possible  to  resolve  a  difference  of 
opinion  by  a  frank  discussion  man  to  man  the  precinct  or  column  leader  will 
appoint  an  investigation  and  conciliation  commissioner.     He  may  grant  or 
refuse  the  reqxiest  (to  consider).     If  he  grants  the  hearing  he  will  appoint  a 
committee  of  deliberative,   calm,   generally   respected   members   or  officers. 
Even  though  the  decision  might  be  unfair  to  one  of  the  parties  (to  the  con- 
troversy) he  is  nevertheless  obliged  to  conduct  himself  in  accordance  with  it 
or  to  resign  (withdraw).     If  the  precinct  or  column  leader  refuses  to  appoint 
a  committee  upon  request  the  member  may  appeal  to  a  higher  officer  within 
at  least  a  period  of  eight  days  provided  it  be  in  writing  and  with  the  knowl- 


APPENDIX PART   IV  1583 

edge  of  his  superior  (who  refused).  But  the  decision  of  the  next  higher  ranli- 
ing  officer  is  final.  Committees  of  investigation  and  conciliation  are  ap- 
pointed only  to  consider  peisonal  controversies  between  nienibcrs.  No  such 
committees  are  appointed  to  consider  official  differences  of  opinion.  In  official 
matters  sovereigns  decide.  Should  a  member  or  officer,  after  conviction,  re- 
gard the  decision  as  unfair  he  may  appeal  to  the  next  higher  ranking  de- 
partmental and  disciplinary  sovereigns  within  eight  days  in  writing  and  with 
the  knowledge  of  his  accused  superior.  In  the  event  he  be  dissatisfied  there 
he  may  appeal  again  in  writing  to  tlie  next  higher  ranking  officer  and  so  on 
until  in  a  given  case  he  may  reach  the  Bund  Fuehrer.  His  decision  is  final. 
If  the  complaining  member  pursues  the  official  course  from  beginning  to  end 
■  in  such  a  matter  no  other  member  ever  will  be  able  to  know  anything  about 
it — it  concerns  only  those  who  are  affected  (or  involved).  Any  other  course 
of  procedure  will  weaken  the  integrity  of  the  movement  and  is  consequently 
prohibited. 

See  also  especially  the  OD  Service  regulations. 
33j.  The  most  Important  principles  for  which  every  real  champion  will  contend 
are : 

A  people  that  will  permit  themselves  to  be  divested  of  their  language  will 
vanish  as  German  descendants,  he  who  adopts  any  other  than  German  as  the 
language  of  his  home,  even  though  he  may  endeavor  to  think  German  in  a 
foreign  tongue,  will  lose  his  national  consciousness  within  a  generation, 
which  has  been  the  irrefutable  history  of  all  American  Germanism.  German- 
American  youth  learns  its  English  quickly,  thoroughly,  and  unforgettably  on 
the  streets  and  in  the  public  schools.  Those  pai-ents  who  would  not  betray 
the  woi"k  of  the  Bund  at  its  most  vulnerable  point  will  insist  strongly  and 
without  exception  that  only  German  be  spoken  at  home,  among  the  children 
as  well  as  between  children  and  parents  and  that,  in  additi(in  the  child  learn 
to  think  in  German.  Only  thus  shall  we  be. able  to  preserve  our  nationality 
during  our  time — and  let  it  be  not  said  that  is  impossible  to  do  it. 

A  people  that  permits  itself  to  be  divested  of  its  racial  individuality  also 
will  perish ;  a  people  that  indifferently  interbreeds  with  another  sins  against 
the  original  (fundamental)  laws  of  the  Almighty  and  will  die.  If  a  child  of 
German  descent  is  reared  with  a  national  consciousness  and  if  the  parents 
have  taken  the  additional  pains  to  assure  it,  through  our  defensive  movement 
of  Germanic  America,  association  with  Kamerads  and  friends  of  German 
descent,  then  the  mixed  marriages  that  are  destroying  Germanic  America  will 
cease. 

A  people  that  will  permit  itself  to  be  divested  of  its  national  consciousness 
and  its  own  way  of  life  surrenders  to  the  foreigner  and  is  lost ;  the  German 
descendent  who  curries  the  favor  of  the  foreigner  and  follows  his  opinion 
betrays  his  right  to  life.  So,  too,  in  the  movement.  Attacks  upon  our 
movement  and  criticism  of  it  and  of  the  men  and  women  who  constitute  it 
mean  nothing  to  us  (are  devoid  of  validit.v).  The  German  naticmality  must 
learn  to  be  proud,  tc  criticize  itself  and  its  own  kind,  but  to  pay  no  atten- 
tion to  the  criticism  of  outsiders,  except  of  course  the  officers  of  the  law. 
The  German  nationality  must  prepare  to  end  its  wretched  veneration  of  the 
foreign  and  its  cringing  before  foreign  mockers. 

All  this  is  the  service,  the  duty,  and  the  obligation  of  a  Bund  member ; 
within  the  limits  of  the  law  of  the  land  the  movement  of  the  German-American 
Bund  comes  first  in  all  things  in  the  life  of  the  individual  fellow-countryman, 
in  order  that  our  whole  nationality  may  be  purified  and  reestablished. 

Notice  to  the  Recipient  of  These  Regulations 

Like  all  the  rest  of  the  valuables  created  by  the  Bund  these  regulations  consti- 
tute the  property  of  the  Bund.  Every  officer  must  preserve  them  and  study  them 
thoroughly  ;  he  must  not  release  them  except  in  the  event  of  I'etirement  from  office, 
when  he  must  turn  them  over  to  a  qualified  sovereign. 

But  these  regulations  should  be  put  to  practical  use  in  educational  evening 
(classes)  until  "every  last"  'Kamerad'  understands  his  assignment  and  knows  his 
duty.     Tliey  must  not  be  buried  in  a  forgotten  (desk)  drawer. 

They  are  the  residt  of  the  serious  study  not  only  of  the  experiences  of  our  Bund 
and  its  predecessors  but  also  of  the  experiences  of  the  old  home  under  the  leader- 
ship (Fuehrung)  of  the  greatest  German  of  all  times. 

Proposals  for  improvement  are  requested  but  imtil  changes  are  made  every 
sovereign  must  comply  with  them  so  far  as  humanly  possible.  "Free  America" 
"Wilhelm  Kunze,"  Deputy  Bundfuhrer. 


1584  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


Document  #3 


Organisatoriscber  A^afbau 


Der  OB£gST£  OHBr^UKGSgmsygiJHRSE  PES  AV  ist.  der  Buiidesfuhrer. 
Als  seinen  Beauftragten  fiir  alle  Ordnungsdiejastfragen  srnermt  er 
-iineri  LAKDSS»GD»gUHRBR.   Der  Landes-^OB^Fuhrer  iat  BundesaffifeSwalter. 

Der  Lsiides>=OD«Puhrer  ci^*  Befehle  heraus,   die  voe  Bundesfiihrer 
geeengozeichaet  werden,   an  die  Hoheitstrat,«r  (   Gauleiter,  Ocbicts— 
ledter,   Kreisleiter,    Bezirksleitsr,   Ortsgruppenloiter  und  Stutz  - 
pxmktloiter  )   zur  Ausfuhrung,  gc&andt  werdon  und  fii'r  diesc  felndend 
sind. 

Der  LandeeoOD^Fuhror  ernennt  und  cnthtbt,  sit  der  Bc-statigisng 
dc-a  Bundesfuhrers,   alle  MITAHBEITpS  der  Laiides=OD=?uhrung.   Dicse 
Mlden  den  Stab  des  LandG"s«=OD»Puh'rors.   Sle  G^'ben   scifcst  keine  Be  - 
fc-hlt  heraus;    ihr.^   Anordnungen  gt-hen  d'Jxch  den  Landes».OD=?ulir€ir. 

DIKJSTEERSICH     DES     LABDES=OB=FtJHR£RS 


Difc  Ai^beit  dcs  Laridcs^-OD-Fiihrers  i»t  wie  foltt  ein{/eteilt« 

Organisstionsagit;  Ausarbeitung  vob  Dienstvorschriften,   von  Aiif» 

mar3ch=,    BefSrdonmgS",   Unterlrunf  ts« ,   Vc-rpflLt.ungs» ,  Bxnklei  •» 
duns^s»  und  Ausriistirngsplanen  tmd  dtr  Eatwurf  von  Bauplaneii  . 
(   Die  technlschi.-  Ausfuhritng  von  Bauvorha^en  dei*  Landes=OI>=Fun'' 
rung  g^schieht  durch  don  Bundesorganisationsloiter,   ausser  wo 
unter  n  Oi'ts£TUpporj=OD=Puiirune"   anders  vorgesehcj.   ist,    ) 

Wirtschaf taamt;  Ausgc.bestfcllt.  fiir  die  bt^samte  Ausritstimg  des 

0£>,  seiner  Heimc  usw,  (Dit  Boschaffunb  von  Ausrustur.tjssegen  « 
standon  G^schioht  durch  den  Bundesorganisationsleitor,  ausscr 
wo  iinter  «  0rts6ruppon=0D"Fuhrune  "  anders  vorfec-sehen  ist.   ) 

Kassoaagtt;  Verbuchunt;  \m&  Vtrrechnung  von  Einnahmeo  ur.d 

Ausgaben  fiir  tJniformon,  Abzfeichen  usw.  ait  dwta  Bundcsschatz  « 
ac-istcr.    (Einc  Abfuhrung  von  besondoren  OD=lIitt;liedsbeitra£eji 
gibt  es  nicht.   Botreffa  nOD^Eameradschaftskassen"   siehe  unter 
n  Ortsj:;ruppen.01>=Fuhrune  "♦)   Ausarboitimg  von  Finanzicrungs^ 
plancn  ftir  ceplante  Anschaffungen,   Bautcn,    Schul'jnCt   Versich*- 
runt;,   Unterstutzunt  u.   dcrgl.   Durchfuhriiag  von  Vorlosunsen  und 
Kartonvortricb, 

Personalatat:  puhrunG  cltr  0D=«  Kartei.AufbewahrimE  der  Anmol- 

SeicHelne,   Ausstcllung  von  0D>'p8Ssen.(Diese  warden  vom  Landes- 
ODmFiihrer  persdnlich  ausgestellt.)  Kontrolle  der  Ernennungen, 
Enthebunt;en  und  tfberweisungen. 

iiTboitsamt:  Vorschriften  uber  Einsatz  dos  Arbeitsdicnstea. 

Uberwachun^:  von  handwerklicher  Ausbildunb  und  Beruf sberatunt . 
Stellenvc-raittlung  iia  EinvernehEen  mit  dec  Bundosgeschafts  = 
fiihrer. 

Gesuadheltsaat;  Uborwaciiung  des  Sanitatswesens,   der  arztlichen 

Setreuun^ ,    der  Tfeterkiuift  und  der  VorpfloGunc.  Leitinag  des 
SanitStsdic-nutt,  s. 

Veraicher\tn{-,saat;         Leitunf  des  OD=VersicheruntSwescns.    (Lebensver^ 
sicherunt,   Erankenkassen,  Arbeitslosonunterstvitzun,, . ) 

Rochtsaxat;  Uborwachunt  und  Beratunt"  sactlicter  OD=Ein= 

_ jj 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1585 


rich»"n:.  •  iii  ?■  zut"  auf  gesctzlichc  Vcrschrifton  Ubcr  S&r.itat3= 
'.vest^r;,  Vi^rpfle.^ur.i; ,  Jauwesen,  Verari-ntaltuni/x-n  us«.  Ur. to rsuchu;;r 
lor.J  Schlichturii;  voii  Strtitititeiten  in  OD. 

■  ia^:t;  Leibestibungen,   Sport,   kdrpcrliohe  Ertiich -.it^irit;. 

ssca::ti  Sanalung  land  Veroffcntlichuntj   vin  Berichtcn,    Auf- 

'"  jt^c-'.  uiid  Bokaiintrachungcn  der  OD-Fuhrunten  in  dor  Bui.despressc. 

^_  Wc-ltanschauliche   Schuluiijr  ijrA  Futirerschuluiif   in 

^D,    ur.tcr  Aufsicht   dos  Bundesn9chrichtendier.st=iindsschuiuxita  := 
Icitcrs. 

'A't-rbc-^-jjid  Kulturar.t;    Entivurf  von  Aufklarunus-und  Worbc-schriften,    vor. 
Sa.-il sct-iiuck ,   Ft utf oi.jen  i-i,    d«rei.   fur  0D=Vorari.3tf;l  tunrtiii  (   AV- 
Vtraiistaltup.t'en   uxiter  Lcitunc  des  OD).   Oberwachunb  dcr  Aus£chjuck= 
untj  von  OD=Dienststc;lltjn  iind   OD=HciEen.   Die   Arbeit  do;  Landes= 
OD^Wtrbe^xmd  Kuiturantes  steht  ui^ter  Aufsicht  des  Bundeswcrbe^ 
leiters. 

A  L  L  G  E  M  E   I  S  E  S 


Das  fitcht  auf  Anwendxmg  der  Zuchtorr^jiunt;  iind  des  Strfifbeurlau= 
bunLsrocht  stoht  den  Lsnde3=0D«Fuhrc'r  in  Bezug  auf  jedcn  OD=Fuhrer 
und  OD=M&nn  zu;  jcdcr  OD=Fuhrer  k.snn  dio  unt.or  seinen  personlichen 
Befehl  dicnendon  OD«Puhrer  und  OD=Manner  strafbeurlauben.  CD=Fuhrer, 
vo:i  Abteil'oni^sfuhrcr  aufwarts,  konnc-n  OD=Manner  ait  der  Zustiianung 
dos  zustandigcn  0rt3t;ruppcr.=  bzw.  Stutzpunktlc-itors  aus  dec  OD  aus- 
schliesson. 

Alle  Neuaufnatoc-n,   BrncnnunLen,  Enthcbun,.on,  tJberweisunt,en  und 
Ausschliisse   in  OD,    sind  vow  zustajidit'Ln  Hoheitstraijer  sofcrt  schriffc» 
lich  den  Landes«OB=Puhrer  zu  nelden. 

Kein  OD^Arntswaltor  oder  sonstifc-r  OD=Fuhrer  t'lbt  .jeaals  vcrbind* 
lichfc  Urklaruntjen  an  die  Aussenwolt  eb,    ausser  ia  ausdrucklich',n  Auf= 
trac.  de-s  joweiis  2ustandit;en  Hoheitstracere. 

zirks^ 
•:Le 


und 

Zustandifckeiten  entsprcchen,  fur  den  Hoheitsbtrcich,  worin  sic-  A:.its« 
waiter  sind,  (  Gau,  Gobict,  Krcis  oder  Be7.irk  )  jenen  des  L«tr.de3~0D=^ 
Puttrers,   ausser  wie  fols_t; 

OS^Paase  warden  nur  von  Laxtdes^OD-Puhrcr  {luseestellt. 
AnschafFunr,  aller  Ausriistuniiscegenstande  tcschieht  nur 
durch  ina  LeuiaesaONWirischaftsarut  unj  den  EuiidcsorEa= 
nisationsleitex,   ausser  wo  unter  n  OrtSr;ruppfca'«01>»Puhrung 
anders  verfurt  ist. 

Jn  Bezuc  Ciuf  dio  Einrichtuni:  von  OD»in:tcrn  i:;.  Eereich  der  Orts« 
faruppcn  und  StutapurJctc-.    siehe  untcr  «  Ortseruppc-ri=OD«Fuhrune''. 

Ill 


279895 — 41— pt.  4 10 


1586 


UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


P 


-5- 


D  ts.     Gll'f=  OD-  FtJ  HRUHG . 


,  Dtr  GaU=OD^FUHRSR   ist  Gauantswaltcr.    Er  wird  yon  Gauleiter  or* 
nonnf -Imd' voa  Landeg»OpgFuhrer  bestatitt.   Dcr  Gau=OD=Fulircr  erct-not 
und  ent'liebt  soine  MITiJ?BEITER~iiit  der  Bestatitimt:  des  Gevleiters. 

— — — ™w. —■■■-— 

Me  Rechte,  Pflichten  und  ZustandiKkeiten  des  G*au<sOD=Fuhrer3 
Ciitsprecben,    fur  den  Screich  des  (Jaues,    dessen  Antswalter  er  ist, 
jenen  des  Lande3=0I>=Pufarers,    ausser  wo  «bon  unter  n  Allgc-nolnes  ^* 
Be3Chrankunf:en  verfui:t  sind.   Dcr  Gau=OD=Puhror  bericiitet  aonatlich 
An  (3«n  Landos=OD=Puhrer;   eino  Abschrift  Jedes  Berichtes  erhalt  der 
Ga-uleiter. 


DIE  GEBIETS=OD-FaHHUHG     -     DIB  KREIS»0D»5l)HHUNG 

Vorschrif  tea  uher  die  Gebiet3«0D=Pufaruncund  Kreis=OD=Puhrunc: 
werden  getrennt  herausget^ebcn'. 

DIE     BEZIRKS   =   OD  =   FOHRmG 


Dc-r  BEZIRKS  «   OD^  PtteRSR  ist  3c  zirksantswaltcr.  Er  wird  von  Be« 
zirkaleiter  ern.tmpt  und  voa  Landes  ^   OD^^Fuhrer  bestatigt.  Ernenniinten 
und  Enthcbxmcen  von  Bezirks»dD<»^lircm  sind  rien  GauleitC'r  sofort 
schriftlich  zu  ncldcn. 

Dcr  Bczirks«OD«Puhrc-r  crncrmt  und  entbt-bt  seine  MITiJ^BEITgR  nit 
dcr  Bostaticunt'  des  Bezirkslc-iters. 

Die  Rfcchte.   Pflichten  lind  Zuatandirkc-iten  des  Bezirks»OD=Puhrors 
<intsprecht.-n,    nir  rton  Scrcich  dts  Bezirks,   dessen  Antswalter  er  ist, 
jenen  des  Gau=OD=Pubrcrs,   Dcr  Bt/zirks«OD«Fuhrer  bcrichtet  nonatlich 
an  dec  Gau»OD=Fuhrer;   eine  Abschrift  jedjis  Berichtc-s  erhalt  der 
Bczirkslciter. 

£s  b^bort  zu  c.i:Ti  wichtigsten  Aufbsben  dos  8ezirks=0D=Puhrers, 
die  Arbeit  der  OD=^At)teilunteri  dfes  betreffcnden  Bezirke  durch  Bcsuch 
der  OD=Appelle .und  Vernnstaitunccn  zu  uberwachen,   die  Zusaocenarbeit 
der  Abteilun^en  unteroinandcr  und  r;it  dc-r  Ju£.end  zu  fordurn,    die 
Gau^OD^Fuhrxmt  laiftand  iiber  die  bcsondsren  Verhaltniase  in  dies^n 
Abteilunt-en  zu  unterrichten  und  die-  Ausbildung  fahit^en  Pulirernach- 
Wuchses  2U  fordern,   Er  soil   inabesondtirfe  bestrebt  sein,    in  s^inon 
Bexirk  nlndestens  einen  OD-Spiclciannszuc  zustandezubrint^-cn,    auch 
wenn  <?iQ  Spiclleute'  nicht   allc   einc-r  Abteilung   anrehoren  ' 

-IV- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV 


1587 


sc:-^ri;'-l  ..;•:   du-.--  r.v- 2'. r<;3leit;€*r  u!vi  Gauleiter  zuaalJen. 

.-."''■■  ■'     .-■.'r','-il'.;..,:  fu;.r->r  crcciit,  uJiJ  entjiclt  soiriy  iirc;ittclb.'irc:. 


: •  ■  2- ■  vV"';!^tutcp;r.ktl-;i  tvx>fi] 


}ES     0D=«?tSILUJ;G3y&feEJ<; 


ttrk;tf.ft«»  uj.'l  V,r;  i'.i.,  u:.,   ;;l-ii..:ti  x:-1  ^er  Snt-.nu'f  von  rr.uplT'nun. 

^  ;'ir:n-:hnftr&wt;  :txts'\.^c~t,.lL--   fur  ii^    Ausru^tur.t     its  OB  im^l 

I^tutzj  .-Of,;;):,:;.-  ti:.;.-i-:i-vi-.    ..at   ':   r   'V  'i^;.;  i/i^:!^  d.is  JiUii<ii  z  « 
Or*  u:.i.-:-t:U.;.n.  >;it,..r.  1  '  — ' ~ 


au3tv*t.t}it   f,    ";.■  .  •:  .sv. 

K:ifgt.^fiCv"t;  ■    ■  v.,  i-h-;-:h-i;  .     v--:    SI:  j,,J; -.  ;.  finJ  A'l.v;  ^  .:r-::    f'>r  -'tU^ 

for;:',*n,    Atreii'i.,..,    ?;.inv:.,    .     ..  :.    r,    V    1- >i.-;t.wrtuif. /'■..:■-■;. t-itc  .r.i 
uc^v:.     .-li-u-r-.  •     .^    :■    ■■■.  i  .;. '•    r.r    ^-.-.-U  .     ii:      .;.,    :vi    At  r  I  ur.Jv.-^.  ^I;- 

Gr-a  ■;    -•,.    .1-.         ]     :    ;-   ..':'■  .'  -:.        i.  ; , 
St  .v^;  .  -k,:.  ..  .    .     .;;.•,    -u    ••  :•   ■..•.    i 

^        .  ,  ,"J"'l .." T    r 


:  r  -V^^j-.-  .     J,;  t  ;..!.•  ;   A  :• 


•1 


.    ;     At-  \ .-,    . 
..   ■   ,  •';  ■i.r . 


•     ,     .  ;:  ua 


rifii-::.. 


K 


t      -• 


:'t 


1588  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


?^!?<?^??^^^ 


Bctreuung  un  der  Verpfleguag. 

yegairhet-ungsant;  OD«Lebensversicheryng,  Kxaakenkassen  und 

^j-beitslosecunterstutzung. 

Tur:;'u^t;  I,Qibt;i^bung,en,   Sport,   korpcrliche  Ertiich« 

Racl-tsaijt;  Oberwachung  und  Berc.txmg  der  OD=Einrich= 

f uiiRjeri 'in  Bezu£  auf  gesetzliche  Vorschrift«n. 

PrasBcsszti  Saacilunc  unJ  Einsendmng  von  0D=B6richten, 

^i.f sktzoc  und  Bekanntnachunger.  an  das  Landes°OD'=Pressoant. 

Schulungsa-'t;  '  Wt;ltausch8Uliche  Schulung  und  FuLrerschu^ 

Tiir.t-  i.mS.  Verschaffung  von  Schuluncsnetcrial   in  EinvcmehKen 
ait  doa  OrtSiir.=.Stut2p.schiilunesleitor. 

Wcrbti  und  Kulturar.t;  Eiitwurf  von  Aufklaruncs^^'d  Werbeachriften, 

von  Saalschr.uck,  Festfolcen  usw.   fiir  OD«=VerEndtaltungen  (AV=VerB 
snstaltiu~.j_er.  unter  Leitutig  aes  OD.)   Standi-Kg  Aufklar'jn»?  uber  die 
WjchtirMit  dor  Forde rung  und  .toffcuorimg  der  i/l^GaTI)  dcs  Biuides. 
/J.lt   Arbuit  tu  ^invernetoen  nit  dea  ^rtSj^r.^Stutzp-Wcrbbleit-e r . 

MTSHFUHiffiU:  Mittc-ls  seiner  Unterfiihrer.    (die  Zugfiibrer, 

5i~jppo:;i'uhr£r  und  Spielaar^iszugfiihrer  der  Abteilung)  fUhrt  Aar 
OD.=  Abtollun{^sfubrcr  die  PraKtisciie  OD«Arbeit  der  'Ortacruppe  bczw. 
dys  Stiitspunktes  durcb.   Br  hat  seine  UnterfUhrer  void  Mannschaften 
bci  3edur  GeitiLcnheit  durcb  vorbildlicfces  dienstliches  und  kajie* 
raCsch'irtlJ.chijS  VOitJiBEITHK  vUiA  durch  cine  unbodintt  uborpers5n= 
li;,:.j,  gerv^chtc-   HehtindlunL'  rr.zufeuern  wnd  zu  der  fcstgeftigten, 
sti-t-ng  diszipli:-.:.ertuQ  SCHUTZe  ujid  Vf'SSBSTRUPPl  auszubauen,   die 
yxis-ire  B^iwetu^itj  i^'-'Oi'*  '..ussi   Sr  wird  so  oft  wie  ir^end  noglich 
ai.  den  /.ppeXlen  und  Dianstfahrten  s»jinor  Kar.eraden  teiXnchoen, 
nichts  von  Jbncn  v^^rlangen,   was  or  nicht  selbst  zu  leistea  bB<«, 
reit  ware  und  in/.er  der  erste  Kanerad  der  Abt'Mlunfe  sein.  Er  wird 
stets  punktlicher  zun  Dienst  erschainen,    als  er  es  von  seinen  Una 
tergebenon  er^fartet  und  wird  der  letzW  sain,   der  (3en  Dienstort 
verlasst.   Er  wir^.^  seine  Vorcesetzt^n  nie  vor  sednon  Keaeraden 
bfccan^eln,   sondc-rn  die  unbcdingte  freu^  und  Eorroktheit  an  den 
Tac  lo.;Vn,   die  er  von  seincri  Minnorn  erwartet.   DeP  blinde  Gehor« 
sail,    der  in  emsten  Lsjen  xirbodin^jt  erfoi'"^«rlich  scin  wlrd,  kann 
nur  danii  c-c-wShrlcistct  werccn,  wonn  die  Abteilung  eine  echte  £»■» 
^.crcdsahaft  darstellt,   die  ihrea  Filhrer  Achtung  und  Vertrauen 
entt.c,  er.fcrinirt.   Di^sc  frciwilligc  Gef ol Kschaf t  hervorzurufen  und 
zu  crhaltjcn  iat  nur  ac~,lich ,  wo  der  Abteilungsfuhrer  sicb  jeden 
OD=yf,.nn   in  ijleichar  Wciso  sis  Ksncrad  und  ruhifcJier,   besonnener 
Fii;.rc-r  zoitt,   der  stets  vit,l  nehr  an  seine  Pflichten  als  an  seine 
Hocfcto  .'cnkt!   Bcr  OI)=Fuhrcr  ist  der  unjiitttlbare  Pubrer  der  uutig« 
st'Jn  laid  sc-lbstlosc-sten  Manner  in  unscren  Reihen;   sein;^  crster  Cr^ 
danke  ..uss  i;;r.er  sain,    in  seiner  jeden.  Handlun^,  .ibren  Glauben  a** 
die  Ecr.-chtc  Sacbe  der  Bewet^un^  zu  FESTIGKI! 

Die  Anberau-'.unb  von  Veranstcltunten  und  AufaMrscban,  Betatli« 
i^unj^  en  anderen  Veranstaltiinben  und  der  Binsatz  des  i'j:'beitsdiens« 
stes,   i_(jschi<*ht  nur  nit  der  Genebaituns^  des  Ort3t;r.«bzw,3tnitzp."= 
leiters.   Der  Abtellun»,sfUhrer  hat  seinen  Ortsfcx.-Stutzp. letter 
laufend  iiber  alle  Tati^keit  seiner  Abteilunt  zu  unte-rriefeten  und 
ih;.>  stets  tiit  stsinen  Manneri*     zur  VerfU£,ung  zu.  stehen.  Da  der  Fiih* 
remschwucbs  der  Bewecun^  nach  Moglichkeit  aus  den  Beihen  des  OD 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1589 


HorvorbOhen    soil   und  dcr  OD  sich  wieder  ous  den  Roiher.   -'(ir  Jufc-mi 
ercanseft  uyss,   er^cben   sich   sis  wi<3btitjSte  Aufccben   des  Ab» 
teiluQt.sfuhrers  orstcnss    dit-  Suche  m|Ch  brauchbercu  Fuhr«rt;ate« 
rial  und  dessc-n  Ausbildunc  und  FdrdermiG,   yj^^*^  zweitenst    die  fort» 
wahrendc  Werbun^,  ui.  Herz  und  Hend  unserer  J\it.ond.   Es  soil,    in 
Acbetrscht  der  vorteaoronden  Binfliissa,  unter  welchen  diost-  Jxicend 
heran^rachst ,   keioe  uusterr^ltitjO  Haltunt;  von  der  Jurend  verlangt 
wcrdgn.   fc-hfe  der  OP  «:aana  sich  byrgit  cTKlart.    sich  ihr  kaj-.erc^d^ 
schaftlich  zu  nehern,   aond^ro  alles  daxaa  eesetzt  warden .   die  Zu» 
neicuni;;  dvr  vielfach  verzoeenen  Jugend  au  cewixmen,   auch  wenn 
dcT  OI>«Mr»nn  vor  dor  Hond  boi  der  Beceenunp  nit  J«iten  beispiels- 
weise  2ucrst)fcrtisst  oder  ircendwelche  Iftihoflichkeit  oder  Flegel- 
hsftickeit  In  Eauf  niiir.t! 

DER     0D=2TOFtiHRE8     —       DER     0J3«(»UPPMFt}HBER 

Dia  ZuLfuhrer  und  GruppQGfiihrer  0ind  die  llitarbeiter  dee  Abtei>» 
luniiS?uEFeri~zur  disziplinaren  Ribrunc  dor  bfttreffeaden  Ontario 
einteilunt.en  dor  Abtciluni;.  Die  Zucfuhrer  werden  vou>Abt©iiunt;s». 
fllhrer  ait  der  Bestatiuung  dos  OrtSi..r^ppon=bzw.  StiitzpuaktXei^ 
ters  ernennt  und  enthoben.  Die  Gruppenfiihrer  werden-"»ot  zustaxi» 
digen  Zutifuhrer  nit  der  BestatigTanG  3es  Abt«ilimgsfuhrer8  smonnt 
rand  enthoben.   Stellvt-rtreter  des  Abteiluneafuhrera  ist  der  Fiihrer 
des  ersten  Zut^es  der  Atetetlunc?  Stellvertr«^«r  des  ZuGfuhr«rs  ist 
der  Piihrer  der  ereten  Gruppe  dea  2uges.  Binen  besondcren  Rase  f^ 
Stellvertreter  cibt  es  iu  OD  «icht.  Die  VerhaltunGSDassra^-eln  fUr 
Zutftihrcr  und  Gruppenfiihrer  ontsprechen"  den  •bicen. 

ZaLEN     UUD     BLOCKS 


Die^  Zelien  und  Blocks  des  AV  <  TTntereinteiluncen  der  OrtB£;ruppejj 
und  3t*itzpunkte),  verfucen  iiber  keine  eicenen  OD>=Fuhrune'en. 

GLIEDERWJOEN     DS8     OD 


AgriySR  ODi     Der  aktive  OD  unfssst  alle  ODoManner,  die  gosisadhait" 
lich  und  beruflich  in  der  Late  aind,   der  Bewe£;ung  jedorzeit  zur 
Verfiicanc  zu  stehen.   Der  aktive  OD  versstuiolt  sich  recelaSsslg 
wochentlich  zu  QI>=  Appellen.  Jedcr  aktive  OJ)«=yann  s»ll  nach  Mogm 
lichkeit  jederaelt  telef«nisch  ra  errcichen  seiii. 

OD^Reserye}     Die  OD»aoserve  sollte  alle  eesxmdon,  riannlichea  Sundes- 
i..itt,l  icder  erfassen,   die  nicht  in  der  Lage  sicd,   in  den  Reihen 
des  aktivon  OD  Dienst  zu  leiston.   Die  OD-Re serve  wird  bei  b<;SOi»« 
ders  groasen  Veranstaltimcen  herangezoc^jn  tmd  versa,u;t;it  sich 
einssl  uonetlich  zu  einan  Pflichtappell,   zusauuen  uit  den  aktiv 
OD. 

Baide  Giiederunt,en  tmterstehen  den  Abteiluncsfiihrer.  Unifora  und 
Abzeichen  sind  fur  beide  Gliederunten  dieselben. 

UNTEHEINTEILUNG     Hm     GLIEDERUHGEN 


DIE  GRUPPEt     Die  OD=Gruppe  boateht  aus  acht  Mitgliedem  EIKEH  Glie» 
derunr  und  einec  OD«Gruppenfuhrer.  ITBeFzahliche  OD>«Mfuix)ier  werden 
voriibc-rcehend  der  eraten  Gruppe  der  bctr^if fender.  Gliodcriinc  an^ 
Ceschloseen,  -VII- 


1590 


UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-7- 

3EH  2UG;  Der  OD-Suc  bestoht  aus  drei  Grup'pen.   Oborzahliche 

Gruppen  wcrt'en  voriiberfehen^j  den  ersten  Znc  der  betreffenden 

Glicilerunt   ant;oscMo6sen. 

DIE  ^TEILUNGi   Dio  OD=Abteilunc  unfasst  santlicho  0D»2uce  vn-i  OH" 
Spiel:.:aimszuce  <icr  Ortstruppe  hzv.   des  Stutzpuiiktea. 

DES     SPIELM/Ji'NSZUG 

Jede  Abtoilunc  soil  bestrebt   sein,    sich  t-inen  Spielnannsain;   zu 
schaffen.  Wo  dieses  nicht  nSclich  ist,   soil  cUe  Abteiltme  den  BexirkS" 
ODxpiihrcr  jedvn  OD=Mann  ueldoD  vixiC.  zur  Verfu£uJife:  stellon,   icv  fiir 
einon  SpielaannszuG  brauchb^r  ist,   danit  wenicstecs  der  Bczirlc  eineu 
Spiolnannszuc  aus  OI>»Mamiern  verschiedener  Abtelluncen  zusanuen  » 
stellen  kaiui. 

SolgHge  die  Spiclleute  nicht  hinreichond  iu  Exerziordienst  sus« 
£ebildet  slnd,  haben  sio  sich  ret..eluassif  ac  den  OD=A|>pcllen  zu  be» 
tciliuen;   der  Abteiliint.sfuhrer  wird  Spiell^ute  wo  anjjanjif  voQ  Dieost 
entscfaulditon.   Bel  don  aontitlichen  Gencral"Appellen  dor  Abteilunt 
treten  die  Spieluannszuge  uit  an. 

DIE  MITGLIEDSCKAFT 


Jedes  ;;aanliche  Bundes:.itclied,   6t<s  korporlich  fes^"!*''  ist  und 
das  achtachnte  Lebensjahr  vollondet  hat,   kann  Oh'^Uanxi  werden.   Alle 
OD=Mannor  unJ  be  Bonders  OD-Piihrer  sine',  ansjehalten,   sich  einen  Arier« 
nnchweis  zu  vorschaf fen, 

Der  Deuaufrenori..(jne  OD^Menn  cilt  fiir  dio  ersten  vier  W»chen  als 
OD-AnwSrtc-r.  Sein  OD=Aufnaht!eschoin,  vor  Abteilunrsfiihror  unterzeich- 
net,  ceht  un..-.ittelbar  nn  den  Landos=OD»Puhror.  Dor  Landes^OD-PiUirer 
stellt  den  OD=Pi>ss  aus  und  schickt  iiosen  an  die  Abtellimt.  Die  0D» 
Passe  werrien  vor;  Abttilunt'sfuhrer  h:\  Rnhaen  eines  OD-Appolls  feier= 
lich  an  .'ic  neuon  OD>tManncr  pus^ehandict.  OD=Aufnahi..en  sind  sofort 
dei.i  OrtS(.r,  =  Stutzp. loiter  zu  ucldtn, 

Der  Abteiluntsfuhrer  kann  die  Aufnohne  in  e'en  OD,  nach  RuckspraOhe 
-dt  den  0rtst*r-»Stut2p,l6itor,   ohnt  Gruncancabe  verwei^^ern. 

OD°Beitrat^e  Cibt  es  nicht.  Ji„-.1er  OD=Mann  entrichtet  seinen  nonat= 
lichen  Mittliedsbeitr?4.   als  BundesiC-itijlied.   Beitracc   zur  EAaerad  » 
schaftskasse  dcs  OD  sind  freiwillii'. 

Eintritt   zu  VeranstBltuni-ent   Der  difenstlich  anwesende  OD=Mann  1st 
nicht  vorpflichtot,   bti  Veronstaitunfen  des  ifeundos  einen  be stii.iuten 
Eintritt  zu  bezpJ-.len.   Er  soil   cincn  seiner  Zahlun^sfahickcit  an^epass- 
ten,    freiwillicen  Unkostcnbeitrac  entrichten. 

•  Ausschluasi   Das'.Hcchft  auf  Anwcneun^  der  Strafverordnuni:  und  du 
Strafibeurlpubuh[-srecht  steht  ^ciev.  OD=Fuhrer  in  Rahi,.en  der  Vorschrif- 
ten  -jnter  n  OD>=Strafordnunt..  "   zu.   OD^Fiihrer  v#u  Abtci^unf.sftihrer  auf«. 
warts,   konnen  OD^i'annor  nit  dor  2ustr:-.:.;unt,-  des  zustandi^on  Ortscr.- 
bzw,   Stutzpunktleitcrs  aus  der.  OD  j-usschl lessen.  Der  Ausschluss  aus 
der.  OD  beruhrt  die  Wittliels-^hcft  iri  AV  nicht. 

Austrittt  Eii-,<.n-.iachtit-er  Austritt   ist  Dienstverweiteruni".   Wcr 
aus  den   OD  ausscnc-i.ien  will,  hst  ein  schrif tiiches  Entiassync^Gcsuch 
r.it  Grundniirabe   m   s^-inen  Abtciluntsfuhrcr  zu  richten  Wi.d  nach  M6g« 
lichkeit   cincn   Er£'tz;;ann  zu  werbcn.  *^II1- 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1591 


-8- 

Fuhniy szcupjia  iind  OD»AvfwelS!      Der  0D»l5srm  fuhrt,   ausser  seiner 
AV=MiteliedskartQ,'  seinon  OD-Pass  boi  sich.   Insofern  der  OlhtUmn 
soine  BTOrDSSMITGLIEDSCHAFTSBEITRAGE  piiiiktlich  entrichtot  und' 
pflichtfetrou  seincn  Di exist  leistet,   wird  sein  0D=Pa6B  nbnatrich 
von  AbtoiltiRESfuhrer  abgestetspelt.   Alle  sechs  Monate  wir  ",  der  C 
PasG  zur  KontroUe  an  den  Gru»OD=Puhrer  gesandt.   Der  vorbchrifttM. 
nassi^-  ccstenpelte  OD=Pass  tewahrt  dea  OI)=Marui  bei  alien  VeraD>» 
stnltungen  des  AV  und  dessen  Glioderunpen  Zutritt.   OD«=Passe,  die 
nicht  bis  zuii  Jewells  VORIGEN  Monet  abcestonpelt  sind,   verl ierec 
Ihrt.  Gulti^eit-. 

VERHAITUIIGSMASSRHGELN     FtlB     DEN     OE)=MAKN 

(A)   Der  Ordnunysdienst  des  Amerikadeutschen  Volksbundes  ist  die 
Schutztruppi»  unscrcr  Bewecunt;.   Eido  irtendwelchor  Art  auf  einen  Fuh" 
rev  £-ibt  os  in  unseren  Reilien  nicht,   aber  jeder  OD»Manu  ist  verpflic' 
tet,   iu  Raiinen  der  Lar>descosetze  seincn  Piihrern  unbcdin^ten  Gehorsau 
und  rxickhaltlose  Trcue  enttregenzubringen, 

Daboi  ist  zu  berucksichti^en,   dess  der  Befehl  des  joweils  rang= 
hohcren  Piihrc-rs  ausschlagcebend  ist;   die  Treue  dos  OD-Maunes  hbrt 
HICHT  beiu  Abteilungsfiihrer  auf,    sondern  gilt  in  Ictzten  Fall  dea 
BioniosfuhreT  VOR  ALLEN  ANDSRSK.  Persdnliche  Zuneigungen  Oder  Atoei- 
guxig-en  spiel  en  boix.i  rc-chten  OD«Mann  KBtKE  ROLLS;   die  Bofehle  dys  ?or= 
ccsetzton  wcrdon  ausgtfiihrt,   solan^e  dieser  sein  Ant  bekleidet  und 
nicht  den  Befefclee  SKINES  VorgesetiSten  zuwiderhandelt! 

Der  OD"Marin  soil  also  wissen,  dass  er,  von  der.  Tage  an,  an  welch' 
er  zuu  w^rstenncd  das  Ehrenkleid  dos  OD  tract,  imter  Ausschaltung  all 
personlicher  /jisichton  zu  einom  Beschiitzer  der  Bewogung  und  ihrer  fii' 
rer  GEGSN  JJZ2  UifTERGRABUNGS=  und  ZERSETZUNGSVESSUCHB  VON  IMM  ODER 
AUSSEH  j^.-wordi?r.  ist!  Der  OD»Mann  bietct  die  Gewahr,  dass  unsere  Bew*' 
£un{;,  wonn  notit:  unter  Einsatz  dws  Lebens,  der  unerbittlicher  Wider- 
sachex  des  judischea  Ksrxisi.iUs  und  der  konpronisslose  Verfechter  der 
Belangc  des  Ajierikadeutschtuiis  BLEIBT,  cuch  wo  dies  noglicherwoise  i 
i^enOeiner  Gruppo  IWJSRHiXB  des  Bundes  nicht  nehr  recht  sein  sollte! 

Wer  nicht  Vun  dioseo  unerschutterlichen  Glauben  und  Mut  erfiillt 
ist  -und  Aicht  als  fanatischer  Kaupfer  aitu-^rschieren  kann,   gehbrt 
nicht  in  Jon  OD;   die  nationalsosialistische  Weltanschauung  erfasst  z 
haben,   bedeutet  .xLlc-  Binduneen  an  die  liberalistische  Halbheit  end» 
f:ultita  sbbrechen!     • 

(S)     Der  OlD  ist  kein   Jehrvorband;    seine  AusMldung  erfolct  nicht 
nacJi  rain  riilitarischen  Gesichtspunkten,    sondern  nnch  politi3Ch«welt 
anschaulich   zwecknassi^'en  Richtlinien. 

Etwas  Exerzieren  ist  notwc-ndig,   ion  einen  dasziplinierten  Einsrtz 
zti  err.ot'lichen,    ater  noch  a-.>hr  soli   das  Hauptcrewicht  auf  sportliche, 
chare-kteriiche  und  eeiatitc  Ausbildung  beleet     werdc-n.   Der  vorau6= 
blickcn.^e  OD^Uam  wird  jode  Stropazt  cc-rn  anf  sich  nchuen,   die  ihn 
^t?]^TS'^^^Hi*^*"^'   '^hei^aktenich  und  ceistig  ST.4PJKER  -^il^im  USST  ALB 
•SEINE  ?zmu&)    ucr  Verweichlichte  und  Faule  tteht  deu  Abgrund  entrefei^ 
wer  dfis  RECHT  oufs  Labcn  haben  will,  nuss  ein  Kar.pfv.r  sein,   der  auci 
■■:et;en  sich  selbst  H/J^f  s^in  kanni  ,    ^«i   «u  ^ 


in  .j-urika  ^.u;?rottc-n  Kollen  nit  ihrcr  QlliZB^  uR/iPT! 
(C) 


-IX- 


1592  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-9. 

(C)  Durch  seinfcn  PISNSTAN2UG  ist  der  OD«=Mann  tiberall  Iticht  erkennt= 
lich,   Er  hat  deshalt  stets,   in  und  auseer  Dienst,   bt senders  bc-nuht  zu 
sein,   sich  eo  aufzufiihren,  wle  SR  SSLBST  es  von  eincD  Vertreter  der 
PUimERSCH;j'T  PES  AffiEIKZIiFJTSCHfllg  erwarten  wurdel   Er  ist  als  OD-Maiij 
kcinfe  i^rivatperson  aelir,   cleren  Verfehlimeen  cur  7/enige  in  Mi"  Iciden^ 
scfcaft  Ziehen;   cr  stellt  fur  ciio  allgeooine  Offentliciikeit  die  Btwe- 
£unt;  schlechthin  dar  und  hat  dafur  zn  sorcen,   dass  kein  flecelheftes 
Eenchiien  st-iiierseits  zu  einer  faiscsbcn  Beurteilxms  des  Bundes  iaUass 
Cibtl 

(D)  VersaixilunGsbesucher  xmd  GSste  bei  vmseren  Veransteituncen  eind 
nit  ci-osstucJclicher  HSflichkeit  und  Zuvorkonuenheit  zu  bchandeln. 
Manchea  Vorurteil,   das  eln  Praader  citbrinct,  kann  diirch  ein  vorbild. 
lichfes  Auftretcn  des  OlfeMaanes  beseitigt  werden, 

(B)  Rauchen  und  Trinken  ist  ia  Dienst  verboton.  Dio  OD^Fubrer  sind 
zuf  strencen  fiurclbifuhriing;  dleser  Veroiftdnung  vcrpflichtet.  Beiu  }Con« 
nando  oBienstfrei"  werden  MUtae  und  Sohiilterrieuen  abceieiit. 

(F)  Pie  wijchentl.l Chen  /Jppal3.e  cind  die  ^luxGsabende  des  0I>.  Sie  6ol» 
leu  Bbglichst  in  ^tirnhallen  abcetoaiten  werden.  Nach  den  Ecerzior* 
dienst  und  den  turneriechen  Obxmcfen  foicea  ei»i6  helba  Stunde  SchxHimc 
xmd  danach  kantsrpdschoftllcbes  Bciearscensein.  Der  ODaMann  soil   eich 
befXeissic.en,  ait  unsex-ea  Volk8»  und  Karjtfliedtrschatz  vcrtraut'  zu 
werden  xxad  auch  zu  diese.i  Liederschatz  der  Bewegun^  beizutragen. 

Pc&ntachuldi^  tea  gernbleiben-  vpo  Dienat  zisht  Bestrafuac  aach 
sich. 

(G)  4iMTS^iiJ..Tj£S.  k&inen  t;leichzeitig  einen  Ranc  in  OD  inntihaben.   Ibr 
«ocstiLer  Rang  cil^  heia  0&« Dienst  KlCHTj  Antswslter  stshen  beiu  0D« 
Dienst  vmtor  ci&:i  Befehl  des  zustladigen  OD=Fahr&rs.  Autswalter  sind 
nicht  verpflicbtet,  den  retelnSssigeu  OD-Dienst  aitzxinachen,   vieluehr 
ist  dioscr  fujr  sie  freiwillic,  da  ihnen  selten  die  Zeit  zun  regel- 
nlu36it,en  ODmDienat  tibrig  bleiben  wlrd,  wena  sie  ihren  besonderen  Auf* 
{.abeo  cex'ccht  werden  wollea.  Jeder  /jutswalter  ist  aber  verpflicbtet, 
an  denuonatlichen  General- Appell en  teilzunehuen.  Nur  ein  Rajigabzei- 
Chen  wir'1  auf  eiiii^al  j^etrsgen,  und  zwar  jenes,  das  dea  au^^enbl ick- 
lichen  Dienst  entspricht, 

(H)     .line  ,Bewaf.fntm|-  deg  OD  let  verboten.  ^Sird  bei  eineu  OD»Mann, 
«ine  Waffe  iefunden,  ist  dieser  sofort  ous  deu  OD  auszuschliessen. 
Die  OD«Pilhrer  sind  ftlr  die  strence  Durcbftthrunt  dieaer  Verordnxinc  vor 
antsortlich. 

(I)     Die  Sturnfafanen  des  OD,   die  Palme  der  Verelnigten  Staeton  und 
die  Bun<iesfahne  ni'i  dec  Abteiluncssplecel  ia  der  Gosch,   sind  die  hei» 
llC«n  Sicnbildor  der  Beweeunc*  denen  stets  die  hSchste  ;,chtung  ent«= 
t;ec enzubrlnf en  isti  Die  Stumfafanon  werden  nieuals  als  Schnuckfatonen 
verwendet,  sondana  stehen  IlffllBS  unter  OD»Bewacbxmg.  Sie  sind  lait  den 
)ue\>en  *u  bescii'iitzen.   PabnentrSv;er  zm  sein,  iet  die  hocbste  Ehre  des 
OJ)»Mannes! 

<«r)     Da9  fiecht  zxtr  Beschwerde  steht  jeden  OD-Msnn  zu.  Glaubt  ein  0I>« 
Kana  crund  zur  Besohworde  au  babon,  so  bat  er  dieselbe  schriftlich 
bei  seinea  AbtellungsfUhrer  einaureichen.  Beschwerdec  iibor  irbend* 
elnen  Vorfall  diirfen  erst  yierundawsnzit;  Stundep  naob  den  Vorfall 
uhd  niclxt  nehr  als  steben  fat.e  naoli  den  Vorfall  eincereicht  werden. 
Glaubt  dex  QQ»Umn,  bei  seinon  Abteilungafiihrer  kein  Recht  cefunden 
zu  haben,  fHhrt  er-jCdie  Bescbwerde  git  ?i8sen  dea  Abteiluitr.sfubrers 
welter  an'  den  Ortsiru|>pen»  bzw.  Stutzpunktleiter  und  iu  i?otfaII 
3cfertttwo4^  Uber  den  Bezirks-OD^FUhrer,  den  Bezlrksleiter  usw,  wel- 
ter bis  zvn  LandesaOD'-ltbrer  und  den  Bundesftibrer.  BescfawerdfB  ■agry 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1593 


-10- 

:'uti  nur   iarxi   borucksichtift,    we-nn  sich   ^er  OD^Mana   3tren>:  nn  dtu 

£ionstv,>',     hHl  t.  ' 

^--L  ./■•'    :"?^t.,.;treue  OD=Hann-wirJ   seine  Verstix'.yunj-  KIS  untcr  sci» 

''•••'  ^--  ;■ ..c::  Vor,  ecu-tzr  Jii  uten,    son  ■urn   stets  niu-  nach   OB"^   kla^ 

,.  c-;i.    Jilt,  ;',,^_..oln  vcr.  UhteracFHTtcn,    m  cine   Beschwcrcle   zu  bckraftic-. 
t  ■-■!»,    "Is  auch  dies  sonstit.  c-   Aufwiet-eln  Oer  Kenteraden,    t-il*  als  Zer= 
Gotzur.-  un'  Meuterci   tmd  zioht   sofortt_--et.  Ausschluss  nach   eich. 

OD- 
^ HT 


:jc».iuj...    an-    weu-cerci   una  zioht  sotorti_--et.  j.usscniuss  nacn  eicn. 
G-.ng  uiij  ^.aclitct  -^^cr  noch  so  berechtii  tea  Vcrarf.crunfi  eines  Ofi 

•L'^-IMi;:!^'.' '^'-''i'^'-l^,.^^  seine  orste  Pflicht.   allc-s  zo  vferwejcleD^   <!as  dii 

G£3CiJ.OS.-5'Sii:..faIT    'lv  Bewcfum:   f'ef.ahrc'en  koiintel 


DER      DIENST/JJZUG  (    UNIFORM   ) 

(A)      Der  ,;]CTIVE  OD  un^   uic  OD=RESa<VE.    die   SPIELMANNS2UGE,    der  SANI- 
TATSDIENST,    .•'ie   FiiONTiOiMPFERSCHAPT   und   die  iy6lTSiVi.lLTI5<SCHAFT  des  AV 
(einachlicsslich   ^cr  Hohtitstra(.er) ,    trafon  die  OD=Uniforn.    Fur  den 
Sonitatsdienst  und  die  Frontkaf;-pf erschaf t  sind  besonr'ere  ^atilinden    ■ 
•and  fur  die  Spie-luannszuce  ausser  dor  OD=Arnbinde  Schvsslbcnnester 
vort  esehen. 

(fi)      OD=;jf»7ART2aM   ist  das  Trn^  en  '■l^s  Dienstanzufes  nicht  t;63t8ttet. 

(C)  Ijer  DienstimzuG  ist  das  Ehrenklcid  dur  BeweLunc-  V/er  in  Uniforc 
erscheint,    ctellt  den  Kern  dee  Bundes  dor.   Der  Freade  wird  den  OD 
und  soi-it  den  Bund  nacb  ecu  Auftreten  de-s  Unifon.itra-ers  beurtellen. 
Em  SGuber  und  ordentlich  to^'altener  Dieustsnauy  und  eine  sctuaeidii,-e 
Haltunt-  in  und  ausser  Dienst,  uuss  fur  jeden  rechten  OD^Mann  Ehrtjn- 
sache  sein! 

(D)  OKDEN  UND  fflHENZEICHEN  diirfen  cit  dca  Dienstanzuf-  jederzeit  fe. 
tra^en  werden;   sle  werden  auf  dor  LINKEN  Brusttasche  L;etra..en. 

<E)     SPENDEABZSICHEN  diirfen  fur  die  Dauer  der  Senclunr,   FSSTABZEICHa: 
fur  die  Dsuer  dos  Festes  und  SPORTAUSZEICKSUKGM  fur  die  Dauer  ihrer 
Glilti^keit  auf  der  RECHTEN  Brusttasche  t:etra._eu  werden. 

(F)  Dh5  BWTOESABZEICHM  wird  auf  dec  Selbstbinder,    anderthalb  Zoll 
unterhalb  des  Knotens  cetrauec. 

(G)  RANG-,   GLIEDERUNGS=.   und  DIENgPORTKENNZEICHEH  werden  auf  den 
Achselklappen,  nbc'lichst  weit  vo-  Kraten  entfernt,   fsastre^  en.   Slehe 
unter  "Puhrerkennzeichen", 

(H)     KEIN  SCHMUCK,    ausser  den  vorL-eschriebenen  Abzeichen,   darf  nit 
der  Unifom  L"e$rci_en  werden. 

CD     Di'.S  VniFdmiMD:     Graues  Popl ijS-Hend  nit  lJnlet.-ekraL-en,   zwoi 
Brusttaschen  und  Achselklappen.   D?zu  schwarzer  Selbstbinder. 

(J)     Dm  DIENSTROCKi     Hccht,;  rnuer,   einreihit.:er  Rock  nit  offeneu  Krt* 
ten,    silbamen  Knopfen,   zwei  Brusttaschen,    zwei  Seitentaschen, 
schwnrzen  ^cbselkl&ppen  xmi  schworzec  Kratenobcrteil.  Paspol   silbern. 
(K)     DIE  UNIFOM-HiOSEs      Bel    Dienst  J5TJNTER  LACH,    laote   schwarze  Hose 
^fi^.|-4^ig<^",^a>   i^-zu  sciiwarze  Schuhe  und  schwarze  Socken.   Bel  Dienst 
Ji.    ifiiblSJi,    schwarze  Reithose  rdt  achwarzen  Reitstiefeln  odcr  mit  ho= 
hen  schwarzen  Schuhen  und  Ledercanuaschen. 

^^l  i.^'^"^  LSDERZEUGs      Schwarzer  Giirtel  und  schwerzor  Schultcrrienen 
uit  Me3sintk;oppol.   Schulterrienen  It-  Dienst  unter  der  rechten  Achael- 
kieppe.  -  — — — — 

-XI- 


1594  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


$«W««uw»A   o■l0m}t,^M54^*•4^^^.Al 


<M)     BIS  imiWOsMiTZEt     Schwarze  fclclxjitze  (K&ppi)  r.it  ailternc-r  Pas". 
pel.  Die  iMipze  wird  schrat;  i,etra,^en,  die  -licJce  -Sea to  ela&  Fint'erbrcite 
faSher  als  die  r€-iiht«. 

(8)     DH  ASMBIWDSj     Die  OD".'lnibln«''.tJ  hat  einen  schwsrzen  Grun^!,  nit 
elnee  sreissen  Streifen  ofcea  vmd  unten  nshe  m  Bond  und  rdt  aufostic. 
teii,   schwarK»Lol'ieneti  Byjodesabseichen  >jnd  colSoneu  0  und  D  in  der  Mit» 
te.  Sic  wird  a^a  oinJcen  ijfa,   oberhalt  des  EllbOj.e33S  ..etraten.   Oi©  Ho^ 
hfltsty&^.op  ujid  axideren  totswclt-er.   <aer  aktlvo  Og,   die  OlteReservg  imd 
ct'i'e  gl^°SpIeipanit3ZUL^  und  -kapg^ll^n  trai  en  ai^  OD^/jroMndg.  Bio  ;>rg'^ 
Mnde  wirV  in  lixi^  o5sScr  iDiohst'oit  der  Uniforu  tetra^^n. 

uex  S&nltatsdlenst  trlft  •  eizie  ^eisse  irnbinde  uit  stehendeii,  ro- 

'      """'"Me  grontk&ipfer  tracen  telu^OD^   Oder  OP^Rosejpvodi^nat  die  0B« 
ArQt>litde  xmd  toi  Proatkax^pfeglcljaf^s'c'iigns     eine  feldqr&'ug  (criin^iraue) 
jjci^iMncie  nit  auXfoatioktaDt   rol.^ongia  j^y-l'rontkenpfer.abzelchen. 

(0)  SIS  SCHWALBSHRBSTMt     2m  DienstanzxJi,   der  Qg«Spicdri?nnsn\:e.  te»' 
horon  3«6sor  der  01>.ilrj;»fcinde  rot«wei  33}.„,e3tr0if  te  Scnwyslt-oxHieatgr.   Die 
Schw«lltenR«ster  der  T&':ibyuriiaJore  sia3  nit  fvexi&an  versehtn. 

fUHRSKKSMZSICHJeiSf  (RANG-  ,  OLISDBSUNGS"   USD  STMOORTEBHRZElCHiN) 

(fi)     DIE  (a-IEDSaiilS  (HoheltstrSfer,  OD«fiihrer,   sonstlcer  i^nt-swalter) , 
er0bt  sich  aus  dor  Farbg  dcg  Spierels  jsuf  der  liokon  Achsolklappe. 
(Fiir  -Uv  Jut^iwi  ujrd  die  FrsyeiiSch'rir'fc'  beKtohen  besondere  Kc-cuaaeiehon.) 

S:^  r>II3vSTllj'd3G»  «reibt  sich  aus  den  Steraefi  ujad  Stroifen  ai;f  der 
li33kefi  wOliselkiopxj©.   (msuBhsxci  JtiL^-nd  una  PreuenschoH  ^') 

Dm  S^lM^iiT  der  Al:tfcilur.t   (Dienstort  der  Wtroffendett  Beroichs» 
leitu&r)  orj.lbt  sich  ous  der  Spic-i  elfarbfe  und  Ap te il uja»  snuiiae r  o dor 
songtit  en  KeonagJchnitng  auf  der  recfaten  Aobsolkl^ppe.   QA'asnatoe?  dU" 
,1  end  wic  Iraueaschcf t .  )• 

(B)     Bisher  totm  g&e.  »5^d«?yti  aant /^bzeicben  wcrdec  uuentceltiich  be  is 
I,8ndei?gOD«w'lgtschfci't6ant  ieran  neue  einrets^acht.  Weitere  Be  at  ell  un^:©!! 
Ma^  eteafails  aa  dos  L&ndes«0I)«'.<iJ't3chiafte3nt  zunrlchten. 

<0)     Eang«  imd  aieastortkenaggichon     ddrfen  t-rst  tetrrc«a  warden, 
Jttaehdeti'die' ilufiiahne  in  iden  CD,   bzw.'  die  ErnejanijnE  atJ  eineu  ikat  vor= 
echrifteaassic  bestStict  worden  ist. 

<i»)     '^m  rnnmSfdEBrnt  GM,BSR  ^ie.  el  mt  VISR  Sternen  auf  der 

li-nJcea  AchseXklappe,  GELBBR  Spiefol  xiit  BUNDBSABZSI C21EH  auf 
der  r«:-chtc'ii  Achsoliciappe. 

(1)  iwEE  I.uU5iI-ES«OJ>F0&<IRt  SCKWAtJESS  Spiegel  nit  DP.SI  Stornen  ayf  der 

lifikexi  AcfcSfeXkiappe,  GILBSR  Spi<?t,el  isit  BUSDBS/JZBICHSH  atif 
dor  recbtc-n  Adbsclklappe, 

(F)  GALiLgl^^Sit  GILBSi  Spie-al  cit  liREl  St&rnen  8uf  der 

linJcen  AcfaseUaeppe,  Spic-*  cl   in    Ic-r  GAUFAJEB  tait  BUKDBSABZEI* 

OHSSI  ©luf/.er  recLtea  i.ct-iui>lklapp&.    (Mt'  Ggufgrbea  eind:  fiir 

den  Gau  Oat  HOT,   fiir  don  Gan  Hi tt*:;! west  S1ISS  unJ  fiir  dc-n  Ga« 
West  g|,LU.) 

(G)  OAli»OD«F0liH®J  BCm^^zm.  SpiCiel  uit  :S<iSl  Storufen  «nd 

MBI  Struifc-a  aJif  der  llnfeen  Ach$elklappo,  Spiegel  in  der  GAU- 
fAieE  uit  AB1!iILUHGSia!MM®  dea  Dier-startes  auf  der  recht^fn 
Achselklappe.   <I>ie  .Ab ts i  1  rniL anig feier  ist  die  fMuaer  der  Ortss 

-Xll- 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1595 


gruppe  bzw.    (J«6  Stutzpunktes.) 


( H )      Vom  Gau=OD=Fuhrer  und  den   anderen  Gauaintswal tern  bis  hin>jnter 
zuxei  nzelnea  ;Or-Mann^    trai-;en  alle   Koheitstrab'^r ,    OEi'^WHrtr 
'and  sc.'-isti"^:e_  jia'/ftwal ter,   QD^Zu^fuhrr-r,   ^f-ilenv.'aTtex-.~?!  ^Srup= 
penfuiirer,    Eloclr'/arttf  und  QPoM-i'iner  auf  ctr  re'chten  AcEselT 
klappe   einen  Spi'egel  "in  der   zutreffend^n  G  auf  arte,    mit   der 
ADteilungsniimmer  des  Ortes,    worin   sioh  ihre   Dienststelle  be* 
findet;    ihre  Rangabzeichen  tragen   sie   auf   der  linken  Achsel«= 
Klappe.    Auj;r;ahffien »  Jugend   und  Frauenschaf t. 


(I)     GEBIETSLEITER:  GiXBES  Spiegel  mit   ZITEI  Sternen  und  DKKI 

Strcifen  auf  der  lirjcen  Achselklappe.  Rechte  Achselklappe  wie 
unter  (H) . 

(J)     GEBIHrS=OD=F0liEER:  SCHWAHZER  Spiegel  ait  ZWEI   Sternen  und 

Z'-'HI  Streifen  auf  der  linken  Achselklappe.   Rechte  Achselklappe 
wie  unter  (H) . 

(K)     KKBISLEITSR:  GELEER  Spiegel  rait  2""E1   Sternen  und  ZirSl 

Streifen  auf  der  linken  Achselklappe.  rfechte  Achsellclappe  wie 
unter   (H) . 

(L)     KBEIS^OD^FUHEER!   •  SCK«ARZSft  Spiegel  mit  ZWEI  Sternen  und 

EINZM  Streifen  auf  der  lirJitin  Aciiselklappe.  Rechte  Achselklappe 
wie  unter  (H). 

(M)^    BEZIRKSLSITER:  GELBER  Spiegel  mit  ZWEI   Sternen  und  SINEM 

Streifen  auf  der  linken  Achselklappe.   Rechte  Achsellclappe  wie 
,  ^     unter  {E) . 

(N)    .BEZIRKS=QD=FUHREH:  SCKWARZER  Spiegel   nit   ZWEI   Sternen  auf  der 

linken  Aciiselklappe.   Rechte  Achselklappe  wie  unter  (H). 

(0)  "bHT3GRUPPEN=  bzw.  STlJTZPUKKTLBITER:  GELBER  Spiegel  mit  Z"/EI  ' 
Sternen  auf  der  linken  Achselklappe.  Rechte  Achselklappe  wie 
unter  (H). 

(P)     OD=ABTSILiraGSFUHi<EB:      SCKWAiiZER  Spiegel   mit   EINBJ  Stern  und 

EINELI  Streifen  auf  der  iinkuc  Achselklappe.  Rechte  Achselklajp' 
wie  unter  (K). 

(^)      0D=2UGFUHRER:  SCliV//a>ZER  Spiegel   nit  EIN3,:  STSicH  auf  der 

linken  Achselklappe.  Rechte  Achseliaappe  wie  unter  (H). 

(H)     0D«GRUPFa5FUHRER:  SCIIWiiiZER  Spiegel  nitElMBiI  STRSIPEf>'   auf 

der  linken  ..chsel klappe.  Rechte  Achselklappe  wie  imter  (H). 

(a)     0D=M;..W!  KEIIfE  Spitgel    oder  Kfeii.-:Zc'ichen  auf  der 

linken  Achselklappe.   Recht.:-   Achsc-lklapp..-  wie  laiter  (H). 

(t)    l^I'L'J^Sr.ITER  DKR  OD^FtHRUrGE:: :        Iviitarbeitcr  dtr  OD=Pi;hrungen 
trat^en  als   seiche   keint   b._'Sonderon  Keanzeich-in,    a'^;5St-r   ^uf 
•  dc-r  rcchton  Ach3^,-iklappo   wis  urtter   (}i)   verge  s^-hen    iat.    e-j^ 
kleider.  sie  abor  ^Iclchzeitig  cine  der  FiUirer;-t.:ll'.r. ,    tr-iC^n 
sie  die  deci  ,jew'!i2  iren  Di-;nnte   cntpprechunden  ..bzt,icA«,:j. 

CI')      ZIXLSJ'JLEITER  urtd    BLuCALSITBK   sind  Hc;.t.i  trtrSger,    ci-j   u'c-  r   i-:..ine 
ei^jf.ij.;'!.  uD=i?'Jhrui,gtr:   Vfrfu,'.;r..   OL^-'lji-ni-chaiten  '••.cr J-r.    iKn-.n 
boi    Bcdsrf  vom  Abttilwnt.cfahr' !■  -it    cer  GlukUlu  .rn-   Ji  .:    .ynT. 
fcc«.    Stutzp,lci-:..rs   z'-ur  y..-efu(;i:t;r   ./'rutf- 11  r .    Z:£I.IB::;,Kr "I  >.    tr-s/.-n 
uin^-n  GSB^i  Spiogcl  "iit    f:r,R,:  rt   rr.   ^i  l  TIMl'  ^':--iftn  --nS 

-XIII- 


1596 


UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


dor  U.-iJ^^-!.  ;.2h:..,lkiappt: ,    -JU    r^-chte  y.chsulklappe  wic  untcr  (H), 
BLOCaSIT^R   tragc-ri  c-int-n  G:-XBEM  Spicg-.-l   ait   EIN©.1  STiiiN   atif 
d«r  ligku-ij  /.cr.se-lklappc,   dU  rtchte  ;xhsflirlapp<5  wit,  mit-.-r  (H), 

(V/  S0r<3TlGE  .JvJTSV.VXTLR,  ZI1LE!;..;XTER  w.a  BLOCKW:i<TKs  L^cti'c'-fs  Fuh 
rcrkLnri2cichniii-i{;  dor  Jugcni  ujr;d  dor  Frauonsciiaf t,  siehv  die 
Diur.etvorschriri-tn  dicSer  Glicdcrungen.  Eine  Tafel  sur  Ertlae. 
ryr.g  dor  auf  der  lintren  /.cbselklappe  getragcncr  HangabzeicheJi 
dor  ubrigcn  Fuhrung  des  AV  folgt.  /.life  &URdc'sr.it.fliedtfr.  die 
in  d<.n  orgton  Sxcbon  Rang-stufcn  stciivn.   sind~'ji.tsw6ltcr. 

KOHEITStPjiGS;  /  OD^Fteaaj  /  aiKSTIGE       /  E;.NG.   /  SPIEGil"  /  Ri-i.'G- 


Bun'dcafuhrc-r;  1. 

Landes=OD=Fuhrcr:  Z. 

Bundosaatswsiter:  2. 

Gaul.jiters                                                     '  2» 

Gau=OD=Fdlxrt-r:  3- 

Gauaifltswaltcr:  J. 

GebiittslQiterj  3. 

Gc;;iets=W=Fdhr.ri-:         '  4. 

Gebiet seat cwal tor ;^. 

Krcisleiterj  4. 

KrcisiOD«i'uhrcr;  5» 

Kreisamtswaltor:  5« 

Btzirkelcitcrs  5. 

Bczirk£^=CD=Fuhrer!  6. 

Be2irksaatswaltcr:6. 

6. 
6. 

OD=Abt>.iiungsfuhrer;  ?. 

Ortsgr . antswal tor : 7 . 
Stu  t  zp .  a!:a  tswal  tt,-r :  7  • 

,7- 


Ortsgruppenl titer: 
Stutzpunktleiter: 


Ztllcultiter: 


Gelb 

Schwarz 

Rot 

Galb 

Schwarz 

Rot 

Gc-lb 

Schwarz 

Rot 

Gelb 

Schwarz 

Ec-t 

Gelb 

Schwarz 

Rot 

Gelb 
Gelb 

Schv/arz 

Rot 
i<(ot 

Gelb 


• » « 
»♦  • 

If*  m    ■ 

V 


*  « 

V 

V 
V 

V 


0D=  Zugf u  hror : 


Zcllvnwaltcr: 


Blockleiter: 


OD=Gr'upi  enfiihrcr: 

Elockwart! 


8. 
8. 
8. 
-9. 
9. 


Schwarz 

Rot 

Gelb 

Schwarz 

Rot 


/ 
/ 


-XIV- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1597 


~i,,' 


id'*-  y^4> 

DIE         STUHIiPAH?iB8  ^CC 
;  k^?" 


^     (..)      Jfj.-c  Hoht 

*^~'  .<mii  i.         _ .  „ ,  ,      _     . 

fehrc-n  wcrdca  iibtrall  ffiitgofuhrt-,  wo  die  Laituxig  ode-    dtr 
CD  dcs  t-jtiv.'ffcn'JBn  Koheltsboix-ichc-s  amtlioh  bet^iligt  Ist. 

(B)     I>iv  SUir.'ef  almon  ;.;/erd6n  gt^ts  w:<|  nur  voc  tmifornlertort  OP* 

rIc  atis'tllc-h-in,  verschonift  od<?r  vt-ritauft.- <»<-Wfclhte  St.iarHJ» 
ffebjieij  wcrden  rjit-  «ds  Sehmuekf  eJman  Vr>c«efi<2-?t  od^r  anfge» 
hsiigt}   aic'sin-a  3t^ts  sxj  Acr  Stange  zu  ritoen  und  ix-dr  unt«rr 

(C>     pig  gt\jr.Bfa|-in->n  sL'Vi  vjtjr  ?u39  hoeh  •und  sccfag  Fugg  'broit^  Die 
%mi'^sf&h(.c  i.at  c-iii---n  hccJirotc*n  C^rund,  »it.  vvcisac-n  StraJ-tl on 
voii  acr  ^ittu  nach  doii  vlei-  Sckea.  M6  Tri^-r  Strahlcc  cntw 
^  h«ilteri  jc   cw-?!   schw^rze.  Strcifon.   la  4«r  Mitt**  dt»r  Fahne, 

m  suf  fc^jidfij  Soiton,   ist  c-in  ■il'sji  fuss  lioh<33,  ^ol denes  Bimdi&6« 

abE«»icliC;n  mit  schwarzcr  Schattiertu-ig  aufgenSiit.  In  dcr  Gofccii 
(ci.T  ob-;ruii,    irjec-ren  Kcko  dtr  fahiie)   t3t  auf  beidcrt  SeiteJJ 
d-JiC  Faimt  <3i:i  Kenaz-ricirtiiun^sepiC'C^l  ang^brscht.   r«f  Spic-gol 
ist  scc-hs  Zoli  iioch  ynd  csun  2oli  brsit  ■un>3  wird  zwei  2oll 
voti  dfer  nt&tjfto  UT.d  eiiicn  Z-Jll  Tc-ai  obbre-n  PaiuacnxeniJ  aufg«-» 
n4ht-.  31t-  ari<^-ri}.anic-clvj  Stuxttfa^me  wiM  aiiS  k«iae  Wtie<!  b>?« 
scvid'T.*  f/  kcztd:z<:iciir.-ii.. 

(U)     ;^$  r  itt.r.ti.f;^  its-'  fiir  '3ic   sxwri kar;i schc  Sturmfaims  soli  aoglichst 
ein  7,dlcr  vcrwcn-Jct  w?rd02i  und  f'ir  die  Kundf-estunaf  abne  <Sa» 
br-onzent   ?':iU'iosatzc-ichc-r,,   welche  durch  da*  Laj2d€-s«C'I>»'.Urt» 
scheftsajat  bosogcn  wuracu  kiJcjjcn. 

(E)     filo  aaerikaiilacfa6  St»xraf.a?"iac'  bc-fl»^itct  .-^io  &urj-_.-33turffif ghn'i 

Hv^^~5ic   vtird  i;nc;?r  m  £^ir(.npl&tz  zar  W^litM  •lor  Eundos^ 
f.alint-  gvtx-a,fcen  bzw.  fe'-ii*f_,;.strillt.   (.I'<  d'ir "fear'cchri oft tr>,aig 
r..chts5  &uf  a«:kr  vor  Biihri.-n, rccr.ts  voia  Scdner  aue  gesehen^) 

Die  S'^ijftaf r^hnc  -icr  Oi-t.rj|rur.pe  baw»    jc*  :5t.ui;zp'.nikt<?3  (clis 
;.'otfii'aiig^r=d-.r..,!  fuhrt  tti.u£  Spiot  ol }  Ort.%:rus>pt:i=   bz«. 
St-JtzpunK^nhi:-.    '.jii-i  £iiifa30-:njt.  GsXB. 

rd«  B^2irJ:s!SfJi-:.irGfcxte  ■fiihr-;-  r.KLCC-i^.U.VE  a^icj-.-I ;   SBZirkaiia?.-:- 

Di;   Fro i  3>atu£^f  ^jj^nt.   firxt  i'XK'A.^ZS  Spiafci'l ;  iCi-eisnast    iiad 
Bi  nfos  Slice  i^lS."*.      ' 

Die-  Gai: i ; tgutur.'::f aiuio  fixhrt  0E5HS  S^icf.-^I*.  Gs-bietfinaisc-  >ind 
£  J  n  f  asiurO^BX 

I'i-.  "artHt-.-rn-f  sJinr  Thhxt  ni^Z  Spiced ;  G5Uu«s3iC   ur.d  Sinf  ajESung 

C'1)      l>ii-   itura.fHbni.r;  .^'..-j-!   r'sji-ci.    -ian  l.sndc-s.C&swirt'scnaCtsa.'St   »u 

W:ii.-h(::i.   ici    "-..r  fcc .-'.ci Iv.r.ii,  i.vt  ''.i.r  :.ai'.   das  bC'treffenden 
Hofcc^itsbcrt  icn-,.*  a'.>t  jIv.1"o'"K  fuazyuoboti. 


1598  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-i5- 

EXERZISRDISfTSTVOaSCHRIFTER 

{J.)     D<;r  Sxcrzierdienst  ciig»t  ^!ogi  ^rilliaassiRan  51nutK-a  der  fiir  ..ixfrn 
trctc'n  un<i  Haltuns  einar' MrJbeit  unont't'ohx'lichon  JPormen.  ' 

Sc-r  gxeralerdienst  ist  Mcht  Selbstzwck,   sondera  wlrd  nui   ange« 
wandt,  ua  eine»  hcichst  notw$n<iigen,   auf  acdere  V/eise  ujaerr<?t«hbari3n 
dlaziplinierton,    schlsglirfil'tlgon  Einsatz  uad  <Ji&n  hocihstaogXicthec  Grad 
waiiren  Ksmera^ccheftsgeiates  zu  ermog^ichen. 

-  B<-'^  Excrzlorai dcst  y^rl  mf,t  imbedliig-te  kdrperl  Iche  uog  ee istlge 
UntcroFdnunK  ^»tor  den  Willen.   D^r  ferfoltt  elxiga  olaGiaassigeg  Exerzie^^ 
rens  wird   zm  Gradiaeesor  des  iruioren  Wertes  der  Bixiheit,   derm  Manaes- 
zucht,   SQlbetbfcwusstsein,    Susammengehorigkeitsgefuhl,  Selbstbeh«rr» 
scfcung  ixnd  Einsatzbcreitschaft  crhalten  dyrch  ihn  gescbXosscnen  ilus« 
druck.  Der  ±m  Sxerzierdieast  euagubildets  OD-Mann  zeigt  durcb.  seine 
Haltufig  die  Starko  selnoa  Willcns  und  seiner  Goainnung.  Sr  mwes,   zur 
cigenen  Freydf,  iiberall  verdienterweise  an  Blick  und  Haltyng  als  0D« 
Maiin  ei-kenubar  un'd  als  Vorbild  Ach-timg  erzwingen  kdnnea, 

<B)     Die  purchfuhrxtjig/  des  Sxcraicrdieaatcs  hat  streng  .und  hart  gu  seixi 

sind  sofort  b<iiai  Vorkommen  abaustellon,   denn  sine  laangelhaftc  Grurw» 
ausbildung  lasst  sich  spStor  seiir  acitser  wiodsr  gutaachec 

(C)  Per  Sxt-raiordifrngt  aolX  Jgaaer  nur  eine  kiirze  Zait  geubt  warden. 

(D)  Die  /^ixwendWig;  tlos  ExerzicraBS  als  Strafo  1st  varbcten. 

(E)  DES  DIEKSTCRUSS* 

(l)~  2ur  Hationalhymno  dor  V«roijiigten  Staaten  ("The  Star 
SjimilcKi  Ban;iar")  un>f  zu  dem  Liede  "fjnevlcs."  ("My  Country  'tis    ' 
of  Thee")  wird  die  rrichte  Hand  Uhc-r  der  rectitea  Schl^fe  an  die 
Mutze  galegt  (   die  Hand  waafc«jr<?cht,  alt  Tia^evn  und  Dauaen  6n« 
golegt  urid  Icicht  gefcruauat) .  Die  LIME  wird  dabel  wie  bei  i»Still 
gestaxjden"  :ji  DER  HOS^WAHT  gehalten. 

(2)-  Btji  /vLLEH  andcran  <liilSsson,   (Faiirienaufrsarsoha,   Ehrimgen, 
dienstliche  Bcgrussung  usw.)  benutzt  der  CD  nm>  dan  Bundosm 
gruss.   (Dassolbe  gilt  fur  die  Frontkampforscheft,   i'jntswalter« 
schaft,   Jiigend  und  alle  iibrigen  Gliederungen  des  /,V.) 

Bcisa  BtiTideegruss  wir  die  aBJHfS  auf  kiirzestca  Sege  nach 
vorn  imd  etwss  nach  rechts  goatreckt,   die  Hand  in  Eohe  der 
Stira,   der  .jrm  parallel  ait  dem  recibtcn  Fuss  in  dar  Graadstel^^ 
iiing,   .lie  Fingc-r  gostrackt  und  der  Daiimen  angalegt.  Fniformier* 
tc  io&en  ia'Diti  die  liUJEE  ana  Koppei,   die  Hand  etwss  links  von 
Koppc-i,   die  Plnger  ubers  Koppei  gcatreckt  und  der  Daxusen  hintcr 
deffi  Giirtel.   Nichtimifoisaiei'te  halten  die  LINKE  beio  Bundasgrnaa 
wie  bc'i   nStillgestficden"  an  der  Seite.  Bar  Gruss  wird  atge» 
■  'schiassen,   Ir.daa  die  RSGHTE  erst  Bit  waagertfchter  Hand  vor  die--- 
,    link^  Drust -sofiihrt  wird  -und  dann  beide  H&r.de  gleichzeitlg  azi 
<■■,  '  die  3«;t..  .  m  die  Grundstellting  gesenkt  werden. 

:- ,    Ik*!   i.  .;;rtiyo  Grues  mit  faochgeworfener  Hand  ist  nur  ausser« 
dicnstiich  -sidassig.  '  -     • 

.    X5)~  Dc.r  a?!tiiche  gcsprdcfccne  Bundcagrnss  lautetj   "Free  Anterie&r 

'  '  (*}-, ille'  frundesnitglifcder  \m6  In  erste^r  Einie  alle  Uniforatertt 
'    .     '. .    dee  Buades,   oinsetolicsslieh  dtjr  Jygend,    aind  verpfilchtet,   sicii 
Seg«?as«itig.urid  untyreinander  za  g^seeft.   Der  JCiagare  ,baw.  8ang« 
-  nied«re  ist  vcrpflichtet,  ,  zugrst  zv.  gruBsen,'  jedoch  verlangt  eg 
die  KJMmJJiSCBu^-J,  dass  JED^  bsreitwillig  SOFOKf  0E1M  , SSIEJSIEN 
grusst,.  ohna  auT  Formal  itSten  zu  pnciisnl    ', 

■  ■   '     I  IT  ■       I     ,  ,1,  II    ,  ...  .,  Ml  ,  '  „WT-_ 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1599 


-15- 

(F)    d;.s  ko:.m/j«do; 

(1)-  pas  Ko:..r:nr.do   bowirkt  e^cneu  fostj- electe   Bcwt.>uni.tn  des  einzel» 
nun  OD=^MannoG   bzw.    dcr  Kinhtit. 

Das  KoL-;  fi:n1o   best.iht  in  der  He£el   aus  cin^::  /j:ikiindif,iui(-:sicoi >« 
.  ondo  ur  d   cine-:.  loiofii': runt-. sko: .ur-ndo .    ZwiscLeii  den  beidt-n  Teilc^   deS 
f:o;..  .,".--i(cs   ist   ei'nc"" iriLTZe  Sprechpeuso   tinzulfigon   (schrif tlich  d^rch 
ciner? ''.'tcrorochteu  Strich  finJ-.,dcutet:    it  -  ■•).    Dan-  Aniaindife;uncsko..-J.iando 
'.vird  ,_CL:thnt   ruhit;,    dro  ;.iisfulirur;r,sko: .. .ondo  kurz  lir.d   scherf   f:e£cbon. 
Kcin  Konnando  Irtit-. r  rufun   als  notic. 

V.iu   d.-.r,  Ka:.;.ndc-,    so   die   /.usfiihrur.bl    Ruhe,    Sicherheit  ur.d  B<5  = 
sti.  ..til-it   OkjI:.   Ko; j..an4itjren,    sind  die  Vorbe,'ir.L:ujir.en   zu  tinwcndfrti  = 

Dfcr  Ko!r..?ri 'iur.;. ■■'.,-    ui  .^.t   vor  Abgcbc    ."'.es  Kor,i:,.r:n.i.)s  Grur.'stellur;^ 
cin  un  !   stcht   jo   n.-ch    'i.r  Brc-itu  ur.d   Ticfc    dor  Fi'ont   bo,    'ess  er    'ic 
Kinhoit  ubcr.-'chci;   ui.i.;  v>ii   jc dc;..  OD=Mann  ccdiort  '.y^r't;.  i.arx. 

(2)-   Irrtu:..lich>.    Ko: .:.:n;. 'os    .;cr/<i*.    :urch   nKo: a:-  :o    "-gruck"   ruckLaritii 

tiCi.iriCiit, 

(5)-  IJI£  iViiiLDUKG:    Frsciioint   oiu  r.-.ncbdhvrvr  Vorj.  ■-sctzler  b.,i   cii.e. . 
i'.ppell    o-.'er  cir.ur  Yc-ranstrltu:jL:. .    so  uuss  voi.   jcvcils   dier:staltcst<.-n 
Dier.sti.ebori.'cii  unbo   inrt  Mel.'.unt   orstc,tt..-t  wcr'cn. 

:is  c-rstcs  i'.o: ., .B\i '.o   bei  .  £rschcino-n  cir.es  hbh^.-rc).   Vorr,v.setz= 
ten  orfolt't    Iss  Xoujor.  ^.o   n/.CHTUlMG,"   .  usfubr\!rif::    Dit-    8Ri;etr.:  t.jnoT.   gu= 
'.vie*    rit    nici:t"h,_c'trvtcrior.  OD=:!af-t;cr  .uuhr-.er.  Grix^-..'5tcllunL:  ein,   ;.it    }'.'.. 
Elick  it,,    'er  ftichtnijt:.   loa  hdhor^r.  V;>iv  cGctzfcn.  -  '  ■ 

Ko:..:..cri.:G3  boi  ier  M-.lduji,  ;  ".JtilltC-stan.'-in."  nAurtn  -  re^chts" 
bzvv.  "Die  /.Ut,ei.  -  links."  Dcr  'i.  .-.rAultost'.  Ptiiir^r  cl'te  ';iu,  otarko, 
'.cr   ant  otrot>.r.e:i  iM.'um.schi  ft   vu"   crwuint    '.ohv.d     '.o:.   run  :•  at^uss. 

.Vortlout    :..r  ^.kl  :uni-;    "OJ-CEinlxitsb^zoichi-unr )   ...it   (..nzshi) 
Mann   z\u.  Dioi.st    :'..;--etr-t>.n."    „'eit..re  i.o;....3r! 'os   .jv   r.-ch  ,  nor  "nunc    k'L; 
rr'nthohvjr^  n  Vor;-  .  -  -  tzto.n  .' 


(G)  U   3  U  N  G   E  N 


^^^~  &r-jr  :st>-rllun, .;        K.-s ..  or  lo:    nGtill,  c  r,tnn  \-n!" 

:.u:jfu;,runL:    Jer   o:'.=  '.'r'nn  ni:..„.t  Grun 'st.-llur.t    c-in.    Dor  r..cbt  ■ 
ru&3   bleib-c   i.tcL.....    I)._r   CI)=."1a.:n   stuht   ctili   <  it  .'et.   rircke-n   zu= 
sc.-'.vn.    :dc    l'\n'.r;r;itZi  ;,    Gin."    j]  ■:■  ich,..'>oEit:   Gcwcit   n-cr-j  -.usru-n 
:  c-'stcllt,    ,:'t;G    "iu   i'iiGG,'  r.icht  i  ri:z  eincn  r._cht.n    .vin>:.;l   bil== 

«..n.    Dos  G'l.vicht   iat   ouf  'i-'C.'.e-n   ).;n  ":    .«-_llvn  ■  1^  ion.  .a.':3it    vcr- 
toilt.    Die  Knio    si:.'    U.  icht    ".urcL.       ruckt.    bi..    :>i-,Lul  tLr.':   ;"i:.' 
in   !_l''ichcr  ;!bh'.    un '    zuruck,  i,r.or.  ..n.    Die   ;.r:.  i    sir,:'   Icicnt    -"n- 
t,<zo^..',     '.i'.   Ellb.:  i.r   li.ici.t   n"Ci    vorn   (•    riickt,    -i:..     Ki.p;.-. 
jirn.^br   it.,    v:/.     i'.orr..T   <.ntf..r:.t.    :A^   H^n-V    li.     <:n      ir        r  :.  .:.   = 
t'l'>'".--    ':n  "     '.  i:    Fi;..  .- r;.i  i  t  z.  ;.    -  u   -'on  Obtjrr:^d:i;iJ^oli..    PK   ii'-'i' 
-ir  ■      ..  .=  '1  ^  .-:  a.  ;.,     '.  r    .,    u.  ..!.   ..r;tr:.CKt    -in      -r   inn*.nf  l^^r:.'.     .    '-^ 
L^-i_vfir..  ..r..     ,f        •    r  ::it  t:-in;..  ..  r    --i  '"..r  }UjSi,n:.-.j  t.    j.:r  Kupf 
"^^ir  :  l.-'r..       — 1:^...    ..■-.;.  ;:ii,i.   i,.icl.t   -n    kn  n-ls  .e::-.  i;.,      ^^r 

dick  f  r.  1  r-  •.-.':...,  i.,  ;.n..i  r-ihi,^  ii,  ;;.  ;  f  •;■.  i  ■.  '...;^ichts= 
..n&k'.i':  l..i'-..t  ..•.  t  1  ■  ich:.  assii_  (  ...G;' -:rfit .  .1  .■r.-t  l.  r-  '  ,  die 
L(.ib..nik-1:.    i.ic'-'     ■  :     ^Zj':.-.}^/  Zv;att.f..li       .1.;....     :  •  ■> 

rtiick;  r- t   nic'  t      -m---!'   ru.;r..i'. 


rf 

,1 

t 

1  '. . 

J  :  f- 

i. 

.      1 

■  -  » 

",.' 

-^  _1 

\,r 

■  ..     .  ,        ■    r     '.Ui 

1^.  -itiil. 


-•/:yii- 


1600  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-17- 

^'^^~  t<uhron;      Ko^,.f!ii.:o:    "Ruhrt  -  Euch!" 

.'.usfiihrur.t;,;    Dor  linkt  Fuss  wird  seitwarts  vorwarts  i  otjotzt. 
Dor  Korper  wiri    cntspamit.    Das  kiihrcn  wir;.   t,£'iiau   so   schnoll 
UE."   strnff  custefiihrt  wic  jc  'es  an-'ore  Konunndo.   Die  Dienst= 
klti.'unt  viirc'  ,.dt  wenicen  Griff  en  jcordnct,   ;.  ..sprcchc-r.   '  iev 
sich  imnotit"  bow^{,t  wir.'  nicht.   DiC'  Arac  wcrcler.  nicht  u>^er  dcr 
Bjriist  vcrschranltt. 

(3)-   -Vcn.'.^n  rmf  dor  Stcllo; 

LouLiaiKlo:   wRcchts  -  yil" 

i-.usfiihrunt::    Die  LINKE  FUSSPITZE  un..t   ..'u-n  R5CHTEN  H/.CKSN   hcbcti. 

i3cn  RECHTES  PUSSB;XLEN  t  onz  wcnig  voi;  Bod..H  heben,    'en  re<ihten 

Fuss  loicht  nnch  rc-chts   wcrfei.  und  cleichscitit  O-en  Korper  auf 

!.2c^.  LlfTKEi^  Hacken  90  Grr.d  nech  rcchts  drchen.   Den  rcchten  Fuss 

bci   /.bschluss  der  '.Ver.duiiK  seitwarts  en  den  stehenden  Fuss  hcreii= 

Ziehen. 

K oi-\u and.o:    nLinks  -  \m\" 

i-usfuhrunc;:   Die  T/cn.1ime  nach  Links  tjeschicht  euch   auf  ."eu  lin«= 
ken  Hacken.  Dcr  eochto  Puss  wird  nach  Ausfiihrunfe  der  '.Vcnduni; 
von  hinton  im  den  stohenden  Fuss  h^rsn^ezoL-en. 

Kon{.-;ando:    wGnnze  Abteiliin^;  -  kchrtl" 

/.usfiihrunG:    Wic   bei   nLinks  -   U'l!",   nur  iiit  der  Drehun£-  ui.  180 
Grad.   Nech  dor  '.■(Onduiit:  nRiihrt  -  Euch!"   kOiinandieren,    dei^it  die 
Haltung  vcrbc-sscrt  werdeu  kana. 

(4)-  Blickwendunp.on; 

Konaandoss    n Aufien  -  re ch t s I "        nPie  Aupen  -  links!" 
..usfiihrung:   Don  Kopf  ruckartiL  nach  rechts  bzw.   links  wonden,- 
bis  der  Blick  frei   in  der  befohlencn  Richtunf:  c^richtet  ist. 
Die  Korperhcltung  blcibt  unverandert. 

•   •    KoLiiiando:    nAUt^on  Lerado  -  cusi" 

Ausfuhrua^i.:    Den  Kopf  ruckartitj  in  die  urspruni^lichc  Stellung 
zuruck'btjwtg'Qiifc  Kopf  und  Augen  bewot,en  sich  GloichzeitiE* 

(5)-  ^'iei.tretcns 

Kormandos:    (Beispiele)        «Noch  links-  Tiff».Gtreten!" 

nWacb  rechts  -  woFfatret'eni" 
"Ifach  vorwarts  -  wc-fiLetreten!" 
nftach  riickyarts  -  we^tretretonj" 
nluf  die  wiese  -  wer.Letroteui" 
-    Dcr  Befehl  konn  nit  beliebiton  SusStzen  i^-oteben  werden. 

..usfiihrung:  Die  jc  nach  den:  Befehl   erforderliche  V/endung  und 
drei   sctmelle  Schritte  in  der  bofohlenen  RichtunC' 

(H)  M/i?SCH.\RTEH     UND     M/JKBCHBrn/EGinreEN 


lu  AV  tibt  es  droi  Morschartc-nt 

(a)-  Der  Mersch  nOhne  Trittl" 

(b)-  Der  Marsch  tilri'  (iieicTiichritt!" 

(c)-  Der  Uorsch  ittu  straffea  Gleichschritti"   (Mcht  Paradeschri 

schritt) . 

Der  Karsch  »Ohne  Tritt"  wird  snfewandt  iu  Gelande,  auf  schlech» 
ton  7^'ecen,  nuf  Briickcn  imd  bei  langcren  Marschen-  Haltung  und 
VorwartsbewotUGE  werden  nicht  beeinflusst. 

Der  Marsch  hLi  Gluichschritt"  ist  die  Gebrauchlichsta  Msrsch- 
art  bei  Marschen  duroh  Ortschaften  und  beii-3  Sxerzieren. 

-xvriJ 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1601 


-18- 

Der  MfTsch  «In  stroffeii  Glcichschrittl"  wire  cnfcwrnat  boi 
Vorbci.-.arschen,  bei  El.renbezeufiint.cn  vii\^~  zur  excrzi cruSssic en 
Ausbilduij.;  siif  kurstri  Strwcfcen* 

Ko.-.  .u2v;.3:    xlu  Gloichschrltt  -  Morschi " 

/.uafiihriuics  Mit  -xtj  ifiikcn  Fuss  wire:  ontotTatQn^   otoc  ueto* 
ntuif  t!es  ersten  Schrit;tcs.  Sctoitt  80  ZciitiL-.t-ter  (52  Zoll). 
114  Schritte  ia  -^cr  atiiUte.  Koxpcr  oufrccht  liiid  festrcfft. 
.Bitcki-ichtunc  lu-rcdo  nach  vorn.   iJic  /j^c  wer.len  lelcht  re. 
schwun^o^*   ^*it'  Finfer  etwas  tiekrurn^t.,  Dsr  Gaitf  ist  iToi  utkI 

Kosii,.;inao:   Bphnc  fi-ltt  -  Mgpgch}'* 

Ausfuhrunci  Isit  der  iiniren  Fusb  Viir'l  em  ctretcn,   ohno  Bcto- 
nuxic  des  ersteu  Schrit-tcs.  SchJCittaass  urid  Scbrittwoise  rich« 
tec  sich  necfc  <ior  Bcachntfenhcit  <les  Qolandcs  und  dcr  korper- 
lichen  B»3Schnff«nfcoit  Cce  Marschicren'?.en. 

Koj-jjanaoi   nAbtoiliint.-  -  feracfat"  (Dns  Koxx^endo  fur  dea  stroffen 
Gl ei  chschr lit.} 

iMstuhfmi-ct   Lcs  linke  Bcin  wtra  nit  leiclit  f'yrcbL.edrucJctoQ 
Knie  uqu  nit  ctwas  njjcL  ewssen-  unil  nach  uBton  ^efichttter 
Fusspitz,<j  vcr..,ebroc]at  ur;d  ofcr.tj  ilbortric-benes  Aixf achl  S;.  en  fest 
auf  visa  Bodcn  (_"«set2t;   die  Puaepitzc  be^iibrt  <Jeu  BocEon  zuerst. 
Bel:.,  NiO'Jeraetzen  des  linken.  Fusses  verlSest  e'er  rachte  Hackea 
den  Boden,    des  ruchto  Scia  wird  lt2icht  cetorti!^^*  cturchteaogon 
und  wie  vorhcr  dna  links  Bein  each  vorn  t,et>rocht.  IK*r  Ober>» 
kSrpc-r  talei^t  ruhic  xmC  ce straff t  awfroeht,  nit  leichter  8fei» 
cucc  each  vcrn.  Bine  serifcrochte  Bowepinc  das  OberkSrpera  ist 
z«  vcrr.iijiac-ii,   inaon  das  KSrporcewicKt  etets  axif  dea  ;J9«eii8  . 
fufcesetztcn  Fuss  bleibt,   bis  der  andero  Fuse  f&st  auffssetzt 
ist.  Die  Arxac  warden  etwas  etroffer  durchceachlagen  &X&  beia 
Gl.-^ichschritt,   dio  Hainds  leicht  nsch  irrnsn  t.,eecbwujQLen,   aber 
nicht  uber  die  Koppelbohe.  Schritt  a?  2entii.ater.  114  Schritte 
in  dcr  Minute.  

&«r  straffo  Gleichschritt  soil  unbedintt  orst  nit  gana  lang" 
ss;aiou  Sdirittnass  (etwa  60  Schrltto  in  der  Minute)  oirc<JJibt 
wtrdoa.  Boiu  iiboa  sind  dio  Hiindc-  orst  hir^tor  dec  Hiickec  vcr« 
schrankt. 

Io.-mandoi   wLeuf schritt  -  Marsch.Marscht"     Dient  aur  besclilQU»» 

aiCtoa  Fortb<>werur4.  e^scblossener  linfceitea  iibor  kurze  Strok« 

ken. 

/.usfliferunej   Beia  Kotajsndo  nLauf schritt"  wcrd.ea  die  Untsrarne 

leicht  aaceKOton  wid  die  BUboiea  i^ekruiaat.   Beiri  Laxifschritt  1 

160  Schritto  ia  dcr  aiaute. 

Kotiiiando:   bIl  -  Tritt}"     tlbei^ang  von  Lauf schritt  in  den  | 

Ms>rscfa  nOhae  i'ritt'*.  < 

iusfiihruniTj  Scch  den  Kouuendc  warden  noch  drci  I,8Uf schr  itte  i 

Ccuscht  uad  d.&xm  itz  Morsch  nohne  Tritt"  weiteroprschiert.  Die  ] 

/jrae  wt-rdon  ent^oaat.  I 

Kopoeado;   wlfarech.  Marach?"  '  ' 

i-usfilhrun^: i  bcr  Oi>«Maan  lluf  t  so  s  chnell  wic  DOglich,  ohae  ; 

von  dcr  Marschrichtunj  atzuwcichen.  Ist  daa  Ziel  nicht  naher 
bezeichaet  wordcn,  wifd  wsitorf  elaufen  bis  dor  aachste  BefeW. 
c-rfoltit. 

Koniiondoj    n/.uf  dar  Stglle  in  Gleichschritt  -  Mors<?h»" 
.'.usfiihrunc  t  Ohno  Vorwartsbowecunf  Zeitnass  uad  Schritt  eiahal» 
ten.  Die  PUsse  kaan  voi:  Bodoa  hebon.  -XIX- 


279895 — 41— pt.  4 11 


1602  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 


-19- 

Konraanao:    nFrei  -_WB|I" 

Ausftlhrunct   Auf  nFBEI'*  wcrden  hrlbe  Schritte  tetjsc^t*   oxif  nWKJ", 
lies  hci  Aufsetzcn  des  lixiken  Fusses  koi-^iandiert  wird,  uecht 
der  rechte  Puss  noch  einon  halben  Schritt,   worauf  fr«;i  wee 
Uf.rscl-ifiort  wire'. 

Kor.a:iandoj    nAbtcllting  -  Hcltj" 

LusfiihrunQi   Des  Korj'jendo  fSllt  in  Glcichschritt  beia  Niederset= 
zon  des  rochtcn  Fusses.   Der  linke  Puss  wird  noch  eineii  Schritt 
nach  vorn  gosetzt  und  der  rechte  dann  kiirz  hercnt-crissen.   Dor 
OD»Matin  steht  in  Grundstcllime. 

Komaiidos:    njn  Glejchschritt  -  Acbtunr!".    «»^.chtiu;(- ! " .   w.ilur,on  - 
fiechtsl".   Oder  wljIo  /i.u^:.5n  -  Links!".   nRuhrt  -  SucHr' 

DiesQ  Eonaandos  werd<;n  in  obi£:er  Reihonf  olpe  nur  bcia  Vorbei= 
Darsch  ani^cwritdt.   wird  nohne  1?ritt"  ucrschiert,   so   erfolct  2U» 
nachst  das  Kctjczanio  nlu  Glcichschritt",   donn  wAchtunt^",   wornuf 
der  straffe  Glcichschritt  rufcenonuen  wird  und  die  linke  Hand 
ans  Koppel  '_roift.   Die  Hand  lieu*  eine  Handfereite  licks  von  der 
Koppelschnallo,   die  Fincer  cescLlosscn  schrSp  abwarts  vor  das 
Koppel  festrcckt,   dor  Daunen  hinter  deo  Gurtel.  ^uf  das  KoonaBdi 
nAuL.en  -  Rechts!"  bzw,'.   Hbie  Aucsn  -  I/inks!",   wird  der  Fiihrer 
ancesehen,   dor  den  VorbeiLcrsch  ebninnt.   Beic  Vorbeiaarsch  er« 
hebt  nur  der  /.bteilupt-sfvihrer  don  /irn  zuu  Gruss.  i^uf  das  Kou* 
iiendo  nRuhrt  -  Euchi",  werdeti  .Ue  Htodo  kurz  herabcenoianen  und 
Kopf  und  AU£:en  ici  sol  ten  Auj^onblick  ceredeaus  fe-erichtet.   Der 
Mersch  wird  iu  Glcichschritt  fortt.esetzt. 

(2)-  Wcndunr  in  Marsch; 

Koijiiando :   "Rechts  -  m.-A" 

j.usfuhrur.L  5   t^-  Gleichschrltt  fallt  das  Koujicndo   nUn"   beiu  Nie= 
derse tzen  des  rcchtcn  Fusses.   Der  nachstc   Schritt  wird  noch  c^" 
radasus  i.et.achti   die  V.'endunc  wird  auf  dea  Ballen  dos  liukon 
Fusses  aus{_efuhrt, 

Kor,i:.;ando:   n|,ink3  -  u.l" 

Ausfuhruncs   I;s  <ilcich schritt  fallt  das  Eon-aando  nucU"  b^iu  Hi6« 
dersetzon  des  linken  Fusses.   Der  nachst*.  Schritt  wird  noch  r-^" 
radeaus  Keaacht;   die  '.Vendunt'  wird  ©uf  den  Ballen  dus  rechten 
Pusses  aUBcefuiirt, 

(3)-  Gruppenschwenkunnen  und  Marschwrdnunr.; 

Koouandoj   «Xa  Linie   zu  eineu  Glicd  enretreten!*'  Odert    nln  Liniv 
zu  gwei  Gli€dern  an^.etreteni" 

AusfUhrurie J  Der  rechte  Flu^^elnann  des  creten  GlieJes  stellt 
sich  drei  Schritte  vor  deu  Koroizandierenden  auf;   die  OD«Manrier 
stellen  sich  nit  Richtunt;  ^ind  IPuchfiihiiinc  in  Linie  ligks  vou 
Fliicelaann  nebonc-inandcr  auf.  Der  Abstand  zwischen  Gliedarn 
betra^t  80  Zcntij^ieter  vou  aiicken  dc's  Vordernannes  zijsr  Brust 
des  ttSchsten.   (Bine  aust*estreckto  Arnlante.) 

Koniaando J    wln.Rgihon  zu  zwei  Glledern  anretreten!" 
AusfiihruncJ  Der  rochte  Fluteloann  stellt  sich  dxei  Schritte 
vor  deja  Som-^ondierc-ndcn  auf.   Die  OD=Manncr  reihen  sich  nit  Ab» 
Stand  und  Rich  tunc"  zuu  Vordeamann  in  zwei  Gliedern  hintereinaft» 
der. 

Sebeneinander  stchendo  OD^-Manner  in  Linie  bertihren  s.aJ'Z  leicht 
die  antewinkelton  Ellbofen  ihrcr  Nebenaanner.    (Tuchftihlxmn.) 
Der  Ab stand  vo.4  Vordomann  zur;  nachsten  bei  Gliedern  und  Reihen 
tetract  80  Scnttiioter  vun  Riicken  zv  Brust.  -XX- 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1603 


-20- 


nAn.-.etreten"   achliosst  Cen  Befohl  ngichtet  -  Euch!"  Gin,  be''.eu» 
tet  also  sin  Verbal  tnis  zue!  rechten  Fliicelnonn  xuid  "dann  zui;  ut« 
wcieen  Vorrlcruann  Ausrichten  urid  Still atehen,   bis  ein"weiterer 
Bofehl  erfol^t.         

Konnendo:   win  Linio     zu  einea  Glied     lijoks-<oder  rechts'-  nor= 
schicrt  aufT"     (Ziur 'tfeit-^staltunL-  einor  REIHS  in  eine  tiNife  zu 
einera  Glied.)      (liO.r.nndo  uit  odcr   ohne    nMarsch^   Mcrschi") 
Auaf iihrunt: !    Oer  vori'.ersto   Oi/=Mann  narschiert  terat.e   axis,    tritt 
r.ber  kurz,    bis  seino  Hinternanncr  links   (bzw.   rcchts)   von  ilu-\ 
zur  Linie  auft.olaufen  sine",  und  Richtunt   cenonraen  hsben. 

Koruandoi    Wilbzaiilon  zu  ^rplgnl" 

i.usf  uhrun;; »  tot  dec  Abz-ihlen  bet  inn t  der  rcchte  Pliibelnann.  "Sr 
niant  Grimdstollunt  ein,   ruft  nit  Jciirzer  Kopfbewyrun^;  nach 
links  scdne  Zahl  und  riihrt. 

KoEa:iGndo s    nMit  Gruppen  rochts  (over  links)    achweakt  -  Marsch!" 
AusftihruncJ   Beife  Konnandc   lOtitGruppen  aHJJK'iiiJschwenkt  -  f.i?jr3chl " 
'Jer  rochtG  Fliicelnann  (Nr.  1)   fulirt  die   ,7endunG  auf  der  Stellt^ 
i:^it  drei  Schritten  cue.  Hr.   2  und  Nr.   5  nnrschieron  clt^ichzui»  . 
tit-  Git   drei  Schritten  links  von  Kr.   1   auf  vind   stehen  still. 

BoiJK  Komiando  «ln  Gruppen  LIKIIS  schwenkt  -  Marsch  i" 
Nr,   5  cacht  die   ivendunc  nit  drei  Schritten  ouf  dor  Stolle;   Nr. 
2  und  JJr.   1  nrrschicrcn  nit  drei  Schritten  rcchts  von  Nr.5  auf. 

Koduandy;    n/ybteiluni,  -  Marsch  1"  "  j 

,.usfuhrun;::   Dor  ruchte  FlUt,elnonn  ist  verrntwortlich  fiir  die  | 

Morschrichtunc;   cr  hct  ^.er.au  ouf  Vordernorji  zu  narechloren.  { 

Uc-r  Gruppcnabstpji'"!  b&trac't  drti  Schrltte.  j 

Korr.pndos   nRechts  schwenkt  -  (:);lor  links  schwenkt  -)  Marsch!"  ; 

..usfuhriinc:   Dor  rechte   (bzw.  linke)   Flu(_.ela?5nn  scltwcnki  so 
lanie,  bis  das  Ko;i.aando  nGerade  -  Ausi"  fol;;t.   Die  npchfol[:on= 
■-.in  PlUt_.eLnanni,r  dcr  InnGnsoitc  schwenken  .-encu  auf  derselben  \ 

3tune,    w:^  der  <;rste   Fluocloann  dio  Schwcnkunc  ausuefuhrt  hot.  | 

Koi'raando:    nin  Reihon  r.esetzt  -  Rc-chts  (cer  Links)  urU"  Bofehl  I 

zur  Uatc'Staltunr   oinor  Gruppenkolonnc   in  &ii,c  Jcppulreihe. 
,iusfuhrunt:s   Beir  Kom-iondo   "In  Reihen  ,e3etzt  -  Roclits  uiil" 
Boi   «un!"  toht  dor  rechtc   FliiLeliiann   (Nr.l)   dtr  ersten,    !rit= 
ten  und   .'.er  andxren  unteraden  Heihfcn  ^  eradcaus,  wahrena  Nr.2 
un^:  Nr.5  '■'iesfcr  Reihen  eine  Rechts=UM=iVendunt'  eusfuhrtn  und 
^-uin,  hintcrcinanJer  narschierexid,  IlAkii  hintcr  Nr.l  einschv;on= 
«c«;n.  Der  rccLtw  Plutclnann  (Nr.l)   dor  zw€it«n,  viertea  und  dcr 
"T'^ii-'in  ^errJon  Reihen  nrcht  eino  Halb=P.cchtE=-.7endunc,  und  bcvli 
sich  zur  Rochten  seines  V.^rdcrnanncs,   wahrcnd  ^•^.2  und  Hr.} 
.xeser  Reihen  erst  ^^int  &.jcbts>=CJi!«=\Vendunt.-  -jachcn  und  darm  thn 
hintereinnndor  urrschicrend  nacht-rTschicren. 

5ei"  Kor-iicndo   "In  Roihcn  t  c-setzt   -  links  un!"  Der 
y.r,  an.t  oiitspricht   i-'.eu   -.bi^en,   nur  dass  der  linkc-  Plu.  elnnnn 
(Kr.5)    ,:cj.v>::',>."us     cht  und  i;r,2   und  «r.l  Lirtkswcndu.-^^  en  ;.achcn. 

f'-^rncr.d::    win  Gruppc-nkul  ..rmc   -•  rcchts  (cder  links)   t.^rschiert 
nMl       B.fohi    zur  U.rcBtrltunG   oinor  Dvpi^i^lrtiht-  in  tine  G'rup« 
pc-nk^i  -nno. 

..usfuhrtni,  :   Obl^c   Ausfiihruiu    u..  okchrt.    Eel      ;  cfvhi    nin  Grup= 
u..  S,^,^;;^''   ~  ■^■-cJ'-ts  :.,',rscl.iert   aiof!"   3ei   «auf/"   i  a,t  dor  jyaw 
rechteXMp^IXJOK  Fid,  d  .crui  dc-r  .a-ston,   vierten  ut. '  je'.r  wcit.reT 
.-rittcn  uciho   .  ora-'L-rius,    scin  Kobcn..anrt   ro^iot  sich  hintcr  ihn 
un     cxe  r.nderen  ;.=^rschicrcn     rechta  r.edc-n  -'iccen  auf.   Bei-.  lio.^ 
-an.-y   Bin  Gruppfrrikalcnxiu   -  links  L-rTSChiort   --uf!"  ^.t-schicht    :a... 
Ei'.tspr.;ohGn',;e  nsch   dcr  iinken  Selte.  -X:{I  ^ 

•  .i 


1604  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


-21- 

(^)-  F)^rienaiifi-".arscho  a 

(f^)-  Frlir-en/tUFuarschkop .c^ndos ;    ni\bteiliU)K  -  Halt!".    n?ahnenab° 
t>;ilun»;  -  Front!",    nFahnen  -  ahl" ,    nHiihrt  -  Euchi" 

Atisfiihrurfc:    Der  OD  halt  zohn  Schrittc  vor  der  BiHrcne  und   tritt 
euf  der  Stellf,   bis  die  Fnhr.enebteilung  bl.  Ziel  >aufuarschiert 
ist.     7/0  die  Biilmenvcrhaltnissc   cs  erlauben,   narschiert  -^ie  Frh- 
n«.ncbtcilur.e  gera-^.eaus  auf  die  Biihno,  iiberquert  die  3uhnwnx.iitte 
iiTid  kreiizt  sicL  a'j  hinteren  Endc   der  Biilme.   Das  Kreuzea  ist  not= 
wendle;,   wcil   die   .'Jffi&IKAtasCHEN  Fshncin,   nit  Front  r.ach  der  Ver= 
srj^ii  lurib,   VO{(J  PUBLIkUM  AUS  Eesehen  LINKS   stehen   sollen.    BeiLi 
Kreuzon  hot  ('cr  Triiger  der  araerikanischen  Fahne  den  Vortritt. 
Dio  Trajjcr  -2er  cnerikanischen  Prhnen  i.:arschicren  nach  links, file 
'rrafcer"'Vr  Bundesfahnen  nach  rechts  bis  zu.i  Ziel.  jdle  Fahnen» 
trager  trcten   r.nf  dor  Stolle   bis   zui.x  Ko_aaando   nHsltl" 


(b)-  F^^hr.cn/lBijprsclikcoaondo a ;    npD  -  StillRcstanlen}"  , 
iiber!*',    nFalmenobtcilunj:!;  links  und  rechts  -  uxil",    ^^Ab^ 


"Fahnen 


'.btellunts 

Mt-rschi" 

•    Ausfiihrtuig:    Bvxl,  Korj-cndo  nFf>hnenabteilune  links  und  rvchts  - 
xiji!",  ,.,,', Chen  die  Tratex"  -'C'r  eiierikanischen  Fahnen  HECHTS  Uft5  ui.d 
die  Tra-er  der  Btmdcsfehnexi  LINIS  OT   (von  der  Biihnen^itte  wej:). 
Boir.  i\o..u.:ando   n/.bteilutti?  -  Marschl",   fUichen  die  Fahnentrager  ei= 

'^ncn  Ge^enzug,    bis  sie   sich  wieier  in  d*,r  hinteren  Buhnenr.itte  I 

treffen,  krouzcn  aber  NIGHT  wic  tela  /aifuarsch,    sondom  schwen=  | 

ken  nebonclmnder  oin  und  :;arschieren  von   der  Biihnen  herab  wic  i 

sic   i'eko.^^ei.   sind.   Die  Faiuitnobtcilunt:  uarschiert   jiuf  die  nitt=  j 

lere  OD=i-.oloimi;   z,u,   .•.acht  vor  di-rselben  eino  linkswendui-t  zun  | 

Gettnzutj- UTrl  tritt  dciJi  auf  der  Stelle  bis  ein  wei teres  Koroiaando 
ert'oltt.   BcL:  Koa..oiido  n  -  Marsch!"  wcr^'en  die  Sturt-fal'inen  auf 
die  rechtf  Schulter  (_cnof:i.cn.  Bci  ;.uf:iarschen.   Atoarschen  und 
Vorboi„inrsch';u  v;erden  die  Fahnen  in  Prasenticrkaltuiig  t.:etregen 

Auf    'rs  Ko. j.or.i'.c   nFahncn  -  iiberi",   wird  die  FfJino  ruckartie  in 
Praser.ti(_rhrltunt   tebracht, 

luctuhv'Ji,i_t    Die   Pnhne   steht  nebcn   dou  P.ECHTEK  Fuss  und  wird  :_it 
der  rocl.ti.f.  Ilnn  '  t'eivilten.   Dtr  Ar;.:  ist  drbei  nach  unten  ^cestreckl 
3eii..  Ko.. ,...'.:.." o  >fiber!",   wir '  die  Pahnc  ait  der  rechten  Hand  ruck» 
crtif  !:ocht.enoi.u..cn;    der  Ar:.   bleibt  etwea   antjezoten.    In    selben 
Aut  cntlick  i::,rvift   Jie  LINKS  Hand  an  die  Fohncnstantc-;    Jer  linke 
An;  i'.  rechten   ..iiikcl,   wa3t^(.recht  bis  zur  Schulterhohe  hochge« 
nui...en,    Jie  Hand  flacli  t'^strcckt,    die  ?annonstciit-e   zwischen  Dau= 
:,en  und  Zcitefinijer  ceklera-.t. 

Das  KotTU'.ando  "Fahnen  -  fiber!",   filt  zutleich  den  Spielaannsziiten 
uiil  e'er  liusik. 


-lie 


Bei  .nlloii  i;ufnarschen  usw.,    ist  stren^  dareuf  zu  achten,    doss 
ru-erikrnischen  Fahneu  STiiTS,  in   der  Mcrschrichtunt:  bz\v.    in  Jer 
Elickricl.tui,,:  nuf costellter  Fcimvnrt.tuilunt^en,  HECHTS  o'^er  VOM  t,etra= 
ten  mer.'c-n  un  '   zv   stei.t.n  koLJienJ 

Ferncr   sti    jede.;.   Fn^mcntr^cer  eiuL'escharft,    dass  die  ar.orikania// 
schc  Fahjie   lei   AKI.NEi;   Ehrun^  en   zu    scnken   ist! 

F<./::;i::-„^CH£,    S..AL«      un  !      3CilIJE:..oXKE 


(5)-(,")-  ^uhnei.=    un.''   diol.vaoh.: ;     ;acb'.nbon.'e  0D«;.1araier   stehen   fest  nit 
LCispreiztcn   ?t;iii.  n,     :ie  Hdndc   hinten   uwfrltot. 
(b)-  Fi-l'.ni-iw'ycU-',:      rcMj:jben<,':u   stehen   fcst  .-.it  jcspreizten   :ji,inen, 
"'ie   F'hn.  nitf-..      .-it    \'-r  uu-^i^swur.,  en  nach   unt..;n  ^,-cstrv<'kten  Sech< 
ten  teh-dti.r.,     'i..-  Lir-k^.    .'-.n  ~'cr  Seitc   odcr  a...  Gurtvd.  -XXI. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1605 


•,22- 

(5)-  Abldaung  der  Wachet  AblSsung  ii^endwelcher  Wachen  findet  RUR  wah- 
rend  eingesetster  Pausen  oder  Sei  Rednerwechsel   statt. 

(a)-  Saal«  und  Klhngnwachenablosun^i  Jeder  Wachhabende  ninmt  Grund" 
stellung  ein,   aobald  er  die  Ablosimgsmazinscheft  eiifffiarschlerea 
sieht.     Die  Abl^sungsmannschaf t  msrschiert  ucmittelbar  vor  den 
Wachiiabenden  auf .     Alle  Ablosenden  oachen  gleichzeitig  Rechts 
bzw.  Links  um  io  Siohtung  der  'Sachiiabonaen.  Im  sfelben  AuBsnblic, 
raacht  Jeder  Wachhabende  einen  soitlichen  Schritt  nach  rethte. 
Der  ABLOSaSDE  macht  einen  Schritt  vorwarts  und  macht  Kehrt; 
gloichzeitig  macht  dar  ABGELOSTE  ebenfalls  einen  Schritt  vor« 
warts  und  Hechts  bzw.  Links  laa,  in  der  Richtving,   aus  der  die  Ab« 
loBiing  eckoEtEicn  ist.  Die  abgelSste  Mannscfaaft  marschiert  gom 
schlossen  abj  die  neuen  Wachhabenden  bleiben  in  Grundstellung 
bia  die  Abgelosten  abmarschiort  eind. 

(b)-  gahnenwachenablosunji; ;   In  d€m  Axigenblick,  -zu  welchaa  dor  Abl,o« 
sende  vor  dem  3iiciiiiebenden  und  die  sera  zugewandt  stcht,  vind  ehe 
der  sbzulosendc  Wachhabende  den  vorgoschriebenen  Schritt  nach 
rechts  aaoht,  prasentiert  dieser  die  FaLne  und  tiberreicht  sie 
ruckartig  den  AblSaenden.  In  tlbrigen  erfolgt  die  Ablosung  wie 
oben  orklart.     Bei  dor  Ablosung  wird  nicht  gegriisst, 

(I)  S  A  A  L  S  C  H  U  T  Z 


(l)-(a)-  gahcon'wache .   Buhnenwaeho .  Sealwsche {  Zur  ?ache  eingeteilte 
OD-M&nner  verlassen  timSuLB  ihr^n  Postsn,  bis  sie  vorechrifts- 
Eiaasi£  abgelost  sind,   pusscr  wo  sie  vou  wachhabenden  Gruppen». 
fiihrer  ebkonaaandiert  wcrden.  Selbst  bei  Storimgen  in  einftr  V©r« 
seianlung  hsben  diese  Manner  auf  ihren  Posten  zu  bloiben.  Vor 
Pahnen  und  vor  Buhnen  ist  beaondcrs  starker  Schutz  zu  stellen. 

(b)-  RollkoiaEandoa?  Bei   ;5eder  Verseiaalung  ist  ausser  den  obigen 
V.achcn  ein  RollkcaaEJando  aufzustellen.  Es  ist  die  Aufgabe  des 
RollkoTJiisndos,  Buheatdrer  zu  ©ntf emec 

(^)~  Sinsstzt  Ausser  bei  besonders  grossea  Vtransteltxingen,  soil" 
ten  Vc-rschicdcne  OI>»Gruppon  abwechselnd  zus^  Wach«  bzvs,  Rollkon« 
mandodionst  eii:gcsctzt  werden,  \m  nicht  bei  jeder  Voraarualung 

.   die  gmze  Abteilung  dicastlich  zu  beanspruchen. 

(2)-(c)-  gfeifeasig^al  zur  Koncendoankundif^unRt  Ua  dienstfroie  OD=Kaxi« 
ner  iu  Freicn  odc-r  in  grossen  Salon  schnell  zusannanrufen  zu  k'^i, 
non.  Ein  zwui  Sekundon  langer  Pf iff  luid  zwai  kurze  Pfiffe: 

„  .    -    -.  »,  jeder  dienstfreio  OI>=Mann  erhebt  sicb  SOPORT 

und  niofat  Grundstellung  ein  Hit  Blickrichtung  saf  den  Kot:iuandie« 
rendeu.  Sofort  nach  diesec  Signal  erfolgt  «ntweder  ein  Konnando, 
sine  Bekexmti,.£ChunE»  daa  Angriffasignel  Oder  eine  IViederholung 
des  obigen  Signals,  wolche  "Mersch.  Mcrseb"  in  Richtutc  des  Koi:.» 
cendicrtndea  und  lAntreton"  vor  iJjn  bcdeutet. 


^^5~  Sturr^sif nal  i  Drei  lan^e  Pfiffej 


Dienstfreie  OD«Manner  und  die  Roilkcaaiiandos  greifen  Gegner  an. 


(c)-  Sau^.falsi:,nal;  V/it.derhoite  kurze  Pfiffej 
Ansiriff  ebbrechen  ur.d  Antreton. 


3TRBIFENDIENST 


Streifondi&ust.»  Haus-  und  Lagurpolizc-iTorschriftcn  werden  gc= 
tronnt  hersusces*5ben. 


1606  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

[Translation  of  Document  #3] 
THE  UNIFORMED  SERVICE  OF  THE  AMERICA-GERMAN  BUND 

Organization   Structure 

The  supreme  commander  of  the  Uniformed  Service  [OD]  of  the  Bund  is  the 
Leader  [Fiihrer]  of  the  Bund.  As  his  representative  in  all  uniformed  service 
question&i  lie  designates  a  National  OD  Leader.  The  National  OD  Leader  is  in 
charge  of  all  the  territory  of  the  Bund. 

The  National  OD  Leader  issues  orders,  which,  countersigned  by  the  Bund 
Leader,  are  sent  out  to  the  officers  (leaders  of  areas,  regions,  circles,  districts, 
local  groups  and  strong  pointsi),  for  execution  and  are  binding  upon  such  officers. 

The  National  OD  Leader  appoints  and  removes,  with  the  confirmation  of  the 
Bund  Leader,  all  coworkers  of  the  National  OD  Headquarters.  They  form  the 
staff  of  the  National  OD  Leader.  They  themselves  do  not  issue  any  orders ; 
their  orders  go  through  the  National  OD  Leader. 

SPHEUE  OF  OPERATIONS   OF  THE   NATIONAL  OD  LEADER 

The  work  of  the  National  OD  Leader  is  divided  as  follows : 

Organization  office:  Elaboration  of  service  regulations,  plans  for  assembling 
transportation,  quarters,  feeding,  clothing  and  equi]mient  and  the  drafting  of 
building  plans.  (The  technical  execution  of  the  building  plans  of  the  National 
OD  Leader  is  accomplished  by  the  Bund  organization  leader,  except  as  is  other- 
wise provided  under  "OD  Command  of  Local  Groups"). 

Equipment  office:  Issue  office  for  the  whole  equipment  of  the  OD.  its  homes 
etc.  (The  procurement  of  articles  of  equipment  is  accompli&ihed  by  the  Bund 
Organization  Leader,  except  as  is  otherwise  provided  under  "OD  Conunand  of 
Local  Groups"). 

Finance  office:  Entering  and  calculation  of  receipts  and  expenditures  for  uni- 
forms, badges,  etc.,  with  the  Bund  Treasurer.  (There  is  no  crediting  of  special 
contributions  of  OD  members.  With  regard  to  "OD  Comradeship  Fund&i",  see 
under  "OD  Command  of  Local  Groups").  Working  out  of  plans  for  financing 
planned  procurements,  buildings,  schooling,  insurance,  support,  and  the  like. 
Conduct  of  raffles  and  sales  of  cards. 

Personnel  office:  Keeping  of  the  OD  card  file,  custody  of  the  certificates  of 
registration,  issuance  of  OD  passes.  (The  latter  are  issued  by  the  National  OD 
Leader  in  person).     Checking  of  appointments,  removals  and  transfers. 

Laljor  offlce:  Regulations  of  the  use  of  the  labor  service.  Supervision  of  train- 
ing in  trades  and  advice  as  to  callings.  Securing  of  positions  in  agreement  with 
Bund  Adjutant. 

Insurance  office:  Direction  of  the  OD  insurance.  (Life  insurance,  sick-benefit 
funds,  unemployment  aid). 

Law  office:  Surveillance  and  advice  of  all  OD  establishments  Avith  respect  to 
legal  provisions  as  to  sanitation,  feeding,  construction,  meetings  etc.  Investiga- 
tion and  settling  of  disputes  in  the  C)D. 

Gymnastic  offlce:  Physical  exercises,  sports,  training  of  the  body. 

Press  office:  Collection  and  publication  of  reports,  articles  and  notices  of  the 
OD  Headquarters  in  the  Bund  press. 

School  office:  Schooling  in  world  outlook  and  training  of  leaders  in  the  OD, 
under  supervision  of  the  Bund  Intelligence  Service  and  Training  Leader. 

Rccruiti)i(j  and  Cultural  office:  Drafting  of  informative  and  recruiting  docu- 
ments, decorations  for  halls,  series  of  festivals,  etc.  for  OD  meetings  (Bund  meet- 
ings under  the  leadership  of  the  OD).  Supervision  of  the  adornment  of  OD  offices 
and  OD  homes.  The  work  of  the  National  OD  Recruiting  and  Cultural  Office  is 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Bund  Recruiting  Director. 


Geneeal 


The  right  to  apply  discipline  and  the  right  to  remit  punishment  with  regard 
to  any  OD  Leader  or  OD  man  belongs  to  the  National  OD  I.ieader ;  any  OD  Leader 
can  su.spend  the  OD  Leaders  and  OD  men  serving  inider  him,  as  pmiishment.  01) 
Leaders,  from  Section  Leader  upward,  can  expel  OD  men  from  the  OD,  with  the 
assent  of  the  competent  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point  Director. 


APPENDIX— -PART    IV  1607 

All  new  acceptances,  appointments,  dismissals,  transfers  and  discharges  within 
the  OD  are  to  be  reported  immediately  in  writing  by  the  competent  officer  to  the 
National  OD  Leader. 

No  OD  head  of  a  district  or  other  OD  Leader  ever  gives  binding  declarations  to 
the  outer  world,  except  by  explicit  direction  of  the  officer  competent  at  the  time. 

The  Area  OD  Leaders,  Regional  OD  Leaders,  Circle  OD  Leaders  and  District 
OD  Leaders  establish,  according  to  neetls,  the  same  OD  offices  as  are  provided  for 
the  headquarters  of  the  National  OD.  Their  rights,  duties  and  obligations  corre- 
spond, for  the  command  area  within  whicli  they  are  in  command  (area,  region, 
circle  or  district)  to  those  of  the  National  OD  Leader,  except  as  follows: 

OD  passes  are  issued  only  by  the  National  OD  Leader.  The  procurement  of 
all  articles  of  equipment  is  done  only  through  the  National  OD  Equipment  Office 
and  the  Bund  Organization  Director,  except  where  other  arrangements  are 
made  under  "OD  Headquarters  of  Local  Groups". 

With  regard  to  the  establishment  of  OD  offices  within  the  territory  of  the 
local  groups  and  strong  points,  see  under  "OD  Headquarters  of  Local  Groups". 

Command  or  the  Area  OD 

The  Area  OD  Leader  is  head  of  the  Area.  He  is  appointed  by  the  Area 
Leader  and  confirmed  by  the  National  OD  Leader.  The  Area  OD  Leader 
appoints  and  removes  his  collaborators  with  the  confirmation  of  the  Area  Leader. 

The  rights,  duties  and  powers  of  the  Area  OD  Leader  correspond,  for  the 
territory  of  the  area  of  which  he  is  the  head,  to  those  of  the  National  OD 
Leader,  except  where  restrictions  are  made  above,  under  "General".  The 
Area  OD  Leader  reports  monthly  to  the  National  OD  Leader ;  a  copy  of  each 
report  is  received  by  the  Area  Leader. 


COMMAND  OF  THE  REGIONAL  OD COMMAND  OF  THE   CIRCLE  OD 

Regulations  on  the  command  of  the  regional  OD  and  the  circle  OD  are  issued 
separately. 


COMMAND  OF  THE  DISTRICT  OD 

The  District  OD  Leader  is  head  of  the  district.  He  is  designated  by  the 
District  Leader  and  confirmed  by  the  National  OD  Leader.  Appointments  and 
removals  of  District  OD  Leaders  are  to  be  reported  to  the  Area  Leader  immedi- 
ately in  writing. 

The  District  OD  Leader  appoints  and  removes  his  collaborators  with  the 
confirmation  of  the  District  Leader. 

The  rights,  duties  and  powers  of  the  District  OD  Leader  correspond,  for  the 
territory  of  the  district  at  the  head  of  which  he  is,  to  those  of  the  Area  OD 
Leader.  The  District  OD  Leader  reports  monthly  to  the  Area  OD  Leader ;  a 
copy  of  each  report  is  received  by  the  District  Leader. 

Among  the  most  important  duties  of  the  District  OD  Leader  are  those  of  suiter- 
vising  the  work  of  the  OD  sections  in  the  district  in  question  by  attending 
the  OD  musters  and  meetings,  keeping  the  OD  Area  Headquarters  informed  of 
special  conditions  in  these  sections,  promoting  the  collaboration  of  the  sections 
with  each  other  and  with  the  young  people  and  promoting  the  training  of  young 
men  capable  of  acting  as  leaders.  Special  efforts  are  to  be  made  to  establish 
in  his  district  at  least  one  OD  musical  luiit.  even  if  the  musicians  do  not  all 
belong  to  the  same  section. 

THE   OD    COMMAND    OF    LOCAL    GROUPS    AND    STRONG    POINTS 

The  OD  Platoon  Leader  has  authority  within  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point. 
He  is  appointed  by  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point  Leader  and  confirmed  by 
the  National  OD  Leader.  Appointments  and  removals  of  OD  Platoon  Leaders 
are  to  be  reported  immediately  in  writing  to  the  District  Leader  and  the  Area 
Leader  by  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point  Leader. 

The  OD  Platoon  Leader  appoints  and  removes  his  immediate  subordinate 
leaders  and  collaborators  with  the  confirmation  of  the  Leader  of  the  Local 
Group  or  Strong  Point. 


1608  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

SPHERE   OF   ACTION    OF   THE   OD    PL.\TOON    I EADER 

The  work  of  the  OD  Platoon  Leader  is  divided  as  follows : 

Oryanization  Office:  Elaboration  of  plans  for  assembly,  transportation,  quar- 
ters and  feeding  and  drafting  of  building  plan^.  (Technical  execution  by  the 
Organization  Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point.)  Provision  of  homes, 
et  cetera. 

Equipment  Offi,ce:  Distributing  office  for  equipment  of  the  OD  and  its  organ- 
izations. (All  procurement  through  the  Organization  Leader  of  the  Local  Group 
or  Strong  Point,  with  the  approval  of  the  Butul  Organization  Leader). 

Procurement  Office:  Keeping  of  card  files.  Checking  of  appointments,  dis- 
missals, transfers,  et  cetera.  Sending  of  certificates  of  admission  to  the  OD  to 
the  National  OD  Leader.  Distribution  of  the  OD  passes  issued  by  the  National 
OD  Leader. 

Finance  Office:  Keeping  books  on  receipts  and  expenditures  for  uniforms, 
decorations,  travel,  construction,  insurance,  maintenance,  et  cetera.  Transfer  of 
funds  for  orders  from  the  National  OD  Headquarters  directly  to  the  National 
OD  Finance  Office.  Keeping  account  of  the  funds  which  remain  in  the  Section, 
with  the  cashiers  of  the  Local  Groups  or  Strong  Points,  except  as  follows:  The 
OD  Platoon  has  a  "Comradeship  Fund"  for  special  purposes  approved  by  the 
Leader  of  tlie  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point,  such  as :  aid  to  OD  men  who  are  in 
v.ant,  with  regard  to  procurement  of  uniform  equipment,  aid  in  paying  contri- 
butions, covering  traveling  expenses  and  any  charges  for  admittance  in  coiuiec- 
tion  with  official  trips,  payment  of  tips,  et  cetera.  The  Comradeship  Fund  is 
maintained  by  donations  of  the  OD  men  and  their  supporters.  It  is  also  subject 
to  monthly  audit  by  the  cashier  of  tlie  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point  and  in  case 
of  need  is  available  to  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point,  at  tlie  demand  of  the 
Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point.  There  is  no  official  OD  fund.  The 
I'latoon  Finance  Office  also  has  the  duty  of  w'orking  out  financial  plans  for  pro- 
cui'ements,  buildings,  training,  insurance,  maintenance  and  the  like  that  are 
Ijlanned,  and  of  carrying  out  raffles  and  sale  of  cards  of  the  OD. 

Labor  Office:  Use  of  the  labor  service.  Supervision  of  training  in  crafts  and 
advice  as  to  calling.  Procurement  of  work  in  agreement  with  the  Adjutant 
of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point. 

Health  Office:  Supervision  of  sanitation,  medical  attention  and  food. 

Insurance  Office:  OD  life  insurance,  sick  benefit  funds  and  unemployment  relief. 

Physical  Ctilture  Office:  Exercises,  sport,  physical  culture. 

La/iv  Office:  Supervision  and  advice  of  the  OD  establishments  with  regard  to 
T)rovisions  of  law. 

Press  Office:  Collection  and  sending  in  of  OD  reports,  articles  and  notices  to 
the  National  OD  Press  Office. 

Trainimf  Office:  Training  in  outlook  on  the  world  and  training  for  leadership 
in  the  OD.  Provision  of  teaching  material  in  agreement  with  the  Schooling 
Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point. 

Recruiting  and  Cultural  Office:  Drafting  of  informatory  and  recruiting  docu- 
ments, plans  for  decorations  of  halls,  services  of  festivals,  et  cetera,  for  OD 
meetings  (Bund  meetings  under  leadeship  of  the  OD.  Constant  enliffhtenment 
refiarding  the  im'portance  of  the  encouragement  and  incitation  of  the  young  people 
of  the  Bund.  All  work  in  agreement  with  the  Recruiting  Leader  of  the  Local 
Group  or  Strong  Point. 

Stibordinate  Leaders:  By  means  of  his  subordinate  leaders  (the  squad  leaders, 
group  leaders  and  leaders  of  musicians  of  the  Section),  the  OD  Platoon  Leader 
accomplishes  the  practical  OD  work  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point.  He 
must  at  every  opportunity  inspire  his  subordinate  leaders  and  men  by  exemplary 
service  and  comradely  preparatory  work  and  by  absolutely  impersonal  and 
just  treatment  build  them  into  the  firmly  founded,  strictly  disciplined  protec- 
tive and  recruiting  unit  which  our  movement  must  have.  He  will  participate 
as  often  as  possible  in  the  musters  and  official  trips  of  his  comrades,  demanding 
nothing  of  them  which  he  himself  would  not  be  ready  to  perform  and  will 
always  be  the  first  comrade  of  the  Platoon.  He  will  always  appear  more 
punctually  for  duty  than  he  expects  of  his  subordinates  and  will  be  the  last 
to  leave  tho  place  of  duty.  He  will  never  complain  of  his  superiors  before  his 
comrades,  but  will  display  the  absolute  loyalty  and  correct  behavior  which  he 
expects  from  his  men.  The  blind  obedience  that  will  be  absolutely  necessary 
in  serious  situations  can  be  provided  only  if  the  Platoon  represents  a  true 
association  of  comrades  which  feels  respect  for  and  confidence  in  its  Leader. 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1609 

It  is  possible  only  to  call  forth  and  to  maintain  this  voluntary  following  if 
the  Platoon  Leader  shows  himself  a  comrade  and  a  calm,  self-possessed 
Leader  to  every  OD  man  in  the  same  way,  a  Leader  who  always  thinks  much 
more  of  his  duties  than  of  his  rights.  The  OD  Leader  is  the  direct  Leader  of 
the  br'avest  and  most  unselfish  men  in  our  ranks ;  his  first  thought  must  always 
be  to  confirm  by  his  every  act  their  belief  in  the  just  cause  of  the  movement. 

The  holding  of  meetings  and  parades,  participation  in  other  meetings,  and 
the  use  of  the  labor  service  take  place  only  with  the  approval  of  the  Leader 
of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point.  The  Platoon  Leader  must  keep  his  Local 
Group  or  Strong  Point  Leader  informed  on  all  the  work  of  his  Platoon  and 
must  always  be  at  his  disposal  with  his  men.  As  the  crop  of  leaders  of  the 
movement  is  to  be  taken  as  far  as  possible  from  the  ranks  of  the  OD,  and  as 
the  OD  in  turn  must  be  filled  up  from  the  ranks  of  the  young  people,  there 
prove  to  be  the  most  important  duties  of  the  Platoon  Leader :  in  the  first  place 
the  search  for  us'able  leader  material  and  its  training  and  encouragement,  and 
in  the  second  place  constant  solicitation  for  the  heart  and  hand  of  our  young 
people.  In  consideration  of  the  preponderant  influences  among  which  these 
young  people  are  growing  up,  no  model  behavior  is  to  be  required  of  the  young 
people  before  the  OD  member  declares  himself  ready  to  approach  them  in  a 
comradely  way,  but  all  efforts  must  be  made  to  gain  the  liking  of  the  young 
people  who  have  frequently  been  wrongly  reared,  even  if  the  OD  man  to 
start  with  first  speaks  to  the  young  men,  for  example,  upon  meeting  them  or 
may  have  to  take  as  part  of  the  bargain  some  discourtesy  or  lack  of 
consideration. 


THE  CD  SECTION  LEADEai — THE  OD  SQUAD  LEADER 

TJie  Section  Leaders  and  Squad  Leaders  are  the  collaborators  of  the  Section 
Leader  in  the  disciplinary  control  of  the  subdivisions  of  the  Platoon  in  question. 
The  Section  Leaders  are  appointed  and  removed  by  the  Platoon  Leader,  with 
the  confirmation  of  the  Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point.  The  Squad 
Leaders  are  appointed  and  removed  by  the  competent  Section  Leader  with  the 
confirmation  of  the  Platoon  Leader.  The  representative  of  the  Platoon  Leader 
is  the  Leader  of  the  First  Section  of  the  Platoon ;  the  representative  of  the 
Section  Leader  is  the  Leader  of  the  First  Squad  of  the  Section.  There  is  no 
special  rank  within  the  OD  for  such  representatives.  The  rules  of  behavior  for 
Section  Leaders  and  Squad  Leaders  correspond  to  the  above. 

CEIXS  AND  BLOCKS  ~- 

The  cells  and  blocks  of  the  Bimd  (subordinate  units  of  the  Local  Groups  and 
Strong  Points)  have  no  OD  leaders  of  their  own. 

DIVISIONS  OF  THE  OD 

Active  OD:  The  active  OD  comprises  all  OD  men  who  are  in  a  position  because 
of  youth  and  calling  to  be  available  to  the  movement  at  any  time.  The  active 
OD  assembles  regularly  every  week  at  OD  nuisters.  As  far  as  possible,  every 
active  OD  member  can  be  reached  by  telephone  at  any  time. 

OD  Reserve:  The  OD  Reserve  should  include  all  sound  male  members  of  the 
Bund  who  are  not  in  a  position  to  serve  in  the  ranks  of  the  active  OD.  The 
OD  Reserve  is  drawn  upon  during  si:)ecially  large  meetings  and  assembles  monthly 
for  a  service  muster,  together  with  the  active  OD. 

Both  divisions  are  subordinate  to  the  Platoon  Commander.  Uniform  and 
insignia  are  the  same  for  both  divisions. 

SUBDIVISIONS  OF  THE  BRANCHES 

The  Squad:  The  OD  Squad  consists  of  eight  members  of  one  branch  and  one 
OD  Squad  Leader.  Superfluous  OD  members  are  assigned  for  the  time  being 
to  the  First  Squad  of  the  branch  in  question. 

The  Section:  The  Section  consists  of  thi'ee  squads.  Supernumerary  squads  are 
assigned  for  the  time  being  to  the  First  Section  of  the  organization  in  question. 

The  Platoon:  The  OD  Platoon  includes  all  OD  Sections  and  OD  musical 
organizations  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point. 


1610  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

SECTION    OF    MUSICIANS 

Each  Platoon  shall  endeavor  to  provide  a  section  of  musicians.  Where  this  is 
not  possible,  the  Platoon  shall  report  to  the  District  OD  Leader  any  OD  member 
who  is  suitable  for  a  section  of  musicians  and  shall  make  him  available,  so  that 
the  District  can  at  least  assemble  a  section  of  musicians  from  OD  members 
of  various  Platoons. 

As  long  as  the  musicians  are  not  sufficiently  drilled,  they  must  participate 
regularly  in  the  OD  musters ;  the  Platoon  Leader  will  excuse  musicians  from 
duty  when  possible.  TTie  sections  of  musicians  participate  in  the  monthly 
general  musters  of  the  Platoon. 

MEMBERS 

Any  male  member  of  the  Bund  who  is  physically  sound  and  has  completed 
his  eighteenth  year  can  become  a  OD  man.  All  OD  men  and  OD  Leaders  in 
particular  are  required  to  procure  a  certificate  of  Aryan  blood. 

A  newly  accepted  OD  man  is  considered  for  the  first  four  weeks  a  OD  proba- 
tioner. His  OD  certificate  of  acceptance,  signed  by  the  Platoon  Leader,  goes 
directly  to  the  National  OD  Leader.  The  National  OD  Leader  issues  the  OD 
pass  and  sends  the  latter  to  the  Platoon.  The  OD  passes  are  formally  handed 
out  by  the  Platoon  Leader  to  the  new  OD  members  at  an  OD  muster.  Ac- 
ceptances for  the  OD  are  to  be  reported  immediately  to  the  Leader  of  the  Local 
Group  or  Strong  Point. 

The  Platoon  Leader  can  refuse  acceptance  in  the  OD  without  a  statement  of 
reasons,  after  consultation  with  the  Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong 
Point. 

There  are  no  OD  contributions.  Every  OD  member  makes  his  monthly  mem- 
bership contribution  as  a  member  of  the  Bund.  Contributions  to  the  Comrad- 
ship  Fund  of  the  OD  are  voluntary. 

Admittance  to  FunGtions:  An  OD  man  present  on  duty  is  not  required  to  pay 
any  given  admission  to  functions  of  the  Bund.  He  should  contribute  a  voluntary 
sum  for  expenses,  adapted  to  his  capacity  to  pay. 

Discharge:  The  right  to  apply  the  disciplinary  regulations  and  disciplinary 
furlough  belongs  to  every  OD  Leader  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  under 
"OD  Discipline".  OD  Leaders,  from  the  Platoon  Leader  upward,  can  discharge 
OD  men  from  the  OD  with  the  assent  of  the  competent  Leader  of  the  Local 
Group  or  Strong  Point.  Discharge  from  the  OD  does  not  affect  membership  in 
the  Bund. 

Resignation:  Voluntary  resignation  is  refusal  to  serve.  Any  person  who  wishes 
to  leave  the  OD  must  direct  a  written  application  for  dismissal  to  his  Platoon 
Leader,  with  a  statement  of  reasons  and  must,  if  possible,  provide  a  substitute. 

Certificate  of  Conduct  and  OD  Certificate:  In  addition  to  his  membership  card 
in  the  Bund,  an  OD  man  carries  with  him  his  OD  pass.  If  the  OD  member  pays 
his  membership  contributions  to  the  Bund  punctually  and  performs  his  duties 
loyally,  his  OD  pass  will  be  stamped  monthly  by  the  Platoon  Commander.  The 
OD  pass  is  sent  to  the  Area  OD  Leader  every  six  months  to  be  checked.  The  OD 
pass,  stamped  according  to  regulations,  grants  the  OD  member  admittance  to  all 
functions  of  the  Bund  and  its  branches.  OD  passes  which  have  not  been  stamped 
up  to  the  previous  month  in  any  case  lose  their  validity. 

Rules  of  Behavior  for  the  OD  Man 

(A)  The  Uniformed  Service  [OD]  of  the  America-German  Bund  is  the  protec- 
tive unit  of  our  movement.  In  our  ranks  there  are  no  oaths  of  any  kind  to  a 
leader,  but  everj'  OD  man  is  pledged  to  render  absolute  obedience  and  unbounded 
loyalty  to  his  leaders,  within  the  framework  of  the  laws  of  the  country. 

In  this  connection  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  order  of  the  leader  next  in 
rank  at  any  given  time  is  decisive ;  the  loyalty  of  the  OD  man  does  not  stop  at 
the  platoon  leader,  but  in  the  last  analysis  concerns  the  Leader  of  the  Bund 
above  all  others.  Personal  likes  or  dislikes  play  no  part  with  the  true  OD  man; 
the  orders  of  his  superior  are  carried  out  as  long  as  the  latter  fills  his  office  and 
does  not  act  counter  to  the  orders  of  his  superior. 

The  OD  man  should  therefore  understand  that  beginning  with  that  day  on 
which  he  wears  the  dress  uniform  of  the  OD  for  the  first  time,  he  has,  eliminating 
all  pei'sonal  opinions,  become  a  protectoi'  of  the  movement  and  its  leaders  against 


APPENDIX PART    IV  1611 

all  attempts  at  niidcrmininr/  and  breakiiiff  up,  from  within  or  imthout.  The  OD 
man  gives  the  assurance  that  dur  movement  will,  at  the  sacrifice  of  life  if  neces- 
sary, remain  the  inexorable  opponent  of  Jewish  Marxism  and  the  uncompromising 
champion  of  (he  demands  of  American  Germans,  even  if  this  should  possibly  no 
longer  please  some  group  wiiinn  the  Bund. 

Anyone  who  is  not  filled  with  this  unshakable  faith  and  courage  and  can  not 
march  along  as  a  fanatical  fighter  does  not  belong  in  the  OD ;  to  have  embraced 
the  National  Socialist  view  of  things  means  definitively  breaking  off  all  ties  with 
liberal  halfway  measures. 

(B)  The  OD  is  not  a  military  organization;  its  training  does  not  take  place 
according  to  purely  military  standpoints,  but  according  to  suitable  guiding  ideas 
of  politics  and  things  in  general. 

Some  drill  is  necessary,  in  order  to  make  possible  disciplined  employment,  but 
the  main  emphasis  is  to  be  placed  even  more  on  training  in  athletics  and  forma- 
tion of  character  and  mentality.  The  OD  man  who  looks  to  the  future  will  gladly 
imdergo  any  hardship  that  causes  him  to  become  stronger  than  his  foes  in  health, 
in  character  and  in  mind.  The  effeminate  and  lazy  man  is  headed  for  the  abyss ; 
whoever  wants  to  have  the  right  to  life  must  be  a  fighter,  who  can  be  hard  even 
to  himself! 

Therefore  let  no  OD  man  expect  to  be  received  gently  into  our  ranks.  AVe  are 
looking  for  men  who  enter  our  organization  not  in  order  to  procure  personal 
advantages  or  to  be  allowed  to  play  soldier  pleasantly,  but  who  intend  with  their 
whole  poioer  to  eradicate  the  red  Jewish  pestilence  in  America. 

(C)  The  OD  man  is  easily  recognizable  anywhere  by  his  bearing.  Therefore  he 
must  always,  on  and  off  duty,  take  special  pains  to  carry  himself  as  he  himself 
would  expect  of  a  representative  of  the  leadership  of  American  Germans.  As  an 
OD  man  he  is  no  longer  a  private  individual,  whose  faults  involve  only  a  few  in 
suffering  with  him ;  he  actually  represents  the  movement  to  the  general  public, 
and  must  take  care  that  no  boorish  behavior  on  his  part  may  give  reason  for  a 
wrong  opinion  of  the  Bund. 

(D)  Persons  attending  gatherings  and  guests  at  our  functions  are  to  be  treated 
with  the  greatest  courtesy  and  civility  possible.  Many  a  prejudice  that  a  stranger 
brings  along  can  be  removed  by  the  model  behavier  of  the  OD  man. 

(E)  Smoking  and  drinking  while  on  duty  is  prohibited.  The  OD  Leaders  are 
required  to  enforce  this  rule  most  strictly.  At  the  command  "duty  ended,"  cap 
and  shoulder  belts  are  removed. 

(F)  The  weekly  musters  are  the  training  evenings  for  the  OD.  They  should 
be  held  in  gymnasiums  as  far  as  possible.  After  the  drill  and  the  gymnastic 
exercises  there  comes  half  an  hour  of  schooling  and  then  social  pleasures.  The 
OD  man  should  strive  to  become  acquainted  with  our  treasure  of  popular  and 
war  songs  and  to  contribute  also  to  this  song  treasury  of  the  movement. 

Unexcused  absence  from  duty  involves  punishment. 

(G)  Heads  of  offices  can  at  the  same  time  hold  rank  in  the  OD.  Their  other 
rank  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  OD :  heads  of  offices  are,  in  the  OD,  under  the 
command  of  the  competent  OD  Leader.  Heads  of  offices  are  not  required  to  per- 
form the  regulation  OD  duty ;  rather  is  this  voluntary  for  them,  as  they  will 
seldom  have  time  for  the  regular  OD  duty,  if  they  wish  to  do  justice  to  their 
special  tasks.  However,  the  head  of  every  office  is  required  to  participate  in  the 
monthly  general  musters.  Only  one  designation  of  rank  is  worn  at  a  given  time ; 
it  is  the  one  that  corresponds  to  the  duty  at  the  time. 

(H)  Arming  the  OD  is  prohibited.  If  a  weapon  is  found  on  an  OD  man,  the 
latter  is  to  be  discharged  from  the  OD  immediately.  The  OD  Leaders  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  strict  enforcement  of  this  rule. 

(I)  The  military  standards  of  the  OD,  the  United  States  flag  and  the  Bund 
flag  with  the  patch  of  the  platoon  in  the  union,  are  the  sacred  symbols  of  the 
movement,  to  which  the  highest  respect  is  to  be  paid.  The  military  standards 
are  never  used  as  decorations,  but  ahvai/s  are  kept  under  OD  guard.  They  are 
to  be  protected  at  the  cost  of  one's  life.  To  be  a  standard  bearer  is  the  highest 
honor  of  the  OD  man. 

(J)  Every  OD  man  has  the  right  to  complain.  If  an  OD  man  believes  that  he 
has  reason  for  complaint,  he  is  to  submit  it  to  his  section  leader  in  writing. 
(Jomplaints  regarding  any  occurrence  must  be  submitted  not  less  than  twenty- 
four  hours  after  the  occurrence  and  not  more  than  seven  days  after  the  occur- 
rence. If  the  OD  man  believes  that  he  has  not  been  given  justice  by  his  Platoon 
Leader,  he  carries  the  complaint,  with  the  knowledge  of  the  platoon  leader,  up 
to  the  Leader  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point,  and  in  case  of  need,  step  by 


1612  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

step  through  the  District  OD  Leader,  the  District  Leader,  etc.,  on  up  to  the 
National  OD  Leader  and  the  Leader  of  the  Bund.  Ck)mplaints  are  considered 
only  if  the  OD  man  keeps  strictly  to  service  channels. 

An  OD  man  true  to  his  duty  will  never  disseminate  his  dissatisfaction  among 
his  comrades  and  will  never,  among  his  comrades,  make  any  criticism  of  a 
superior,  but  will  always  complain  only  to  those  above  him.  The  collecting  of 
signatures  in  order  to  strengthen  a  complaint,  as  well  as  any  other  stirring  up 
of  one's  comrades,  is  considered  disintegration  and  mutiny  and  involves  im- 
mediate discharge. 

No  matter  how  justified  the  anger  of  an  OD  man  may  be,  it  remains  his  first 
duty  to  avoid  everything  that  might  endanger  the  close  unity  of  the  movement. 

The  Uniform 

(A)  The  active  OD  and  the  OD  reserve,  the  section  of  musicians,  the  medical 
service,  the  front  fighters  and  the  office  administration  force  of  the  Bund  (includ- 
ing the  ofiicers)  wear  the  OD  uniform.  Special  arm-bands  are  provided  for  the 
medical  service  and  the  front  fighters,  and  epaulets  for  the  musicians,  in  addition 
to  the  OD  armbands. 

(B)  Probationary  members  of  the  OD  are  not  permitted  to  wear  the  uniform. 

(C)  The  uniform  is  the  full  dress  outfit  of  the  movement.  Anyone  who  appears 
in  uniform,  represents  the  essentials  of  the  Bund.  A  stranger  will  judge  the 
OD  and  hence  the  Bund  from  the  appearance  of  the  person  wearing  the  uniform. 
A  uniform  kept  neat  and  in  good  order  and  a  snappy  bearing  when  on  or  off  duty 
must  be  a  matter  of  honor  to  every  real  OD  man. 

(D)  Orders  and  decorations  may  be  worn  with  the  uniform  at  any  time;  they 
are  worn  on  the  left  breast-pocket. 

(E)  Contribution  buttons  may  be  worn  on  the  right  breast-pocket  for  the 
duration  of  the  meeting,  festival  buttons  for  the  duration  of  the  festival,  and 
medals  won  in  sports  as  long  as  they  are  valid. 

(F)  The  Bund  badge  is  worn  on  the  cravat,  an  inch  and  a  half  below  the  knot. 

(G)  Insignia  for  rank,  unit  and  service  are  worn  on  the  shoulder  straps,  as 
far  away  from  the  collar  as  possible.    See  under  "insignia  for  Leaders". 

(H)  No  ornaments  other  than  the  prescribed  badges  may  be  worn  with  the 
uniform. 

(I)  The  uniform  shirt:  gray  poplin  shirt  with  turndown  collar,  two  breast 
pockets  and  shoulder  straps.    Also  black  four-in-hand  tie. 

(J)  The  unifortn  coat:  light  gray,  single-breasted  coat  with  open  collar,  silver 
buttons,  two  breast  pockets,  two  side  pockets,  shoulder  straps  and  upper  part 
of  collar  black.    Silver  piping. 

(K)  Uniform,  trousers:  for  duty  indoors,  long  black  trousers  without  cuffs. 
With  them,  black  shoes  and  black  socks.  For  duty  outdoors,  black  riding 
breeches  with  black  riding  boots  or  black  high  shoes  and  leather  leggins. 

(L)  Articles  of  leather:  black  belt  and  black  shoulder  belt  with  brass  hooks. 
On  duty,  shoulder  belt  under  the  right  shoulder  strap. 

(M)  Uniform  cap:  black  field  cap  (kepi),  with  silver  piping.  The  cap  is 
worn  on  one  side,  the  left  side  a  finger-breadth  higher  than  the  right. 

(N)  The  armband:  The  OD  armband  has  a  black  ground,  with  a  white  stripe 
at  the  top  and  bottom,  near  the  edge,  and  has  in  the  middle  the  black  and  gold 
insignia  of  the  Bund  and  a  gold  O  and  D.  It  is  worn  on  the  left  arm,  above  the 
elbow.  The  ofiicers  and  other  administrators,  the  active  OD,  the  OD  reserve  and 
the  OD  musicians  and  bandsmen  wear  the  OD  armband.  The  armband  is  worn 
with  the  uniform,  when  on  or  off  duty. 

The  medical  service  wears  a  white  armband  with  a  standing  red  cros.s. 

The  front  fighters  wear,  on  duty  in  the  OD  or  OD  reserve,  the  OD  armband, 
and  when  on  duty  in  the  front  fighter  .service,  a  field  gray  (greenish-gray)  arm- 
band with  the  Bund  front  fighter  insignia  embroidered  on  it  in  gold. 

(O)  The  epaulets:  with  the  uniform  of  the  OD  musicians'  unit  there  belong  red 
and  white  striped  epaulets,  in  addition  to  the  OD  armband.  The  epaulets  of 
the  drum  major  are  provided  with  fringes. 

OFFICERS'  IK8IGNIA  (INSIGNIA  OF  RANK,  UNIT  AND  PLACE) 

(A)  The  assignment  (holders  of  high  ranks,  OD  Leaders,  other  heads  of  offices) 
is  shown  by  the  color  of  the  patch  on  the  left  shoulder  strap.  (There  are  special 
insignia  for  young  people's  and  women's  organizations). 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1613 

Rank:  is  shown  by  the  stars  and  stripes  on  the  left  shoulder  strap.  (Excep- 
tion :  young  people  and  women). 

The  location  of  the  platoon  (place  of  duty  of  the  officer  concerned)  is  shown 
by  the  color  of  the  patch  and  number  of  the  unit  or  other  insignia  on  the  right 
shoulder  strap.     (Exception:  organizations  for  young  people  and  women). 

(B)  Other  insignia  of  rank  worn  hitherto  are  to  be  exchanged  for  new  ones 
without  charge  at  the  National  OD  Equipment  Office.  Additional  orders  are 
likewise  to  be  addressed  to  the  National  OD  Equipment  Office. 

(C)  Badges  of  rank  and  location  must  not  be  worn  until  after  reception  into 
the  OD  or  appointment  to  an  office  has  been  confirmed  in  accordance  with  regu- 
lations. 

(D)  Fiihrer  of  the  Bund:  Yellow  patch  (Spiegel)  with  four  stars  on  the  left 
shoulder-strap;  yellow  patch  with  Bund  insignia  on  the  right  shoulder-strap. 

(E)  National  OD  Leader:  Black  patch  with  three  stars  on  the  left  shoulder 
strap;  yellow  patch  with  Bund  insignia  on  the  right  shoulder  strap. 

(F)  Area  Leader:  yellow  patch  with  three  stars  on  the  left  shoulder  strap; 
patch  of  the  area  color  with  Bund  insignia  on  the  right  shoulder  strap.  (The 
area  colors  are :  for  the  eastern  area  red,  for  the  middle  western  area  white, 
and  for  the  western  area  blue). 

(G)  Area  SB  Leader:  black  patch  with  two  stars  and  three  stripes  on  the 
left  shoulder  strap ;  patch  in  the  area  color  with  number  of  platoon  of  the  place 
in  which  serving,  on  the  right  shoulder  strap.  (The  platoon  number  is  the  num- 
ber of  the  local  group  or  strong  point). 

"(H)  From  the  Area  SB  Leader  and  the  other  administrative  officers  of  the 
Area  down  to  the  individual  OD  man,  all  high  officials,  OD  Leadei's  and  other 
holders  of  offices,  OD  section  leaders,  heads  of  cells,  leaders  of  local  groups,  bloc 
overseers  and  OD  men,  on  the  right  shoulder  strap  a  patch  of  the  color  for  the 
area  concerned,  with  the  platoon  number  for  the  place  in  which  their  unit  is; 
they  wear  their  marks  of  rank  on  the  left  shoulder  strap.  Exceptions:  organi- 
zations for  young  people  and  women. 

(I)  Region  leader:  Yellow  patch  with  two  stars  and  three  stripe&i  on  the  left 
shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(J)  Region  OD  leader:  black  patch  with  two  stars  and  two  stripes  on  the 
left  shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  asi  under  (H). 

(K)  Circle  leader:  Yellow  patch  with  two  stars  and  two  stripes  on  the  left 
shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(L)  Circle  OD  leader:  black  patch  with  two  stars  on  one  stripe  on  the  left 
sihoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(M)  District  leader:  yellow  patch  with  two  stars  and  one  stripe  on  the  left 
shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(N)  District  OD  leader:  black  patch  with  two  stars  on  the  left  shoulder 
strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(O)  Local  group  or  strong  point  leader:  yellow  patch  with  two  stars  on  the 
left  shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(P)  OD  platoon  leader:  black  patch  with  one  star  and  one  stripe  on  the  left 
shoulder  strap.     Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(Q)  OD  section  leader':  black  patch  with  one  star  on  the  left  shoulder  strap. 
Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(R)  OD  squad  leader:  black  patch  with  one  stripe  on  the  left  shoulder  strap. 
Right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H). 

(S)  OD  man:  no  patch  or  insignia  on  the  left  shoulder  strap.  Right  shoulder 
strap  as  under  (H). 

(T)  Colladorator  of  the  OD  headquarters:  Collaborators  of  the  OD  head- 
quarters wear  no  special  insignia  as  such,  except  on  the  right  shoulder  strap 
as  Is  provided  under  (H).  But  if  they  occupy  one  of  the  positions  of  leader 
at  the  same  time,  they  wear  the  insignia  corresponding  to  the  service,  whatever 
it  may  be. 

(U)  Cell  leaders  and  block  leaders  are  officers  who  have  no  OD  commands 
of  their  own.  OD  men  are  placed  at  their  disiwsal  when  needed,  by  the 
platoon  leader,  with  the  approval  of  the  Local  Group  or  Strong  Point  Leader. 
Cell  leaders  wear  a  yellow  patch  with  one  star  and  one  stripe  on  the  left  shoul- 
der strap;  the  right  shoulder  strap  as  under  (H).  Block  leaders  wear  a  yellow 
patch  with  one  star  on  the  left  shoulder  strap;  the  right  shoulder  strap  as 
under  (H). 

(V)  Other  offioials,  cell  administrators  and  block  tvatchers:  for  insignia  of 
leaders  of  young  people  and  women,  see  the  service  regulations  of  those  groups. 


1614 


UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 


A  table  for  the  explanation  of  the  marks  of  rank  worn  on  the  left  shoulder  by 
the  other  leaders  of  the  Bund  follows.  All  members  of  the  Bund  who  are  in 
the  first  seven  grades  are  officials. 


Officers 

0.  D.  Leadens 

Other  officials 

Grade 

Color  of  patch 

Insig- 
nia 

Leader  of  Bund  

1 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
4 
4 
4 
5 
5 
5 
6 
6 
6 

7 

7 

7 

8 
8 
8 
9 
9 

Yellow 

Black 

**** 

National  OD  Leader. 

*** 

Bund  Official 

Red 

*** 

Area  Leader 

Yellow 

Black 

*** 

Area  OD  Leader 

7//* 

Region  Leader  ...    .    

Area  Official 

Red 

Yellow 

Black 

Region  0  D  Leader. . 

Region  Official 

Red 

Oirclo  Leader     ....      

Yellow 

Black. 

7* 
7* 

Circle  OD  Leader  .. 

Circle  Official 

.Red    

District  Leader . 

Yellow 

Black 

Red 

Yellow 

Black 

Red 

Yellow 

Black 

Red 

Yellow 

Black. 

7* 

District  OD  Leader. 

Local     Group     Leader     or 

District  Official 

** 
** 

Strong  Point  Leader. 

OD  Platoon  Leader. 

*l 

Cell  Leader 

Official     of     Local 
Group  or  Strong 
Point. 

V 
V 

* 

OD  SectionLeader. 

Cell  Official 

* 

Block  leader 

* 

OD  Squad  Leader . 

1 

Block  Watcher 

Red 

1 

Colors 

(A)  Every  oflacer  has  two  colors  available  (one  American  flag  and  one  Bund 
flag  with  patch).  The  colors  are  carried  everywhere  that  the  Leader  or  the  OD 
of  the  area  of  command  concerned  is  acting  officially. 

(B)  The  colors  are  always  carried  and  guarded  by  uniformed  OD  color-bearers 
and  by  them  only.  Colors  are  never  lent,  given  away  or  sold.  Consecrated 
colors  are  never  used  as  flags  for  decoration  or  hung  up ;  they  are  always  to  be 
carried  on  the  pole  and  are  to  be  set  up  only  under  constant  watch  by  the  OD. 

(C)  The  colors  are  four  feet  high  and  six  feet  wide.  The  Bund  flag  has  a  deep 
red  ground,  with  white  rays  from  the  middle  to  the  four  corners.  Each  of  the 
four  rays  contains  two  black  stripes.  In  the  middle  of  the  flag,  on  both  sides, 
the  insignia  of  the  Bund,  three  feet  high,  in  gold,  with  black  shading,  is  sewed  on. 
In  the  union  (the  upper,  inner  corner  of  the  flag),  a  distinctive  patch  is  applied. 
The  patch  is  six  inches  high  and  nine  inches  wide  and  is  sewn  on  two  inches  from 
the  pole  and  one  inch  from  the  upper  edge  of  tlie  flag.  The  American  standard  is 
not  marked  in  any  way. 

(D)  For  the  tip  of  the  flag-pole,  an  eagle  is  to  be  used,  if  possible,  for  the 
American  color,  and  for  the  Bund  color  the  bronze  Bund  insignia,  which  can  be 
procured  from  the  National  OD  Equipment  Office. 

(E)  The  American  color  always  accompanies  the  Bund  color.  It  is  always 
carried  or  displayed  in  the  place  of  honor  to  the  right  of  the  Bund  color.  ( In  tlie 
direction  of  march,  on  the  right ;  on  or  in  front  of  a  stage,  to  the  right  as  seen 
by  the  speaker). 

(F)  Distinctive  Markings  for  the  Bund  Colors:  The  color  of  the  local  group  or 
strong  point  (the  platoon  flag)  bears  a  blue  patch;  the  name  of  the  local  group 
or  strong  point  and  border  in  yellow. 

The  district  color  bears  a  light  brown  patch ;  the  name  of  the  district  and  the 
border  in  yellow. 

The  circle  color  bears  a  black  patch  ;  name  of  circle  and  border  in  yellow. 

The  regional  color  bears  green  patches ;  name  of  region  and  border  in  yellow. 

The  area  color  bears  red  patches ;  name  of  area  and  border  in  yellow. 

The  color  of  the  headquarters  of  the  Bund  (national  color)  bears  light  yellow 
patches  with  the  insignia  of  the  Bund  in  gold,  shaded  with  black,  and  with  golden 
border  for  the  patch. 

(G)  The  colors  are  to  be  procured  through  the  National  OD  Equipment  Office. 
In  ordering,  the  name  of  the  command  area  in  question  is  to  be  given  in  German. 


APPENDIX — PART   IV  1615 

Drili.  Regulations 

(A)  Drilling  is  for  the  practicing  regularly  of  the  forms  indispensable  for  the 
organization  and  maintenance  of  a  nnit. 

Drill  is  not  an  end  in  itself,  but  is  used  only  t<»  make  possible  a  highly  necessary, 
disciplined  and  effective  action,  unattainable  in  otlier  ways,  and  the  highest  pos- 
sible degree  of  true  spirit  of  comradeship. 

Drill  demands  full  physical  and  mental  subordination  to  will.  The  success  of  a 
systematic  drill  becomes  an  indicator  of  tlie  inner  wortli  of  the  unit,  for  discipline, 
confidence,  the  feeling  of  belonging  together,  self-control  and  readiness  to  act 
receive  compact  expression  tlirough  it.  The  OD  man  who  is  well  drilled  shows 
by  his  bearing  the  strength  of  his  will  and  his  feeling.  He  must,  for  liis  own 
pleasure,  be  recognizable  anywhere,  and  deservedly,  as  OD  man  from  his  glance 
and  bearing  and  must  be  able  to  gain  respect  as  a  model. 

(B)  The  execution  of  the  drill  must  be  strict  and  severe.  Even  the  slightest 
errors  and  deticiencies  in  the  execution  of  the  commands  are  to,  be  corrected  as 
soon  as  they  occur,  for  it  is  very  difficult  to  make  up  later  for  faulty  basic  training. 

(C)  Drill  should  always  be  performed  only  for  a  short  time. 

(D)  The  use  of  drill  as  a  punishment  is  foi'bidden. 


(E)   Saluting: 

(1)  For  the  national  hymn  of  the  United  States:  ("The  Star  Spangled  Ban- 
ner"), and  for  the  song  ''America"  ("My  Cotmtry  'tis  of  Thee"),  the  right  hand 
is  brought  to  the  cap  above  the  right  temple  (the  hand  horizontal,  with  fingers 
and  thumbs  touching  and  slightly  bent).  When  this  is  done,  the  left  hand  is 
kept  on  the  seam  of  the  trousers,  as  for  "attention". 

(2)  For  all  other  occasions  (assembly  of  colors,  honors,  official  greetings,  etc.), 
the  OD  employs  only  the  Bund  salute.  (This  is  true  also  for  the  front  fighters, 
the  officials,  the  young  people  and  all  other  branches  of  the  Bund). 

In  the  Bund  salute,  the  right  arm  is  brought  forward  by  the  shortest  course 
and  is  stretched  somewhat  to  the  right,  with  the  hand  on  a  level  with  the  fore- 
head, the  arm  parallel  with  the  right  foot  in  the  basic  position,  the  fingers  stretced 
and  the  thimib  touching.  At  the  same  time,  uniformed  men  place  the  left  hand 
on  the  belt,  the  hand  somewhat  to  the  left  of  the  collar,  the  fingers  extended  over 
the  belt  and  the  thumb  behind  the  belt.  Men  not  in  uniform  hold  the  left  hand 
at  the  side  during  the  Bund  salute,  as  for  "attention".  The  salute  is  concluded 
by  the  right  hand  first  being  brought  before  the  left  chest  with  the  hand  horizontal 
and  then  both  hands  being  dropped  to  the  sides  simultaneously  in  the  basic 
position. 

The  perfunctory  salute  with  hand  raised  hi^h  is  permissible  only  when  not 
on  duty. 

(3)  The  oflBcial  spoken  salutation  of  the  Bund  is:  "Free  America!" 

Draft 

(4).  All  members  of  the  Bund  and  in  particular  all  uniformed  members  of 
the  Bund,  including  the  young  people,  are  obliged  to  salute  each  other  and  among 
each  other.  The  junior  or  lower  in  rank  is  required  to  salute  first,  but  com- 
radeship requires  everyone  to  salute  voluntarily  upon  recognition,  without  wait- 
ing for  formalities. 

(F).  Command: 

(1).  The  command  brings  about  exactly  determined  movements  of  the  in- 
dividual OD  men  or  of  the  unit. 

The  command  consists  as  a  rule  of  a  preparatory  command  and  an  executive 
command.  Between  the  two  parts  of  the  command  a  brief  pause  in  speech  is 
to  be  inserted  (indicated  in  writing  by  a  horizontal  line  :  " — ").  The  preparatory 
command  is  drawn  out  and  the  executive  command  is  given  briefly  and  sharply. 
No  command  is  to  be  called  out  more  loudly  than  necessary. 

As  the  command  is,  so  is  the  execution.  Calmness,  certainty  and  precision  in 
commanding  are  the  prerequisites  for  perfect  execution.  Before  giving  the  com- 
mand, the  commanding  officer  assumes  the  basic  position  and  stands  in  such  a 
position,  depending  on  the  front  and  depth  of  the  organization,  that  he  can 
oversee  the  unit  and  can  be  heard  by  every  OD  man. 

(2).  Wrong  commands  are  revoked  by  "Command  withdrawn." 

(3).  Reporting:  If  an  officer  of  higher  rank  appears  at  a  muster  or  function, 
report  thereof  must  be  made  immediately  by  the  senior  on  duty  at  the  time. 


1616  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

As  the  first  command  at  the  appearance  of  an  officer  of  higher  rank  the  com- 
mand "Attention"  is  given.  Execution :  The  OD  men  who  are  in  formation,  as 
well  as  those  who  are  not  in  formation,  assume  the  basic  position,  eyes  toward 
the  superior  oflicer. 

Commands  in  connection  with  the  reporting:  "Attention",  "Eyes — right"  or 
"Eyes — left."  The  senior  officer  reports  the  strength  of  the  men  in  formation 
and  then  gives  the  Bund  salute. 

Wording  of  the  report:  "OD  (designation  of  unit)  with  (number  of)  men  on 
duty."     Further  commands  according  to  the  order  of  the  superior  officer. 

(G).  Dkills 

{!).  Basic  position.     Command:     "Attention". 

Execution :  The  OD  man  assumes  the  basic  position.  The  right  foot  remains 
stationary.  The  OD  man  stands  still  with  his  heels  together.  The  toes  are  at 
the  same  time  turned  outward  so  far  that  the  feet  do  not  quite  form  a  right 
angle.  The  weight  is  distributed  equally  over  the  heels  and  the  balls  of  the  feet. 
The  knees  are  slightly  bent.  The  shoulders  are  of  even  height  and  held  back. 
The  arms  are  held  lightly,  the  elbows  slightly  pressed  forward,  a  bare  hand's 
width  away  from  the  body.  The  palms  of  the  hands  and  the  tips  of  the  fingers 
are  on  the  upper  parts  of  the  thigh.  The  fingers  are  closed,  the  thumb  extended 
along  the  inner  surface  of  the  index  finger,  and  the  little  finger  is  on  the  seam 
of  the  trousers.  The  head  is  held  high,  the  chin  slightly  drawn  in  toward  the 
neck,  the  eyes  directed  straight  ahead  and  no  moving  in  the  head,  and  the 
muscles  of  the  face  slightly  and  uniformly  tensed.  Chest  is  out,  the  muscles 
of  the  body  slightly  tensed  and  the  diaphi-agm  raised.  The  backbone  is  not  to 
be  stiffened. 

If  a  preparatory  command  is  given,  the  call  of  a  leader  or  the  command 
"Ready",  not  preceded  by  "Attention",  the  SB  man  stands  still. 

(2)  At  ease  Command:  "Stand  at  ease!" 

Execution :  The  left  foot  is  moved  forward  and  to  the  side.  The  body  is  re- 
laxed. The  movement  is  executed  just  as  rapidly  and  correctly  as  any  other 
command.  The  uniform  is  adjusted  by  slight  twitches;  there  is  no  talking  or 
unnecessary  movement.     The  arms  are  not  crossed  over  the  breast. 

(3).  Turning  without  moving  iorward  or  backtcard: 

Command :  "Right — face !"  Execution :  Raise  the  foot  a  very  little  from  the 
ground,  throw  the  right  foot  slightly  to  the  right  and  at  the  same  time  turn 
the  body  on  the  left  heel  ninety  degrees  to  the  right.  Bring  the  right  foot  side- 
wise  to  the  stationary  foot  at  the  conclusion  of  the  turn. 

C'ommand :  "Left — face!"  Execution:  The  turn  to  the  left  is  made  on  the 
left  heel.  After  the  execution  of  the  turn  the  right  foot  is  brought  up  from  be- 
hind to  the  stationary  foot. 

Command:  "Whole  detachment — turn!"  Execution:  Just  as  in  the  case  of 
"Left — face",  only  with  a  turn  of  one  hundred  eighty  degrees.  After  the  turn 
the  command  "At  ease"  is  to  be  given,  so  that  the  bearing  can  be  improved. 

(4).  Changes  of  gaze: 

Commands:  "Eyes — right!"  "Eyes — left!"  Execution:  Turn  the  head  with  a 
jerk  to  the  right  or  left  until  the  gaze  is  directed  freely  in  the  direction  ordered. 
Attitude  of  the  body  remains  unchanged. 

Command:  "Eyes — front!"  Execution:  The  head  is  returned  with  a  jerk  to 
the  original  position.  The  return  movement  of  the  head  and  the  eyes  Is  accom- 
plished simultaneously. 

(5).  Stepping  off: 

Command:  (Examples)  "To  the  left— step  off!"  "To  the  right— step  off!" 
"Forward— step  off !"  "To  the  rear— step  off !"  "Into  the  field— step  out !"  The 
command  may  be  given  with  additions  as  desired.  Execution :  The  turn  required 
by  the  order  and  three  quick  steps  in  the  direction  commanded. 

(H).  Types  op  Marching  and  Makching  Movements 

In  the.  Bund  there  are  three  types  of  marching. 

(a)  Broken  step; 

(b)  In  step; 

(c)  Strictly  in  step  (not  pai-ade  step). 

The  march  is  broken  step  is  used  in  fields,  on  bad  roads,  on  bridges  and  during^ 
marches  of  some  length.    Carriage  and  forward  movement  are  not  affected. 


APPENDIX — PART    IV  1617 

Marching  in  step  is  the  commonest  type  for  marching  through  towns  and  dur- 
ing drills. 

Marching  in  strict  step  is  used  in  marching  past,  when  displaying  honors,  and 
for  training  during  drills  over  short  "distances. 

(1)  March  commands: 

Command  :  "In  step — march"  Execution :  The  movement  is  started  with  the 
left  foot,  T<7(77(Owf  emphasizing  the  first  step.  Pace  80  cm.  (32  inches).  114  steps 
to  a  minute.  The  body  upright  and  stiff.  Eyes  directly  front.  The  arms  are 
swung  easily,  with  the  tingers  bent  somewhat.    The  gait  is  free  and  easy. 

Command:  "Brolien  step — march!"  Execution:  Begin  with  the  left  foot, 
without  onphasis  on  the  first  step.  The  length  of  step  and  the  kind  of  step  are 
adapted  to  the  nature  of  the  ground  and  the  physical  qualities  of  the  marching 
man. 

Command:  "Detachment — march!"  (The  command  for  marching  in  strict 
step).  Execution :  The  left  leg  is  brought  forward  with  the  knee  rather  stiff  and 
with  the  point  of  the  foot  directed  somewhat  outward  and  downward  and  is 
placed  firmly  on  the  ground  without  too  much  noise;  the  toes  touch  the  ground 
first.  When  the  left  foot  has  been  put  down  the  right  heel  leaves  the  ground, 
the  right  leg  is  moved,  .slightly  bent,  and  as  before  the  left  leg  is  brought  forward. 
The  upper  portion  of  the  t>ody  remains  quiet  and  stiffly  erect,  bent  slightly  for- 
ward. Vertical  motion  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  body  is  to  be  avoided,  as  the 
weight  of  the  body  always  remains  on  the  foot  that  is  on  the  ground  until  the 
other  foot  is  firmly  on  the  ground.  The  arms  are  swung  somewhat  more  stiffly 
than  in  the  movenient  in  step:  the  hands  are  swung  slightly  inward,  but  not 
above  the  height  of  the  belt.    Pace  80  cm.  114  steps  per  minute. 

Marching  in  strict  step  should  by  all  means  first  be  practiced  with  very  slow 
pace  (about  60  steps  per  minute).  During  practice  the  hands  are  at  first  kept 
behind  the  back. 

Command:  "Double  time — march!"  Is  used  for  accelerated  movement  of 
closed  units  over  short  distances.  Execution :  At  the  command  "Double  time" 
the  lower  arms  are  slightly  bent  and  the  elbows  crooked,  160  steps  to  the  minute 
at  the  double. 

Command:  "In — step!"  Transition  from  the  double  to  marching  in  broken 
step.  Execution :  After  the  command,  three  more  quick  steps  are  taken  and  then 
the  men  continue  to  march  in  broken  step.     The  arms  are  relaxed. 

Command :  "Quick^ — march  !"  Execution  :  The  OD  man  runs  as  fast  as  possible 
without  deviating  from  the  direction  of  march.  If  the  objective  has  not  been 
designated  in  detail,  the  running  is  continued  until  the  next  order  is  given.    ~ 

Command:  "Mark— time!"  Execution:  Without  forward  movement,  the  time 
and  step  are  maintained.     The  feet  are  hardly  to  be  raised  from  the  ground. 

Cominand:  "Free — march!"  Execution:  At  the  word  "Free"  half  steps  are 
taken ;  at  the  word  "march",  which  is  uttered  when  the  left  foot  is  set  down,  the 
right  foot  takes  one  more  half  step,  and  then  the  march  is  continued  freely. 

Command:  "Detachment — halt!"  Execution:  The  command  is  issued  when 
marching  in  step,  when  the  right  foot  is  set  down.  The  left  foot  is  moved  one 
step  further  forward  and  the  right  foot  then  drawn  up  quickly.  The  OD  man 
stands  in  the  basic  position. 

Commands:  "Marching  in  step — attention!",  "Attention  I",  "Eyes — right!"  or 
"Eyes — left!"  "At — ease  !"  These  commands  are  given  in  the  above  sequence  only 
during  a  marching  past.  If  the  march  is  being  performed  in  broken  step,  the 
command  "In  step"  is  first  given,  then  "Attention",  whereupon  the  strict  march 
in  step  is  taken  up  and  the  left  hand  grasps  the  belt.  The  hand  rests  one  hand's 
width  to  the  left  of  the  belt  buckle,  with  the  fingers  close  together,  extending 
diagonally  upward  in  front  of  the  belt,  with  the  thumb  behind  it.  At  the  com- 
mand "Eyes — right !"  or  "Eyes — left !"  the  leader  is  looked  at  in  whose  honor  the 
march  past  is  held.  During  a  march  past  only  the  detachment  commander  raises 
his  arm  in  salute.  At  the  command  "At  ease — march !"  the  hands  are  quickly 
lowered  and  the  heads  and  eyes  directed  straight  ahead  at  the  same  moment. 
The  march  is  continued  in  step. 

(2)  Turn  when  marching. 

Command  :  "Right — face !"  Execution  :  When  marching  in  step,  the  command 
"face"  is  given  as  the  right  foot  is  set  down,  the  next  step  is  taken  straight  ahead  ; 
the  turn  is  executed  on  the  baU  of  the  left  foot. 

Command :  "Left — face !"  Execution  :  When  marching  in  step,  the  command 
"face"  is  given  as  the  left  foot  is  set  down.  The  next  step  is  taken  straight 
ahead ;  the  turn  is  executed  on  the  ball  of  the  right  foot. 

279895 — 41 — pt.  4 — —12 


1618  UN-AMERICAN    PROPAGANDA    ACTIVITIES 

(3)  Changes  of  formation  and  order  of  march:  ., 

Command  :  "Form  in  one  line !"  or  "Form  in  two  lines  !'"  Execiitio-n  :  The  man 
on  the  right  wing  of  the  first  rank  takes  position  three  paces  in  front  of  the  com- 
manding ofiicer ;  the  OD  men  place  themselves  side  by  side  in  a  line  to  the  left  of 
the  wing  man,  dressing  and  keeping  elbow  touch  in  the  line.  The  distance  be- 
tween ranks  in  80  cm.  from  the  back  of  the  man  in  the  front  rank  to  the  breast 
of  the  one  nearest  him.     (The  length  of  an  outstretched  arm). 

Command :  "Form  in  tw'o  lines  !"  Execution  :  The  man  on  the  right  wing  takes 
position  three  paces  in  front  of  the  commanding  ofiicer.  The  OD  men  line  up  in 
two  lines  one  behind  the  other  at  the  proper  distance  and  direction  from  the 
leading  man. 

OD  men  standing  in  line  beside  each  other  touch  very  lightly  the  bent  elbows  of 
their  neighbors  (elbow  touch).  The  distance  from  the  man  in  front  to  the  nearest 
man  in  rank  and  file  amounts  to  80  cm.  from  back  to  breast. 

"Fall  in"  includes  the  command  "Press"  and  therefore  signifies:  adjusting  posi- 
tion with  relation  to  the  man  on  the  right  wing  and  to  any  man  who  may  be  in 
advance,  and  standing  at  attentiori  until  a  further  command  is  given. 

Command:  "In  single  rank  left  (or  right)- — form!"  (For  changing  from  a 
file  to  a  i-ank).  (Command  with  or  without  "double  quick").  Execution:  The 
foremost  OD  man  marches  straight  ahead,  but  takes  short  steps,  until  the  men 
behind  him  have  run  up  to  the  left  (or  right)  of  him  to  form  a  line  and  have  taken 
direction. 

Command :  "Count  off  by  threes !"  Execution  :  the  right  file  leader  begins  the 
counting.  He  takes  the  basic  position,  calls  out  his  number  with  a  short  movement 
of  the  head  to  the  left  and  stands  at  ease. 

Command:  "By  squads  right  (left)  wheel— march  !"  Execution:  at  the  com- 
mand "by  squads  right  wheel — march",  the  right  tile  leader  (No.  1)  makes  a  turn 
on  the  spot  in  three  steps.  No.  2  and  No.  3  at  the  same  time  march  up  to  the  left  of 
No.  1  in  three  steps  and  half.  At  the  command  "by  squads  left  wheel — march", 
No.  3  makes  the  turn  on  the  spot  in  three  steps;  No.  2  and  No.  1  march  up  to 
the  right  of  No.  3  in  three  steps. 

Command:  "detachment — march!"  Execution:  The  right  file  leader  is  respon- 
sible for  the  direction  of  march ;  he  has  to  march  exactly  behind  the  front  rank 
man.     Distance  between  squads  amounts  to  three  paces. 

Command:  "Right  wheel  (or  left  wheel) — march!"  Execution:  The  right  (or 
left)  file  leader  turns  until  the  command  "straight — ahead"  is  given.  The  fol- 
lowing file  leaders  on  the  inner  side  turn  exactly  at  the  same  spot  where  the  first 
file  leader  executed  the  turn. 

Command:  "Placed  in  rank.s — right  (or  left)  face!"  This  is  the  command 
for  reforming  a  column  of  squads  into  a  double  rank.  Execution  :  At  the  command 
"placed  in  ranks — right  face",  the  right  file  leader  (No.  1)  of  the  first,  third  and 
other  ranks  with  odd  numbers  goes  straight  ahead  at  the  word  "face",  while  No.  2 
and  No.  3  of  those  ranks  execute  a  right-face  and  then,  marching  one  behind  the 
other,  swing  in  behind  No.  1.  The  right  file  leader  (No.  1)  of  the  second,  fourth 
and  the  other  even-number  ranks  makes  a  turn  half  to  the  right  and  moves  to  the 
right  of  the  man  ahead  of  him,  while  No.  2  and  No.  3  of  those  ranks  first  make  a 
right  turn  and  then  march  after  him,  one  behind  the  other. 

At  the  command  "placed  in  ranks — left  face",  the  procedure  corresponds  to 
the  above,  excfept  that  the  left  file  leader  (No.  3)  goes  straight  ahead  and  No.  2 
and  No.  1  make  a  turn  to  the  left. 

Command:  "In  column  of  squads — right  (or  left)  form!"  This  is  the  com- 
mand for  changing  a  double  rank  into  a  column  of  squads.  Execution :  The 
above  procedure  reversed.  At  the  command  "in  column  of  squads — right  form", 
at  the  word  "form",  the  right  file  of  the  first,  fourth,  and  every  third  rank  goes 
straight  ahead,  the  man  beside  him  moves  behind  him,  and  the  others  form  to 
the  right  beside  them.  At  the  command  "in  column  of  squads — left  form",  the 
corresponding  movements  are  made  toward  the  left  side. 

(4)  Assembly  with  colors: 

(a)  Commands  for  entry  with  the  colors:  "Detachment — halt!"  "Color 
squad— front !"  "Flags— down  !"  "At— ease!"  Execution:  The  OD  halts  ten 
paces  in  advance  of  the  stage  and  marks  time  until  the  color  squad  has  marked 
to  its  post.  Where  conditions  will  permit,  the  color  squad  marches  straight 
ahead  of  the  stage,  crosses  the  center  of  the  stage,  and  crosses  lines  at  the  rear 
end  of  the  stage.  The  crossing  is  necessary  because  the  American  flags,  facing 
toward  the  assemblage,  are  to  stand  on  the  left,  as  seen  by  the  public.     In 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


APPENDIX    ^"■"'™  "11  III"  III!  Ill  nil  III  III  mil  II  ill  1 1 II     619 
3  9999  05445  2071 

crossing  lines,  the  bearer  of  the  American  flag  moves  first,  ine  ueaieis  of 
the  American  flags  march  to  the  left,  and  the  bearers  of  the  Bund  flags  to 
riglit,  until  they  reach  their  posts.  All  flag  bearers  mark  time  until  the  com- 
mand  "Halt!"   is   given. 

(b)  Conwiands  for  marching  off  tvith  colors:  "OD — Attention !",  "(Colors — 
over !",  "Color  squad  left  and  right — face",  the  bearers  of  the  American  flags 
face  to  the  right  and  the  bearers  of  the  Bund  flags  to  the  left  (away  from 
the  center  of  the  stage).  At  the  command  "detachment — march",  the  flag 
bearers  make  a  counter-march,  until  they  again  reach  the  rear  center  of  the  stage, 
cross,  but  not  as  in  entering,  but  wheel  beside  each  other  and  march  down  from 
the  stage  as  they  have  come.  The  color  squad  marches  toward  the  middle  OD 
column,  makes  a  turn  to  the  left  in  front  of  it  for  a  counter-march,  and  then 
marks  time  until  a  further  command  is  given.  At  the  command  "march",  the 
colors  are  taken  on  the  right  shoulder.  When  marching  in,  marching  out,  and 
marching  past,  the  colors  are  borne  in  the  "present"  position.  At  the  command 
"colors — over",  the  flag  is  snapped  into  the  "present"  position.  Execution :  The 
flag  is  standing  beside  the  right  foot,  and  is  held  with  the  right  hand.  In  so 
doing,  the  arm  is  extended  downward.  At  the  command  "over",  the  flag  is 
raised  quickly  with  the  right  hand ;  the  arm  remains  somewhat  extended.  At 
the  same  instant  the  left  hand  grasps  the  flag-pole ;  the  left  arm,  at  a  right 
angle,  horizontally  is  raised  to  the  level  of  the  shoulder  with  the  hand  extended 
flat  and  the  flag-pole  clasped  between  the  thumb  and  the  index  finger. 

The  command  "colors — over"  applies  likewise  to  the  squads  of  musicians  and 
the  band. 

In  all  entries,  etc.,  strict  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  having  the  American  flags 
always  carried  and  always  stood  at  the  right  or  in  front,  in  the  direction  of 
march  or  the  direction  in  which  the  assembled  color  squads  are  looking. 

Let  it  also  be  impressed  upon  every  color-bearer  that  the  American  flag  is  not  to 
be  dipped  during  any  honors. 

COLOR  GUARD,    HALL  AND   STAGB   GUARD 

(5)  (a)  stage  and  hall  guard:  OD  men  on  duty  stand  firmly  with  legs  spread 
apart  and  hands  folded  behind  them. 

(b)  Color  guard  :  Men  on  duty  stand  firmly  with  legs  spread  apart,  the  fiag-pole 
held  with  the  right  hand,  which  extends  downward  in  a  natural  position ;  the  left 
hand  is  at  the  side  or  on  the  belt. 

(6)  Relief  of  the  guard:  Relief  of  any  guards  takes  place  only  during  fixed  in- 
termissions or  between  speeches. 

(a)  Relief  of  hall  and  stage  guards:  Every  man  on  duty  assumes  the  basic  posi- 
tion as  soon  as  he  sees  the  relief  marching  in.  The  relieving  men  march  up 
directly  in  front  of  those  on  duty.  All  those  relieving  at  the  same  time  face  right 
or  left  in  the  direction  of  those  on  guard.  At  the  same  moment  every  man  on 
guard  takes  a  side  step  to  the  right.  The  man  relieving  him  takes  a  step  forward 
and  faces  about ;  at  the  same  time  the  man  being  relieved  likewise  takes  one  pace 
forward  and  turns  to  the  right  or  the  left,  in  the  direction  from  which  the  relief 
has  come.  The  men  relieved  march  off  in  close  order ;  those  who  liave  just  come 
on  guard  remain  in  the  basic  position  until  those  relieved  have  marched  away. 

(b)  Relief  of  color  guard:  At  the  moment  at  which  the  relief  stands  in  front 
of  the  man  on  duty  and  turned  toward  the  latter,  and  before  the  man  on  duty  who 
is  to  be  relieved  takes  the  prescribed  step  to  the  right,  the  latter  presents  the  color 
and  hands  it  over  with  a  snappy  movement  to  the  person  relieving  him.  Other- 
wise the  relief  takes  place  as  explained  above.  No  saluting  is  done  during  the 
relieving. 

(I)  Protection    of   Hall 

(1)  (a) — Color  guard,  stage  guard,  hall  guard.  OD  men  detailed  for  guard 
duty  never  leave  their  posts  until  they  have  been  relieved  in  the  regulation 
manner,  except  when  they  are  ordered  away  by  the  Group  Leader  on  duty. 
Even  in  case  of  disturbances  in  a  meeting  these  men  must  remain  at  their 
posts.  Specially  strong  protection  is  to  be  placed  before  flags  and  before 
stages. 

(b)  Roving  details:  At  every  meeting,  in  addition  to  the  above  guards,  a 
roving  detail  is  to  be  established.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  roving  detail  to  eject 
disturbers  of  order. 


1620  UN-AMERICAN   PROPAGANDA   ACTIVITIES 

(c)  Employment:  Except  at  specially  large  meetings,  different  OD  groups 
are  to  be  used  in  alternation  for  guard  duty  or  duty  on  roving  details,  in 
order  not  to  call  on  the  whole  section  for  duty  at  every  meeting. 

(2)  (a) — Whistle  signals  for  announcement  of  orders:  In  order  to  be  able 
to  assemble  quickly  in  the  open  air  or  in  large  halls  OD  men  not  on  duty, 
one  blast  tvpo  seconds  long  and  two  short  blasts :  "_  .  .".  Every  OD  man 
not  on  duty  stands  up  immediately  and  takes  the  basic  position  with  his  eyes 
turned  toward  the  commanding  officer.  Immediately  after  this  signal  there 
is  given  either  a  command,  a  proclamation,  the  signal  for  attack  or  a  repetition 
of  the  above  signal,  which  means  running  toward  the  commander  and  falling 
in  before  him. 

(b)  Assault  signal:   Three  long  blasts:    " ".     OD   men   not   on   duty 

and  the  roving  detachments  attack  opponents. 

(c)  Rally  signal:  Repeated  short  blasts:  " ".     Break  off  attack 

and  form  up. 

Patbol   Service 

Regulations  for  patrol  service  and  for  policing  of  buildings  and  camps  are 
issued  separately.